gtk

package
v0.0.0-...-88ce485 Latest Latest
Warning

This package is not in the latest version of its module.

Go to latest
Published: Oct 13, 2014 License: MIT Imports: 8 Imported by: 0

Documentation

Index

Constants

This section is empty.

Variables

View Source
var (
	BINARY_AGE                          = C.__GTK_BINARY_AGE
	INPUT_ERROR                         = C.__GTK_INPUT_ERROR
	INTERFACE_AGE                       = C.__GTK_INTERFACE_AGE
	LEVEL_BAR_OFFSET_HIGH               = C.__GTK_LEVEL_BAR_OFFSET_HIGH
	LEVEL_BAR_OFFSET_LOW                = C.__GTK_LEVEL_BAR_OFFSET_LOW
	MAJOR_VERSION                       = C.__GTK_MAJOR_VERSION
	MAX_COMPOSE_LEN                     = C.__GTK_MAX_COMPOSE_LEN
	MICRO_VERSION                       = C.__GTK_MICRO_VERSION
	MINOR_VERSION                       = C.__GTK_MINOR_VERSION
	PAPER_NAME_A3                       = C.__GTK_PAPER_NAME_A3
	PAPER_NAME_A4                       = C.__GTK_PAPER_NAME_A4
	PAPER_NAME_A5                       = C.__GTK_PAPER_NAME_A5
	PAPER_NAME_B5                       = C.__GTK_PAPER_NAME_B5
	PAPER_NAME_EXECUTIVE                = C.__GTK_PAPER_NAME_EXECUTIVE
	PAPER_NAME_LEGAL                    = C.__GTK_PAPER_NAME_LEGAL
	PAPER_NAME_LETTER                   = C.__GTK_PAPER_NAME_LETTER
	PATH_PRIO_MASK                      = C.__GTK_PATH_PRIO_MASK
	PRINT_SETTINGS_COLLATE              = C.__GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_COLLATE
	PRINT_SETTINGS_DEFAULT_SOURCE       = C.__GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_DEFAULT_SOURCE
	PRINT_SETTINGS_DITHER               = C.__GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_DITHER
	PRINT_SETTINGS_DUPLEX               = C.__GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_DUPLEX
	PRINT_SETTINGS_FINISHINGS           = C.__GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_FINISHINGS
	PRINT_SETTINGS_MEDIA_TYPE           = C.__GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_MEDIA_TYPE
	PRINT_SETTINGS_NUMBER_UP            = C.__GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_NUMBER_UP
	PRINT_SETTINGS_NUMBER_UP_LAYOUT     = C.__GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_NUMBER_UP_LAYOUT
	PRINT_SETTINGS_N_COPIES             = C.__GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_N_COPIES
	PRINT_SETTINGS_ORIENTATION          = C.__GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_ORIENTATION
	PRINT_SETTINGS_OUTPUT_BASENAME      = C.__GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_OUTPUT_BASENAME
	PRINT_SETTINGS_OUTPUT_BIN           = C.__GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_OUTPUT_BIN
	PRINT_SETTINGS_OUTPUT_DIR           = C.__GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_OUTPUT_DIR
	PRINT_SETTINGS_OUTPUT_FILE_FORMAT   = C.__GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_OUTPUT_FILE_FORMAT
	PRINT_SETTINGS_OUTPUT_URI           = C.__GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_OUTPUT_URI
	PRINT_SETTINGS_PAGE_RANGES          = C.__GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAGE_RANGES
	PRINT_SETTINGS_PAGE_SET             = C.__GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAGE_SET
	PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_FORMAT         = C.__GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_FORMAT
	PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_HEIGHT         = C.__GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_HEIGHT
	PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_WIDTH          = C.__GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_WIDTH
	PRINT_SETTINGS_PRINTER              = C.__GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PRINTER
	PRINT_SETTINGS_PRINTER_LPI          = C.__GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PRINTER_LPI
	PRINT_SETTINGS_PRINT_PAGES          = C.__GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PRINT_PAGES
	PRINT_SETTINGS_QUALITY              = C.__GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_QUALITY
	PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION           = C.__GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION
	PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_X         = C.__GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_X
	PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_Y         = C.__GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_Y
	PRINT_SETTINGS_REVERSE              = C.__GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_REVERSE
	PRINT_SETTINGS_SCALE                = C.__GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_SCALE
	PRINT_SETTINGS_USE_COLOR            = C.__GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_USE_COLOR
	PRINT_SETTINGS_WIN32_DRIVER_EXTRA   = C.__GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_WIN32_DRIVER_EXTRA
	PRINT_SETTINGS_WIN32_DRIVER_VERSION = C.__GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_WIN32_DRIVER_VERSION
	PRIORITY_RESIZE                     = C.__GTK_PRIORITY_RESIZE
	// GTK_STOCK_ABOUT is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_ADD is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_APPLY is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_BOLD is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_CANCEL is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_CAPS_LOCK_WARNING is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_CDROM is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_CLEAR is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_CLOSE is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_COLOR_PICKER is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_CONNECT is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_CONVERT is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_COPY is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_CUT is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_DELETE is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_DIALOG_AUTHENTICATION is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_DIALOG_ERROR is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_DIALOG_INFO is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_DIALOG_QUESTION is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_DIALOG_WARNING is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_DIRECTORY is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_DISCARD is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_DISCONNECT is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_DND is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_DND_MULTIPLE is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_EDIT is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_EXECUTE is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_FILE is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_FIND is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_FIND_AND_REPLACE is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_FLOPPY is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_FULLSCREEN is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_GOTO_BOTTOM is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_GOTO_FIRST is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_GOTO_LAST is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_GOTO_TOP is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_GO_BACK is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_GO_DOWN is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_GO_FORWARD is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_GO_UP is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_HARDDISK is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_HELP is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_HOME is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_INDENT is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_INDEX is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_INFO is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_ITALIC is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_JUMP_TO is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_JUSTIFY_CENTER is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_JUSTIFY_FILL is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_JUSTIFY_LEFT is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_JUSTIFY_RIGHT is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_LEAVE_FULLSCREEN is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_MEDIA_FORWARD is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_MEDIA_NEXT is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_MEDIA_PAUSE is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_MEDIA_PLAY is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_MEDIA_PREVIOUS is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_MEDIA_RECORD is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_MEDIA_REWIND is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_MEDIA_STOP is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_MISSING_IMAGE is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_NETWORK is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_NEW is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_NO is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_OK is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_OPEN is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_ORIENTATION_LANDSCAPE is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_ORIENTATION_PORTRAIT is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_ORIENTATION_REVERSE_LANDSCAPE is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_ORIENTATION_REVERSE_PORTRAIT is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_PAGE_SETUP is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_PASTE is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_PREFERENCES is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_PRINT is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_PRINT_ERROR is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_PRINT_PAUSED is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_PRINT_PREVIEW is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_PRINT_REPORT is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_PRINT_WARNING is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_PROPERTIES is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_QUIT is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_REDO is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_REFRESH is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_REMOVE is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_REVERT_TO_SAVED is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_SAVE is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_SAVE_AS is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_SELECT_ALL is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_SELECT_COLOR is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_SELECT_FONT is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_SORT_ASCENDING is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_SORT_DESCENDING is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_SPELL_CHECK is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_STOP is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_STRIKETHROUGH is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_UNDELETE is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_UNDERLINE is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_UNDO is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_UNINDENT is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_YES is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_ZOOM_100 is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_ZOOM_FIT is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_ZOOM_IN is not generated due to explicit ignore
	// GTK_STOCK_ZOOM_OUT is not generated due to explicit ignore
	STYLE_CLASS_ACCELERATOR               = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_ACCELERATOR
	STYLE_CLASS_ARROW                     = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_ARROW
	STYLE_CLASS_BACKGROUND                = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_BACKGROUND
	STYLE_CLASS_BOTTOM                    = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_BOTTOM
	STYLE_CLASS_BUTTON                    = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_BUTTON
	STYLE_CLASS_CALENDAR                  = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_CALENDAR
	STYLE_CLASS_CELL                      = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_CELL
	STYLE_CLASS_CHECK                     = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_CHECK
	STYLE_CLASS_COMBOBOX_ENTRY            = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_COMBOBOX_ENTRY
	STYLE_CLASS_CONTEXT_MENU              = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_CONTEXT_MENU
	STYLE_CLASS_CSD                       = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_CSD
	STYLE_CLASS_CURSOR_HANDLE             = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_CURSOR_HANDLE
	STYLE_CLASS_DEFAULT                   = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_DEFAULT
	STYLE_CLASS_DESTRUCTIVE_ACTION        = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_DESTRUCTIVE_ACTION
	STYLE_CLASS_DIM_LABEL                 = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_DIM_LABEL
	STYLE_CLASS_DND                       = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_DND
	STYLE_CLASS_DOCK                      = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_DOCK
	STYLE_CLASS_ENTRY                     = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_ENTRY
	STYLE_CLASS_ERROR                     = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_ERROR
	STYLE_CLASS_EXPANDER                  = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_EXPANDER
	STYLE_CLASS_FLAT                      = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_FLAT
	STYLE_CLASS_FRAME                     = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_FRAME
	STYLE_CLASS_GRIP                      = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_GRIP
	STYLE_CLASS_HEADER                    = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_HEADER
	STYLE_CLASS_HIGHLIGHT                 = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_HIGHLIGHT
	STYLE_CLASS_HORIZONTAL                = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_HORIZONTAL
	STYLE_CLASS_IMAGE                     = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_IMAGE
	STYLE_CLASS_INFO                      = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_INFO
	STYLE_CLASS_INLINE_TOOLBAR            = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_INLINE_TOOLBAR
	STYLE_CLASS_INSERTION_CURSOR          = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_INSERTION_CURSOR
	STYLE_CLASS_LEFT                      = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_LEFT
	STYLE_CLASS_LEVEL_BAR                 = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_LEVEL_BAR
	STYLE_CLASS_LINKED                    = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_LINKED
	STYLE_CLASS_LIST                      = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_LIST
	STYLE_CLASS_LIST_ROW                  = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_LIST_ROW
	STYLE_CLASS_MARK                      = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_MARK
	STYLE_CLASS_MENU                      = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_MENU
	STYLE_CLASS_MENUBAR                   = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_MENUBAR
	STYLE_CLASS_MENUITEM                  = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_MENUITEM
	STYLE_CLASS_MESSAGE_DIALOG            = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_MESSAGE_DIALOG
	STYLE_CLASS_NEEDS_ATTENTION           = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_NEEDS_ATTENTION
	STYLE_CLASS_NOTEBOOK                  = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_NOTEBOOK
	STYLE_CLASS_OSD                       = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_OSD
	STYLE_CLASS_OVERSHOOT                 = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_OVERSHOOT
	STYLE_CLASS_PANE_SEPARATOR            = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_PANE_SEPARATOR
	STYLE_CLASS_POPOVER                   = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_POPOVER
	STYLE_CLASS_POPUP                     = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_POPUP
	STYLE_CLASS_PRIMARY_TOOLBAR           = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_PRIMARY_TOOLBAR
	STYLE_CLASS_PROGRESSBAR               = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_PROGRESSBAR
	STYLE_CLASS_PULSE                     = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_PULSE
	STYLE_CLASS_QUESTION                  = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_QUESTION
	STYLE_CLASS_RADIO                     = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_RADIO
	STYLE_CLASS_RAISED                    = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_RAISED
	STYLE_CLASS_READ_ONLY                 = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_READ_ONLY
	STYLE_CLASS_RIGHT                     = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_RIGHT
	STYLE_CLASS_RUBBERBAND                = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_RUBBERBAND
	STYLE_CLASS_SCALE                     = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_SCALE
	STYLE_CLASS_SCALE_HAS_MARKS_ABOVE     = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_SCALE_HAS_MARKS_ABOVE
	STYLE_CLASS_SCALE_HAS_MARKS_BELOW     = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_SCALE_HAS_MARKS_BELOW
	STYLE_CLASS_SCROLLBAR                 = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_SCROLLBAR
	STYLE_CLASS_SCROLLBARS_JUNCTION       = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_SCROLLBARS_JUNCTION
	STYLE_CLASS_SEPARATOR                 = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_SEPARATOR
	STYLE_CLASS_SIDEBAR                   = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_SIDEBAR
	STYLE_CLASS_SLIDER                    = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_SLIDER
	STYLE_CLASS_SPINBUTTON                = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_SPINBUTTON
	STYLE_CLASS_SPINNER                   = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_SPINNER
	STYLE_CLASS_SUBTITLE                  = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_SUBTITLE
	STYLE_CLASS_SUGGESTED_ACTION          = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_SUGGESTED_ACTION
	STYLE_CLASS_TITLE                     = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_TITLE
	STYLE_CLASS_TITLEBAR                  = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_TITLEBAR
	STYLE_CLASS_TOOLBAR                   = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_TOOLBAR
	STYLE_CLASS_TOOLTIP                   = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_TOOLTIP
	STYLE_CLASS_TOP                       = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_TOP
	STYLE_CLASS_TROUGH                    = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_TROUGH
	STYLE_CLASS_VERTICAL                  = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_VERTICAL
	STYLE_CLASS_VIEW                      = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_VIEW
	STYLE_CLASS_WARNING                   = C.__GTK_STYLE_CLASS_WARNING
	STYLE_PROPERTY_BACKGROUND_COLOR       = C.__GTK_STYLE_PROPERTY_BACKGROUND_COLOR
	STYLE_PROPERTY_BACKGROUND_IMAGE       = C.__GTK_STYLE_PROPERTY_BACKGROUND_IMAGE
	STYLE_PROPERTY_BORDER_COLOR           = C.__GTK_STYLE_PROPERTY_BORDER_COLOR
	STYLE_PROPERTY_BORDER_RADIUS          = C.__GTK_STYLE_PROPERTY_BORDER_RADIUS
	STYLE_PROPERTY_BORDER_STYLE           = C.__GTK_STYLE_PROPERTY_BORDER_STYLE
	STYLE_PROPERTY_BORDER_WIDTH           = C.__GTK_STYLE_PROPERTY_BORDER_WIDTH
	STYLE_PROPERTY_COLOR                  = C.__GTK_STYLE_PROPERTY_COLOR
	STYLE_PROPERTY_FONT                   = C.__GTK_STYLE_PROPERTY_FONT
	STYLE_PROPERTY_MARGIN                 = C.__GTK_STYLE_PROPERTY_MARGIN
	STYLE_PROPERTY_PADDING                = C.__GTK_STYLE_PROPERTY_PADDING
	STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_APPLICATION   = C.__GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_APPLICATION
	STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_FALLBACK      = C.__GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_FALLBACK
	STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_SETTINGS      = C.__GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_SETTINGS
	STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_THEME         = C.__GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_THEME
	STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_USER          = C.__GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_USER
	STYLE_REGION_COLUMN                   = C.__GTK_STYLE_REGION_COLUMN
	STYLE_REGION_COLUMN_HEADER            = C.__GTK_STYLE_REGION_COLUMN_HEADER
	STYLE_REGION_ROW                      = C.__GTK_STYLE_REGION_ROW
	STYLE_REGION_TAB                      = C.__GTK_STYLE_REGION_TAB
	TEXT_VIEW_PRIORITY_VALIDATE           = C.__GTK_TEXT_VIEW_PRIORITY_VALIDATE
	TREE_SORTABLE_DEFAULT_SORT_COLUMN_ID  = C.__GTK_TREE_SORTABLE_DEFAULT_SORT_COLUMN_ID
	TREE_SORTABLE_UNSORTED_SORT_COLUMN_ID = C.__GTK_TREE_SORTABLE_UNSORTED_SORT_COLUMN_ID
)
View Source
var (
	// Align
	ALIGN_FILL     = C.GtkAlign(C.GTK_ALIGN_FILL)
	ALIGN_START    = C.GtkAlign(C.GTK_ALIGN_START)
	ALIGN_END      = C.GtkAlign(C.GTK_ALIGN_END)
	ALIGN_CENTER   = C.GtkAlign(C.GTK_ALIGN_CENTER)
	ALIGN_BASELINE = C.GtkAlign(C.GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE)

	// ArrowPlacement
	ARROWS_BOTH  = C.GtkArrowPlacement(C.GTK_ARROWS_BOTH)
	ARROWS_START = C.GtkArrowPlacement(C.GTK_ARROWS_START)
	ARROWS_END   = C.GtkArrowPlacement(C.GTK_ARROWS_END)

	// ArrowType
	ARROW_UP    = C.GtkArrowType(C.GTK_ARROW_UP)
	ARROW_DOWN  = C.GtkArrowType(C.GTK_ARROW_DOWN)
	ARROW_LEFT  = C.GtkArrowType(C.GTK_ARROW_LEFT)
	ARROW_RIGHT = C.GtkArrowType(C.GTK_ARROW_RIGHT)
	ARROW_NONE  = C.GtkArrowType(C.GTK_ARROW_NONE)

	// AssistantPageType
	ASSISTANT_PAGE_CONTENT  = C.GtkAssistantPageType(C.GTK_ASSISTANT_PAGE_CONTENT)
	ASSISTANT_PAGE_INTRO    = C.GtkAssistantPageType(C.GTK_ASSISTANT_PAGE_INTRO)
	ASSISTANT_PAGE_CONFIRM  = C.GtkAssistantPageType(C.GTK_ASSISTANT_PAGE_CONFIRM)
	ASSISTANT_PAGE_SUMMARY  = C.GtkAssistantPageType(C.GTK_ASSISTANT_PAGE_SUMMARY)
	ASSISTANT_PAGE_PROGRESS = C.GtkAssistantPageType(C.GTK_ASSISTANT_PAGE_PROGRESS)
	ASSISTANT_PAGE_CUSTOM   = C.GtkAssistantPageType(C.GTK_ASSISTANT_PAGE_CUSTOM)

	// BaselinePosition
	BASELINE_POSITION_TOP    = C.GtkBaselinePosition(C.GTK_BASELINE_POSITION_TOP)
	BASELINE_POSITION_CENTER = C.GtkBaselinePosition(C.GTK_BASELINE_POSITION_CENTER)
	BASELINE_POSITION_BOTTOM = C.GtkBaselinePosition(C.GTK_BASELINE_POSITION_BOTTOM)

	// BorderStyle
	BORDER_STYLE_NONE   = C.GtkBorderStyle(C.GTK_BORDER_STYLE_NONE)
	BORDER_STYLE_SOLID  = C.GtkBorderStyle(C.GTK_BORDER_STYLE_SOLID)
	BORDER_STYLE_INSET  = C.GtkBorderStyle(C.GTK_BORDER_STYLE_INSET)
	BORDER_STYLE_OUTSET = C.GtkBorderStyle(C.GTK_BORDER_STYLE_OUTSET)
	BORDER_STYLE_HIDDEN = C.GtkBorderStyle(C.GTK_BORDER_STYLE_HIDDEN)
	BORDER_STYLE_DOTTED = C.GtkBorderStyle(C.GTK_BORDER_STYLE_DOTTED)
	BORDER_STYLE_DASHED = C.GtkBorderStyle(C.GTK_BORDER_STYLE_DASHED)
	BORDER_STYLE_DOUBLE = C.GtkBorderStyle(C.GTK_BORDER_STYLE_DOUBLE)
	BORDER_STYLE_GROOVE = C.GtkBorderStyle(C.GTK_BORDER_STYLE_GROOVE)
	BORDER_STYLE_RIDGE  = C.GtkBorderStyle(C.GTK_BORDER_STYLE_RIDGE)

	// BuilderError
	BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_TYPE_FUNCTION  = C.GtkBuilderError(C.GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_TYPE_FUNCTION)
	BUILDER_ERROR_UNHANDLED_TAG          = C.GtkBuilderError(C.GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_UNHANDLED_TAG)
	BUILDER_ERROR_MISSING_ATTRIBUTE      = C.GtkBuilderError(C.GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_MISSING_ATTRIBUTE)
	BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_ATTRIBUTE      = C.GtkBuilderError(C.GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_ATTRIBUTE)
	BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_TAG            = C.GtkBuilderError(C.GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_TAG)
	BUILDER_ERROR_MISSING_PROPERTY_VALUE = C.GtkBuilderError(C.GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_MISSING_PROPERTY_VALUE)
	BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE          = C.GtkBuilderError(C.GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE)
	BUILDER_ERROR_VERSION_MISMATCH       = C.GtkBuilderError(C.GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_VERSION_MISMATCH)
	BUILDER_ERROR_DUPLICATE_ID           = C.GtkBuilderError(C.GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_DUPLICATE_ID)
	BUILDER_ERROR_OBJECT_TYPE_REFUSED    = C.GtkBuilderError(C.GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_OBJECT_TYPE_REFUSED)
	BUILDER_ERROR_TEMPLATE_MISMATCH      = C.GtkBuilderError(C.GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_TEMPLATE_MISMATCH)
	BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_PROPERTY       = C.GtkBuilderError(C.GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_PROPERTY)
	BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_SIGNAL         = C.GtkBuilderError(C.GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_SIGNAL)

	// ButtonBoxStyle
	BUTTONBOX_SPREAD = C.GtkButtonBoxStyle(C.GTK_BUTTONBOX_SPREAD)
	BUTTONBOX_EDGE   = C.GtkButtonBoxStyle(C.GTK_BUTTONBOX_EDGE)
	BUTTONBOX_START  = C.GtkButtonBoxStyle(C.GTK_BUTTONBOX_START)
	BUTTONBOX_END    = C.GtkButtonBoxStyle(C.GTK_BUTTONBOX_END)
	BUTTONBOX_CENTER = C.GtkButtonBoxStyle(C.GTK_BUTTONBOX_CENTER)
	BUTTONBOX_EXPAND = C.GtkButtonBoxStyle(C.GTK_BUTTONBOX_EXPAND)

	// ButtonsType
	BUTTONS_NONE      = C.GtkButtonsType(C.GTK_BUTTONS_NONE)
	BUTTONS_OK        = C.GtkButtonsType(C.GTK_BUTTONS_OK)
	BUTTONS_CLOSE     = C.GtkButtonsType(C.GTK_BUTTONS_CLOSE)
	BUTTONS_CANCEL    = C.GtkButtonsType(C.GTK_BUTTONS_CANCEL)
	BUTTONS_YES_NO    = C.GtkButtonsType(C.GTK_BUTTONS_YES_NO)
	BUTTONS_OK_CANCEL = C.GtkButtonsType(C.GTK_BUTTONS_OK_CANCEL)

	// CellRendererAccelMode
	CELL_RENDERER_ACCEL_MODE_GTK   = C.GtkCellRendererAccelMode(C.GTK_CELL_RENDERER_ACCEL_MODE_GTK)
	CELL_RENDERER_ACCEL_MODE_OTHER = C.GtkCellRendererAccelMode(C.GTK_CELL_RENDERER_ACCEL_MODE_OTHER)

	// CellRendererMode
	CELL_RENDERER_MODE_INERT       = C.GtkCellRendererMode(C.GTK_CELL_RENDERER_MODE_INERT)
	CELL_RENDERER_MODE_ACTIVATABLE = C.GtkCellRendererMode(C.GTK_CELL_RENDERER_MODE_ACTIVATABLE)
	CELL_RENDERER_MODE_EDITABLE    = C.GtkCellRendererMode(C.GTK_CELL_RENDERER_MODE_EDITABLE)

	// CornerType
	CORNER_TOP_LEFT     = C.GtkCornerType(C.GTK_CORNER_TOP_LEFT)
	CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT  = C.GtkCornerType(C.GTK_CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT)
	CORNER_TOP_RIGHT    = C.GtkCornerType(C.GTK_CORNER_TOP_RIGHT)
	CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT = C.GtkCornerType(C.GTK_CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT)

	// CssProviderError
	CSS_PROVIDER_ERROR_FAILED        = C.GtkCssProviderError(C.GTK_CSS_PROVIDER_ERROR_FAILED)
	CSS_PROVIDER_ERROR_SYNTAX        = C.GtkCssProviderError(C.GTK_CSS_PROVIDER_ERROR_SYNTAX)
	CSS_PROVIDER_ERROR_IMPORT        = C.GtkCssProviderError(C.GTK_CSS_PROVIDER_ERROR_IMPORT)
	CSS_PROVIDER_ERROR_NAME          = C.GtkCssProviderError(C.GTK_CSS_PROVIDER_ERROR_NAME)
	CSS_PROVIDER_ERROR_DEPRECATED    = C.GtkCssProviderError(C.GTK_CSS_PROVIDER_ERROR_DEPRECATED)
	CSS_PROVIDER_ERROR_UNKNOWN_VALUE = C.GtkCssProviderError(C.GTK_CSS_PROVIDER_ERROR_UNKNOWN_VALUE)

	// CssSectionType
	CSS_SECTION_DOCUMENT         = C.GtkCssSectionType(C.GTK_CSS_SECTION_DOCUMENT)
	CSS_SECTION_IMPORT           = C.GtkCssSectionType(C.GTK_CSS_SECTION_IMPORT)
	CSS_SECTION_COLOR_DEFINITION = C.GtkCssSectionType(C.GTK_CSS_SECTION_COLOR_DEFINITION)
	CSS_SECTION_BINDING_SET      = C.GtkCssSectionType(C.GTK_CSS_SECTION_BINDING_SET)
	CSS_SECTION_RULESET          = C.GtkCssSectionType(C.GTK_CSS_SECTION_RULESET)
	CSS_SECTION_SELECTOR         = C.GtkCssSectionType(C.GTK_CSS_SECTION_SELECTOR)
	CSS_SECTION_DECLARATION      = C.GtkCssSectionType(C.GTK_CSS_SECTION_DECLARATION)
	CSS_SECTION_VALUE            = C.GtkCssSectionType(C.GTK_CSS_SECTION_VALUE)
	CSS_SECTION_KEYFRAMES        = C.GtkCssSectionType(C.GTK_CSS_SECTION_KEYFRAMES)

	// DeleteType
	DELETE_CHARS             = C.GtkDeleteType(C.GTK_DELETE_CHARS)
	DELETE_WORD_ENDS         = C.GtkDeleteType(C.GTK_DELETE_WORD_ENDS)
	DELETE_WORDS             = C.GtkDeleteType(C.GTK_DELETE_WORDS)
	DELETE_DISPLAY_LINES     = C.GtkDeleteType(C.GTK_DELETE_DISPLAY_LINES)
	DELETE_DISPLAY_LINE_ENDS = C.GtkDeleteType(C.GTK_DELETE_DISPLAY_LINE_ENDS)
	DELETE_PARAGRAPH_ENDS    = C.GtkDeleteType(C.GTK_DELETE_PARAGRAPH_ENDS)
	DELETE_PARAGRAPHS        = C.GtkDeleteType(C.GTK_DELETE_PARAGRAPHS)
	DELETE_WHITESPACE        = C.GtkDeleteType(C.GTK_DELETE_WHITESPACE)

	// DirectionType
	DIR_TAB_FORWARD  = C.GtkDirectionType(C.GTK_DIR_TAB_FORWARD)
	DIR_TAB_BACKWARD = C.GtkDirectionType(C.GTK_DIR_TAB_BACKWARD)
	DIR_UP           = C.GtkDirectionType(C.GTK_DIR_UP)
	DIR_DOWN         = C.GtkDirectionType(C.GTK_DIR_DOWN)
	DIR_LEFT         = C.GtkDirectionType(C.GTK_DIR_LEFT)
	DIR_RIGHT        = C.GtkDirectionType(C.GTK_DIR_RIGHT)

	// DragResult
	DRAG_RESULT_SUCCESS         = C.GtkDragResult(C.GTK_DRAG_RESULT_SUCCESS)
	DRAG_RESULT_NO_TARGET       = C.GtkDragResult(C.GTK_DRAG_RESULT_NO_TARGET)
	DRAG_RESULT_USER_CANCELLED  = C.GtkDragResult(C.GTK_DRAG_RESULT_USER_CANCELLED)
	DRAG_RESULT_TIMEOUT_EXPIRED = C.GtkDragResult(C.GTK_DRAG_RESULT_TIMEOUT_EXPIRED)
	DRAG_RESULT_GRAB_BROKEN     = C.GtkDragResult(C.GTK_DRAG_RESULT_GRAB_BROKEN)
	DRAG_RESULT_ERROR           = C.GtkDragResult(C.GTK_DRAG_RESULT_ERROR)

	// EntryIconPosition
	ENTRY_ICON_PRIMARY   = C.GtkEntryIconPosition(C.GTK_ENTRY_ICON_PRIMARY)
	ENTRY_ICON_SECONDARY = C.GtkEntryIconPosition(C.GTK_ENTRY_ICON_SECONDARY)

	// EventSequenceState
	EVENT_SEQUENCE_NONE    = C.GtkEventSequenceState(C.GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_NONE)
	EVENT_SEQUENCE_CLAIMED = C.GtkEventSequenceState(C.GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_CLAIMED)
	EVENT_SEQUENCE_DENIED  = C.GtkEventSequenceState(C.GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_DENIED)

	// ExpanderStyle
	EXPANDER_COLLAPSED      = C.GtkExpanderStyle(C.GTK_EXPANDER_COLLAPSED)
	EXPANDER_SEMI_COLLAPSED = C.GtkExpanderStyle(C.GTK_EXPANDER_SEMI_COLLAPSED)
	EXPANDER_SEMI_EXPANDED  = C.GtkExpanderStyle(C.GTK_EXPANDER_SEMI_EXPANDED)
	EXPANDER_EXPANDED       = C.GtkExpanderStyle(C.GTK_EXPANDER_EXPANDED)

	// FileChooserAction
	FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN          = C.GtkFileChooserAction(C.GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN)
	FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE          = C.GtkFileChooserAction(C.GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE)
	FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SELECT_FOLDER = C.GtkFileChooserAction(C.GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SELECT_FOLDER)
	FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_CREATE_FOLDER = C.GtkFileChooserAction(C.GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_CREATE_FOLDER)

	// FileChooserConfirmation
	FILE_CHOOSER_CONFIRMATION_CONFIRM         = C.GtkFileChooserConfirmation(C.GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_CONFIRMATION_CONFIRM)
	FILE_CHOOSER_CONFIRMATION_ACCEPT_FILENAME = C.GtkFileChooserConfirmation(C.GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_CONFIRMATION_ACCEPT_FILENAME)
	FILE_CHOOSER_CONFIRMATION_SELECT_AGAIN    = C.GtkFileChooserConfirmation(C.GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_CONFIRMATION_SELECT_AGAIN)

	// FileChooserError
	FILE_CHOOSER_ERROR_NONEXISTENT         = C.GtkFileChooserError(C.GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ERROR_NONEXISTENT)
	FILE_CHOOSER_ERROR_BAD_FILENAME        = C.GtkFileChooserError(C.GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ERROR_BAD_FILENAME)
	FILE_CHOOSER_ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS      = C.GtkFileChooserError(C.GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS)
	FILE_CHOOSER_ERROR_INCOMPLETE_HOSTNAME = C.GtkFileChooserError(C.GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ERROR_INCOMPLETE_HOSTNAME)

	// IMPreeditStyle
	IM_PREEDIT_NOTHING  = C.GtkIMPreeditStyle(C.GTK_IM_PREEDIT_NOTHING)
	IM_PREEDIT_CALLBACK = C.GtkIMPreeditStyle(C.GTK_IM_PREEDIT_CALLBACK)
	IM_PREEDIT_NONE     = C.GtkIMPreeditStyle(C.GTK_IM_PREEDIT_NONE)

	// IMStatusStyle
	IM_STATUS_NOTHING  = C.GtkIMStatusStyle(C.GTK_IM_STATUS_NOTHING)
	IM_STATUS_CALLBACK = C.GtkIMStatusStyle(C.GTK_IM_STATUS_CALLBACK)
	IM_STATUS_NONE     = C.GtkIMStatusStyle(C.GTK_IM_STATUS_NONE)

	// IconSize
	ICON_SIZE_INVALID       = C.GtkIconSize(C.GTK_ICON_SIZE_INVALID)
	ICON_SIZE_MENU          = C.GtkIconSize(C.GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU)
	ICON_SIZE_SMALL_TOOLBAR = C.GtkIconSize(C.GTK_ICON_SIZE_SMALL_TOOLBAR)
	ICON_SIZE_LARGE_TOOLBAR = C.GtkIconSize(C.GTK_ICON_SIZE_LARGE_TOOLBAR)
	ICON_SIZE_BUTTON        = C.GtkIconSize(C.GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON)
	ICON_SIZE_DND           = C.GtkIconSize(C.GTK_ICON_SIZE_DND)
	ICON_SIZE_DIALOG        = C.GtkIconSize(C.GTK_ICON_SIZE_DIALOG)

	// IconThemeError
	ICON_THEME_NOT_FOUND = C.GtkIconThemeError(C.GTK_ICON_THEME_NOT_FOUND)
	ICON_THEME_FAILED    = C.GtkIconThemeError(C.GTK_ICON_THEME_FAILED)

	// IconViewDropPosition
	ICON_VIEW_NO_DROP    = C.GtkIconViewDropPosition(C.GTK_ICON_VIEW_NO_DROP)
	ICON_VIEW_DROP_INTO  = C.GtkIconViewDropPosition(C.GTK_ICON_VIEW_DROP_INTO)
	ICON_VIEW_DROP_LEFT  = C.GtkIconViewDropPosition(C.GTK_ICON_VIEW_DROP_LEFT)
	ICON_VIEW_DROP_RIGHT = C.GtkIconViewDropPosition(C.GTK_ICON_VIEW_DROP_RIGHT)
	ICON_VIEW_DROP_ABOVE = C.GtkIconViewDropPosition(C.GTK_ICON_VIEW_DROP_ABOVE)
	ICON_VIEW_DROP_BELOW = C.GtkIconViewDropPosition(C.GTK_ICON_VIEW_DROP_BELOW)

	// ImageType
	IMAGE_EMPTY     = C.GtkImageType(C.GTK_IMAGE_EMPTY)
	IMAGE_PIXBUF    = C.GtkImageType(C.GTK_IMAGE_PIXBUF)
	IMAGE_STOCK     = C.GtkImageType(C.GTK_IMAGE_STOCK)
	IMAGE_ICON_SET  = C.GtkImageType(C.GTK_IMAGE_ICON_SET)
	IMAGE_ANIMATION = C.GtkImageType(C.GTK_IMAGE_ANIMATION)
	IMAGE_ICON_NAME = C.GtkImageType(C.GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME)
	IMAGE_GICON     = C.GtkImageType(C.GTK_IMAGE_GICON)
	IMAGE_SURFACE   = C.GtkImageType(C.GTK_IMAGE_SURFACE)

	// InputPurpose
	INPUT_PURPOSE_FREE_FORM = C.GtkInputPurpose(C.GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_FREE_FORM)
	INPUT_PURPOSE_ALPHA     = C.GtkInputPurpose(C.GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_ALPHA)
	INPUT_PURPOSE_DIGITS    = C.GtkInputPurpose(C.GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_DIGITS)
	INPUT_PURPOSE_NUMBER    = C.GtkInputPurpose(C.GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_NUMBER)
	INPUT_PURPOSE_PHONE     = C.GtkInputPurpose(C.GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_PHONE)
	INPUT_PURPOSE_URL       = C.GtkInputPurpose(C.GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_URL)
	INPUT_PURPOSE_EMAIL     = C.GtkInputPurpose(C.GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_EMAIL)
	INPUT_PURPOSE_NAME      = C.GtkInputPurpose(C.GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_NAME)
	INPUT_PURPOSE_PASSWORD  = C.GtkInputPurpose(C.GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_PASSWORD)
	INPUT_PURPOSE_PIN       = C.GtkInputPurpose(C.GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_PIN)

	// Justification
	JUSTIFY_LEFT   = C.GtkJustification(C.GTK_JUSTIFY_LEFT)
	JUSTIFY_RIGHT  = C.GtkJustification(C.GTK_JUSTIFY_RIGHT)
	JUSTIFY_CENTER = C.GtkJustification(C.GTK_JUSTIFY_CENTER)
	JUSTIFY_FILL   = C.GtkJustification(C.GTK_JUSTIFY_FILL)

	// LevelBarMode
	LEVEL_BAR_MODE_CONTINUOUS = C.GtkLevelBarMode(C.GTK_LEVEL_BAR_MODE_CONTINUOUS)
	LEVEL_BAR_MODE_DISCRETE   = C.GtkLevelBarMode(C.GTK_LEVEL_BAR_MODE_DISCRETE)

	// License
	LICENSE_UNKNOWN       = C.GtkLicense(C.GTK_LICENSE_UNKNOWN)
	LICENSE_CUSTOM        = C.GtkLicense(C.GTK_LICENSE_CUSTOM)
	LICENSE_GPL_2_0       = C.GtkLicense(C.GTK_LICENSE_GPL_2_0)
	LICENSE_GPL_3_0       = C.GtkLicense(C.GTK_LICENSE_GPL_3_0)
	LICENSE_LGPL_2_1      = C.GtkLicense(C.GTK_LICENSE_LGPL_2_1)
	LICENSE_LGPL_3_0      = C.GtkLicense(C.GTK_LICENSE_LGPL_3_0)
	LICENSE_BSD           = C.GtkLicense(C.GTK_LICENSE_BSD)
	LICENSE_MIT_X11       = C.GtkLicense(C.GTK_LICENSE_MIT_X11)
	LICENSE_ARTISTIC      = C.GtkLicense(C.GTK_LICENSE_ARTISTIC)
	LICENSE_GPL_2_0_ONLY  = C.GtkLicense(C.GTK_LICENSE_GPL_2_0_ONLY)
	LICENSE_GPL_3_0_ONLY  = C.GtkLicense(C.GTK_LICENSE_GPL_3_0_ONLY)
	LICENSE_LGPL_2_1_ONLY = C.GtkLicense(C.GTK_LICENSE_LGPL_2_1_ONLY)
	LICENSE_LGPL_3_0_ONLY = C.GtkLicense(C.GTK_LICENSE_LGPL_3_0_ONLY)

	// MenuDirectionType
	MENU_DIR_PARENT = C.GtkMenuDirectionType(C.GTK_MENU_DIR_PARENT)
	MENU_DIR_CHILD  = C.GtkMenuDirectionType(C.GTK_MENU_DIR_CHILD)
	MENU_DIR_NEXT   = C.GtkMenuDirectionType(C.GTK_MENU_DIR_NEXT)
	MENU_DIR_PREV   = C.GtkMenuDirectionType(C.GTK_MENU_DIR_PREV)

	// MessageType
	MESSAGE_INFO     = C.GtkMessageType(C.GTK_MESSAGE_INFO)
	MESSAGE_WARNING  = C.GtkMessageType(C.GTK_MESSAGE_WARNING)
	MESSAGE_QUESTION = C.GtkMessageType(C.GTK_MESSAGE_QUESTION)
	MESSAGE_ERROR    = C.GtkMessageType(C.GTK_MESSAGE_ERROR)
	MESSAGE_OTHER    = C.GtkMessageType(C.GTK_MESSAGE_OTHER)

	// MovementStep
	MOVEMENT_LOGICAL_POSITIONS = C.GtkMovementStep(C.GTK_MOVEMENT_LOGICAL_POSITIONS)
	MOVEMENT_VISUAL_POSITIONS  = C.GtkMovementStep(C.GTK_MOVEMENT_VISUAL_POSITIONS)
	MOVEMENT_WORDS             = C.GtkMovementStep(C.GTK_MOVEMENT_WORDS)
	MOVEMENT_DISPLAY_LINES     = C.GtkMovementStep(C.GTK_MOVEMENT_DISPLAY_LINES)
	MOVEMENT_DISPLAY_LINE_ENDS = C.GtkMovementStep(C.GTK_MOVEMENT_DISPLAY_LINE_ENDS)
	MOVEMENT_PARAGRAPHS        = C.GtkMovementStep(C.GTK_MOVEMENT_PARAGRAPHS)
	MOVEMENT_PARAGRAPH_ENDS    = C.GtkMovementStep(C.GTK_MOVEMENT_PARAGRAPH_ENDS)
	MOVEMENT_PAGES             = C.GtkMovementStep(C.GTK_MOVEMENT_PAGES)
	MOVEMENT_BUFFER_ENDS       = C.GtkMovementStep(C.GTK_MOVEMENT_BUFFER_ENDS)
	MOVEMENT_HORIZONTAL_PAGES  = C.GtkMovementStep(C.GTK_MOVEMENT_HORIZONTAL_PAGES)

	// NotebookTab
	NOTEBOOK_TAB_FIRST = C.GtkNotebookTab(C.GTK_NOTEBOOK_TAB_FIRST)
	NOTEBOOK_TAB_LAST  = C.GtkNotebookTab(C.GTK_NOTEBOOK_TAB_LAST)

	// NumberUpLayout
	NUMBER_UP_LAYOUT_LEFT_TO_RIGHT_TOP_TO_BOTTOM = C.GtkNumberUpLayout(C.GTK_NUMBER_UP_LAYOUT_LEFT_TO_RIGHT_TOP_TO_BOTTOM)
	NUMBER_UP_LAYOUT_LEFT_TO_RIGHT_BOTTOM_TO_TOP = C.GtkNumberUpLayout(C.GTK_NUMBER_UP_LAYOUT_LEFT_TO_RIGHT_BOTTOM_TO_TOP)
	NUMBER_UP_LAYOUT_RIGHT_TO_LEFT_TOP_TO_BOTTOM = C.GtkNumberUpLayout(C.GTK_NUMBER_UP_LAYOUT_RIGHT_TO_LEFT_TOP_TO_BOTTOM)
	NUMBER_UP_LAYOUT_RIGHT_TO_LEFT_BOTTOM_TO_TOP = C.GtkNumberUpLayout(C.GTK_NUMBER_UP_LAYOUT_RIGHT_TO_LEFT_BOTTOM_TO_TOP)
	NUMBER_UP_LAYOUT_TOP_TO_BOTTOM_LEFT_TO_RIGHT = C.GtkNumberUpLayout(C.GTK_NUMBER_UP_LAYOUT_TOP_TO_BOTTOM_LEFT_TO_RIGHT)
	NUMBER_UP_LAYOUT_TOP_TO_BOTTOM_RIGHT_TO_LEFT = C.GtkNumberUpLayout(C.GTK_NUMBER_UP_LAYOUT_TOP_TO_BOTTOM_RIGHT_TO_LEFT)
	NUMBER_UP_LAYOUT_BOTTOM_TO_TOP_LEFT_TO_RIGHT = C.GtkNumberUpLayout(C.GTK_NUMBER_UP_LAYOUT_BOTTOM_TO_TOP_LEFT_TO_RIGHT)
	NUMBER_UP_LAYOUT_BOTTOM_TO_TOP_RIGHT_TO_LEFT = C.GtkNumberUpLayout(C.GTK_NUMBER_UP_LAYOUT_BOTTOM_TO_TOP_RIGHT_TO_LEFT)

	// Orientation
	ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL = C.GtkOrientation(C.GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
	ORIENTATION_VERTICAL   = C.GtkOrientation(C.GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL)

	// PackDirection
	PACK_DIRECTION_LTR = C.GtkPackDirection(C.GTK_PACK_DIRECTION_LTR)
	PACK_DIRECTION_RTL = C.GtkPackDirection(C.GTK_PACK_DIRECTION_RTL)
	PACK_DIRECTION_TTB = C.GtkPackDirection(C.GTK_PACK_DIRECTION_TTB)
	PACK_DIRECTION_BTT = C.GtkPackDirection(C.GTK_PACK_DIRECTION_BTT)

	// PackType
	PACK_START = C.GtkPackType(C.GTK_PACK_START)
	PACK_END   = C.GtkPackType(C.GTK_PACK_END)

	// PageOrientation
	PAGE_ORIENTATION_PORTRAIT          = C.GtkPageOrientation(C.GTK_PAGE_ORIENTATION_PORTRAIT)
	PAGE_ORIENTATION_LANDSCAPE         = C.GtkPageOrientation(C.GTK_PAGE_ORIENTATION_LANDSCAPE)
	PAGE_ORIENTATION_REVERSE_PORTRAIT  = C.GtkPageOrientation(C.GTK_PAGE_ORIENTATION_REVERSE_PORTRAIT)
	PAGE_ORIENTATION_REVERSE_LANDSCAPE = C.GtkPageOrientation(C.GTK_PAGE_ORIENTATION_REVERSE_LANDSCAPE)

	// PageSet
	PAGE_SET_ALL  = C.GtkPageSet(C.GTK_PAGE_SET_ALL)
	PAGE_SET_EVEN = C.GtkPageSet(C.GTK_PAGE_SET_EVEN)
	PAGE_SET_ODD  = C.GtkPageSet(C.GTK_PAGE_SET_ODD)

	// PanDirection
	PAN_DIRECTION_LEFT  = C.GtkPanDirection(C.GTK_PAN_DIRECTION_LEFT)
	PAN_DIRECTION_RIGHT = C.GtkPanDirection(C.GTK_PAN_DIRECTION_RIGHT)
	PAN_DIRECTION_UP    = C.GtkPanDirection(C.GTK_PAN_DIRECTION_UP)
	PAN_DIRECTION_DOWN  = C.GtkPanDirection(C.GTK_PAN_DIRECTION_DOWN)

	// PathPriorityType
	PATH_PRIO_LOWEST      = C.GtkPathPriorityType(C.GTK_PATH_PRIO_LOWEST)
	PATH_PRIO_GTK         = C.GtkPathPriorityType(C.GTK_PATH_PRIO_GTK)
	PATH_PRIO_APPLICATION = C.GtkPathPriorityType(C.GTK_PATH_PRIO_APPLICATION)
	PATH_PRIO_THEME       = C.GtkPathPriorityType(C.GTK_PATH_PRIO_THEME)
	PATH_PRIO_RC          = C.GtkPathPriorityType(C.GTK_PATH_PRIO_RC)
	PATH_PRIO_HIGHEST     = C.GtkPathPriorityType(C.GTK_PATH_PRIO_HIGHEST)

	// PathType
	PATH_WIDGET       = C.GtkPathType(C.GTK_PATH_WIDGET)
	PATH_WIDGET_CLASS = C.GtkPathType(C.GTK_PATH_WIDGET_CLASS)
	PATH_CLASS        = C.GtkPathType(C.GTK_PATH_CLASS)

	// PolicyType
	POLICY_ALWAYS    = C.GtkPolicyType(C.GTK_POLICY_ALWAYS)
	POLICY_AUTOMATIC = C.GtkPolicyType(C.GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC)
	POLICY_NEVER     = C.GtkPolicyType(C.GTK_POLICY_NEVER)

	// PositionType
	POS_LEFT   = C.GtkPositionType(C.GTK_POS_LEFT)
	POS_RIGHT  = C.GtkPositionType(C.GTK_POS_RIGHT)
	POS_TOP    = C.GtkPositionType(C.GTK_POS_TOP)
	POS_BOTTOM = C.GtkPositionType(C.GTK_POS_BOTTOM)

	// PrintDuplex
	PRINT_DUPLEX_SIMPLEX    = C.GtkPrintDuplex(C.GTK_PRINT_DUPLEX_SIMPLEX)
	PRINT_DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL = C.GtkPrintDuplex(C.GTK_PRINT_DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL)
	PRINT_DUPLEX_VERTICAL   = C.GtkPrintDuplex(C.GTK_PRINT_DUPLEX_VERTICAL)

	// PrintError
	PRINT_ERROR_GENERAL        = C.GtkPrintError(C.GTK_PRINT_ERROR_GENERAL)
	PRINT_ERROR_INTERNAL_ERROR = C.GtkPrintError(C.GTK_PRINT_ERROR_INTERNAL_ERROR)
	PRINT_ERROR_NOMEM          = C.GtkPrintError(C.GTK_PRINT_ERROR_NOMEM)
	PRINT_ERROR_INVALID_FILE   = C.GtkPrintError(C.GTK_PRINT_ERROR_INVALID_FILE)

	// PrintOperationAction
	PRINT_OPERATION_ACTION_PRINT_DIALOG = C.GtkPrintOperationAction(C.GTK_PRINT_OPERATION_ACTION_PRINT_DIALOG)
	PRINT_OPERATION_ACTION_PRINT        = C.GtkPrintOperationAction(C.GTK_PRINT_OPERATION_ACTION_PRINT)
	PRINT_OPERATION_ACTION_PREVIEW      = C.GtkPrintOperationAction(C.GTK_PRINT_OPERATION_ACTION_PREVIEW)
	PRINT_OPERATION_ACTION_EXPORT       = C.GtkPrintOperationAction(C.GTK_PRINT_OPERATION_ACTION_EXPORT)

	// PrintOperationResult
	PRINT_OPERATION_RESULT_ERROR       = C.GtkPrintOperationResult(C.GTK_PRINT_OPERATION_RESULT_ERROR)
	PRINT_OPERATION_RESULT_APPLY       = C.GtkPrintOperationResult(C.GTK_PRINT_OPERATION_RESULT_APPLY)
	PRINT_OPERATION_RESULT_CANCEL      = C.GtkPrintOperationResult(C.GTK_PRINT_OPERATION_RESULT_CANCEL)
	PRINT_OPERATION_RESULT_IN_PROGRESS = C.GtkPrintOperationResult(C.GTK_PRINT_OPERATION_RESULT_IN_PROGRESS)

	// PrintPages
	PRINT_PAGES_ALL       = C.GtkPrintPages(C.GTK_PRINT_PAGES_ALL)
	PRINT_PAGES_CURRENT   = C.GtkPrintPages(C.GTK_PRINT_PAGES_CURRENT)
	PRINT_PAGES_RANGES    = C.GtkPrintPages(C.GTK_PRINT_PAGES_RANGES)
	PRINT_PAGES_SELECTION = C.GtkPrintPages(C.GTK_PRINT_PAGES_SELECTION)

	// PrintQuality
	PRINT_QUALITY_LOW    = C.GtkPrintQuality(C.GTK_PRINT_QUALITY_LOW)
	PRINT_QUALITY_NORMAL = C.GtkPrintQuality(C.GTK_PRINT_QUALITY_NORMAL)
	PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH   = C.GtkPrintQuality(C.GTK_PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH)
	PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT  = C.GtkPrintQuality(C.GTK_PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT)

	// PrintStatus
	PRINT_STATUS_INITIAL          = C.GtkPrintStatus(C.GTK_PRINT_STATUS_INITIAL)
	PRINT_STATUS_PREPARING        = C.GtkPrintStatus(C.GTK_PRINT_STATUS_PREPARING)
	PRINT_STATUS_GENERATING_DATA  = C.GtkPrintStatus(C.GTK_PRINT_STATUS_GENERATING_DATA)
	PRINT_STATUS_SENDING_DATA     = C.GtkPrintStatus(C.GTK_PRINT_STATUS_SENDING_DATA)
	PRINT_STATUS_PENDING          = C.GtkPrintStatus(C.GTK_PRINT_STATUS_PENDING)
	PRINT_STATUS_PENDING_ISSUE    = C.GtkPrintStatus(C.GTK_PRINT_STATUS_PENDING_ISSUE)
	PRINT_STATUS_PRINTING         = C.GtkPrintStatus(C.GTK_PRINT_STATUS_PRINTING)
	PRINT_STATUS_FINISHED         = C.GtkPrintStatus(C.GTK_PRINT_STATUS_FINISHED)
	PRINT_STATUS_FINISHED_ABORTED = C.GtkPrintStatus(C.GTK_PRINT_STATUS_FINISHED_ABORTED)

	// PropagationPhase
	PHASE_NONE    = C.GtkPropagationPhase(C.GTK_PHASE_NONE)
	PHASE_CAPTURE = C.GtkPropagationPhase(C.GTK_PHASE_CAPTURE)
	PHASE_BUBBLE  = C.GtkPropagationPhase(C.GTK_PHASE_BUBBLE)
	PHASE_TARGET  = C.GtkPropagationPhase(C.GTK_PHASE_TARGET)

	// RcTokenType
	RC_TOKEN_INVALID        = C.GtkRcTokenType(C.GTK_RC_TOKEN_INVALID)
	RC_TOKEN_INCLUDE        = C.GtkRcTokenType(C.GTK_RC_TOKEN_INCLUDE)
	RC_TOKEN_NORMAL         = C.GtkRcTokenType(C.GTK_RC_TOKEN_NORMAL)
	RC_TOKEN_ACTIVE         = C.GtkRcTokenType(C.GTK_RC_TOKEN_ACTIVE)
	RC_TOKEN_PRELIGHT       = C.GtkRcTokenType(C.GTK_RC_TOKEN_PRELIGHT)
	RC_TOKEN_SELECTED       = C.GtkRcTokenType(C.GTK_RC_TOKEN_SELECTED)
	RC_TOKEN_INSENSITIVE    = C.GtkRcTokenType(C.GTK_RC_TOKEN_INSENSITIVE)
	RC_TOKEN_FG             = C.GtkRcTokenType(C.GTK_RC_TOKEN_FG)
	RC_TOKEN_BG             = C.GtkRcTokenType(C.GTK_RC_TOKEN_BG)
	RC_TOKEN_TEXT           = C.GtkRcTokenType(C.GTK_RC_TOKEN_TEXT)
	RC_TOKEN_BASE           = C.GtkRcTokenType(C.GTK_RC_TOKEN_BASE)
	RC_TOKEN_XTHICKNESS     = C.GtkRcTokenType(C.GTK_RC_TOKEN_XTHICKNESS)
	RC_TOKEN_YTHICKNESS     = C.GtkRcTokenType(C.GTK_RC_TOKEN_YTHICKNESS)
	RC_TOKEN_FONT           = C.GtkRcTokenType(C.GTK_RC_TOKEN_FONT)
	RC_TOKEN_FONTSET        = C.GtkRcTokenType(C.GTK_RC_TOKEN_FONTSET)
	RC_TOKEN_FONT_NAME      = C.GtkRcTokenType(C.GTK_RC_TOKEN_FONT_NAME)
	RC_TOKEN_BG_PIXMAP      = C.GtkRcTokenType(C.GTK_RC_TOKEN_BG_PIXMAP)
	RC_TOKEN_PIXMAP_PATH    = C.GtkRcTokenType(C.GTK_RC_TOKEN_PIXMAP_PATH)
	RC_TOKEN_STYLE          = C.GtkRcTokenType(C.GTK_RC_TOKEN_STYLE)
	RC_TOKEN_BINDING        = C.GtkRcTokenType(C.GTK_RC_TOKEN_BINDING)
	RC_TOKEN_BIND           = C.GtkRcTokenType(C.GTK_RC_TOKEN_BIND)
	RC_TOKEN_WIDGET         = C.GtkRcTokenType(C.GTK_RC_TOKEN_WIDGET)
	RC_TOKEN_WIDGET_CLASS   = C.GtkRcTokenType(C.GTK_RC_TOKEN_WIDGET_CLASS)
	RC_TOKEN_CLASS          = C.GtkRcTokenType(C.GTK_RC_TOKEN_CLASS)
	RC_TOKEN_LOWEST         = C.GtkRcTokenType(C.GTK_RC_TOKEN_LOWEST)
	RC_TOKEN_GTK            = C.GtkRcTokenType(C.GTK_RC_TOKEN_GTK)
	RC_TOKEN_APPLICATION    = C.GtkRcTokenType(C.GTK_RC_TOKEN_APPLICATION)
	RC_TOKEN_THEME          = C.GtkRcTokenType(C.GTK_RC_TOKEN_THEME)
	RC_TOKEN_RC             = C.GtkRcTokenType(C.GTK_RC_TOKEN_RC)
	RC_TOKEN_HIGHEST        = C.GtkRcTokenType(C.GTK_RC_TOKEN_HIGHEST)
	RC_TOKEN_ENGINE         = C.GtkRcTokenType(C.GTK_RC_TOKEN_ENGINE)
	RC_TOKEN_MODULE_PATH    = C.GtkRcTokenType(C.GTK_RC_TOKEN_MODULE_PATH)
	RC_TOKEN_IM_MODULE_PATH = C.GtkRcTokenType(C.GTK_RC_TOKEN_IM_MODULE_PATH)
	RC_TOKEN_IM_MODULE_FILE = C.GtkRcTokenType(C.GTK_RC_TOKEN_IM_MODULE_FILE)
	RC_TOKEN_STOCK          = C.GtkRcTokenType(C.GTK_RC_TOKEN_STOCK)
	RC_TOKEN_LTR            = C.GtkRcTokenType(C.GTK_RC_TOKEN_LTR)
	RC_TOKEN_RTL            = C.GtkRcTokenType(C.GTK_RC_TOKEN_RTL)
	RC_TOKEN_COLOR          = C.GtkRcTokenType(C.GTK_RC_TOKEN_COLOR)
	RC_TOKEN_UNBIND         = C.GtkRcTokenType(C.GTK_RC_TOKEN_UNBIND)
	RC_TOKEN_LAST           = C.GtkRcTokenType(C.GTK_RC_TOKEN_LAST)

	// RecentChooserError
	RECENT_CHOOSER_ERROR_NOT_FOUND   = C.GtkRecentChooserError(C.GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER_ERROR_NOT_FOUND)
	RECENT_CHOOSER_ERROR_INVALID_URI = C.GtkRecentChooserError(C.GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER_ERROR_INVALID_URI)

	// RecentManagerError
	RECENT_MANAGER_ERROR_NOT_FOUND        = C.GtkRecentManagerError(C.GTK_RECENT_MANAGER_ERROR_NOT_FOUND)
	RECENT_MANAGER_ERROR_INVALID_URI      = C.GtkRecentManagerError(C.GTK_RECENT_MANAGER_ERROR_INVALID_URI)
	RECENT_MANAGER_ERROR_INVALID_ENCODING = C.GtkRecentManagerError(C.GTK_RECENT_MANAGER_ERROR_INVALID_ENCODING)
	RECENT_MANAGER_ERROR_NOT_REGISTERED   = C.GtkRecentManagerError(C.GTK_RECENT_MANAGER_ERROR_NOT_REGISTERED)
	RECENT_MANAGER_ERROR_READ             = C.GtkRecentManagerError(C.GTK_RECENT_MANAGER_ERROR_READ)
	RECENT_MANAGER_ERROR_WRITE            = C.GtkRecentManagerError(C.GTK_RECENT_MANAGER_ERROR_WRITE)
	RECENT_MANAGER_ERROR_UNKNOWN          = C.GtkRecentManagerError(C.GTK_RECENT_MANAGER_ERROR_UNKNOWN)

	// RecentSortType
	RECENT_SORT_NONE   = C.GtkRecentSortType(C.GTK_RECENT_SORT_NONE)
	RECENT_SORT_MRU    = C.GtkRecentSortType(C.GTK_RECENT_SORT_MRU)
	RECENT_SORT_LRU    = C.GtkRecentSortType(C.GTK_RECENT_SORT_LRU)
	RECENT_SORT_CUSTOM = C.GtkRecentSortType(C.GTK_RECENT_SORT_CUSTOM)

	// ReliefStyle
	RELIEF_NORMAL = C.GtkReliefStyle(C.GTK_RELIEF_NORMAL)
	RELIEF_HALF   = C.GtkReliefStyle(C.GTK_RELIEF_HALF)
	RELIEF_NONE   = C.GtkReliefStyle(C.GTK_RELIEF_NONE)

	// ResizeMode
	RESIZE_PARENT    = C.GtkResizeMode(C.GTK_RESIZE_PARENT)
	RESIZE_QUEUE     = C.GtkResizeMode(C.GTK_RESIZE_QUEUE)
	RESIZE_IMMEDIATE = C.GtkResizeMode(C.GTK_RESIZE_IMMEDIATE)

	// ResponseType
	RESPONSE_NONE         = C.GtkResponseType(C.GTK_RESPONSE_NONE)
	RESPONSE_REJECT       = C.GtkResponseType(C.GTK_RESPONSE_REJECT)
	RESPONSE_ACCEPT       = C.GtkResponseType(C.GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT)
	RESPONSE_DELETE_EVENT = C.GtkResponseType(C.GTK_RESPONSE_DELETE_EVENT)
	RESPONSE_OK           = C.GtkResponseType(C.GTK_RESPONSE_OK)
	RESPONSE_CANCEL       = C.GtkResponseType(C.GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL)
	RESPONSE_CLOSE        = C.GtkResponseType(C.GTK_RESPONSE_CLOSE)
	RESPONSE_YES          = C.GtkResponseType(C.GTK_RESPONSE_YES)
	RESPONSE_NO           = C.GtkResponseType(C.GTK_RESPONSE_NO)
	RESPONSE_APPLY        = C.GtkResponseType(C.GTK_RESPONSE_APPLY)
	RESPONSE_HELP         = C.GtkResponseType(C.GTK_RESPONSE_HELP)

	// RevealerTransitionType
	REVEALER_TRANSITION_TYPE_NONE        = C.GtkRevealerTransitionType(C.GTK_REVEALER_TRANSITION_TYPE_NONE)
	REVEALER_TRANSITION_TYPE_CROSSFADE   = C.GtkRevealerTransitionType(C.GTK_REVEALER_TRANSITION_TYPE_CROSSFADE)
	REVEALER_TRANSITION_TYPE_SLIDE_RIGHT = C.GtkRevealerTransitionType(C.GTK_REVEALER_TRANSITION_TYPE_SLIDE_RIGHT)
	REVEALER_TRANSITION_TYPE_SLIDE_LEFT  = C.GtkRevealerTransitionType(C.GTK_REVEALER_TRANSITION_TYPE_SLIDE_LEFT)
	REVEALER_TRANSITION_TYPE_SLIDE_UP    = C.GtkRevealerTransitionType(C.GTK_REVEALER_TRANSITION_TYPE_SLIDE_UP)
	REVEALER_TRANSITION_TYPE_SLIDE_DOWN  = C.GtkRevealerTransitionType(C.GTK_REVEALER_TRANSITION_TYPE_SLIDE_DOWN)

	// ScrollStep
	SCROLL_STEPS            = C.GtkScrollStep(C.GTK_SCROLL_STEPS)
	SCROLL_PAGES            = C.GtkScrollStep(C.GTK_SCROLL_PAGES)
	SCROLL_ENDS             = C.GtkScrollStep(C.GTK_SCROLL_ENDS)
	SCROLL_HORIZONTAL_STEPS = C.GtkScrollStep(C.GTK_SCROLL_HORIZONTAL_STEPS)
	SCROLL_HORIZONTAL_PAGES = C.GtkScrollStep(C.GTK_SCROLL_HORIZONTAL_PAGES)
	SCROLL_HORIZONTAL_ENDS  = C.GtkScrollStep(C.GTK_SCROLL_HORIZONTAL_ENDS)

	// ScrollType
	SCROLL_NONE          = C.GtkScrollType(C.GTK_SCROLL_NONE)
	SCROLL_JUMP          = C.GtkScrollType(C.GTK_SCROLL_JUMP)
	SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD = C.GtkScrollType(C.GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD)
	SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD  = C.GtkScrollType(C.GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD)
	SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD = C.GtkScrollType(C.GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD)
	SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD  = C.GtkScrollType(C.GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD)
	SCROLL_STEP_UP       = C.GtkScrollType(C.GTK_SCROLL_STEP_UP)
	SCROLL_STEP_DOWN     = C.GtkScrollType(C.GTK_SCROLL_STEP_DOWN)
	SCROLL_PAGE_UP       = C.GtkScrollType(C.GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_UP)
	SCROLL_PAGE_DOWN     = C.GtkScrollType(C.GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_DOWN)
	SCROLL_STEP_LEFT     = C.GtkScrollType(C.GTK_SCROLL_STEP_LEFT)
	SCROLL_STEP_RIGHT    = C.GtkScrollType(C.GTK_SCROLL_STEP_RIGHT)
	SCROLL_PAGE_LEFT     = C.GtkScrollType(C.GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_LEFT)
	SCROLL_PAGE_RIGHT    = C.GtkScrollType(C.GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_RIGHT)
	SCROLL_START         = C.GtkScrollType(C.GTK_SCROLL_START)
	SCROLL_END           = C.GtkScrollType(C.GTK_SCROLL_END)

	// ScrollablePolicy
	SCROLL_MINIMUM = C.GtkScrollablePolicy(C.GTK_SCROLL_MINIMUM)
	SCROLL_NATURAL = C.GtkScrollablePolicy(C.GTK_SCROLL_NATURAL)

	// SelectionMode
	SELECTION_NONE     = C.GtkSelectionMode(C.GTK_SELECTION_NONE)
	SELECTION_SINGLE   = C.GtkSelectionMode(C.GTK_SELECTION_SINGLE)
	SELECTION_BROWSE   = C.GtkSelectionMode(C.GTK_SELECTION_BROWSE)
	SELECTION_MULTIPLE = C.GtkSelectionMode(C.GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE)

	// SensitivityType
	SENSITIVITY_AUTO = C.GtkSensitivityType(C.GTK_SENSITIVITY_AUTO)
	SENSITIVITY_ON   = C.GtkSensitivityType(C.GTK_SENSITIVITY_ON)
	SENSITIVITY_OFF  = C.GtkSensitivityType(C.GTK_SENSITIVITY_OFF)

	// ShadowType
	SHADOW_NONE       = C.GtkShadowType(C.GTK_SHADOW_NONE)
	SHADOW_IN         = C.GtkShadowType(C.GTK_SHADOW_IN)
	SHADOW_OUT        = C.GtkShadowType(C.GTK_SHADOW_OUT)
	SHADOW_ETCHED_IN  = C.GtkShadowType(C.GTK_SHADOW_ETCHED_IN)
	SHADOW_ETCHED_OUT = C.GtkShadowType(C.GTK_SHADOW_ETCHED_OUT)

	// SizeGroupMode
	SIZE_GROUP_NONE       = C.GtkSizeGroupMode(C.GTK_SIZE_GROUP_NONE)
	SIZE_GROUP_HORIZONTAL = C.GtkSizeGroupMode(C.GTK_SIZE_GROUP_HORIZONTAL)
	SIZE_GROUP_VERTICAL   = C.GtkSizeGroupMode(C.GTK_SIZE_GROUP_VERTICAL)
	SIZE_GROUP_BOTH       = C.GtkSizeGroupMode(C.GTK_SIZE_GROUP_BOTH)

	// SizeRequestMode
	SIZE_REQUEST_HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH = C.GtkSizeRequestMode(C.GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH)
	SIZE_REQUEST_WIDTH_FOR_HEIGHT = C.GtkSizeRequestMode(C.GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_WIDTH_FOR_HEIGHT)
	SIZE_REQUEST_CONSTANT_SIZE    = C.GtkSizeRequestMode(C.GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_CONSTANT_SIZE)

	// SortType
	SORT_ASCENDING  = C.GtkSortType(C.GTK_SORT_ASCENDING)
	SORT_DESCENDING = C.GtkSortType(C.GTK_SORT_DESCENDING)

	// SpinButtonUpdatePolicy
	UPDATE_ALWAYS   = C.GtkSpinButtonUpdatePolicy(C.GTK_UPDATE_ALWAYS)
	UPDATE_IF_VALID = C.GtkSpinButtonUpdatePolicy(C.GTK_UPDATE_IF_VALID)

	// SpinType
	SPIN_STEP_FORWARD  = C.GtkSpinType(C.GTK_SPIN_STEP_FORWARD)
	SPIN_STEP_BACKWARD = C.GtkSpinType(C.GTK_SPIN_STEP_BACKWARD)
	SPIN_PAGE_FORWARD  = C.GtkSpinType(C.GTK_SPIN_PAGE_FORWARD)
	SPIN_PAGE_BACKWARD = C.GtkSpinType(C.GTK_SPIN_PAGE_BACKWARD)
	SPIN_HOME          = C.GtkSpinType(C.GTK_SPIN_HOME)
	SPIN_END           = C.GtkSpinType(C.GTK_SPIN_END)
	SPIN_USER_DEFINED  = C.GtkSpinType(C.GTK_SPIN_USER_DEFINED)

	// StackTransitionType
	STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_NONE             = C.GtkStackTransitionType(C.GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_NONE)
	STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_CROSSFADE        = C.GtkStackTransitionType(C.GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_CROSSFADE)
	STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_SLIDE_RIGHT      = C.GtkStackTransitionType(C.GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_SLIDE_RIGHT)
	STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_SLIDE_LEFT       = C.GtkStackTransitionType(C.GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_SLIDE_LEFT)
	STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_SLIDE_UP         = C.GtkStackTransitionType(C.GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_SLIDE_UP)
	STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_SLIDE_DOWN       = C.GtkStackTransitionType(C.GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_SLIDE_DOWN)
	STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_SLIDE_LEFT_RIGHT = C.GtkStackTransitionType(C.GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_SLIDE_LEFT_RIGHT)
	STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_SLIDE_UP_DOWN    = C.GtkStackTransitionType(C.GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_SLIDE_UP_DOWN)
	STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_UP          = C.GtkStackTransitionType(C.GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_UP)
	STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_DOWN        = C.GtkStackTransitionType(C.GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_DOWN)
	STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_LEFT        = C.GtkStackTransitionType(C.GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_LEFT)
	STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_RIGHT       = C.GtkStackTransitionType(C.GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_RIGHT)
	STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_UNDER_UP         = C.GtkStackTransitionType(C.GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_UNDER_UP)
	STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_UNDER_DOWN       = C.GtkStackTransitionType(C.GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_UNDER_DOWN)
	STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_UNDER_LEFT       = C.GtkStackTransitionType(C.GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_UNDER_LEFT)
	STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_UNDER_RIGHT      = C.GtkStackTransitionType(C.GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_UNDER_RIGHT)
	STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_UP_DOWN     = C.GtkStackTransitionType(C.GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_UP_DOWN)
	STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_DOWN_UP     = C.GtkStackTransitionType(C.GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_DOWN_UP)
	STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_LEFT_RIGHT  = C.GtkStackTransitionType(C.GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_LEFT_RIGHT)
	STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_RIGHT_LEFT  = C.GtkStackTransitionType(C.GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_RIGHT_LEFT)

	// StateType
	STATE_NORMAL       = C.GtkStateType(C.GTK_STATE_NORMAL)
	STATE_ACTIVE       = C.GtkStateType(C.GTK_STATE_ACTIVE)
	STATE_PRELIGHT     = C.GtkStateType(C.GTK_STATE_PRELIGHT)
	STATE_SELECTED     = C.GtkStateType(C.GTK_STATE_SELECTED)
	STATE_INSENSITIVE  = C.GtkStateType(C.GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE)
	STATE_INCONSISTENT = C.GtkStateType(C.GTK_STATE_INCONSISTENT)
	STATE_FOCUSED      = C.GtkStateType(C.GTK_STATE_FOCUSED)

	// TextBufferTargetInfo
	TEXT_BUFFER_TARGET_INFO_BUFFER_CONTENTS = C.GtkTextBufferTargetInfo(C.GTK_TEXT_BUFFER_TARGET_INFO_BUFFER_CONTENTS)
	TEXT_BUFFER_TARGET_INFO_RICH_TEXT       = C.GtkTextBufferTargetInfo(C.GTK_TEXT_BUFFER_TARGET_INFO_RICH_TEXT)
	TEXT_BUFFER_TARGET_INFO_TEXT            = C.GtkTextBufferTargetInfo(C.GTK_TEXT_BUFFER_TARGET_INFO_TEXT)

	// TextDirection
	TEXT_DIR_NONE = C.GtkTextDirection(C.GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE)
	TEXT_DIR_LTR  = C.GtkTextDirection(C.GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR)
	TEXT_DIR_RTL  = C.GtkTextDirection(C.GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL)

	// TextViewLayer
	TEXT_VIEW_LAYER_BELOW = C.GtkTextViewLayer(C.GTK_TEXT_VIEW_LAYER_BELOW)
	TEXT_VIEW_LAYER_ABOVE = C.GtkTextViewLayer(C.GTK_TEXT_VIEW_LAYER_ABOVE)

	// TextWindowType
	TEXT_WINDOW_PRIVATE = C.GtkTextWindowType(C.GTK_TEXT_WINDOW_PRIVATE)
	TEXT_WINDOW_WIDGET  = C.GtkTextWindowType(C.GTK_TEXT_WINDOW_WIDGET)
	TEXT_WINDOW_TEXT    = C.GtkTextWindowType(C.GTK_TEXT_WINDOW_TEXT)
	TEXT_WINDOW_LEFT    = C.GtkTextWindowType(C.GTK_TEXT_WINDOW_LEFT)
	TEXT_WINDOW_RIGHT   = C.GtkTextWindowType(C.GTK_TEXT_WINDOW_RIGHT)
	TEXT_WINDOW_TOP     = C.GtkTextWindowType(C.GTK_TEXT_WINDOW_TOP)
	TEXT_WINDOW_BOTTOM  = C.GtkTextWindowType(C.GTK_TEXT_WINDOW_BOTTOM)

	// ToolbarSpaceStyle
	TOOLBAR_SPACE_EMPTY = C.GtkToolbarSpaceStyle(C.GTK_TOOLBAR_SPACE_EMPTY)
	TOOLBAR_SPACE_LINE  = C.GtkToolbarSpaceStyle(C.GTK_TOOLBAR_SPACE_LINE)

	// ToolbarStyle
	TOOLBAR_ICONS      = C.GtkToolbarStyle(C.GTK_TOOLBAR_ICONS)
	TOOLBAR_TEXT       = C.GtkToolbarStyle(C.GTK_TOOLBAR_TEXT)
	TOOLBAR_BOTH       = C.GtkToolbarStyle(C.GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH)
	TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ = C.GtkToolbarStyle(C.GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ)

	// TreeViewColumnSizing
	TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_GROW_ONLY = C.GtkTreeViewColumnSizing(C.GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_GROW_ONLY)
	TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_AUTOSIZE  = C.GtkTreeViewColumnSizing(C.GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_AUTOSIZE)
	TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED     = C.GtkTreeViewColumnSizing(C.GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED)

	// TreeViewDropPosition
	TREE_VIEW_DROP_BEFORE         = C.GtkTreeViewDropPosition(C.GTK_TREE_VIEW_DROP_BEFORE)
	TREE_VIEW_DROP_AFTER          = C.GtkTreeViewDropPosition(C.GTK_TREE_VIEW_DROP_AFTER)
	TREE_VIEW_DROP_INTO_OR_BEFORE = C.GtkTreeViewDropPosition(C.GTK_TREE_VIEW_DROP_INTO_OR_BEFORE)
	TREE_VIEW_DROP_INTO_OR_AFTER  = C.GtkTreeViewDropPosition(C.GTK_TREE_VIEW_DROP_INTO_OR_AFTER)

	// TreeViewGridLines
	TREE_VIEW_GRID_LINES_NONE       = C.GtkTreeViewGridLines(C.GTK_TREE_VIEW_GRID_LINES_NONE)
	TREE_VIEW_GRID_LINES_HORIZONTAL = C.GtkTreeViewGridLines(C.GTK_TREE_VIEW_GRID_LINES_HORIZONTAL)
	TREE_VIEW_GRID_LINES_VERTICAL   = C.GtkTreeViewGridLines(C.GTK_TREE_VIEW_GRID_LINES_VERTICAL)
	TREE_VIEW_GRID_LINES_BOTH       = C.GtkTreeViewGridLines(C.GTK_TREE_VIEW_GRID_LINES_BOTH)

	// Unit
	UNIT_NONE   = C.GtkUnit(C.GTK_UNIT_NONE)
	UNIT_POINTS = C.GtkUnit(C.GTK_UNIT_POINTS)
	UNIT_INCH   = C.GtkUnit(C.GTK_UNIT_INCH)
	UNIT_MM     = C.GtkUnit(C.GTK_UNIT_MM)

	// WidgetHelpType
	WIDGET_HELP_TOOLTIP    = C.GtkWidgetHelpType(C.GTK_WIDGET_HELP_TOOLTIP)
	WIDGET_HELP_WHATS_THIS = C.GtkWidgetHelpType(C.GTK_WIDGET_HELP_WHATS_THIS)

	// WindowPosition
	WIN_POS_NONE             = C.GtkWindowPosition(C.GTK_WIN_POS_NONE)
	WIN_POS_CENTER           = C.GtkWindowPosition(C.GTK_WIN_POS_CENTER)
	WIN_POS_MOUSE            = C.GtkWindowPosition(C.GTK_WIN_POS_MOUSE)
	WIN_POS_CENTER_ALWAYS    = C.GtkWindowPosition(C.GTK_WIN_POS_CENTER_ALWAYS)
	WIN_POS_CENTER_ON_PARENT = C.GtkWindowPosition(C.GTK_WIN_POS_CENTER_ON_PARENT)

	// WindowType
	WINDOW_TOPLEVEL = C.GtkWindowType(C.GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL)
	WINDOW_POPUP    = C.GtkWindowType(C.GTK_WINDOW_POPUP)

	// WrapMode
	WRAP_NONE      = C.GtkWrapMode(C.GTK_WRAP_NONE)
	WRAP_CHAR      = C.GtkWrapMode(C.GTK_WRAP_CHAR)
	WRAP_WORD      = C.GtkWrapMode(C.GTK_WRAP_WORD)
	WRAP_WORD_CHAR = C.GtkWrapMode(C.GTK_WRAP_WORD_CHAR)
)
View Source
var (
	// AccelFlags
	ACCEL_VISIBLE = C.GtkAccelFlags(C.GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE)
	ACCEL_LOCKED  = C.GtkAccelFlags(C.GTK_ACCEL_LOCKED)
	ACCEL_MASK    = C.GtkAccelFlags(C.GTK_ACCEL_MASK)

	// ApplicationInhibitFlags
	APPLICATION_INHIBIT_LOGOUT  = C.GtkApplicationInhibitFlags(C.GTK_APPLICATION_INHIBIT_LOGOUT)
	APPLICATION_INHIBIT_SWITCH  = C.GtkApplicationInhibitFlags(C.GTK_APPLICATION_INHIBIT_SWITCH)
	APPLICATION_INHIBIT_SUSPEND = C.GtkApplicationInhibitFlags(C.GTK_APPLICATION_INHIBIT_SUSPEND)
	APPLICATION_INHIBIT_IDLE    = C.GtkApplicationInhibitFlags(C.GTK_APPLICATION_INHIBIT_IDLE)

	// AttachOptions
	EXPAND = C.GtkAttachOptions(C.GTK_EXPAND)
	SHRINK = C.GtkAttachOptions(C.GTK_SHRINK)
	FILL   = C.GtkAttachOptions(C.GTK_FILL)

	// CalendarDisplayOptions
	CALENDAR_SHOW_HEADING      = C.GtkCalendarDisplayOptions(C.GTK_CALENDAR_SHOW_HEADING)
	CALENDAR_SHOW_DAY_NAMES    = C.GtkCalendarDisplayOptions(C.GTK_CALENDAR_SHOW_DAY_NAMES)
	CALENDAR_NO_MONTH_CHANGE   = C.GtkCalendarDisplayOptions(C.GTK_CALENDAR_NO_MONTH_CHANGE)
	CALENDAR_SHOW_WEEK_NUMBERS = C.GtkCalendarDisplayOptions(C.GTK_CALENDAR_SHOW_WEEK_NUMBERS)
	CALENDAR_SHOW_DETAILS      = C.GtkCalendarDisplayOptions(C.GTK_CALENDAR_SHOW_DETAILS)

	// CellRendererState
	CELL_RENDERER_SELECTED    = C.GtkCellRendererState(C.GTK_CELL_RENDERER_SELECTED)
	CELL_RENDERER_PRELIT      = C.GtkCellRendererState(C.GTK_CELL_RENDERER_PRELIT)
	CELL_RENDERER_INSENSITIVE = C.GtkCellRendererState(C.GTK_CELL_RENDERER_INSENSITIVE)
	CELL_RENDERER_SORTED      = C.GtkCellRendererState(C.GTK_CELL_RENDERER_SORTED)
	CELL_RENDERER_FOCUSED     = C.GtkCellRendererState(C.GTK_CELL_RENDERER_FOCUSED)
	CELL_RENDERER_EXPANDABLE  = C.GtkCellRendererState(C.GTK_CELL_RENDERER_EXPANDABLE)
	CELL_RENDERER_EXPANDED    = C.GtkCellRendererState(C.GTK_CELL_RENDERER_EXPANDED)

	// DebugFlag
	DEBUG_MISC           = C.GtkDebugFlag(C.GTK_DEBUG_MISC)
	DEBUG_PLUGSOCKET     = C.GtkDebugFlag(C.GTK_DEBUG_PLUGSOCKET)
	DEBUG_TEXT           = C.GtkDebugFlag(C.GTK_DEBUG_TEXT)
	DEBUG_TREE           = C.GtkDebugFlag(C.GTK_DEBUG_TREE)
	DEBUG_UPDATES        = C.GtkDebugFlag(C.GTK_DEBUG_UPDATES)
	DEBUG_KEYBINDINGS    = C.GtkDebugFlag(C.GTK_DEBUG_KEYBINDINGS)
	DEBUG_MULTIHEAD      = C.GtkDebugFlag(C.GTK_DEBUG_MULTIHEAD)
	DEBUG_MODULES        = C.GtkDebugFlag(C.GTK_DEBUG_MODULES)
	DEBUG_GEOMETRY       = C.GtkDebugFlag(C.GTK_DEBUG_GEOMETRY)
	DEBUG_ICONTHEME      = C.GtkDebugFlag(C.GTK_DEBUG_ICONTHEME)
	DEBUG_PRINTING       = C.GtkDebugFlag(C.GTK_DEBUG_PRINTING)
	DEBUG_BUILDER        = C.GtkDebugFlag(C.GTK_DEBUG_BUILDER)
	DEBUG_SIZE_REQUEST   = C.GtkDebugFlag(C.GTK_DEBUG_SIZE_REQUEST)
	DEBUG_NO_CSS_CACHE   = C.GtkDebugFlag(C.GTK_DEBUG_NO_CSS_CACHE)
	DEBUG_BASELINES      = C.GtkDebugFlag(C.GTK_DEBUG_BASELINES)
	DEBUG_PIXEL_CACHE    = C.GtkDebugFlag(C.GTK_DEBUG_PIXEL_CACHE)
	DEBUG_NO_PIXEL_CACHE = C.GtkDebugFlag(C.GTK_DEBUG_NO_PIXEL_CACHE)
	DEBUG_INTERACTIVE    = C.GtkDebugFlag(C.GTK_DEBUG_INTERACTIVE)
	DEBUG_TOUCHSCREEN    = C.GtkDebugFlag(C.GTK_DEBUG_TOUCHSCREEN)
	DEBUG_ACTIONS        = C.GtkDebugFlag(C.GTK_DEBUG_ACTIONS)

	// DestDefaults
	DEST_DEFAULT_MOTION    = C.GtkDestDefaults(C.GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_MOTION)
	DEST_DEFAULT_HIGHLIGHT = C.GtkDestDefaults(C.GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_HIGHLIGHT)
	DEST_DEFAULT_DROP      = C.GtkDestDefaults(C.GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_DROP)
	DEST_DEFAULT_ALL       = C.GtkDestDefaults(C.GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_ALL)

	// DialogFlags
	DIALOG_MODAL               = C.GtkDialogFlags(C.GTK_DIALOG_MODAL)
	DIALOG_DESTROY_WITH_PARENT = C.GtkDialogFlags(C.GTK_DIALOG_DESTROY_WITH_PARENT)
	DIALOG_USE_HEADER_BAR      = C.GtkDialogFlags(C.GTK_DIALOG_USE_HEADER_BAR)

	// FileFilterFlags
	FILE_FILTER_FILENAME     = C.GtkFileFilterFlags(C.GTK_FILE_FILTER_FILENAME)
	FILE_FILTER_URI          = C.GtkFileFilterFlags(C.GTK_FILE_FILTER_URI)
	FILE_FILTER_DISPLAY_NAME = C.GtkFileFilterFlags(C.GTK_FILE_FILTER_DISPLAY_NAME)
	FILE_FILTER_MIME_TYPE    = C.GtkFileFilterFlags(C.GTK_FILE_FILTER_MIME_TYPE)

	// IconLookupFlags
	ICON_LOOKUP_NO_SVG           = C.GtkIconLookupFlags(C.GTK_ICON_LOOKUP_NO_SVG)
	ICON_LOOKUP_FORCE_SVG        = C.GtkIconLookupFlags(C.GTK_ICON_LOOKUP_FORCE_SVG)
	ICON_LOOKUP_USE_BUILTIN      = C.GtkIconLookupFlags(C.GTK_ICON_LOOKUP_USE_BUILTIN)
	ICON_LOOKUP_GENERIC_FALLBACK = C.GtkIconLookupFlags(C.GTK_ICON_LOOKUP_GENERIC_FALLBACK)
	ICON_LOOKUP_FORCE_SIZE       = C.GtkIconLookupFlags(C.GTK_ICON_LOOKUP_FORCE_SIZE)
	ICON_LOOKUP_FORCE_REGULAR    = C.GtkIconLookupFlags(C.GTK_ICON_LOOKUP_FORCE_REGULAR)
	ICON_LOOKUP_FORCE_SYMBOLIC   = C.GtkIconLookupFlags(C.GTK_ICON_LOOKUP_FORCE_SYMBOLIC)
	ICON_LOOKUP_DIR_LTR          = C.GtkIconLookupFlags(C.GTK_ICON_LOOKUP_DIR_LTR)
	ICON_LOOKUP_DIR_RTL          = C.GtkIconLookupFlags(C.GTK_ICON_LOOKUP_DIR_RTL)

	// InputHints
	INPUT_HINT_NONE                = C.GtkInputHints(C.GTK_INPUT_HINT_NONE)
	INPUT_HINT_SPELLCHECK          = C.GtkInputHints(C.GTK_INPUT_HINT_SPELLCHECK)
	INPUT_HINT_NO_SPELLCHECK       = C.GtkInputHints(C.GTK_INPUT_HINT_NO_SPELLCHECK)
	INPUT_HINT_WORD_COMPLETION     = C.GtkInputHints(C.GTK_INPUT_HINT_WORD_COMPLETION)
	INPUT_HINT_LOWERCASE           = C.GtkInputHints(C.GTK_INPUT_HINT_LOWERCASE)
	INPUT_HINT_UPPERCASE_CHARS     = C.GtkInputHints(C.GTK_INPUT_HINT_UPPERCASE_CHARS)
	INPUT_HINT_UPPERCASE_WORDS     = C.GtkInputHints(C.GTK_INPUT_HINT_UPPERCASE_WORDS)
	INPUT_HINT_UPPERCASE_SENTENCES = C.GtkInputHints(C.GTK_INPUT_HINT_UPPERCASE_SENTENCES)
	INPUT_HINT_INHIBIT_OSK         = C.GtkInputHints(C.GTK_INPUT_HINT_INHIBIT_OSK)

	// JunctionSides
	JUNCTION_NONE               = C.GtkJunctionSides(C.GTK_JUNCTION_NONE)
	JUNCTION_CORNER_TOPLEFT     = C.GtkJunctionSides(C.GTK_JUNCTION_CORNER_TOPLEFT)
	JUNCTION_CORNER_TOPRIGHT    = C.GtkJunctionSides(C.GTK_JUNCTION_CORNER_TOPRIGHT)
	JUNCTION_CORNER_BOTTOMLEFT  = C.GtkJunctionSides(C.GTK_JUNCTION_CORNER_BOTTOMLEFT)
	JUNCTION_CORNER_BOTTOMRIGHT = C.GtkJunctionSides(C.GTK_JUNCTION_CORNER_BOTTOMRIGHT)
	JUNCTION_TOP                = C.GtkJunctionSides(C.GTK_JUNCTION_TOP)
	JUNCTION_BOTTOM             = C.GtkJunctionSides(C.GTK_JUNCTION_BOTTOM)
	JUNCTION_LEFT               = C.GtkJunctionSides(C.GTK_JUNCTION_LEFT)
	JUNCTION_RIGHT              = C.GtkJunctionSides(C.GTK_JUNCTION_RIGHT)

	// PlacesOpenFlags
	PLACES_OPEN_NORMAL     = C.GtkPlacesOpenFlags(C.GTK_PLACES_OPEN_NORMAL)
	PLACES_OPEN_NEW_TAB    = C.GtkPlacesOpenFlags(C.GTK_PLACES_OPEN_NEW_TAB)
	PLACES_OPEN_NEW_WINDOW = C.GtkPlacesOpenFlags(C.GTK_PLACES_OPEN_NEW_WINDOW)

	// RcFlags
	RC_FG   = C.GtkRcFlags(C.GTK_RC_FG)
	RC_BG   = C.GtkRcFlags(C.GTK_RC_BG)
	RC_TEXT = C.GtkRcFlags(C.GTK_RC_TEXT)
	RC_BASE = C.GtkRcFlags(C.GTK_RC_BASE)

	// RecentFilterFlags
	RECENT_FILTER_URI          = C.GtkRecentFilterFlags(C.GTK_RECENT_FILTER_URI)
	RECENT_FILTER_DISPLAY_NAME = C.GtkRecentFilterFlags(C.GTK_RECENT_FILTER_DISPLAY_NAME)
	RECENT_FILTER_MIME_TYPE    = C.GtkRecentFilterFlags(C.GTK_RECENT_FILTER_MIME_TYPE)
	RECENT_FILTER_APPLICATION  = C.GtkRecentFilterFlags(C.GTK_RECENT_FILTER_APPLICATION)
	RECENT_FILTER_GROUP        = C.GtkRecentFilterFlags(C.GTK_RECENT_FILTER_GROUP)
	RECENT_FILTER_AGE          = C.GtkRecentFilterFlags(C.GTK_RECENT_FILTER_AGE)

	// RegionFlags
	REGION_EVEN   = C.GtkRegionFlags(C.GTK_REGION_EVEN)
	REGION_ODD    = C.GtkRegionFlags(C.GTK_REGION_ODD)
	REGION_FIRST  = C.GtkRegionFlags(C.GTK_REGION_FIRST)
	REGION_LAST   = C.GtkRegionFlags(C.GTK_REGION_LAST)
	REGION_ONLY   = C.GtkRegionFlags(C.GTK_REGION_ONLY)
	REGION_SORTED = C.GtkRegionFlags(C.GTK_REGION_SORTED)

	// StateFlags
	STATE_FLAG_NORMAL       = C.GtkStateFlags(C.GTK_STATE_FLAG_NORMAL)
	STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE       = C.GtkStateFlags(C.GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE)
	STATE_FLAG_PRELIGHT     = C.GtkStateFlags(C.GTK_STATE_FLAG_PRELIGHT)
	STATE_FLAG_SELECTED     = C.GtkStateFlags(C.GTK_STATE_FLAG_SELECTED)
	STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE  = C.GtkStateFlags(C.GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE)
	STATE_FLAG_INCONSISTENT = C.GtkStateFlags(C.GTK_STATE_FLAG_INCONSISTENT)
	STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED      = C.GtkStateFlags(C.GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED)
	STATE_FLAG_BACKDROP     = C.GtkStateFlags(C.GTK_STATE_FLAG_BACKDROP)
	STATE_FLAG_DIR_LTR      = C.GtkStateFlags(C.GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_LTR)
	STATE_FLAG_DIR_RTL      = C.GtkStateFlags(C.GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_RTL)
	STATE_FLAG_LINK         = C.GtkStateFlags(C.GTK_STATE_FLAG_LINK)
	STATE_FLAG_VISITED      = C.GtkStateFlags(C.GTK_STATE_FLAG_VISITED)
	STATE_FLAG_CHECKED      = C.GtkStateFlags(C.GTK_STATE_FLAG_CHECKED)

	// TargetFlags
	TARGET_SAME_APP     = C.GtkTargetFlags(C.GTK_TARGET_SAME_APP)
	TARGET_SAME_WIDGET  = C.GtkTargetFlags(C.GTK_TARGET_SAME_WIDGET)
	TARGET_OTHER_APP    = C.GtkTargetFlags(C.GTK_TARGET_OTHER_APP)
	TARGET_OTHER_WIDGET = C.GtkTargetFlags(C.GTK_TARGET_OTHER_WIDGET)

	// TextSearchFlags
	TEXT_SEARCH_VISIBLE_ONLY     = C.GtkTextSearchFlags(C.GTK_TEXT_SEARCH_VISIBLE_ONLY)
	TEXT_SEARCH_TEXT_ONLY        = C.GtkTextSearchFlags(C.GTK_TEXT_SEARCH_TEXT_ONLY)
	TEXT_SEARCH_CASE_INSENSITIVE = C.GtkTextSearchFlags(C.GTK_TEXT_SEARCH_CASE_INSENSITIVE)

	// ToolPaletteDragTargets
	TOOL_PALETTE_DRAG_ITEMS  = C.GtkToolPaletteDragTargets(C.GTK_TOOL_PALETTE_DRAG_ITEMS)
	TOOL_PALETTE_DRAG_GROUPS = C.GtkToolPaletteDragTargets(C.GTK_TOOL_PALETTE_DRAG_GROUPS)

	// TreeModelFlags
	TREE_MODEL_ITERS_PERSIST = C.GtkTreeModelFlags(C.GTK_TREE_MODEL_ITERS_PERSIST)
	TREE_MODEL_LIST_ONLY     = C.GtkTreeModelFlags(C.GTK_TREE_MODEL_LIST_ONLY)

	// UIManagerItemType
	UI_MANAGER_AUTO              = C.GtkUIManagerItemType(C.GTK_UI_MANAGER_AUTO)
	UI_MANAGER_MENUBAR           = C.GtkUIManagerItemType(C.GTK_UI_MANAGER_MENUBAR)
	UI_MANAGER_MENU              = C.GtkUIManagerItemType(C.GTK_UI_MANAGER_MENU)
	UI_MANAGER_TOOLBAR           = C.GtkUIManagerItemType(C.GTK_UI_MANAGER_TOOLBAR)
	UI_MANAGER_PLACEHOLDER       = C.GtkUIManagerItemType(C.GTK_UI_MANAGER_PLACEHOLDER)
	UI_MANAGER_POPUP             = C.GtkUIManagerItemType(C.GTK_UI_MANAGER_POPUP)
	UI_MANAGER_MENUITEM          = C.GtkUIManagerItemType(C.GTK_UI_MANAGER_MENUITEM)
	UI_MANAGER_TOOLITEM          = C.GtkUIManagerItemType(C.GTK_UI_MANAGER_TOOLITEM)
	UI_MANAGER_SEPARATOR         = C.GtkUIManagerItemType(C.GTK_UI_MANAGER_SEPARATOR)
	UI_MANAGER_ACCELERATOR       = C.GtkUIManagerItemType(C.GTK_UI_MANAGER_ACCELERATOR)
	UI_MANAGER_POPUP_WITH_ACCELS = C.GtkUIManagerItemType(C.GTK_UI_MANAGER_POPUP_WITH_ACCELS)
)
View Source
var UnusedFix_ bool

Functions

func AccelGroupsActivate

func AccelGroupsActivate(object *C.GObject, accel_key uint, accel_mods C.GdkModifierType) (return__ bool)

Finds the first accelerator in any #GtkAccelGroup attached to @object that matches @accel_key and @accel_mods, and activates that accelerator.

func AccelGroupsFromObject

func AccelGroupsFromObject(object *C.GObject) (return__ *C.GSList)

Gets a list of all accel groups which are attached to @object.

func AcceleratorGetDefaultModMask

func AcceleratorGetDefaultModMask() (return__ C.GdkModifierType)

Gets the value set by gtk_accelerator_set_default_mod_mask().

func AcceleratorGetLabel

func AcceleratorGetLabel(accelerator_key uint, accelerator_mods C.GdkModifierType) (return__ string)

Converts an accelerator keyval and modifier mask into a string which can be used to represent the accelerator to the user.

func AcceleratorGetLabelWithKeycode

func AcceleratorGetLabelWithKeycode(display *C.GdkDisplay, accelerator_key uint, keycode uint, accelerator_mods C.GdkModifierType) (return__ string)

Converts an accelerator keyval and modifier mask into a (possibly translated) string that can be displayed to a user, similarly to gtk_accelerator_get_label(), but handling keycodes.

This is only useful for system-level components, applications should use gtk_accelerator_parse() instead.

func AcceleratorName

func AcceleratorName(accelerator_key uint, accelerator_mods C.GdkModifierType) (return__ string)

Converts an accelerator keyval and modifier mask into a string parseable by gtk_accelerator_parse(). For example, if you pass in #GDK_KEY_q and #GDK_CONTROL_MASK, this function returns “<Control>q”.

If you need to display accelerators in the user interface, see gtk_accelerator_get_label().

func AcceleratorNameWithKeycode

func AcceleratorNameWithKeycode(display *C.GdkDisplay, accelerator_key uint, keycode uint, accelerator_mods C.GdkModifierType) (return__ string)

Converts an accelerator keyval and modifier mask into a string parseable by gtk_accelerator_parse_with_keycode(), similarly to gtk_accelerator_name() but handling keycodes. This is only useful for system-level components, applications should use gtk_accelerator_parse() instead.

func AcceleratorParse

func AcceleratorParse(accelerator string) (accelerator_key uint, accelerator_mods C.GdkModifierType)

Parses a string representing an accelerator. The format looks like “<Control>a” or “<Shift><Alt>F1” or “<Release>z” (the last one is for key release).

The parser is fairly liberal and allows lower or upper case, and also abbreviations such as “<Ctl>” and “<Ctrl>”. Key names are parsed using gdk_keyval_from_name(). For character keys the name is not the symbol, but the lowercase name, e.g. one would use “<Ctrl>minus” instead of “<Ctrl>-”.

If the parse fails, @accelerator_key and @accelerator_mods will be set to 0 (zero).

func AcceleratorParseWithKeycode

func AcceleratorParseWithKeycode(accelerator string) (accelerator_key uint, accelerator_codes *C.guint, accelerator_mods C.GdkModifierType)

Parses a string representing an accelerator, similarly to gtk_accelerator_parse() but handles keycodes as well. This is only useful for system-level components, applications should use gtk_accelerator_parse() instead.

If @accelerator_codes is given and the result stored in it is non-%NULL, the result must be freed with g_free().

If a keycode is present in the accelerator and no @accelerator_codes is given, the parse will fail.

If the parse fails, @accelerator_key, @accelerator_mods and @accelerator_codes will be set to 0 (zero).

func AcceleratorSetDefaultModMask

func AcceleratorSetDefaultModMask(default_mod_mask C.GdkModifierType)

Sets the modifiers that will be considered significant for keyboard accelerators. The default mod mask is #GDK_CONTROL_MASK | #GDK_SHIFT_MASK | #GDK_MOD1_MASK | #GDK_SUPER_MASK | #GDK_HYPER_MASK | #GDK_META_MASK, that is, Control, Shift, Alt, Super, Hyper and Meta. Other modifiers will by default be ignored by #GtkAccelGroup. You must include at least the three modifiers Control, Shift and Alt in any value you pass to this function.

The default mod mask should be changed on application startup, before using any accelerator groups.

func AcceleratorValid

func AcceleratorValid(keyval uint, modifiers C.GdkModifierType) (return__ bool)

Determines whether a given keyval and modifier mask constitute a valid keyboard accelerator. For example, the #GDK_KEY_a keyval plus #GDK_CONTROL_MASK is valid - this is a “Ctrl+a” accelerator. But, you can't, for instance, use the #GDK_KEY_Control_L keyval as an accelerator.

func BuilderErrorQuark

func BuilderErrorQuark() (return__ C.GQuark)

func CairoShouldDrawWindow

func CairoShouldDrawWindow(cr *C.cairo_t, window *C.GdkWindow) (return__ bool)

This function is supposed to be called in #GtkWidget::draw implementations for widgets that support multiple windows. @cr must be untransformed from invoking of the draw function. This function will return %TRUE if the contents of the given @window are supposed to be drawn and %FALSE otherwise. Note that when the drawing was not initiated by the windowing system this function will return %TRUE for all windows, so you need to draw the bottommost window first. Also, do not use “else if” statements to check which window should be drawn.

func CairoTransformToWindow

func CairoTransformToWindow(cr *C.cairo_t, widget IsWidget, window *C.GdkWindow)

Transforms the given cairo context @cr that from @widget-relative coordinates to @window-relative coordinates. If the @widget’s window is not an ancestor of @window, no modification will be applied.

This is the inverse to the transformation GTK applies when preparing an expose event to be emitted with the #GtkWidget::draw signal. It is intended to help porting multiwindow widgets from GTK+ 2 to the rendering architecture of GTK+ 3.

func CheckVersion

func CheckVersion(required_major uint, required_minor uint, required_micro uint) (return__ string)

Checks that the GTK+ library in use is compatible with the given version. Generally you would pass in the constants #GTK_MAJOR_VERSION, #GTK_MINOR_VERSION, #GTK_MICRO_VERSION as the three arguments to this function; that produces a check that the library in use is compatible with the version of GTK+ the application or module was compiled against.

Compatibility is defined by two things: first the version of the running library is newer than the version @required_major.required_minor.@required_micro. Second the running library must be binary compatible with the version @required_major.required_minor.@required_micro (same major version.)

This function is primarily for GTK+ modules; the module can call this function to check that it wasn’t loaded into an incompatible version of GTK+. However, such a check isn’t completely reliable, since the module may be linked against an old version of GTK+ and calling the old version of gtk_check_version(), but still get loaded into an application using a newer version of GTK+.

func CssProviderErrorQuark

func CssProviderErrorQuark() (return__ C.GQuark)

func DeviceGrabAdd

func DeviceGrabAdd(widget IsWidget, device *C.GdkDevice, block_others bool)

Adds a GTK+ grab on @device, so all the events on @device and its associated pointer or keyboard (if any) are delivered to @widget. If the @block_others parameter is %TRUE, any other devices will be unable to interact with @widget during the grab.

func DeviceGrabRemove

func DeviceGrabRemove(widget IsWidget, device *C.GdkDevice)

Removes a device grab from the given widget.

You have to pair calls to gtk_device_grab_add() and gtk_device_grab_remove().

func DisableSetlocale

func DisableSetlocale()

Prevents gtk_init(), gtk_init_check(), gtk_init_with_args() and gtk_parse_args() from automatically calling `setlocale (LC_ALL, "")`. You would want to use this function if you wanted to set the locale for your program to something other than the user’s locale, or if you wanted to set different values for different locale categories.

Most programs should not need to call this function.

func DistributeNaturalAllocation

func DistributeNaturalAllocation(extra_space int, n_requested_sizes uint, sizes *C.GtkRequestedSize) (return__ int)

Distributes @extra_space to child @sizes by bringing smaller children up to natural size first.

The remaining space will be added to the @minimum_size member of the GtkRequestedSize struct. If all sizes reach their natural size then the remaining space is returned.

func DragFinish

func DragFinish(context *C.GdkDragContext, success bool, del bool, time_ uint32)

Informs the drag source that the drop is finished, and that the data of the drag will no longer be required.

func DragSetIconDefault

func DragSetIconDefault(context *C.GdkDragContext)

Sets the icon for a particular drag to the default icon.

func DragSetIconGicon

func DragSetIconGicon(context *C.GdkDragContext, icon *C.GIcon, hot_x int, hot_y int)

Sets the icon for a given drag from the given @icon. See the documentation for gtk_drag_set_icon_name() for more details about using icons in drag and drop.

func DragSetIconName

func DragSetIconName(context *C.GdkDragContext, icon_name string, hot_x int, hot_y int)

Sets the icon for a given drag from a named themed icon. See the docs for #GtkIconTheme for more details. Note that the size of the icon depends on the icon theme (the icon is loaded at the symbolic size #GTK_ICON_SIZE_DND), thus @hot_x and @hot_y have to be used with care.

func DragSetIconPixbuf

func DragSetIconPixbuf(context *C.GdkDragContext, pixbuf *C.GdkPixbuf, hot_x int, hot_y int)

Sets @pixbuf as the icon for a given drag.

func DragSetIconSurface

func DragSetIconSurface(context *C.GdkDragContext, surface *C.cairo_surface_t)

Sets @surface as the icon for a given drag. GTK+ retains references for the arguments, and will release them when they are no longer needed.

To position the surface relative to the mouse, use cairo_surface_set_device_offset() on @surface. The mouse cursor will be positioned at the (0,0) coordinate of the surface.

func DragSetIconWidget

func DragSetIconWidget(context *C.GdkDragContext, widget IsWidget, hot_x int, hot_y int)

Changes the icon for a widget to a given widget. GTK+ will not destroy the icon, so if you don’t want it to persist, you should connect to the “drag-end” signal and destroy it yourself.

GTK+ will, however, change the opacity and position of the window as part of the drag animation. If you want to reuse the window, you have to restore these to the values you need after each drag operation.

func EventsPending

func EventsPending() (return__ bool)

Checks if any events are pending.

This can be used to update the UI and invoke timeouts etc. while doing some time intensive computation.

## Updating the UI during a long computation

|[<!-- language="C" -->

// computation going on...

while (gtk_events_pending ())
  gtk_main_iteration ();

// ...computation continued

]|

func False

func False() (return__ bool)

Analogical to gtk_true(), this function does nothing but always returns %FALSE.

func FileChooserErrorQuark

func FileChooserErrorQuark() (return__ C.GQuark)

Registers an error quark for #GtkFileChooser if necessary.

func GetBinaryAge

func GetBinaryAge() (return__ uint)

Returns the binary age as passed to `libtool` when building the GTK+ library the process is running against. If `libtool` means nothing to you, don't worry about it.

func GetCurrentEvent

func GetCurrentEvent() (return__ *C.GdkEvent)

Obtains a copy of the event currently being processed by GTK+.

For example, if you are handling a #GtkButton::clicked signal, the current event will be the #GdkEventButton that triggered the ::clicked signal.

func GetCurrentEventDevice

func GetCurrentEventDevice() (return__ *C.GdkDevice)

If there is a current event and it has a device, return that device, otherwise return %NULL.

func GetCurrentEventState

func GetCurrentEventState() (state C.GdkModifierType, return__ bool)

If there is a current event and it has a state field, place that state field in @state and return %TRUE, otherwise return %FALSE.

func GetCurrentEventTime

func GetCurrentEventTime() (return__ uint32)

If there is a current event and it has a timestamp, return that timestamp, otherwise return %GDK_CURRENT_TIME.

func GetDebugFlags

func GetDebugFlags() (return__ uint)

Returns the GTK+ debug flags.

This function is intended for GTK+ modules that want to adjust their debug output based on GTK+ debug flags.

func GetDefaultLanguage

func GetDefaultLanguage() (return__ *C.PangoLanguage)

Returns the #PangoLanguage for the default language currently in effect. (Note that this can change over the life of an application.) The default language is derived from the current locale. It determines, for example, whether GTK+ uses the right-to-left or left-to-right text direction.

This function is equivalent to pango_language_get_default(). See that function for details.

func GetInterfaceAge

func GetInterfaceAge() (return__ uint)

Returns the interface age as passed to `libtool` when building the GTK+ library the process is running against. If `libtool` means nothing to you, don't worry about it.

func GetLocaleDirection

func GetLocaleDirection() (return__ C.GtkTextDirection)

Get the direction of the current locale. This is the expected reading direction for text and UI.

This function depends on the current locale being set with setlocale() and will default to setting the %GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR direction otherwise. %GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE will never be returned.

GTK+ sets the default text direction according to the locale during gtk_init(), and you should normally use gtk_widget_get_direction() or gtk_widget_get_default_direction() to obtain the current direcion.

This function is only needed rare cases when the locale is changed after GTK+ has already been initialized. In this case, you can use it to update the default text direction as follows:

|[<!-- language="C" --> setlocale (LC_ALL, new_locale); direction = gtk_get_locale_direction (); gtk_widget_set_default_direction (direction); ]|

func GetMajorVersion

func GetMajorVersion() (return__ uint)

Returns the major version number of the GTK+ library. (e.g. in GTK+ version 3.1.5 this is 3.)

This function is in the library, so it represents the GTK+ library your code is running against. Contrast with the #GTK_MAJOR_VERSION macro, which represents the major version of the GTK+ headers you have included when compiling your code.

func GetMicroVersion

func GetMicroVersion() (return__ uint)

Returns the micro version number of the GTK+ library. (e.g. in GTK+ version 3.1.5 this is 5.)

This function is in the library, so it represents the GTK+ library your code is are running against. Contrast with the #GTK_MICRO_VERSION macro, which represents the micro version of the GTK+ headers you have included when compiling your code.

func GetMinorVersion

func GetMinorVersion() (return__ uint)

Returns the minor version number of the GTK+ library. (e.g. in GTK+ version 3.1.5 this is 1.)

This function is in the library, so it represents the GTK+ library your code is are running against. Contrast with the #GTK_MINOR_VERSION macro, which represents the minor version of the GTK+ headers you have included when compiling your code.

func GetOptionGroup

func GetOptionGroup(open_default_display bool) (return__ *C.GOptionGroup)

Returns a #GOptionGroup for the commandline arguments recognized by GTK+ and GDK.

You should add this group to your #GOptionContext with g_option_context_add_group(), if you are using g_option_context_parse() to parse your commandline arguments.

func IconSizeLookup

func IconSizeLookup(size C.GtkIconSize) (width int, height int, return__ bool)

Obtains the pixel size of a semantic icon size @size: #GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU, #GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON, etc. This function isn’t normally needed, gtk_icon_theme_load_icon() is the usual way to get an icon for rendering, then just look at the size of the rendered pixbuf. The rendered pixbuf may not even correspond to the width/height returned by gtk_icon_size_lookup(), because themes are free to render the pixbuf however they like, including changing the usual size.

func IconThemeErrorQuark

func IconThemeErrorQuark() (return__ C.GQuark)

func Init

func Init(argc *C.int, argv ***C.char)

Call this function before using any other GTK+ functions in your GUI applications. It will initialize everything needed to operate the toolkit and parses some standard command line options.

Although you are expected to pass the @argc, @argv parameters from main() to this function, it is possible to pass %NULL if @argv is not available or commandline handling is not required.

@argc and @argv are adjusted accordingly so your own code will never see those standard arguments.

Note that there are some alternative ways to initialize GTK+: if you are calling gtk_parse_args(), gtk_init_check(), gtk_init_with_args() or g_option_context_parse() with the option group returned by gtk_get_option_group(), you don’t have to call gtk_init().

And if you are using #GtkApplication, you don't have to call any of the initialization functions either; the #GtkApplication::startup handler does it for you.

This function will terminate your program if it was unable to initialize the windowing system for some reason. If you want your program to fall back to a textual interface you want to call gtk_init_check() instead.

Since 2.18, GTK+ calls `signal (SIGPIPE, SIG_IGN)` during initialization, to ignore SIGPIPE signals, since these are almost never wanted in graphical applications. If you do need to handle SIGPIPE for some reason, reset the handler after gtk_init(), but notice that other libraries (e.g. libdbus or gvfs) might do similar things.

func InitCheck

func InitCheck(argc *C.int, argv ***C.char) (return__ bool)

This function does the same work as gtk_init() with only a single change: It does not terminate the program if the windowing system can’t be initialized. Instead it returns %FALSE on failure.

This way the application can fall back to some other means of communication with the user - for example a curses or command line interface.

func InitWithArgs

func InitWithArgs(argc *C.gint, argv ***C.gchar, parameter_string string, entries *C.GOptionEntry, translation_domain string) (return__ bool, __err__ error)

This function does the same work as gtk_init_check(). Additionally, it allows you to add your own commandline options, and it automatically generates nicely formatted `--help` output. Note that your program will be terminated after writing out the help output.

func Main

func Main()

Runs the main loop until gtk_main_quit() is called.

You can nest calls to gtk_main(). In that case gtk_main_quit() will make the innermost invocation of the main loop return.

func MainDoEvent

func MainDoEvent(event *C.GdkEvent)

Processes a single GDK event.

This is public only to allow filtering of events between GDK and GTK+. You will not usually need to call this function directly.

While you should not call this function directly, you might want to know how exactly events are handled. So here is what this function does with the event:

  1. Compress enter/leave notify events. If the event passed build an enter/leave pair together with the next event (peeked from GDK), both events are thrown away. This is to avoid a backlog of (de-)highlighting widgets crossed by the pointer.
  1. Find the widget which got the event. If the widget can’t be determined the event is thrown away unless it belongs to a INCR transaction.
  1. Then the event is pushed onto a stack so you can query the currently handled event with gtk_get_current_event().
  1. The event is sent to a widget. If a grab is active all events for widgets that are not in the contained in the grab widget are sent to the latter with a few exceptions: - Deletion and destruction events are still sent to the event widget for obvious reasons. - Events which directly relate to the visual representation of the event widget. - Leave events are delivered to the event widget if there was an enter event delivered to it before without the paired leave event. - Drag events are not redirected because it is unclear what the semantics of that would be. Another point of interest might be that all key events are first passed through the key snooper functions if there are any. Read the description of gtk_key_snooper_install() if you need this feature.

5. After finishing the delivery the event is popped from the event stack.

func MainIteration

func MainIteration() (return__ bool)

Runs a single iteration of the mainloop.

If no events are waiting to be processed GTK+ will block until the next event is noticed. If you don’t want to block look at gtk_main_iteration_do() or check if any events are pending with gtk_events_pending() first.

func MainIterationDo

func MainIterationDo(blocking bool) (return__ bool)

Runs a single iteration of the mainloop. If no events are available either return or block depending on the value of @blocking.

func MainLevel

func MainLevel() (return__ uint)

Asks for the current nesting level of the main loop.

func MainQuit

func MainQuit()

Makes the innermost invocation of the main loop return when it regains control.

func PaperSizeGetDefault

func PaperSizeGetDefault() (return__ string)

Returns the name of the default paper size, which depends on the current locale.

func PaperSizeGetPaperSizes

func PaperSizeGetPaperSizes(include_custom bool) (return__ *C.GList)

Creates a list of known paper sizes.

func ParseArgs

func ParseArgs(argc *C.int, argv ***C.char) (return__ bool)

Parses command line arguments, and initializes global attributes of GTK+, but does not actually open a connection to a display. (See gdk_display_open(), gdk_get_display_arg_name())

Any arguments used by GTK+ or GDK are removed from the array and @argc and @argv are updated accordingly.

There is no need to call this function explicitly if you are using gtk_init(), or gtk_init_check().

func PrintErrorQuark

func PrintErrorQuark() (return__ C.GQuark)

Registers an error quark for #GtkPrintOperation if necessary.

func PrintRunPageSetupDialogAsync

func PrintRunPageSetupDialogAsync(parent IsWindow, page_setup IsPageSetup, settings IsPrintSettings, done_cb C.GtkPageSetupDoneFunc, data unsafe.Pointer)

Runs a page setup dialog, letting the user modify the values from @page_setup.

In contrast to gtk_print_run_page_setup_dialog(), this function returns after showing the page setup dialog on platforms that support this, and calls @done_cb from a signal handler for the ::response signal of the dialog.

func PropagateEvent

func PropagateEvent(widget IsWidget, event *C.GdkEvent)

Sends an event to a widget, propagating the event to parent widgets if the event remains unhandled.

Events received by GTK+ from GDK normally begin in gtk_main_do_event(). Depending on the type of event, existence of modal dialogs, grabs, etc., the event may be propagated; if so, this function is used.

gtk_propagate_event() calls gtk_widget_event() on each widget it decides to send the event to. So gtk_widget_event() is the lowest-level function; it simply emits the #GtkWidget::event and possibly an event-specific signal on a widget. gtk_propagate_event() is a bit higher-level, and gtk_main_do_event() is the highest level.

All that said, you most likely don’t want to use any of these functions; synthesizing events is rarely needed. There are almost certainly better ways to achieve your goals. For example, use gdk_window_invalidate_rect() or gtk_widget_queue_draw() instead of making up expose events.

func RcPropertyParseBorder

func RcPropertyParseBorder(pspec *C.GParamSpec, gstring *C.GString, property_value *C.GValue) (return__ bool)

A #GtkRcPropertyParser for use with gtk_settings_install_property_parser() or gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser() which parses borders in the form `"{ left, right, top, bottom }"` for integers left, right, top and bottom.

func RcPropertyParseColor

func RcPropertyParseColor(pspec *C.GParamSpec, gstring *C.GString, property_value *C.GValue) (return__ bool)

A #GtkRcPropertyParser for use with gtk_settings_install_property_parser() or gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser() which parses a color given either by its name or in the form `{ red, green, blue }` where red, green and blue are integers between 0 and 65535 or floating-point numbers between 0 and 1.

func RcPropertyParseEnum

func RcPropertyParseEnum(pspec *C.GParamSpec, gstring *C.GString, property_value *C.GValue) (return__ bool)

A #GtkRcPropertyParser for use with gtk_settings_install_property_parser() or gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser() which parses a single enumeration value.

The enumeration value can be specified by its name, its nickname or its numeric value. For consistency with flags parsing, the value may be surrounded by parentheses.

func RcPropertyParseFlags

func RcPropertyParseFlags(pspec *C.GParamSpec, gstring *C.GString, property_value *C.GValue) (return__ bool)

A #GtkRcPropertyParser for use with gtk_settings_install_property_parser() or gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser() which parses flags.

Flags can be specified by their name, their nickname or numerically. Multiple flags can be specified in the form `"( flag1 | flag2 | ... )"`.

func RcPropertyParseRequisition

func RcPropertyParseRequisition(pspec *C.GParamSpec, gstring *C.GString, property_value *C.GValue) (return__ bool)

A #GtkRcPropertyParser for use with gtk_settings_install_property_parser() or gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser() which parses a requisition in the form `"{ width, height }"` for integers %width and %height.

func RecentChooserErrorQuark

func RecentChooserErrorQuark() (return__ C.GQuark)

func RecentManagerErrorQuark

func RecentManagerErrorQuark() (return__ C.GQuark)

func RenderActivity

func RenderActivity(context IsStyleContext, cr *C.cairo_t, x float64, y float64, width float64, height float64)

Renders an activity indicator (such as in #GtkSpinner). The state %GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE determines whether there is activity going on.

func RenderArrow

func RenderArrow(context IsStyleContext, cr *C.cairo_t, angle float64, x float64, y float64, size float64)

Renders an arrow pointing to @angle.

Typical arrow rendering at 0, 1&solidus;2 &pi;, &pi; and 3&solidus;2 &pi;:

![](arrows.png)

func RenderBackground

func RenderBackground(context IsStyleContext, cr *C.cairo_t, x float64, y float64, width float64, height float64)

Renders the background of an element.

Typical background rendering, showing the effect of `background-image`, `border-width` and `border-radius`:

![](background.png)

func RenderCheck

func RenderCheck(context IsStyleContext, cr *C.cairo_t, x float64, y float64, width float64, height float64)

Renders a checkmark (as in a #GtkCheckButton).

The %GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE state determines whether the check is on or off, and %GTK_STATE_FLAG_INCONSISTENT determines whether it should be marked as undefined.

Typical checkmark rendering:

![](checks.png)

func RenderExpander

func RenderExpander(context IsStyleContext, cr *C.cairo_t, x float64, y float64, width float64, height float64)

Renders an expander (as used in #GtkTreeView and #GtkExpander) in the area defined by @x, @y, @width, @height. The state %GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE determines whether the expander is collapsed or expanded.

Typical expander rendering:

![](expanders.png)

func RenderExtension

func RenderExtension(context IsStyleContext, cr *C.cairo_t, x float64, y float64, width float64, height float64, gap_side C.GtkPositionType)

Renders a extension (as in a #GtkNotebook tab) in the rectangle defined by @x, @y, @width, @height. The side where the extension connects to is defined by @gap_side.

Typical extension rendering:

![](extensions.png)

func RenderFocus

func RenderFocus(context IsStyleContext, cr *C.cairo_t, x float64, y float64, width float64, height float64)

Renders a focus indicator on the rectangle determined by @x, @y, @width, @height.

Typical focus rendering:

![](focus.png)

func RenderFrame

func RenderFrame(context IsStyleContext, cr *C.cairo_t, x float64, y float64, width float64, height float64)

Renders a frame around the rectangle defined by @x, @y, @width, @height.

Examples of frame rendering, showing the effect of `border-image`, `border-color`, `border-width`, `border-radius` and junctions:

![](frames.png)

func RenderFrameGap

func RenderFrameGap(context IsStyleContext, cr *C.cairo_t, x float64, y float64, width float64, height float64, gap_side C.GtkPositionType, xy0_gap float64, xy1_gap float64)

Renders a frame around the rectangle defined by (@x, @y, @width, @height), leaving a gap on one side. @xy0_gap and @xy1_gap will mean X coordinates for %GTK_POS_TOP and %GTK_POS_BOTTOM gap sides, and Y coordinates for %GTK_POS_LEFT and %GTK_POS_RIGHT.

Typical rendering of a frame with a gap:

![](frame-gap.png)

func RenderHandle

func RenderHandle(context IsStyleContext, cr *C.cairo_t, x float64, y float64, width float64, height float64)

Renders a handle (as in #GtkHandleBox, #GtkPaned and #GtkWindow’s resize grip), in the rectangle determined by @x, @y, @width, @height.

Handles rendered for the paned and grip classes:

![](handles.png)

func RenderIcon

func RenderIcon(context IsStyleContext, cr *C.cairo_t, pixbuf *C.GdkPixbuf, x float64, y float64)

Renders the icon in @pixbuf at the specified @x and @y coordinates.

func RenderIconSurface

func RenderIconSurface(context IsStyleContext, cr *C.cairo_t, surface *C.cairo_surface_t, x float64, y float64)

Renders the icon in @surface at the specified @x and @y coordinates.

func RenderInsertionCursor

func RenderInsertionCursor(context IsStyleContext, cr *C.cairo_t, x float64, y float64, layout *C.PangoLayout, index int, direction C.PangoDirection)

Draws a text caret on @cr at the specified index of @layout.

func RenderLayout

func RenderLayout(context IsStyleContext, cr *C.cairo_t, x float64, y float64, layout *C.PangoLayout)

Renders @layout on the coordinates @x, @y

func RenderLine

func RenderLine(context IsStyleContext, cr *C.cairo_t, x0 float64, y0 float64, x1 float64, y1 float64)

Renders a line from (x0, y0) to (x1, y1).

func RenderOption

func RenderOption(context IsStyleContext, cr *C.cairo_t, x float64, y float64, width float64, height float64)

Renders an option mark (as in a #GtkRadioButton), the %GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE state will determine whether the option is on or off, and %GTK_STATE_FLAG_INCONSISTENT whether it should be marked as undefined.

Typical option mark rendering:

![](options.png)

func RenderSlider

func RenderSlider(context IsStyleContext, cr *C.cairo_t, x float64, y float64, width float64, height float64, orientation C.GtkOrientation)

Renders a slider (as in #GtkScale) in the rectangle defined by @x, @y, @width, @height. @orientation defines whether the slider is vertical or horizontal.

Typical slider rendering:

![](sliders.png)

func RgbToHsv

func RgbToHsv(r float64, g float64, b float64) (h float64, s float64, v float64)

Converts a color from RGB space to HSV.

Input values must be in the [0.0, 1.0] range; output values will be in the same range.

func SelectionAddTarget

func SelectionAddTarget(widget IsWidget, selection C.GdkAtom, target C.GdkAtom, info uint)

Appends a specified target to the list of supported targets for a given widget and selection.

func SelectionAddTargets

func SelectionAddTargets(widget IsWidget, selection C.GdkAtom, targets *C.GtkTargetEntry, ntargets uint)

Prepends a table of targets to the list of supported targets for a given widget and selection.

func SelectionClearTargets

func SelectionClearTargets(widget IsWidget, selection C.GdkAtom)

Remove all targets registered for the given selection for the widget.

func SelectionConvert

func SelectionConvert(widget IsWidget, selection C.GdkAtom, target C.GdkAtom, time_ uint32) (return__ bool)

Requests the contents of a selection. When received, a “selection-received” signal will be generated.

func SelectionOwnerSet

func SelectionOwnerSet(widget IsWidget, selection C.GdkAtom, time_ uint32) (return__ bool)

Claims ownership of a given selection for a particular widget, or, if @widget is %NULL, release ownership of the selection.

func SelectionOwnerSetForDisplay

func SelectionOwnerSetForDisplay(display *C.GdkDisplay, widget IsWidget, selection C.GdkAtom, time_ uint32) (return__ bool)

Claim ownership of a given selection for a particular widget, or, if @widget is %NULL, release ownership of the selection.

func SelectionRemoveAll

func SelectionRemoveAll(widget IsWidget)

Removes all handlers and unsets ownership of all selections for a widget. Called when widget is being destroyed. This function will not generally be called by applications.

func SetDebugFlags

func SetDebugFlags(flags uint)

Sets the GTK+ debug flags.

func ShowUri

func ShowUri(screen *C.GdkScreen, uri string, timestamp uint32) (return__ bool, __err__ error)

This is a convenience function for launching the default application to show the uri. The uri must be of a form understood by GIO (i.e. you need to install gvfs to get support for uri schemes such as http:// or ftp://, as only local files are handled by GIO itself). Typical examples are - `file:///home/gnome/pict.jpg` - `http://www.gnome.org` - `mailto:me@gnome.org`

Ideally the timestamp is taken from the event triggering the gtk_show_uri() call. If timestamp is not known you can take %GDK_CURRENT_TIME.

func TargetTableFree

func TargetTableFree(targets *C.GtkTargetEntry, n_targets int)

This function frees a target table as returned by gtk_target_table_new_from_list()

func TargetTableNewFromList

func TargetTableNewFromList(list *C.GtkTargetList) (n_targets int, return__ *C.GtkTargetEntry)

This function creates an #GtkTargetEntry array that contains the same targets as the passed %list. The returned table is newly allocated and should be freed using gtk_target_table_free() when no longer needed.

func TargetsIncludeImage

func TargetsIncludeImage(targets *C.GdkAtom, n_targets int, writable bool) (return__ bool)

Determines if any of the targets in @targets can be used to provide a #GdkPixbuf.

func TargetsIncludeRichText

func TargetsIncludeRichText(targets *C.GdkAtom, n_targets int, buffer IsTextBuffer) (return__ bool)

Determines if any of the targets in @targets can be used to provide rich text.

func TargetsIncludeText

func TargetsIncludeText(targets *C.GdkAtom, n_targets int) (return__ bool)

Determines if any of the targets in @targets can be used to provide text.

func TargetsIncludeUri

func TargetsIncludeUri(targets *C.GdkAtom, n_targets int) (return__ bool)

Determines if any of the targets in @targets can be used to provide an uri list.

func TestListAllTypes

func TestListAllTypes() (n_types uint, return__ *C.GType)

Return the type ids that have been registered after calling gtk_test_register_all_types().

func TestRegisterAllTypes

func TestRegisterAllTypes()

Force registration of all core Gtk+ and Gdk object types. This allowes to refer to any of those object types via g_type_from_name() after calling this function.

func TestSliderGetValue

func TestSliderGetValue(widget IsWidget) (return__ float64)

Retrive the literal adjustment value for GtkRange based widgets and spin buttons. Note that the value returned by this function is anything between the lower and upper bounds of the adjustment belonging to @widget, and is not a percentage as passed in to gtk_test_slider_set_perc().

func TestSliderSetPerc

func TestSliderSetPerc(widget IsWidget, percentage float64)

This function will adjust the slider position of all GtkRange based widgets, such as scrollbars or scales, it’ll also adjust spin buttons. The adjustment value of these widgets is set to a value between the lower and upper limits, according to the @percentage argument.

func TestSpinButtonClick

func TestSpinButtonClick(spinner IsSpinButton, button uint, upwards bool) (return__ bool)

This function will generate a @button click in the upwards or downwards spin button arrow areas, usually leading to an increase or decrease of spin button’s value.

func TestTextGet

func TestTextGet(widget IsWidget) (return__ string)

Retrive the text string of @widget if it is a GtkLabel, GtkEditable (entry and text widgets) or GtkTextView.

func TestTextSet

func TestTextSet(widget IsWidget, string_ string)

Set the text string of @widget to @string if it is a GtkLabel, GtkEditable (entry and text widgets) or GtkTextView.

func TestWidgetClick

func TestWidgetClick(widget IsWidget, button uint, modifiers C.GdkModifierType) (return__ bool)

This function will generate a @button click (button press and button release event) in the middle of the first GdkWindow found that belongs to @widget. For %GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets like GtkButton, this will often be an input-only event window. For other widgets, this is usually widget->window. Certain caveats should be considered when using this function, in particular because the mouse pointer is warped to the button click location, see gdk_test_simulate_button() for details.

func TestWidgetSendKey

func TestWidgetSendKey(widget IsWidget, keyval uint, modifiers C.GdkModifierType) (return__ bool)

This function will generate keyboard press and release events in the middle of the first GdkWindow found that belongs to @widget. For %GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets like GtkButton, this will often be an input-only event window. For other widgets, this is usually widget->window. Certain caveats should be considered when using this function, in particular because the mouse pointer is warped to the key press location, see gdk_test_simulate_key() for details.

func TestWidgetWaitForDraw

func TestWidgetWaitForDraw(widget IsWidget)

Enters the main loop and waits for @widget to be “drawn”. In this context that means it waits for the frame clock of @widget to have run a full styling, layout and drawing cycle.

This function is intended to be used for syncing with actions that depend on @widget relayouting or on interaction with the display server.

func TreeGetRowDragData

func TreeGetRowDragData(selection_data *C.GtkSelectionData) (tree_model *C.GtkTreeModel, path *C.GtkTreePath, return__ bool)

Obtains a @tree_model and @path from selection data of target type %GTK_TREE_MODEL_ROW. Normally called from a drag_data_received handler. This function can only be used if @selection_data originates from the same process that’s calling this function, because a pointer to the tree model is being passed around. If you aren’t in the same process, then you'll get memory corruption. In the #GtkTreeDragDest drag_data_received handler, you can assume that selection data of type %GTK_TREE_MODEL_ROW is in from the current process. The returned path must be freed with gtk_tree_path_free().

func TreeRowReferenceDeleted

func TreeRowReferenceDeleted(proxy *C.GObject, path *C.GtkTreePath)

Lets a set of row reference created by gtk_tree_row_reference_new_proxy() know that the model emitted the #GtkTreeModel::row-deleted signal.

func TreeRowReferenceInserted

func TreeRowReferenceInserted(proxy *C.GObject, path *C.GtkTreePath)

Lets a set of row reference created by gtk_tree_row_reference_new_proxy() know that the model emitted the #GtkTreeModel::row-inserted signal.

func TreeRowReferenceReordered

func TreeRowReferenceReordered(proxy *C.GObject, path *C.GtkTreePath, iter *C.GtkTreeIter, new_order []int)

Lets a set of row reference created by gtk_tree_row_reference_new_proxy() know that the model emitted the #GtkTreeModel::rows-reordered signal.

func TreeSetRowDragData

func TreeSetRowDragData(selection_data *C.GtkSelectionData, tree_model *C.GtkTreeModel, path *C.GtkTreePath) (return__ bool)

Sets selection data of target type %GTK_TREE_MODEL_ROW. Normally used in a drag_data_get handler.

func True

func True() (return__ bool)

All this function does it to return %TRUE.

This can be useful for example if you want to inhibit the deletion of a window. Of course you should not do this as the user expects a reaction from clicking the close icon of the window...

## A persistent window

|[<!-- language="C" --> #include <gtk/gtk.h>

int main (int argc, char **argv)

{
  GtkWidget *win, *but;
  const char *text = "Close yourself. I mean it!";

  gtk_init (&argc, &argv);

  win = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
  g_signal_connect (win,
                    "delete-event",
                    G_CALLBACK (gtk_true),
                    NULL);
  g_signal_connect (win, "destroy",
                    G_CALLBACK (gtk_main_quit),
                    NULL);

  but = gtk_button_new_with_label (text);
  g_signal_connect_swapped (but, "clicked",
                            G_CALLBACK (gtk_object_destroy),
                            win);
  gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (win), but);

  gtk_widget_show_all (win);

  gtk_main ();

  return 0;
}

]|

Types

type AboutDialog

func AboutDialogNew

func AboutDialogNew() (return__ *AboutDialog)

Creates a new #GtkAboutDialog.

func NewAboutDialogFromCPointer

func NewAboutDialogFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *AboutDialog

type AccelGroup

type AccelGroup struct {
	*TraitAccelGroup
	*gobject.TraitObject
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func AccelGroupNew

func AccelGroupNew() (return__ *AccelGroup)

Creates a new #GtkAccelGroup.

func NewAccelGroupFromCPointer

func NewAccelGroupFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *AccelGroup

type AccelGroupEntry

type AccelGroupEntry C.GtkAccelGroupEntry

type AccelKey

type AccelKey C.GtkAccelKey

type AccelLabel

func AccelLabelNew

func AccelLabelNew(string_ string) (return__ *AccelLabel)

Creates a new #GtkAccelLabel.

func NewAccelLabelFromCPointer

func NewAccelLabelFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *AccelLabel

type AccelMap

type AccelMap struct {
	*TraitAccelMap
	*gobject.TraitObject
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewAccelMapFromCPointer

func NewAccelMapFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *AccelMap

type Accessible

type Accessible struct {
	*TraitAccessible
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewAccessibleFromCPointer

func NewAccessibleFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *Accessible

type Action

type Action struct {
	*TraitAction
	*gobject.TraitObject
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewActionFromCPointer

func NewActionFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *Action

type ActionBar

func ActionBarNew

func ActionBarNew() (return__ *ActionBar)

Creates a new #GtkActionBar widget.

func NewActionBarFromCPointer

func NewActionBarFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *ActionBar

type ActionEntry

type ActionEntry C.GtkActionEntry

type ActionGroup

type ActionGroup struct {
	*TraitActionGroup
	*gobject.TraitObject
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewActionGroupFromCPointer

func NewActionGroupFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *ActionGroup

type Adjustment

func AdjustmentNew

func AdjustmentNew(value float64, lower float64, upper float64, step_increment float64, page_increment float64, page_size float64) (return__ *Adjustment)

Creates a new #GtkAdjustment.

func NewAdjustmentFromCPointer

func NewAdjustmentFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *Adjustment

type AppChooserButton

func AppChooserButtonNew

func AppChooserButtonNew(content_type string) (return__ *AppChooserButton)

Creates a new #GtkAppChooserButton for applications that can handle content of the given type.

func NewAppChooserButtonFromCPointer

func NewAppChooserButtonFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *AppChooserButton

type AppChooserDialog

func AppChooserDialogNew

func AppChooserDialogNew(parent IsWindow, flags C.GtkDialogFlags, file *C.GFile) (return__ *AppChooserDialog)

Creates a new #GtkAppChooserDialog for the provided #GFile, to allow the user to select an application for it.

func AppChooserDialogNewForContentType

func AppChooserDialogNewForContentType(parent IsWindow, flags C.GtkDialogFlags, content_type string) (return__ *AppChooserDialog)

Creates a new #GtkAppChooserDialog for the provided content type, to allow the user to select an application for it.

func NewAppChooserDialogFromCPointer

func NewAppChooserDialogFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *AppChooserDialog

type AppChooserWidget

func AppChooserWidgetNew

func AppChooserWidgetNew(content_type string) (return__ *AppChooserWidget)

Creates a new #GtkAppChooserWidget for applications that can handle content of the given type.

func NewAppChooserWidgetFromCPointer

func NewAppChooserWidgetFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *AppChooserWidget

type Application

type Application struct {
	*TraitApplication
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func ApplicationNew

func ApplicationNew(application_id string, flags C.GApplicationFlags) (return__ *Application)

Creates a new #GtkApplication instance.

When using #GtkApplication, it is not necessary to call gtk_init() manually. It is called as soon as the application gets registered as the primary instance.

Concretely, gtk_init() is called in the default handler for the #GApplication::startup signal. Therefore, #GtkApplication subclasses should chain up in their #GApplication::startup handler before using any GTK+ API.

Note that commandline arguments are not passed to gtk_init(). All GTK+ functionality that is available via commandline arguments can also be achieved by setting suitable environment variables such as `G_DEBUG`, so this should not be a big problem. If you absolutely must support GTK+ commandline arguments, you can explicitly call gtk_init() before creating the application instance.

If non-%NULL, the application ID must be valid. See g_application_id_is_valid().

If no application ID is given then some features (most notably application uniqueness) will be disabled. A null application ID is only allowed with GTK+ 3.6 or later.

func NewApplicationFromCPointer

func NewApplicationFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *Application

type ApplicationWindow

func ApplicationWindowNew

func ApplicationWindowNew(application IsApplication) (return__ *ApplicationWindow)

Creates a new #GtkApplicationWindow.

func NewApplicationWindowFromCPointer

func NewApplicationWindowFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *ApplicationWindow

type Arrow

func NewArrowFromCPointer

func NewArrowFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *Arrow

type ArrowAccessible

type ArrowAccessible struct {
	*TraitArrowAccessible
	*TraitWidgetAccessible
	*TraitAccessible
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewArrowAccessibleFromCPointer

func NewArrowAccessibleFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *ArrowAccessible

type AspectFrame

func AspectFrameNew

func AspectFrameNew(label string, xalign float32, yalign float32, ratio float32, obey_child bool) (return__ *AspectFrame)

Create a new #GtkAspectFrame.

func NewAspectFrameFromCPointer

func NewAspectFrameFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *AspectFrame

type Assistant

func AssistantNew

func AssistantNew() (return__ *Assistant)

Creates a new #GtkAssistant.

func NewAssistantFromCPointer

func NewAssistantFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *Assistant

type Bin

func NewBinFromCPointer

func NewBinFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *Bin

type BindingArg

type BindingArg C.GtkBindingArg

type BindingEntry

type BindingEntry C.GtkBindingEntry

type BindingSet

type BindingSet C.GtkBindingSet

type BindingSignal

type BindingSignal C.GtkBindingSignal

type Border

type Border C.GtkBorder

type Box

func BoxNew

func BoxNew(orientation C.GtkOrientation, spacing int) (return__ *Box)

Creates a new #GtkBox.

func NewBoxFromCPointer

func NewBoxFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *Box

type Builder

type Builder struct {
	*TraitBuilder
	*gobject.TraitObject
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func BuilderNew

func BuilderNew() (return__ *Builder)

Creates a new empty builder object.

This function is only useful if you intend to make multiple calls to gtk_builder_add_from_file(), gtk_builder_add_from_resource() or gtk_builder_add_from_string() in order to merge multiple UI descriptions into a single builder.

Most users will probably want to use gtk_builder_new_from_file(), gtk_builder_new_from_resource() or gtk_builder_new_from_string().

func BuilderNewFromFile

func BuilderNewFromFile(filename string) (return__ *Builder)

Builds the [GtkBuilder UI definition][BUILDER-UI] in the file @filename.

If there is an error opening the file or parsing the description then the program will be aborted. You should only ever attempt to parse user interface descriptions that are shipped as part of your program.

func BuilderNewFromResource

func BuilderNewFromResource(resource_path string) (return__ *Builder)

Builds the [GtkBuilder UI definition][BUILDER-UI] at @resource_path.

If there is an error locating the resurce or parsing the description then the program will be aborted.

func BuilderNewFromString

func BuilderNewFromString(string_ string, length int64) (return__ *Builder)

Builds the user interface described by @string (in the [GtkBuilder UI definition][BUILDER-UI] format).

If @string is %NULL-terminated then @length should be -1. If @length is not -1 then it is the length of @string.

If there is an error parsing @string then the program will be aborted. You should not attempt to parse user interface description from untrusted sources.

func NewBuilderFromCPointer

func NewBuilderFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *Builder

type Button

func ButtonNew

func ButtonNew() (return__ *Button)

Creates a new #GtkButton widget. To add a child widget to the button, use gtk_container_add().

func ButtonNewFromIconName

func ButtonNewFromIconName(icon_name string, size C.GtkIconSize) (return__ *Button)

Creates a new button containing an icon from the current icon theme.

If the icon name isn’t known, a “broken image” icon will be displayed instead. If the current icon theme is changed, the icon will be updated appropriately.

This function is a convenience wrapper around gtk_button_new() and gtk_button_set_image().

func ButtonNewWithLabel

func ButtonNewWithLabel(label string) (return__ *Button)

Creates a #GtkButton widget with a #GtkLabel child containing the given text.

func ButtonNewWithMnemonic

func ButtonNewWithMnemonic(label string) (return__ *Button)

Creates a new #GtkButton containing a label. If characters in @label are preceded by an underscore, they are underlined. If you need a literal underscore character in a label, use “__” (two underscores). The first underlined character represents a keyboard accelerator called a mnemonic. Pressing Alt and that key activates the button.

func NewButtonFromCPointer

func NewButtonFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *Button

type ButtonBox

func ButtonBoxNew

func ButtonBoxNew(orientation C.GtkOrientation) (return__ *ButtonBox)

Creates a new #GtkButtonBox.

func NewButtonBoxFromCPointer

func NewButtonBoxFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *ButtonBox

type Calendar

func CalendarNew

func CalendarNew() (return__ *Calendar)

Creates a new calendar, with the current date being selected.

func NewCalendarFromCPointer

func NewCalendarFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *Calendar

type CellAccessible

type CellAccessible struct {
	*TraitCellAccessible
	*TraitAccessible
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewCellAccessibleFromCPointer

func NewCellAccessibleFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *CellAccessible

type CellArea

func NewCellAreaFromCPointer

func NewCellAreaFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *CellArea

type CellAreaBox

func CellAreaBoxNew

func CellAreaBoxNew() (return__ *CellAreaBox)

Creates a new #GtkCellAreaBox.

func NewCellAreaBoxFromCPointer

func NewCellAreaBoxFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *CellAreaBox

type CellAreaContext

type CellAreaContext struct {
	*TraitCellAreaContext
	*gobject.TraitObject
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewCellAreaContextFromCPointer

func NewCellAreaContextFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *CellAreaContext

type CellRenderer

func NewCellRendererFromCPointer

func NewCellRendererFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *CellRenderer

type CellRendererAccel

func CellRendererAccelNew

func CellRendererAccelNew() (return__ *CellRendererAccel)

Creates a new #GtkCellRendererAccel.

func NewCellRendererAccelFromCPointer

func NewCellRendererAccelFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *CellRendererAccel

type CellRendererCombo

func CellRendererComboNew

func CellRendererComboNew() (return__ *CellRendererCombo)

Creates a new #GtkCellRendererCombo. Adjust how text is drawn using object properties. Object properties can be set globally (with g_object_set()). Also, with #GtkTreeViewColumn, you can bind a property to a value in a #GtkTreeModel. For example, you can bind the “text” property on the cell renderer to a string value in the model, thus rendering a different string in each row of the #GtkTreeView.

func NewCellRendererComboFromCPointer

func NewCellRendererComboFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *CellRendererCombo

type CellRendererPixbuf

func CellRendererPixbufNew

func CellRendererPixbufNew() (return__ *CellRendererPixbuf)

Creates a new #GtkCellRendererPixbuf. Adjust rendering parameters using object properties. Object properties can be set globally (with g_object_set()). Also, with #GtkTreeViewColumn, you can bind a property to a value in a #GtkTreeModel. For example, you can bind the “pixbuf” property on the cell renderer to a pixbuf value in the model, thus rendering a different image in each row of the #GtkTreeView.

func NewCellRendererPixbufFromCPointer

func NewCellRendererPixbufFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *CellRendererPixbuf

type CellRendererProgress

func CellRendererProgressNew

func CellRendererProgressNew() (return__ *CellRendererProgress)

Creates a new #GtkCellRendererProgress.

func NewCellRendererProgressFromCPointer

func NewCellRendererProgressFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *CellRendererProgress

type CellRendererSpin

func CellRendererSpinNew

func CellRendererSpinNew() (return__ *CellRendererSpin)

Creates a new #GtkCellRendererSpin.

func NewCellRendererSpinFromCPointer

func NewCellRendererSpinFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *CellRendererSpin

type CellRendererSpinner

func CellRendererSpinnerNew

func CellRendererSpinnerNew() (return__ *CellRendererSpinner)

Returns a new cell renderer which will show a spinner to indicate activity.

func NewCellRendererSpinnerFromCPointer

func NewCellRendererSpinnerFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *CellRendererSpinner

type CellRendererText

func CellRendererTextNew

func CellRendererTextNew() (return__ *CellRendererText)

Creates a new #GtkCellRendererText. Adjust how text is drawn using object properties. Object properties can be set globally (with g_object_set()). Also, with #GtkTreeViewColumn, you can bind a property to a value in a #GtkTreeModel. For example, you can bind the “text” property on the cell renderer to a string value in the model, thus rendering a different string in each row of the #GtkTreeView

func NewCellRendererTextFromCPointer

func NewCellRendererTextFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *CellRendererText

type CellRendererToggle

func CellRendererToggleNew

func CellRendererToggleNew() (return__ *CellRendererToggle)

Creates a new #GtkCellRendererToggle. Adjust rendering parameters using object properties. Object properties can be set globally (with g_object_set()). Also, with #GtkTreeViewColumn, you can bind a property to a value in a #GtkTreeModel. For example, you can bind the “active” property on the cell renderer to a boolean value in the model, thus causing the check button to reflect the state of the model.

func NewCellRendererToggleFromCPointer

func NewCellRendererToggleFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *CellRendererToggle

type CellView

func CellViewNew

func CellViewNew() (return__ *CellView)

Creates a new #GtkCellView widget.

func CellViewNewWithContext

func CellViewNewWithContext(area IsCellArea, context IsCellAreaContext) (return__ *CellView)

Creates a new #GtkCellView widget with a specific #GtkCellArea to layout cells and a specific #GtkCellAreaContext.

Specifying the same context for a handfull of cells lets the underlying area synchronize the geometry for those cells, in this way alignments with cellviews for other rows are possible.

func CellViewNewWithMarkup

func CellViewNewWithMarkup(markup string) (return__ *CellView)

Creates a new #GtkCellView widget, adds a #GtkCellRendererText to it, and makes it show @markup. The text can be marked up with the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat].

func CellViewNewWithPixbuf

func CellViewNewWithPixbuf(pixbuf *C.GdkPixbuf) (return__ *CellView)

Creates a new #GtkCellView widget, adds a #GtkCellRendererPixbuf to it, and makes it show @pixbuf.

func CellViewNewWithText

func CellViewNewWithText(text string) (return__ *CellView)

Creates a new #GtkCellView widget, adds a #GtkCellRendererText to it, and makes it show @text.

func NewCellViewFromCPointer

func NewCellViewFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *CellView

type CheckButton

func CheckButtonNew

func CheckButtonNew() (return__ *CheckButton)

Creates a new #GtkCheckButton.

func CheckButtonNewWithLabel

func CheckButtonNewWithLabel(label string) (return__ *CheckButton)

Creates a new #GtkCheckButton with a #GtkLabel to the right of it.

func CheckButtonNewWithMnemonic

func CheckButtonNewWithMnemonic(label string) (return__ *CheckButton)

Creates a new #GtkCheckButton containing a label. The label will be created using gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic(), so underscores in @label indicate the mnemonic for the check button.

func NewCheckButtonFromCPointer

func NewCheckButtonFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *CheckButton

type CheckMenuItem

func CheckMenuItemNew

func CheckMenuItemNew() (return__ *CheckMenuItem)

Creates a new #GtkCheckMenuItem.

func CheckMenuItemNewWithLabel

func CheckMenuItemNewWithLabel(label string) (return__ *CheckMenuItem)

Creates a new #GtkCheckMenuItem with a label.

func CheckMenuItemNewWithMnemonic

func CheckMenuItemNewWithMnemonic(label string) (return__ *CheckMenuItem)

Creates a new #GtkCheckMenuItem containing a label. The label will be created using gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic(), so underscores in @label indicate the mnemonic for the menu item.

func NewCheckMenuItemFromCPointer

func NewCheckMenuItemFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *CheckMenuItem

type Clipboard

type Clipboard struct {
	*TraitClipboard
	*gobject.TraitObject
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewClipboardFromCPointer

func NewClipboardFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *Clipboard

type ColorButton

func ColorButtonNew

func ColorButtonNew() (return__ *ColorButton)

Creates a new color button.

This returns a widget in the form of a small button containing a swatch representing the current selected color. When the button is clicked, a color-selection dialog will open, allowing the user to select a color. The swatch will be updated to reflect the new color when the user finishes.

func ColorButtonNewWithRgba

func ColorButtonNewWithRgba(rgba *C.GdkRGBA) (return__ *ColorButton)

Creates a new color button.

func NewColorButtonFromCPointer

func NewColorButtonFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *ColorButton

type ColorChooserDialog

func ColorChooserDialogNew

func ColorChooserDialogNew(title string, parent IsWindow) (return__ *ColorChooserDialog)

Creates a new #GtkColorChooserDialog.

func NewColorChooserDialogFromCPointer

func NewColorChooserDialogFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *ColorChooserDialog

type ColorChooserWidget

func ColorChooserWidgetNew

func ColorChooserWidgetNew() (return__ *ColorChooserWidget)

Creates a new #GtkColorChooserWidget.

func NewColorChooserWidgetFromCPointer

func NewColorChooserWidgetFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *ColorChooserWidget

type ComboBox

func ComboBoxNew

func ComboBoxNew() (return__ *ComboBox)

Creates a new empty #GtkComboBox.

func ComboBoxNewWithArea

func ComboBoxNewWithArea(area IsCellArea) (return__ *ComboBox)

Creates a new empty #GtkComboBox using @area to layout cells.

func ComboBoxNewWithAreaAndEntry

func ComboBoxNewWithAreaAndEntry(area IsCellArea) (return__ *ComboBox)

Creates a new empty #GtkComboBox with an entry.

The new combo box will use @area to layout cells.

func ComboBoxNewWithEntry

func ComboBoxNewWithEntry() (return__ *ComboBox)

Creates a new empty #GtkComboBox with an entry.

func ComboBoxNewWithModel

func ComboBoxNewWithModel(model *C.GtkTreeModel) (return__ *ComboBox)

Creates a new #GtkComboBox with the model initialized to @model.

func ComboBoxNewWithModelAndEntry

func ComboBoxNewWithModelAndEntry(model *C.GtkTreeModel) (return__ *ComboBox)

Creates a new empty #GtkComboBox with an entry and with the model initialized to @model.

func NewComboBoxFromCPointer

func NewComboBoxFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *ComboBox

type ComboBoxText

func ComboBoxTextNew

func ComboBoxTextNew() (return__ *ComboBoxText)

Creates a new #GtkComboBoxText, which is a #GtkComboBox just displaying strings.

func ComboBoxTextNewWithEntry

func ComboBoxTextNewWithEntry() (return__ *ComboBoxText)

Creates a new #GtkComboBoxText, which is a #GtkComboBox just displaying strings. The combo box created by this function has an entry.

func NewComboBoxTextFromCPointer

func NewComboBoxTextFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *ComboBoxText

type Container

func NewContainerFromCPointer

func NewContainerFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *Container

type ContainerAccessible

type ContainerAccessible struct {
	*TraitContainerAccessible
	*TraitWidgetAccessible
	*TraitAccessible
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewContainerAccessibleFromCPointer

func NewContainerAccessibleFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *ContainerAccessible

type ContainerCellAccessible

type ContainerCellAccessible struct {
	*TraitContainerCellAccessible
	*TraitCellAccessible
	*TraitAccessible
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func ContainerCellAccessibleNew

func ContainerCellAccessibleNew() (return__ *ContainerCellAccessible)

func NewContainerCellAccessibleFromCPointer

func NewContainerCellAccessibleFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *ContainerCellAccessible

type CssProvider

type CssProvider struct {
	*TraitCssProvider
	*gobject.TraitObject
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func CssProviderNew

func CssProviderNew() (return__ *CssProvider)

Returns a newly created #GtkCssProvider.

func NewCssProviderFromCPointer

func NewCssProviderFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *CssProvider

type CssSection

type CssSection C.GtkCssSection

type Dialog

func DialogNew

func DialogNew() (return__ *Dialog)

Creates a new dialog box.

Widgets should not be packed into this #GtkWindow directly, but into the @vbox and @action_area, as described above.

func NewDialogFromCPointer

func NewDialogFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *Dialog

type DrawingArea

func DrawingAreaNew

func DrawingAreaNew() (return__ *DrawingArea)

Creates a new drawing area.

func NewDrawingAreaFromCPointer

func NewDrawingAreaFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *DrawingArea

type Entry

func EntryNew

func EntryNew() (return__ *Entry)

Creates a new entry.

func EntryNewWithBuffer

func EntryNewWithBuffer(buffer IsEntryBuffer) (return__ *Entry)

Creates a new entry with the specified text buffer.

func NewEntryFromCPointer

func NewEntryFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *Entry

type EntryAccessible

type EntryAccessible struct {
	*TraitEntryAccessible
	*TraitWidgetAccessible
	*TraitAccessible
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewEntryAccessibleFromCPointer

func NewEntryAccessibleFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *EntryAccessible

type EntryBuffer

type EntryBuffer struct {
	*TraitEntryBuffer
	*gobject.TraitObject
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func EntryBufferNew

func EntryBufferNew(initial_chars string, n_initial_chars int) (return__ *EntryBuffer)

Create a new GtkEntryBuffer object.

Optionally, specify initial text to set in the buffer.

func NewEntryBufferFromCPointer

func NewEntryBufferFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *EntryBuffer

type EntryCompletion

type EntryCompletion struct {
	*TraitEntryCompletion
	*gobject.TraitObject
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func EntryCompletionNew

func EntryCompletionNew() (return__ *EntryCompletion)

Creates a new #GtkEntryCompletion object.

func EntryCompletionNewWithArea

func EntryCompletionNewWithArea(area IsCellArea) (return__ *EntryCompletion)

Creates a new #GtkEntryCompletion object using the specified @area to layout cells in the underlying #GtkTreeViewColumn for the drop-down menu.

func NewEntryCompletionFromCPointer

func NewEntryCompletionFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *EntryCompletion

type EventBox

func EventBoxNew

func EventBoxNew() (return__ *EventBox)

Creates a new #GtkEventBox.

func NewEventBoxFromCPointer

func NewEventBoxFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *EventBox

type EventController

type EventController struct {
	*TraitEventController
	*gobject.TraitObject
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewEventControllerFromCPointer

func NewEventControllerFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *EventController

type Expander

func ExpanderNew

func ExpanderNew(label string) (return__ *Expander)

Creates a new expander using @label as the text of the label.

func ExpanderNewWithMnemonic

func ExpanderNewWithMnemonic(label string) (return__ *Expander)

Creates a new expander using @label as the text of the label. If characters in @label are preceded by an underscore, they are underlined. If you need a literal underscore character in a label, use “__” (two underscores). The first underlined character represents a keyboard accelerator called a mnemonic. Pressing Alt and that key activates the button.

func NewExpanderFromCPointer

func NewExpanderFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *Expander

type FileChooserButton

func FileChooserButtonNew

func FileChooserButtonNew(title string, action C.GtkFileChooserAction) (return__ *FileChooserButton)

Creates a new file-selecting button widget.

func FileChooserButtonNewWithDialog

func FileChooserButtonNewWithDialog(dialog *C.GtkWidget) (return__ *FileChooserButton)

Creates a #GtkFileChooserButton widget which uses @dialog as its file-picking window.

Note that @dialog must be a #GtkDialog (or subclass) which implements the #GtkFileChooser interface and must not have %GTK_DIALOG_DESTROY_WITH_PARENT set.

Also note that the dialog needs to have its confirmative button added with response %GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT or %GTK_RESPONSE_OK in order for the button to take over the file selected in the dialog.

func NewFileChooserButtonFromCPointer

func NewFileChooserButtonFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *FileChooserButton

type FileChooserWidget

func FileChooserWidgetNew

func FileChooserWidgetNew(action C.GtkFileChooserAction) (return__ *FileChooserWidget)

Creates a new #GtkFileChooserWidget. This is a file chooser widget that can be embedded in custom windows, and it is the same widget that is used by #GtkFileChooserDialog.

func NewFileChooserWidgetFromCPointer

func NewFileChooserWidgetFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *FileChooserWidget

type FileFilter

func FileFilterNew

func FileFilterNew() (return__ *FileFilter)

Creates a new #GtkFileFilter with no rules added to it. Such a filter doesn’t accept any files, so is not particularly useful until you add rules with gtk_file_filter_add_mime_type(), gtk_file_filter_add_pattern(), or gtk_file_filter_add_custom(). To create a filter that accepts any file, use: |[<!-- language="C" --> GtkFileFilter *filter = gtk_file_filter_new (); gtk_file_filter_add_pattern (filter, "*"); ]|

func NewFileFilterFromCPointer

func NewFileFilterFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *FileFilter

type FileFilterInfo

type FileFilterInfo C.GtkFileFilterInfo

type Fixed

func FixedNew

func FixedNew() (return__ *Fixed)

Creates a new #GtkFixed.

func NewFixedFromCPointer

func NewFixedFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *Fixed

type FixedChild

type FixedChild C.GtkFixedChild

type FlowBox

func FlowBoxNew

func FlowBoxNew() (return__ *FlowBox)

Creates a GtkFlowBox.

func NewFlowBoxFromCPointer

func NewFlowBoxFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *FlowBox

type FlowBoxChild

func FlowBoxChildNew

func FlowBoxChildNew() (return__ *FlowBoxChild)

Creates a new #GtkFlowBoxChild, to be used as a child of a #GtkFlowBox.

func NewFlowBoxChildFromCPointer

func NewFlowBoxChildFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *FlowBoxChild

type FontButton

func FontButtonNew

func FontButtonNew() (return__ *FontButton)

Creates a new font picker widget.

func FontButtonNewWithFont

func FontButtonNewWithFont(fontname string) (return__ *FontButton)

Creates a new font picker widget.

func NewFontButtonFromCPointer

func NewFontButtonFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *FontButton

type FontChooserDialog

func FontChooserDialogNew

func FontChooserDialogNew(title string, parent IsWindow) (return__ *FontChooserDialog)

Creates a new #GtkFontChooserDialog.

func NewFontChooserDialogFromCPointer

func NewFontChooserDialogFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *FontChooserDialog

type FontChooserWidget

func FontChooserWidgetNew

func FontChooserWidgetNew() (return__ *FontChooserWidget)

Creates a new #GtkFontChooserWidget.

func NewFontChooserWidgetFromCPointer

func NewFontChooserWidgetFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *FontChooserWidget

type Frame

func FrameNew

func FrameNew(label string) (return__ *Frame)

Creates a new #GtkFrame, with optional label @label. If @label is %NULL, the label is omitted.

func NewFrameFromCPointer

func NewFrameFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *Frame

type Gesture

type Gesture struct {
	*TraitGesture
	*TraitEventController
	*gobject.TraitObject
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewGestureFromCPointer

func NewGestureFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *Gesture

type GestureDrag

func GestureDragNew

func GestureDragNew(widget IsWidget) (return__ *GestureDrag)

Returns a newly created #GtkGesture that recognizes drags.

func NewGestureDragFromCPointer

func NewGestureDragFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *GestureDrag

type GestureLongPress

func GestureLongPressNew

func GestureLongPressNew(widget IsWidget) (return__ *GestureLongPress)

Returns a newly created #GtkGesture that recognizes long presses.

func NewGestureLongPressFromCPointer

func NewGestureLongPressFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *GestureLongPress

type GestureMultiPress

func GestureMultiPressNew

func GestureMultiPressNew(widget IsWidget) (return__ *GestureMultiPress)

Returns a newly created #GtkGesture that recognizes single and multiple presses.

func NewGestureMultiPressFromCPointer

func NewGestureMultiPressFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *GestureMultiPress

type GesturePan

func GesturePanNew

func GesturePanNew(widget IsWidget, orientation C.GtkOrientation) (return__ *GesturePan)

Returns a newly created #GtkGesture that recognizes pan gestures.

func NewGesturePanFromCPointer

func NewGesturePanFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *GesturePan

type GestureRotate

func GestureRotateNew

func GestureRotateNew(widget IsWidget) (return__ *GestureRotate)

Returns a newly created #GtkGesture that recognizes 2-touch rotation gestures.

func NewGestureRotateFromCPointer

func NewGestureRotateFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *GestureRotate

type GestureSingle

func NewGestureSingleFromCPointer

func NewGestureSingleFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *GestureSingle

type GestureSwipe

func GestureSwipeNew

func GestureSwipeNew(widget IsWidget) (return__ *GestureSwipe)

Returns a newly created #GtkGesture that recognizes swipes.

func NewGestureSwipeFromCPointer

func NewGestureSwipeFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *GestureSwipe

type GestureZoom

func GestureZoomNew

func GestureZoomNew(widget IsWidget) (return__ *GestureZoom)

Returns a newly created #GtkGesture that recognizes zoom in/out gestures (usually known as pinch/zoom).

func NewGestureZoomFromCPointer

func NewGestureZoomFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *GestureZoom

type Gradient

type Gradient C.GtkGradient

type Grid

func GridNew

func GridNew() (return__ *Grid)

Creates a new grid widget.

func NewGridFromCPointer

func NewGridFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *Grid

type HSV

func NewHSVFromCPointer

func NewHSVFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *HSV

type HeaderBar

func HeaderBarNew

func HeaderBarNew() (return__ *HeaderBar)

Creates a new #GtkHeaderBar widget.

func NewHeaderBarFromCPointer

func NewHeaderBarFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *HeaderBar

type IMContext

type IMContext struct {
	*TraitIMContext
	*gobject.TraitObject
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewIMContextFromCPointer

func NewIMContextFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *IMContext

type IMContextInfo

type IMContextInfo C.GtkIMContextInfo

type IMContextSimple

type IMContextSimple struct {
	*TraitIMContextSimple
	*TraitIMContext
	*gobject.TraitObject
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func IMContextSimpleNew

func IMContextSimpleNew() (return__ *IMContextSimple)

Creates a new #GtkIMContextSimple.

func NewIMContextSimpleFromCPointer

func NewIMContextSimpleFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *IMContextSimple

type IMMulticontext

type IMMulticontext struct {
	*TraitIMMulticontext
	*TraitIMContext
	*gobject.TraitObject
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func IMMulticontextNew

func IMMulticontextNew() (return__ *IMMulticontext)

Creates a new #GtkIMMulticontext.

func NewIMMulticontextFromCPointer

func NewIMMulticontextFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *IMMulticontext

type IconFactory

type IconFactory struct {
	*TraitIconFactory
	*gobject.TraitObject
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewIconFactoryFromCPointer

func NewIconFactoryFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *IconFactory

type IconInfo

type IconInfo struct {
	*TraitIconInfo
	*gobject.TraitObject
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func IconInfoNewForPixbuf

func IconInfoNewForPixbuf(icon_theme IsIconTheme, pixbuf *C.GdkPixbuf) (return__ *IconInfo)

Creates a #GtkIconInfo for a #GdkPixbuf.

func NewIconInfoFromCPointer

func NewIconInfoFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *IconInfo

type IconSet

type IconSet C.GtkIconSet

type IconSource

type IconSource C.GtkIconSource

type IconTheme

type IconTheme struct {
	*TraitIconTheme
	*gobject.TraitObject
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func IconThemeNew

func IconThemeNew() (return__ *IconTheme)

Creates a new icon theme object. Icon theme objects are used to lookup up an icon by name in a particular icon theme. Usually, you’ll want to use gtk_icon_theme_get_default() or gtk_icon_theme_get_for_screen() rather than creating a new icon theme object for scratch.

func NewIconThemeFromCPointer

func NewIconThemeFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *IconTheme

type IconView

func IconViewNew

func IconViewNew() (return__ *IconView)

Creates a new #GtkIconView widget

func IconViewNewWithArea

func IconViewNewWithArea(area IsCellArea) (return__ *IconView)

Creates a new #GtkIconView widget using the specified @area to layout cells inside the icons.

func IconViewNewWithModel

func IconViewNewWithModel(model *C.GtkTreeModel) (return__ *IconView)

Creates a new #GtkIconView widget with the model @model.

func NewIconViewFromCPointer

func NewIconViewFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *IconView

type Image

func ImageNew

func ImageNew() (return__ *Image)

Creates a new empty #GtkImage widget.

func ImageNewFromAnimation

func ImageNewFromAnimation(animation *C.GdkPixbufAnimation) (return__ *Image)

Creates a #GtkImage displaying the given animation. The #GtkImage does not assume a reference to the animation; you still need to unref it if you own references. #GtkImage will add its own reference rather than adopting yours.

Note that the animation frames are shown using a timeout with #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT. When using animations to indicate busyness, keep in mind that the animation will only be shown if the main loop is not busy with something that has a higher priority.

func ImageNewFromFile

func ImageNewFromFile(filename string) (return__ *Image)

Creates a new #GtkImage displaying the file @filename. If the file isn’t found or can’t be loaded, the resulting #GtkImage will display a “broken image” icon. This function never returns %NULL, it always returns a valid #GtkImage widget.

If the file contains an animation, the image will contain an animation.

If you need to detect failures to load the file, use gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file() to load the file yourself, then create the #GtkImage from the pixbuf. (Or for animations, use gdk_pixbuf_animation_new_from_file()).

The storage type (gtk_image_get_storage_type()) of the returned image is not defined, it will be whatever is appropriate for displaying the file.

func ImageNewFromGicon

func ImageNewFromGicon(icon *C.GIcon, size C.GtkIconSize) (return__ *Image)

Creates a #GtkImage displaying an icon from the current icon theme. If the icon name isn’t known, a “broken image” icon will be displayed instead. If the current icon theme is changed, the icon will be updated appropriately.

func ImageNewFromIconName

func ImageNewFromIconName(icon_name string, size C.GtkIconSize) (return__ *Image)

Creates a #GtkImage displaying an icon from the current icon theme. If the icon name isn’t known, a “broken image” icon will be displayed instead. If the current icon theme is changed, the icon will be updated appropriately.

func ImageNewFromPixbuf

func ImageNewFromPixbuf(pixbuf *C.GdkPixbuf) (return__ *Image)

Creates a new #GtkImage displaying @pixbuf. The #GtkImage does not assume a reference to the pixbuf; you still need to unref it if you own references. #GtkImage will add its own reference rather than adopting yours.

Note that this function just creates an #GtkImage from the pixbuf. The #GtkImage created will not react to state changes. Should you want that, you should use gtk_image_new_from_icon_name().

func ImageNewFromResource

func ImageNewFromResource(resource_path string) (return__ *Image)

Creates a new #GtkImage displaying the resource file @resource_path. If the file isn’t found or can’t be loaded, the resulting #GtkImage will display a “broken image” icon. This function never returns %NULL, it always returns a valid #GtkImage widget.

If the file contains an animation, the image will contain an animation.

If you need to detect failures to load the file, use gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file() to load the file yourself, then create the #GtkImage from the pixbuf. (Or for animations, use gdk_pixbuf_animation_new_from_file()).

The storage type (gtk_image_get_storage_type()) of the returned image is not defined, it will be whatever is appropriate for displaying the file.

func ImageNewFromSurface

func ImageNewFromSurface(surface *C.cairo_surface_t) (return__ *Image)

Creates a new #GtkImage displaying @surface. The #GtkImage does not assume a reference to the surface; you still need to unref it if you own references. #GtkImage will add its own reference rather than adopting yours.

func NewImageFromCPointer

func NewImageFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *Image

type ImageAccessible

type ImageAccessible struct {
	*TraitImageAccessible
	*TraitWidgetAccessible
	*TraitAccessible
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewImageAccessibleFromCPointer

func NewImageAccessibleFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *ImageAccessible

type InfoBar

func InfoBarNew

func InfoBarNew() (return__ *InfoBar)

Creates a new #GtkInfoBar object.

func NewInfoBarFromCPointer

func NewInfoBarFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *InfoBar

type Invisible

func InvisibleNew

func InvisibleNew() (return__ *Invisible)

Creates a new #GtkInvisible.

func InvisibleNewForScreen

func InvisibleNewForScreen(screen *C.GdkScreen) (return__ *Invisible)

Creates a new #GtkInvisible object for a specified screen

func NewInvisibleFromCPointer

func NewInvisibleFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *Invisible

type IsAboutDialog

type IsAboutDialog interface {
	GetAboutDialogPointer() *C.GtkAboutDialog
}

type IsAccelGroup

type IsAccelGroup interface {
	GetAccelGroupPointer() *C.GtkAccelGroup
}

type IsAccelLabel

type IsAccelLabel interface {
	GetAccelLabelPointer() *C.GtkAccelLabel
}

type IsAccelMap

type IsAccelMap interface {
	GetAccelMapPointer() *C.GtkAccelMap
}

type IsAccessible

type IsAccessible interface {
	GetAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkAccessible
}

type IsAction

type IsAction interface {
	GetActionPointer() *C.GtkAction
}

type IsActionBar

type IsActionBar interface {
	GetActionBarPointer() *C.GtkActionBar
}

type IsActionGroup

type IsActionGroup interface {
	GetActionGroupPointer() *C.GtkActionGroup
}

type IsAdjustment

type IsAdjustment interface {
	GetAdjustmentPointer() *C.GtkAdjustment
}

type IsAlignment

type IsAlignment interface {
	GetAlignmentPointer() *C.GtkAlignment
}

type IsAppChooserButton

type IsAppChooserButton interface {
	GetAppChooserButtonPointer() *C.GtkAppChooserButton
}

type IsAppChooserDialog

type IsAppChooserDialog interface {
	GetAppChooserDialogPointer() *C.GtkAppChooserDialog
}

type IsAppChooserWidget

type IsAppChooserWidget interface {
	GetAppChooserWidgetPointer() *C.GtkAppChooserWidget
}

type IsApplication

type IsApplication interface {
	GetApplicationPointer() *C.GtkApplication
}

type IsApplicationWindow

type IsApplicationWindow interface {
	GetApplicationWindowPointer() *C.GtkApplicationWindow
}

type IsArrow

type IsArrow interface {
	GetArrowPointer() *C.GtkArrow
}

type IsArrowAccessible

type IsArrowAccessible interface {
	GetArrowAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkArrowAccessible
}

type IsAspectFrame

type IsAspectFrame interface {
	GetAspectFramePointer() *C.GtkAspectFrame
}

type IsAssistant

type IsAssistant interface {
	GetAssistantPointer() *C.GtkAssistant
}

type IsBin

type IsBin interface {
	GetBinPointer() *C.GtkBin
}

type IsBooleanCellAccessible

type IsBooleanCellAccessible interface {
	GetBooleanCellAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkBooleanCellAccessible
}

type IsBox

type IsBox interface {
	GetBoxPointer() *C.GtkBox
}

type IsBuilder

type IsBuilder interface {
	GetBuilderPointer() *C.GtkBuilder
}

type IsButton

type IsButton interface {
	GetButtonPointer() *C.GtkButton
}

type IsButtonAccessible

type IsButtonAccessible interface {
	GetButtonAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkButtonAccessible
}

type IsButtonBox

type IsButtonBox interface {
	GetButtonBoxPointer() *C.GtkButtonBox
}

type IsCalendar

type IsCalendar interface {
	GetCalendarPointer() *C.GtkCalendar
}

type IsCellAccessible

type IsCellAccessible interface {
	GetCellAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkCellAccessible
}

type IsCellArea

type IsCellArea interface {
	GetCellAreaPointer() *C.GtkCellArea
}

type IsCellAreaBox

type IsCellAreaBox interface {
	GetCellAreaBoxPointer() *C.GtkCellAreaBox
}

type IsCellAreaContext

type IsCellAreaContext interface {
	GetCellAreaContextPointer() *C.GtkCellAreaContext
}

type IsCellRenderer

type IsCellRenderer interface {
	GetCellRendererPointer() *C.GtkCellRenderer
}

type IsCellRendererAccel

type IsCellRendererAccel interface {
	GetCellRendererAccelPointer() *C.GtkCellRendererAccel
}

type IsCellRendererCombo

type IsCellRendererCombo interface {
	GetCellRendererComboPointer() *C.GtkCellRendererCombo
}

type IsCellRendererPixbuf

type IsCellRendererPixbuf interface {
	GetCellRendererPixbufPointer() *C.GtkCellRendererPixbuf
}

type IsCellRendererProgress

type IsCellRendererProgress interface {
	GetCellRendererProgressPointer() *C.GtkCellRendererProgress
}

type IsCellRendererSpin

type IsCellRendererSpin interface {
	GetCellRendererSpinPointer() *C.GtkCellRendererSpin
}

type IsCellRendererSpinner

type IsCellRendererSpinner interface {
	GetCellRendererSpinnerPointer() *C.GtkCellRendererSpinner
}

type IsCellRendererText

type IsCellRendererText interface {
	GetCellRendererTextPointer() *C.GtkCellRendererText
}

type IsCellRendererToggle

type IsCellRendererToggle interface {
	GetCellRendererTogglePointer() *C.GtkCellRendererToggle
}

type IsCellView

type IsCellView interface {
	GetCellViewPointer() *C.GtkCellView
}

type IsCheckButton

type IsCheckButton interface {
	GetCheckButtonPointer() *C.GtkCheckButton
}

type IsCheckMenuItem

type IsCheckMenuItem interface {
	GetCheckMenuItemPointer() *C.GtkCheckMenuItem
}

type IsCheckMenuItemAccessible

type IsCheckMenuItemAccessible interface {
	GetCheckMenuItemAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkCheckMenuItemAccessible
}

type IsClipboard

type IsClipboard interface {
	GetClipboardPointer() *C.GtkClipboard
}

type IsColorButton

type IsColorButton interface {
	GetColorButtonPointer() *C.GtkColorButton
}

type IsColorChooserDialog

type IsColorChooserDialog interface {
	GetColorChooserDialogPointer() *C.GtkColorChooserDialog
}

type IsColorChooserWidget

type IsColorChooserWidget interface {
	GetColorChooserWidgetPointer() *C.GtkColorChooserWidget
}

type IsColorSelection

type IsColorSelection interface {
	GetColorSelectionPointer() *C.GtkColorSelection
}

type IsColorSelectionDialog

type IsColorSelectionDialog interface {
	GetColorSelectionDialogPointer() *C.GtkColorSelectionDialog
}

type IsComboBox

type IsComboBox interface {
	GetComboBoxPointer() *C.GtkComboBox
}

type IsComboBoxAccessible

type IsComboBoxAccessible interface {
	GetComboBoxAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkComboBoxAccessible
}

type IsComboBoxText

type IsComboBoxText interface {
	GetComboBoxTextPointer() *C.GtkComboBoxText
}

type IsContainer

type IsContainer interface {
	GetContainerPointer() *C.GtkContainer
}

type IsContainerAccessible

type IsContainerAccessible interface {
	GetContainerAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkContainerAccessible
}

type IsContainerCellAccessible

type IsContainerCellAccessible interface {
	GetContainerCellAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkContainerCellAccessible
}

type IsCssProvider

type IsCssProvider interface {
	GetCssProviderPointer() *C.GtkCssProvider
}

type IsDialog

type IsDialog interface {
	GetDialogPointer() *C.GtkDialog
}

type IsDrawingArea

type IsDrawingArea interface {
	GetDrawingAreaPointer() *C.GtkDrawingArea
}

type IsEntry

type IsEntry interface {
	GetEntryPointer() *C.GtkEntry
}

type IsEntryAccessible

type IsEntryAccessible interface {
	GetEntryAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkEntryAccessible
}

type IsEntryBuffer

type IsEntryBuffer interface {
	GetEntryBufferPointer() *C.GtkEntryBuffer
}

type IsEntryCompletion

type IsEntryCompletion interface {
	GetEntryCompletionPointer() *C.GtkEntryCompletion
}

type IsEventBox

type IsEventBox interface {
	GetEventBoxPointer() *C.GtkEventBox
}

type IsEventController

type IsEventController interface {
	GetEventControllerPointer() *C.GtkEventController
}

type IsExpander

type IsExpander interface {
	GetExpanderPointer() *C.GtkExpander
}

type IsExpanderAccessible

type IsExpanderAccessible interface {
	GetExpanderAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkExpanderAccessible
}

type IsFileChooserButton

type IsFileChooserButton interface {
	GetFileChooserButtonPointer() *C.GtkFileChooserButton
}

type IsFileChooserDialog

type IsFileChooserDialog interface {
	GetFileChooserDialogPointer() *C.GtkFileChooserDialog
}

type IsFileChooserWidget

type IsFileChooserWidget interface {
	GetFileChooserWidgetPointer() *C.GtkFileChooserWidget
}

type IsFileFilter

type IsFileFilter interface {
	GetFileFilterPointer() *C.GtkFileFilter
}

type IsFixed

type IsFixed interface {
	GetFixedPointer() *C.GtkFixed
}

type IsFlowBox

type IsFlowBox interface {
	GetFlowBoxPointer() *C.GtkFlowBox
}

type IsFlowBoxAccessible

type IsFlowBoxAccessible interface {
	GetFlowBoxAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkFlowBoxAccessible
}

type IsFlowBoxChild

type IsFlowBoxChild interface {
	GetFlowBoxChildPointer() *C.GtkFlowBoxChild
}

type IsFlowBoxChildAccessible

type IsFlowBoxChildAccessible interface {
	GetFlowBoxChildAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkFlowBoxChildAccessible
}

type IsFontButton

type IsFontButton interface {
	GetFontButtonPointer() *C.GtkFontButton
}

type IsFontChooserDialog

type IsFontChooserDialog interface {
	GetFontChooserDialogPointer() *C.GtkFontChooserDialog
}

type IsFontChooserWidget

type IsFontChooserWidget interface {
	GetFontChooserWidgetPointer() *C.GtkFontChooserWidget
}

type IsFontSelection

type IsFontSelection interface {
	GetFontSelectionPointer() *C.GtkFontSelection
}

type IsFontSelectionDialog

type IsFontSelectionDialog interface {
	GetFontSelectionDialogPointer() *C.GtkFontSelectionDialog
}

type IsFrame

type IsFrame interface {
	GetFramePointer() *C.GtkFrame
}

type IsFrameAccessible

type IsFrameAccessible interface {
	GetFrameAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkFrameAccessible
}

type IsGesture

type IsGesture interface {
	GetGesturePointer() *C.GtkGesture
}

type IsGestureDrag

type IsGestureDrag interface {
	GetGestureDragPointer() *C.GtkGestureDrag
}

type IsGestureLongPress

type IsGestureLongPress interface {
	GetGestureLongPressPointer() *C.GtkGestureLongPress
}

type IsGestureMultiPress

type IsGestureMultiPress interface {
	GetGestureMultiPressPointer() *C.GtkGestureMultiPress
}

type IsGesturePan

type IsGesturePan interface {
	GetGesturePanPointer() *C.GtkGesturePan
}

type IsGestureRotate

type IsGestureRotate interface {
	GetGestureRotatePointer() *C.GtkGestureRotate
}

type IsGestureSingle

type IsGestureSingle interface {
	GetGestureSinglePointer() *C.GtkGestureSingle
}

type IsGestureSwipe

type IsGestureSwipe interface {
	GetGestureSwipePointer() *C.GtkGestureSwipe
}

type IsGestureZoom

type IsGestureZoom interface {
	GetGestureZoomPointer() *C.GtkGestureZoom
}

type IsGrid

type IsGrid interface {
	GetGridPointer() *C.GtkGrid
}

type IsHBox

type IsHBox interface {
	GetHBoxPointer() *C.GtkHBox
}

type IsHButtonBox

type IsHButtonBox interface {
	GetHButtonBoxPointer() *C.GtkHButtonBox
}

type IsHPaned

type IsHPaned interface {
	GetHPanedPointer() *C.GtkHPaned
}

type IsHSV

type IsHSV interface {
	GetHSVPointer() *C.GtkHSV
}

type IsHScale

type IsHScale interface {
	GetHScalePointer() *C.GtkHScale
}

type IsHScrollbar

type IsHScrollbar interface {
	GetHScrollbarPointer() *C.GtkHScrollbar
}

type IsHSeparator

type IsHSeparator interface {
	GetHSeparatorPointer() *C.GtkHSeparator
}

type IsHandleBox

type IsHandleBox interface {
	GetHandleBoxPointer() *C.GtkHandleBox
}

type IsHeaderBar

type IsHeaderBar interface {
	GetHeaderBarPointer() *C.GtkHeaderBar
}

type IsIMContext

type IsIMContext interface {
	GetIMContextPointer() *C.GtkIMContext
}

type IsIMContextSimple

type IsIMContextSimple interface {
	GetIMContextSimplePointer() *C.GtkIMContextSimple
}

type IsIMMulticontext

type IsIMMulticontext interface {
	GetIMMulticontextPointer() *C.GtkIMMulticontext
}

type IsIconFactory

type IsIconFactory interface {
	GetIconFactoryPointer() *C.GtkIconFactory
}

type IsIconInfo

type IsIconInfo interface {
	GetIconInfoPointer() *C.GtkIconInfo
}

type IsIconTheme

type IsIconTheme interface {
	GetIconThemePointer() *C.GtkIconTheme
}

type IsIconView

type IsIconView interface {
	GetIconViewPointer() *C.GtkIconView
}

type IsIconViewAccessible

type IsIconViewAccessible interface {
	GetIconViewAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkIconViewAccessible
}

type IsImage

type IsImage interface {
	GetImagePointer() *C.GtkImage
}

type IsImageAccessible

type IsImageAccessible interface {
	GetImageAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkImageAccessible
}

type IsImageCellAccessible

type IsImageCellAccessible interface {
	GetImageCellAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkImageCellAccessible
}

type IsImageMenuItem

type IsImageMenuItem interface {
	GetImageMenuItemPointer() *C.GtkImageMenuItem
}

type IsInfoBar

type IsInfoBar interface {
	GetInfoBarPointer() *C.GtkInfoBar
}

type IsInvisible

type IsInvisible interface {
	GetInvisiblePointer() *C.GtkInvisible
}

type IsLabel

type IsLabel interface {
	GetLabelPointer() *C.GtkLabel
}

type IsLabelAccessible

type IsLabelAccessible interface {
	GetLabelAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkLabelAccessible
}

type IsLayout

type IsLayout interface {
	GetLayoutPointer() *C.GtkLayout
}

type IsLevelBar

type IsLevelBar interface {
	GetLevelBarPointer() *C.GtkLevelBar
}

type IsLevelBarAccessible

type IsLevelBarAccessible interface {
	GetLevelBarAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkLevelBarAccessible
}

type IsLinkButton

type IsLinkButton interface {
	GetLinkButtonPointer() *C.GtkLinkButton
}

type IsLinkButtonAccessible

type IsLinkButtonAccessible interface {
	GetLinkButtonAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkLinkButtonAccessible
}

type IsListBox

type IsListBox interface {
	GetListBoxPointer() *C.GtkListBox
}

type IsListBoxAccessible

type IsListBoxAccessible interface {
	GetListBoxAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkListBoxAccessible
}

type IsListBoxRow

type IsListBoxRow interface {
	GetListBoxRowPointer() *C.GtkListBoxRow
}

type IsListBoxRowAccessible

type IsListBoxRowAccessible interface {
	GetListBoxRowAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkListBoxRowAccessible
}

type IsListStore

type IsListStore interface {
	GetListStorePointer() *C.GtkListStore
}

type IsLockButton

type IsLockButton interface {
	GetLockButtonPointer() *C.GtkLockButton
}

type IsLockButtonAccessible

type IsLockButtonAccessible interface {
	GetLockButtonAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkLockButtonAccessible
}

type IsMenu

type IsMenu interface {
	GetMenuPointer() *C.GtkMenu
}

type IsMenuAccessible

type IsMenuAccessible interface {
	GetMenuAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkMenuAccessible
}

type IsMenuBar

type IsMenuBar interface {
	GetMenuBarPointer() *C.GtkMenuBar
}

type IsMenuButton

type IsMenuButton interface {
	GetMenuButtonPointer() *C.GtkMenuButton
}

type IsMenuButtonAccessible

type IsMenuButtonAccessible interface {
	GetMenuButtonAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkMenuButtonAccessible
}

type IsMenuItem

type IsMenuItem interface {
	GetMenuItemPointer() *C.GtkMenuItem
}

type IsMenuItemAccessible

type IsMenuItemAccessible interface {
	GetMenuItemAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkMenuItemAccessible
}

type IsMenuShell

type IsMenuShell interface {
	GetMenuShellPointer() *C.GtkMenuShell
}

type IsMenuShellAccessible

type IsMenuShellAccessible interface {
	GetMenuShellAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkMenuShellAccessible
}

type IsMenuToolButton

type IsMenuToolButton interface {
	GetMenuToolButtonPointer() *C.GtkMenuToolButton
}

type IsMessageDialog

type IsMessageDialog interface {
	GetMessageDialogPointer() *C.GtkMessageDialog
}

type IsMisc

type IsMisc interface {
	GetMiscPointer() *C.GtkMisc
}

type IsMountOperation

type IsMountOperation interface {
	GetMountOperationPointer() *C.GtkMountOperation
}

type IsNotebook

type IsNotebook interface {
	GetNotebookPointer() *C.GtkNotebook
}

type IsNotebookAccessible

type IsNotebookAccessible interface {
	GetNotebookAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkNotebookAccessible
}

type IsNotebookPageAccessible

type IsNotebookPageAccessible interface {
	GetNotebookPageAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkNotebookPageAccessible
}

type IsNumerableIcon

type IsNumerableIcon interface {
	GetNumerableIconPointer() *C.GtkNumerableIcon
}

type IsOffscreenWindow

type IsOffscreenWindow interface {
	GetOffscreenWindowPointer() *C.GtkOffscreenWindow
}

type IsOverlay

type IsOverlay interface {
	GetOverlayPointer() *C.GtkOverlay
}

type IsPageSetup

type IsPageSetup interface {
	GetPageSetupPointer() *C.GtkPageSetup
}

type IsPaned

type IsPaned interface {
	GetPanedPointer() *C.GtkPaned
}

type IsPanedAccessible

type IsPanedAccessible interface {
	GetPanedAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkPanedAccessible
}

type IsPlacesSidebar

type IsPlacesSidebar interface {
	GetPlacesSidebarPointer() *C.GtkPlacesSidebar
}

type IsPlug

type IsPlug interface {
	GetPlugPointer() *C.GtkPlug
}

type IsPopover

type IsPopover interface {
	GetPopoverPointer() *C.GtkPopover
}

type IsPopoverAccessible

type IsPopoverAccessible interface {
	GetPopoverAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkPopoverAccessible
}

type IsPrintContext

type IsPrintContext interface {
	GetPrintContextPointer() *C.GtkPrintContext
}

type IsPrintOperation

type IsPrintOperation interface {
	GetPrintOperationPointer() *C.GtkPrintOperation
}

type IsPrintSettings

type IsPrintSettings interface {
	GetPrintSettingsPointer() *C.GtkPrintSettings
}

type IsProgressBar

type IsProgressBar interface {
	GetProgressBarPointer() *C.GtkProgressBar
}

type IsProgressBarAccessible

type IsProgressBarAccessible interface {
	GetProgressBarAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkProgressBarAccessible
}

type IsRadioAction

type IsRadioAction interface {
	GetRadioActionPointer() *C.GtkRadioAction
}

type IsRadioButton

type IsRadioButton interface {
	GetRadioButtonPointer() *C.GtkRadioButton
}

type IsRadioButtonAccessible

type IsRadioButtonAccessible interface {
	GetRadioButtonAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkRadioButtonAccessible
}

type IsRadioMenuItem

type IsRadioMenuItem interface {
	GetRadioMenuItemPointer() *C.GtkRadioMenuItem
}

type IsRadioMenuItemAccessible

type IsRadioMenuItemAccessible interface {
	GetRadioMenuItemAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkRadioMenuItemAccessible
}

type IsRadioToolButton

type IsRadioToolButton interface {
	GetRadioToolButtonPointer() *C.GtkRadioToolButton
}

type IsRange

type IsRange interface {
	GetRangePointer() *C.GtkRange
}

type IsRangeAccessible

type IsRangeAccessible interface {
	GetRangeAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkRangeAccessible
}

type IsRcStyle

type IsRcStyle interface {
	GetRcStylePointer() *C.GtkRcStyle
}

type IsRecentAction

type IsRecentAction interface {
	GetRecentActionPointer() *C.GtkRecentAction
}

type IsRecentChooserDialog

type IsRecentChooserDialog interface {
	GetRecentChooserDialogPointer() *C.GtkRecentChooserDialog
}

type IsRecentChooserMenu

type IsRecentChooserMenu interface {
	GetRecentChooserMenuPointer() *C.GtkRecentChooserMenu
}

type IsRecentChooserWidget

type IsRecentChooserWidget interface {
	GetRecentChooserWidgetPointer() *C.GtkRecentChooserWidget
}

type IsRecentFilter

type IsRecentFilter interface {
	GetRecentFilterPointer() *C.GtkRecentFilter
}

type IsRecentManager

type IsRecentManager interface {
	GetRecentManagerPointer() *C.GtkRecentManager
}

type IsRendererCellAccessible

type IsRendererCellAccessible interface {
	GetRendererCellAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkRendererCellAccessible
}

type IsRevealer

type IsRevealer interface {
	GetRevealerPointer() *C.GtkRevealer
}

type IsScale

type IsScale interface {
	GetScalePointer() *C.GtkScale
}

type IsScaleAccessible

type IsScaleAccessible interface {
	GetScaleAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkScaleAccessible
}

type IsScaleButton

type IsScaleButton interface {
	GetScaleButtonPointer() *C.GtkScaleButton
}

type IsScaleButtonAccessible

type IsScaleButtonAccessible interface {
	GetScaleButtonAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkScaleButtonAccessible
}

type IsScrollbar

type IsScrollbar interface {
	GetScrollbarPointer() *C.GtkScrollbar
}

type IsScrolledWindow

type IsScrolledWindow interface {
	GetScrolledWindowPointer() *C.GtkScrolledWindow
}

type IsScrolledWindowAccessible

type IsScrolledWindowAccessible interface {
	GetScrolledWindowAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkScrolledWindowAccessible
}

type IsSearchBar

type IsSearchBar interface {
	GetSearchBarPointer() *C.GtkSearchBar
}

type IsSearchEntry

type IsSearchEntry interface {
	GetSearchEntryPointer() *C.GtkSearchEntry
}

type IsSeparator

type IsSeparator interface {
	GetSeparatorPointer() *C.GtkSeparator
}

type IsSeparatorMenuItem

type IsSeparatorMenuItem interface {
	GetSeparatorMenuItemPointer() *C.GtkSeparatorMenuItem
}

type IsSeparatorToolItem

type IsSeparatorToolItem interface {
	GetSeparatorToolItemPointer() *C.GtkSeparatorToolItem
}

type IsSettings

type IsSettings interface {
	GetSettingsPointer() *C.GtkSettings
}

type IsSizeGroup

type IsSizeGroup interface {
	GetSizeGroupPointer() *C.GtkSizeGroup
}

type IsSocket

type IsSocket interface {
	GetSocketPointer() *C.GtkSocket
}

type IsSpinButton

type IsSpinButton interface {
	GetSpinButtonPointer() *C.GtkSpinButton
}

type IsSpinButtonAccessible

type IsSpinButtonAccessible interface {
	GetSpinButtonAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkSpinButtonAccessible
}

type IsSpinner

type IsSpinner interface {
	GetSpinnerPointer() *C.GtkSpinner
}

type IsSpinnerAccessible

type IsSpinnerAccessible interface {
	GetSpinnerAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkSpinnerAccessible
}

type IsStack

type IsStack interface {
	GetStackPointer() *C.GtkStack
}

type IsStackSwitcher

type IsStackSwitcher interface {
	GetStackSwitcherPointer() *C.GtkStackSwitcher
}

type IsStatusIcon

type IsStatusIcon interface {
	GetStatusIconPointer() *C.GtkStatusIcon
}

type IsStatusbar

type IsStatusbar interface {
	GetStatusbarPointer() *C.GtkStatusbar
}

type IsStatusbarAccessible

type IsStatusbarAccessible interface {
	GetStatusbarAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkStatusbarAccessible
}

type IsStyle

type IsStyle interface {
	GetStylePointer() *C.GtkStyle
}

type IsStyleContext

type IsStyleContext interface {
	GetStyleContextPointer() *C.GtkStyleContext
}

type IsStyleProperties

type IsStyleProperties interface {
	GetStylePropertiesPointer() *C.GtkStyleProperties
}

type IsSwitch

type IsSwitch interface {
	GetSwitchPointer() *C.GtkSwitch
}

type IsSwitchAccessible

type IsSwitchAccessible interface {
	GetSwitchAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkSwitchAccessible
}

type IsTable

type IsTable interface {
	GetTablePointer() *C.GtkTable
}

type IsTearoffMenuItem

type IsTearoffMenuItem interface {
	GetTearoffMenuItemPointer() *C.GtkTearoffMenuItem
}

type IsTextBuffer

type IsTextBuffer interface {
	GetTextBufferPointer() *C.GtkTextBuffer
}

type IsTextCellAccessible

type IsTextCellAccessible interface {
	GetTextCellAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkTextCellAccessible
}

type IsTextChildAnchor

type IsTextChildAnchor interface {
	GetTextChildAnchorPointer() *C.GtkTextChildAnchor
}

type IsTextMark

type IsTextMark interface {
	GetTextMarkPointer() *C.GtkTextMark
}

type IsTextTag

type IsTextTag interface {
	GetTextTagPointer() *C.GtkTextTag
}

type IsTextTagTable

type IsTextTagTable interface {
	GetTextTagTablePointer() *C.GtkTextTagTable
}

type IsTextView

type IsTextView interface {
	GetTextViewPointer() *C.GtkTextView
}

type IsTextViewAccessible

type IsTextViewAccessible interface {
	GetTextViewAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkTextViewAccessible
}

type IsThemingEngine

type IsThemingEngine interface {
	GetThemingEnginePointer() *C.GtkThemingEngine
}

type IsToggleAction

type IsToggleAction interface {
	GetToggleActionPointer() *C.GtkToggleAction
}

type IsToggleButton

type IsToggleButton interface {
	GetToggleButtonPointer() *C.GtkToggleButton
}

type IsToggleButtonAccessible

type IsToggleButtonAccessible interface {
	GetToggleButtonAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkToggleButtonAccessible
}

type IsToggleToolButton

type IsToggleToolButton interface {
	GetToggleToolButtonPointer() *C.GtkToggleToolButton
}

type IsToolButton

type IsToolButton interface {
	GetToolButtonPointer() *C.GtkToolButton
}

type IsToolItem

type IsToolItem interface {
	GetToolItemPointer() *C.GtkToolItem
}

type IsToolItemGroup

type IsToolItemGroup interface {
	GetToolItemGroupPointer() *C.GtkToolItemGroup
}

type IsToolPalette

type IsToolPalette interface {
	GetToolPalettePointer() *C.GtkToolPalette
}

type IsToolbar

type IsToolbar interface {
	GetToolbarPointer() *C.GtkToolbar
}

type IsTooltip

type IsTooltip interface {
	GetTooltipPointer() *C.GtkTooltip
}

type IsToplevelAccessible

type IsToplevelAccessible interface {
	GetToplevelAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkToplevelAccessible
}

type IsTreeModelFilter

type IsTreeModelFilter interface {
	GetTreeModelFilterPointer() *C.GtkTreeModelFilter
}

type IsTreeModelSort

type IsTreeModelSort interface {
	GetTreeModelSortPointer() *C.GtkTreeModelSort
}

type IsTreeSelection

type IsTreeSelection interface {
	GetTreeSelectionPointer() *C.GtkTreeSelection
}

type IsTreeStore

type IsTreeStore interface {
	GetTreeStorePointer() *C.GtkTreeStore
}

type IsTreeView

type IsTreeView interface {
	GetTreeViewPointer() *C.GtkTreeView
}

type IsTreeViewAccessible

type IsTreeViewAccessible interface {
	GetTreeViewAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkTreeViewAccessible
}

type IsTreeViewColumn

type IsTreeViewColumn interface {
	GetTreeViewColumnPointer() *C.GtkTreeViewColumn
}

type IsUIManager

type IsUIManager interface {
	GetUIManagerPointer() *C.GtkUIManager
}

type IsVBox

type IsVBox interface {
	GetVBoxPointer() *C.GtkVBox
}

type IsVButtonBox

type IsVButtonBox interface {
	GetVButtonBoxPointer() *C.GtkVButtonBox
}

type IsVPaned

type IsVPaned interface {
	GetVPanedPointer() *C.GtkVPaned
}

type IsVScale

type IsVScale interface {
	GetVScalePointer() *C.GtkVScale
}

type IsVScrollbar

type IsVScrollbar interface {
	GetVScrollbarPointer() *C.GtkVScrollbar
}

type IsVSeparator

type IsVSeparator interface {
	GetVSeparatorPointer() *C.GtkVSeparator
}

type IsViewport

type IsViewport interface {
	GetViewportPointer() *C.GtkViewport
}

type IsVolumeButton

type IsVolumeButton interface {
	GetVolumeButtonPointer() *C.GtkVolumeButton
}

type IsWidget

type IsWidget interface {
	GetWidgetPointer() *C.GtkWidget
}

type IsWidgetAccessible

type IsWidgetAccessible interface {
	GetWidgetAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkWidgetAccessible
}

type IsWindow

type IsWindow interface {
	GetWindowPointer() *C.GtkWindow
}

type IsWindowAccessible

type IsWindowAccessible interface {
	GetWindowAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkWindowAccessible
}

type IsWindowGroup

type IsWindowGroup interface {
	GetWindowGroupPointer() *C.GtkWindowGroup
}

type Label

func LabelNew

func LabelNew(str string) (return__ *Label)

Creates a new label with the given text inside it. You can pass %NULL to get an empty label widget.

func LabelNewWithMnemonic

func LabelNewWithMnemonic(str string) (return__ *Label)

Creates a new #GtkLabel, containing the text in @str.

If characters in @str are preceded by an underscore, they are underlined. If you need a literal underscore character in a label, use '__' (two underscores). The first underlined character represents a keyboard accelerator called a mnemonic. The mnemonic key can be used to activate another widget, chosen automatically, or explicitly using gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget().

If gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget() is not called, then the first activatable ancestor of the #GtkLabel will be chosen as the mnemonic widget. For instance, if the label is inside a button or menu item, the button or menu item will automatically become the mnemonic widget and be activated by the mnemonic.

func NewLabelFromCPointer

func NewLabelFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *Label

type LabelAccessible

type LabelAccessible struct {
	*TraitLabelAccessible
	*TraitWidgetAccessible
	*TraitAccessible
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewLabelAccessibleFromCPointer

func NewLabelAccessibleFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *LabelAccessible

type LabelSelectionInfo

type LabelSelectionInfo C.GtkLabelSelectionInfo

type Layout

func LayoutNew

func LayoutNew(hadjustment IsAdjustment, vadjustment IsAdjustment) (return__ *Layout)

Creates a new #GtkLayout. Unless you have a specific adjustment you’d like the layout to use for scrolling, pass %NULL for @hadjustment and @vadjustment.

func NewLayoutFromCPointer

func NewLayoutFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *Layout

type LevelBar

func LevelBarNew

func LevelBarNew() (return__ *LevelBar)

Creates a new #GtkLevelBar.

func LevelBarNewForInterval

func LevelBarNewForInterval(min_value float64, max_value float64) (return__ *LevelBar)

Utility constructor that creates a new #GtkLevelBar for the specified interval.

func NewLevelBarFromCPointer

func NewLevelBarFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *LevelBar

type LevelBarAccessible

type LevelBarAccessible struct {
	*TraitLevelBarAccessible
	*TraitWidgetAccessible
	*TraitAccessible
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewLevelBarAccessibleFromCPointer

func NewLevelBarAccessibleFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *LevelBarAccessible

type LinkButton

func LinkButtonNew

func LinkButtonNew(uri string) (return__ *LinkButton)

Creates a new #GtkLinkButton with the URI as its text.

func LinkButtonNewWithLabel

func LinkButtonNewWithLabel(uri string, label string) (return__ *LinkButton)

Creates a new #GtkLinkButton containing a label.

func NewLinkButtonFromCPointer

func NewLinkButtonFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *LinkButton

type ListBox

func ListBoxNew

func ListBoxNew() (return__ *ListBox)

Creates a new #GtkListBox container.

func NewListBoxFromCPointer

func NewListBoxFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *ListBox

type ListBoxRow

func ListBoxRowNew

func ListBoxRowNew() (return__ *ListBoxRow)

Creates a new #GtkListBoxRow, to be used as a child of a #GtkListBox.

func NewListBoxRowFromCPointer

func NewListBoxRowFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *ListBoxRow

type ListStore

type ListStore struct {
	*TraitListStore
	*gobject.TraitObject
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func ListStoreNewv

func ListStoreNewv(n_columns int, types *C.GType) (return__ *ListStore)

Non-vararg creation function. Used primarily by language bindings.

func NewListStoreFromCPointer

func NewListStoreFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *ListStore

type LockButton

func LockButtonNew

func LockButtonNew(permission *C.GPermission) (return__ *LockButton)

Creates a new lock button which reflects the @permission.

func NewLockButtonFromCPointer

func NewLockButtonFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *LockButton
func MenuNew() (return__ *Menu)

Creates a new #GtkMenu

func MenuNewFromModel(model *C.GMenuModel) (return__ *Menu)

Creates a #GtkMenu and populates it with menu items and submenus according to @model.

The created menu items are connected to actions found in the #GtkApplicationWindow to which the menu belongs - typically by means of being attached to a widget (see gtk_menu_attach_to_widget()) that is contained within the #GtkApplicationWindows widget hierarchy.

Actions can also be added using gtk_widget_insert_action_group() on the menu's attach widget or on any of its parent widgets.

func NewMenuFromCPointer

func NewMenuFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *Menu
func MenuBarNew() (return__ *MenuBar)

Creates a new #GtkMenuBar

func MenuBarNewFromModel(model *C.GMenuModel) (return__ *MenuBar)

Creates a new #GtkMenuBar and populates it with menu items and submenus according to @model.

The created menu items are connected to actions found in the #GtkApplicationWindow to which the menu bar belongs - typically by means of being contained within the #GtkApplicationWindows widget hierarchy.

func NewMenuBarFromCPointer

func NewMenuBarFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *MenuBar
func MenuButtonNew() (return__ *MenuButton)

Creates a new #GtkMenuButton widget with downwards-pointing arrow as the only child. You can replace the child widget with another #GtkWidget should you wish to.

func NewMenuButtonFromCPointer

func NewMenuButtonFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *MenuButton
func MenuItemNew() (return__ *MenuItem)

Creates a new #GtkMenuItem.

func MenuItemNewWithLabel(label string) (return__ *MenuItem)

Creates a new #GtkMenuItem whose child is a #GtkLabel.

func MenuItemNewWithMnemonic(label string) (return__ *MenuItem)

Creates a new #GtkMenuItem containing a label.

The label will be created using gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic(), so underscores in @label indicate the mnemonic for the menu item.

func NewMenuItemFromCPointer

func NewMenuItemFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *MenuItem
func MenuToolButtonNew(icon_widget IsWidget, label string) (return__ *MenuToolButton)

Creates a new #GtkMenuToolButton using @icon_widget as icon and @label as label.

func NewMenuToolButtonFromCPointer

func NewMenuToolButtonFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *MenuToolButton

type Misc

func NewMiscFromCPointer

func NewMiscFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *Misc

type MountOperation

type MountOperation struct {
	*TraitMountOperation
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func MountOperationNew

func MountOperationNew(parent IsWindow) (return__ *MountOperation)

Creates a new #GtkMountOperation

func NewMountOperationFromCPointer

func NewMountOperationFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *MountOperation

type Notebook

func NewNotebookFromCPointer

func NewNotebookFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *Notebook

func NotebookNew

func NotebookNew() (return__ *Notebook)

Creates a new #GtkNotebook widget with no pages.

type NotebookPageAccessible

type NotebookPageAccessible struct {
	*TraitNotebookPageAccessible
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewNotebookPageAccessibleFromCPointer

func NewNotebookPageAccessibleFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *NotebookPageAccessible

func NotebookPageAccessibleNew

func NotebookPageAccessibleNew(notebook IsNotebookAccessible, child IsWidget) (return__ *NotebookPageAccessible)

type NumerableIcon

type NumerableIcon struct {
	*TraitNumerableIcon
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewNumerableIconFromCPointer

func NewNumerableIconFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *NumerableIcon

type OffscreenWindow

func NewOffscreenWindowFromCPointer

func NewOffscreenWindowFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *OffscreenWindow

func OffscreenWindowNew

func OffscreenWindowNew() (return__ *OffscreenWindow)

Creates a toplevel container widget that is used to retrieve snapshots of widgets without showing them on the screen.

type Overlay

func NewOverlayFromCPointer

func NewOverlayFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *Overlay

func OverlayNew

func OverlayNew() (return__ *Overlay)

Creates a new #GtkOverlay.

type PageRange

type PageRange C.GtkPageRange

type PageSetup

type PageSetup struct {
	*TraitPageSetup
	*gobject.TraitObject
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewPageSetupFromCPointer

func NewPageSetupFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *PageSetup

func PageSetupNew

func PageSetupNew() (return__ *PageSetup)

Creates a new #GtkPageSetup.

func PageSetupNewFromFile

func PageSetupNewFromFile(file_name string) (return__ *PageSetup, __err__ error)

Reads the page setup from the file @file_name. Returns a new #GtkPageSetup object with the restored page setup, or %NULL if an error occurred. See gtk_page_setup_to_file().

func PageSetupNewFromKeyFile

func PageSetupNewFromKeyFile(key_file *C.GKeyFile, group_name string) (return__ *PageSetup, __err__ error)

Reads the page setup from the group @group_name in the key file @key_file. Returns a new #GtkPageSetup object with the restored page setup, or %NULL if an error occurred.

func PrintRunPageSetupDialog

func PrintRunPageSetupDialog(parent IsWindow, page_setup IsPageSetup, settings IsPrintSettings) (return__ *PageSetup)

Runs a page setup dialog, letting the user modify the values from @page_setup. If the user cancels the dialog, the returned #GtkPageSetup is identical to the passed in @page_setup, otherwise it contains the modifications done in the dialog.

Note that this function may use a recursive mainloop to show the page setup dialog. See gtk_print_run_page_setup_dialog_async() if this is a problem.

type Paned

func NewPanedFromCPointer

func NewPanedFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *Paned

func PanedNew

func PanedNew(orientation C.GtkOrientation) (return__ *Paned)

Creates a new #GtkPaned widget.

type PaperSize

type PaperSize C.GtkPaperSize

type PlacesSidebar

func NewPlacesSidebarFromCPointer

func NewPlacesSidebarFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *PlacesSidebar

func PlacesSidebarNew

func PlacesSidebarNew() (return__ *PlacesSidebar)

Creates a new #GtkPlacesSidebar widget.

The application should connect to at least the #GtkPlacesSidebar::open-location signal to be notified when the user makes a selection in the sidebar.

type Plug

func NewPlugFromCPointer

func NewPlugFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *Plug

func PlugNew

func PlugNew(socket_id C.Window) (return__ *Plug)

Creates a new plug widget inside the #GtkSocket identified by @socket_id. If @socket_id is 0, the plug is left “unplugged” and can later be plugged into a #GtkSocket by gtk_socket_add_id().

func PlugNewForDisplay

func PlugNewForDisplay(display *C.GdkDisplay, socket_id C.Window) (return__ *Plug)

Create a new plug widget inside the #GtkSocket identified by socket_id.

type Popover

func NewPopoverFromCPointer

func NewPopoverFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *Popover

func PopoverNew

func PopoverNew(relative_to IsWidget) (return__ *Popover)

Creates a new popover to point to @relative_to

func PopoverNewFromModel

func PopoverNewFromModel(relative_to IsWidget, model *C.GMenuModel) (return__ *Popover)

Creates a #GtkPopover and populates it according to @model. The popover is pointed to the @relative_to widget.

The created buttons are connected to actions found in the #GtkApplicationWindow to which the popover belongs - typically by means of being attached to a widget that is contained within the #GtkApplicationWindows widget hierarchy.

Actions can also be added using gtk_widget_insert_action_group() on the menus attach widget or on any of its parent widgets.

type PrintContext

type PrintContext struct {
	*TraitPrintContext
	*gobject.TraitObject
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewPrintContextFromCPointer

func NewPrintContextFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *PrintContext

type PrintOperation

type PrintOperation struct {
	*TraitPrintOperation
	*gobject.TraitObject
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewPrintOperationFromCPointer

func NewPrintOperationFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *PrintOperation

func PrintOperationNew

func PrintOperationNew() (return__ *PrintOperation)

Creates a new #GtkPrintOperation.

type PrintSettings

type PrintSettings struct {
	*TraitPrintSettings
	*gobject.TraitObject
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewPrintSettingsFromCPointer

func NewPrintSettingsFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *PrintSettings

func PrintSettingsNew

func PrintSettingsNew() (return__ *PrintSettings)

Creates a new #GtkPrintSettings object.

func PrintSettingsNewFromFile

func PrintSettingsNewFromFile(file_name string) (return__ *PrintSettings, __err__ error)

Reads the print settings from @file_name. Returns a new #GtkPrintSettings object with the restored settings, or %NULL if an error occurred. If the file could not be loaded then error is set to either a #GFileError or #GKeyFileError. See gtk_print_settings_to_file().

func PrintSettingsNewFromKeyFile

func PrintSettingsNewFromKeyFile(key_file *C.GKeyFile, group_name string) (return__ *PrintSettings, __err__ error)

Reads the print settings from the group @group_name in @key_file. Returns a new #GtkPrintSettings object with the restored settings, or %NULL if an error occurred. If the file could not be loaded then error is set to either a #GFileError or #GKeyFileError.

type ProgressBar

func NewProgressBarFromCPointer

func NewProgressBarFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *ProgressBar

func ProgressBarNew

func ProgressBarNew() (return__ *ProgressBar)

Creates a new #GtkProgressBar.

type ProgressBarAccessible

type ProgressBarAccessible struct {
	*TraitProgressBarAccessible
	*TraitWidgetAccessible
	*TraitAccessible
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewProgressBarAccessibleFromCPointer

func NewProgressBarAccessibleFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *ProgressBarAccessible

type RadioAction

func NewRadioActionFromCPointer

func NewRadioActionFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *RadioAction

type RadioActionEntry

type RadioActionEntry C.GtkRadioActionEntry

type RadioButton

func NewRadioButtonFromCPointer

func NewRadioButtonFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *RadioButton

func RadioButtonNew

func RadioButtonNew(group *C.GSList) (return__ *RadioButton)

Creates a new #GtkRadioButton. To be of any practical value, a widget should then be packed into the radio button.

func RadioButtonNewFromWidget

func RadioButtonNewFromWidget(radio_group_member IsRadioButton) (return__ *RadioButton)

Creates a new #GtkRadioButton, adding it to the same group as @radio_group_member. As with gtk_radio_button_new(), a widget should be packed into the radio button.

func RadioButtonNewWithLabel

func RadioButtonNewWithLabel(group *C.GSList, label string) (return__ *RadioButton)

Creates a new #GtkRadioButton with a text label.

func RadioButtonNewWithLabelFromWidget

func RadioButtonNewWithLabelFromWidget(radio_group_member IsRadioButton, label string) (return__ *RadioButton)

Creates a new #GtkRadioButton with a text label, adding it to the same group as @radio_group_member.

func RadioButtonNewWithMnemonic

func RadioButtonNewWithMnemonic(group *C.GSList, label string) (return__ *RadioButton)

Creates a new #GtkRadioButton containing a label, adding it to the same group as @group. The label will be created using gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic(), so underscores in @label indicate the mnemonic for the button.

func RadioButtonNewWithMnemonicFromWidget

func RadioButtonNewWithMnemonicFromWidget(radio_group_member IsRadioButton, label string) (return__ *RadioButton)

Creates a new #GtkRadioButton containing a label. The label will be created using gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic(), so underscores in @label indicate the mnemonic for the button.

type RadioMenuItem

func NewRadioMenuItemFromCPointer

func NewRadioMenuItemFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *RadioMenuItem

func RadioMenuItemNew

func RadioMenuItemNew(group *C.GSList) (return__ *RadioMenuItem)

Creates a new #GtkRadioMenuItem.

func RadioMenuItemNewFromWidget

func RadioMenuItemNewFromWidget(group IsRadioMenuItem) (return__ *RadioMenuItem)

Creates a new #GtkRadioMenuItem adding it to the same group as @group.

func RadioMenuItemNewWithLabel

func RadioMenuItemNewWithLabel(group *C.GSList, label string) (return__ *RadioMenuItem)

Creates a new #GtkRadioMenuItem whose child is a simple #GtkLabel.

func RadioMenuItemNewWithLabelFromWidget

func RadioMenuItemNewWithLabelFromWidget(group IsRadioMenuItem, label string) (return__ *RadioMenuItem)

Creates a new GtkRadioMenuItem whose child is a simple GtkLabel. The new #GtkRadioMenuItem is added to the same group as @group.

func RadioMenuItemNewWithMnemonic

func RadioMenuItemNewWithMnemonic(group *C.GSList, label string) (return__ *RadioMenuItem)

Creates a new #GtkRadioMenuItem containing a label. The label will be created using gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic(), so underscores in @label indicate the mnemonic for the menu item.

func RadioMenuItemNewWithMnemonicFromWidget

func RadioMenuItemNewWithMnemonicFromWidget(group IsRadioMenuItem, label string) (return__ *RadioMenuItem)

Creates a new GtkRadioMenuItem containing a label. The label will be created using gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic(), so underscores in label indicate the mnemonic for the menu item.

The new #GtkRadioMenuItem is added to the same group as @group.

type RadioToolButton

func NewRadioToolButtonFromCPointer

func NewRadioToolButtonFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *RadioToolButton

func RadioToolButtonNew

func RadioToolButtonNew(group *C.GSList) (return__ *RadioToolButton)

Creates a new #GtkRadioToolButton, adding it to @group.

func RadioToolButtonNewFromWidget

func RadioToolButtonNewFromWidget(group IsRadioToolButton) (return__ *RadioToolButton)

Creates a new #GtkRadioToolButton adding it to the same group as @gruup

type Range

func NewRangeFromCPointer

func NewRangeFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *Range

type RangeAccessible

type RangeAccessible struct {
	*TraitRangeAccessible
	*TraitWidgetAccessible
	*TraitAccessible
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewRangeAccessibleFromCPointer

func NewRangeAccessibleFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *RangeAccessible

type RcContext

type RcContext C.GtkRcContext

type RcProperty

type RcProperty C.GtkRcProperty

type RcStyle

type RcStyle struct {
	*TraitRcStyle
	*gobject.TraitObject
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewRcStyleFromCPointer

func NewRcStyleFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *RcStyle

type RecentAction

type RecentAction struct {
	*TraitRecentAction
	*TraitAction
	*gobject.TraitObject
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewRecentActionFromCPointer

func NewRecentActionFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *RecentAction

type RecentChooserMenu

func NewRecentChooserMenuFromCPointer

func NewRecentChooserMenuFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *RecentChooserMenu

func RecentChooserMenuNew

func RecentChooserMenuNew() (return__ *RecentChooserMenu)

Creates a new #GtkRecentChooserMenu widget.

This kind of widget shows the list of recently used resources as a menu, each item as a menu item. Each item inside the menu might have an icon, representing its MIME type, and a number, for mnemonic access.

This widget implements the #GtkRecentChooser interface.

This widget creates its own #GtkRecentManager object. See the gtk_recent_chooser_menu_new_for_manager() function to know how to create a #GtkRecentChooserMenu widget bound to another #GtkRecentManager object.

func RecentChooserMenuNewForManager

func RecentChooserMenuNewForManager(manager IsRecentManager) (return__ *RecentChooserMenu)

Creates a new #GtkRecentChooserMenu widget using @manager as the underlying recently used resources manager.

This is useful if you have implemented your own recent manager, or if you have a customized instance of a #GtkRecentManager object or if you wish to share a common #GtkRecentManager object among multiple #GtkRecentChooser widgets.

type RecentChooserWidget

func NewRecentChooserWidgetFromCPointer

func NewRecentChooserWidgetFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *RecentChooserWidget

func RecentChooserWidgetNew

func RecentChooserWidgetNew() (return__ *RecentChooserWidget)

Creates a new #GtkRecentChooserWidget object. This is an embeddable widget used to access the recently used resources list.

func RecentChooserWidgetNewForManager

func RecentChooserWidgetNewForManager(manager IsRecentManager) (return__ *RecentChooserWidget)

Creates a new #GtkRecentChooserWidget with a specified recent manager.

This is useful if you have implemented your own recent manager, or if you have a customized instance of a #GtkRecentManager object.

type RecentData

type RecentData C.GtkRecentData

type RecentFilter

func NewRecentFilterFromCPointer

func NewRecentFilterFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *RecentFilter

func RecentFilterNew

func RecentFilterNew() (return__ *RecentFilter)

Creates a new #GtkRecentFilter with no rules added to it. Such filter does not accept any recently used resources, so is not particularly useful until you add rules with gtk_recent_filter_add_pattern(), gtk_recent_filter_add_mime_type(), gtk_recent_filter_add_application(), gtk_recent_filter_add_age(). To create a filter that accepts any recently used resource, use: |[<!-- language="C" --> GtkRecentFilter *filter = gtk_recent_filter_new (); gtk_recent_filter_add_pattern (filter, "*"); ]|

type RecentFilterInfo

type RecentFilterInfo C.GtkRecentFilterInfo

type RecentInfo

type RecentInfo C.GtkRecentInfo

type RecentManager

type RecentManager struct {
	*TraitRecentManager
	*gobject.TraitObject
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewRecentManagerFromCPointer

func NewRecentManagerFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *RecentManager

func RecentManagerNew

func RecentManagerNew() (return__ *RecentManager)

Creates a new recent manager object. Recent manager objects are used to handle the list of recently used resources. A #GtkRecentManager object monitors the recently used resources list, and emits the “changed” signal each time something inside the list changes.

#GtkRecentManager objects are expensive: be sure to create them only when needed. You should use gtk_recent_manager_get_default() instead.

type RendererCellAccessible

type RendererCellAccessible struct {
	*TraitRendererCellAccessible
	*TraitCellAccessible
	*TraitAccessible
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewRendererCellAccessibleFromCPointer

func NewRendererCellAccessibleFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *RendererCellAccessible

func RendererCellAccessibleNew

func RendererCellAccessibleNew(renderer IsCellRenderer) (return__ *RendererCellAccessible)

type RequestedSize

type RequestedSize C.GtkRequestedSize

type Requisition

type Requisition C.GtkRequisition

type Revealer

func NewRevealerFromCPointer

func NewRevealerFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *Revealer

func RevealerNew

func RevealerNew() (return__ *Revealer)

Creates a new #GtkRevealer.

type Scale

func NewScaleFromCPointer

func NewScaleFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *Scale

func ScaleNew

func ScaleNew(orientation C.GtkOrientation, adjustment IsAdjustment) (return__ *Scale)

Creates a new #GtkScale.

func ScaleNewWithRange

func ScaleNewWithRange(orientation C.GtkOrientation, min float64, max float64, step float64) (return__ *Scale)

Creates a new scale widget with the given orientation that lets the user input a number between @min and @max (including @min and @max) with the increment @step. @step must be nonzero; it’s the distance the slider moves when using the arrow keys to adjust the scale value.

Note that the way in which the precision is derived works best if @step is a power of ten. If the resulting precision is not suitable for your needs, use gtk_scale_set_digits() to correct it.

type ScaleButton

func NewScaleButtonFromCPointer

func NewScaleButtonFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *ScaleButton

func ScaleButtonNew

func ScaleButtonNew(size C.GtkIconSize, min float64, max float64, step float64, icons []string) (return__ *ScaleButton)

Creates a #GtkScaleButton, with a range between @min and @max, with a stepping of @step.

type Scrollbar

func NewScrollbarFromCPointer

func NewScrollbarFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *Scrollbar

func ScrollbarNew

func ScrollbarNew(orientation C.GtkOrientation, adjustment IsAdjustment) (return__ *Scrollbar)

Creates a new scrollbar with the given orientation.

type ScrolledWindow

func NewScrolledWindowFromCPointer

func NewScrolledWindowFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *ScrolledWindow

func ScrolledWindowNew

func ScrolledWindowNew(hadjustment IsAdjustment, vadjustment IsAdjustment) (return__ *ScrolledWindow)

Creates a new scrolled window.

The two arguments are the scrolled window’s adjustments; these will be shared with the scrollbars and the child widget to keep the bars in sync with the child. Usually you want to pass %NULL for the adjustments, which will cause the scrolled window to create them for you.

func NewSearchBarFromCPointer

func NewSearchBarFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *SearchBar

func SearchBarNew

func SearchBarNew() (return__ *SearchBar)

Creates a #GtkSearchBar. You will need to tell it about which widget is going to be your text entry using gtk_search_bar_connect_entry().

type SearchEntry

func NewSearchEntryFromCPointer

func NewSearchEntryFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *SearchEntry

func SearchEntryNew

func SearchEntryNew() (return__ *SearchEntry)

Creates a #GtkSearchEntry, with a find icon when the search field is empty, and a clear icon when it isn't.

type SelectionData

type SelectionData C.GtkSelectionData

type Separator

func NewSeparatorFromCPointer

func NewSeparatorFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *Separator

func SeparatorNew

func SeparatorNew(orientation C.GtkOrientation) (return__ *Separator)

Creates a new #GtkSeparator with the given orientation.

type SeparatorMenuItem

func NewSeparatorMenuItemFromCPointer

func NewSeparatorMenuItemFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *SeparatorMenuItem

func SeparatorMenuItemNew

func SeparatorMenuItemNew() (return__ *SeparatorMenuItem)

Creates a new #GtkSeparatorMenuItem.

type SeparatorToolItem

func NewSeparatorToolItemFromCPointer

func NewSeparatorToolItemFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *SeparatorToolItem

func SeparatorToolItemNew

func SeparatorToolItemNew() (return__ *SeparatorToolItem)

Create a new #GtkSeparatorToolItem

type Settings

type Settings struct {
	*TraitSettings
	*gobject.TraitObject
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewSettingsFromCPointer

func NewSettingsFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *Settings

type SettingsValue

type SettingsValue C.GtkSettingsValue

type SizeGroup

type SizeGroup struct {
	*TraitSizeGroup
	*gobject.TraitObject
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewSizeGroupFromCPointer

func NewSizeGroupFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *SizeGroup

func SizeGroupNew

func SizeGroupNew(mode C.GtkSizeGroupMode) (return__ *SizeGroup)

Create a new #GtkSizeGroup.

type Socket

func NewSocketFromCPointer

func NewSocketFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *Socket

func SocketNew

func SocketNew() (return__ *Socket)

Create a new empty #GtkSocket.

type SpinButton

func NewSpinButtonFromCPointer

func NewSpinButtonFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *SpinButton

func SpinButtonNew

func SpinButtonNew(adjustment IsAdjustment, climb_rate float64, digits uint) (return__ *SpinButton)

Creates a new #GtkSpinButton.

func SpinButtonNewWithRange

func SpinButtonNewWithRange(min float64, max float64, step float64) (return__ *SpinButton)

This is a convenience constructor that allows creation of a numeric #GtkSpinButton without manually creating an adjustment. The value is initially set to the minimum value and a page increment of 10 * @step is the default. The precision of the spin button is equivalent to the precision of @step.

Note that the way in which the precision is derived works best if @step is a power of ten. If the resulting precision is not suitable for your needs, use gtk_spin_button_set_digits() to correct it.

type Spinner

func NewSpinnerFromCPointer

func NewSpinnerFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *Spinner

func SpinnerNew

func SpinnerNew() (return__ *Spinner)

Returns a new spinner widget. Not yet started.

type SpinnerAccessible

type SpinnerAccessible struct {
	*TraitSpinnerAccessible
	*TraitWidgetAccessible
	*TraitAccessible
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewSpinnerAccessibleFromCPointer

func NewSpinnerAccessibleFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *SpinnerAccessible

type Stack

func NewStackFromCPointer

func NewStackFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *Stack

func StackNew

func StackNew() (return__ *Stack)

Creates a new #GtkStack container.

type StackSwitcher

func NewStackSwitcherFromCPointer

func NewStackSwitcherFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *StackSwitcher

func StackSwitcherNew

func StackSwitcherNew() (return__ *StackSwitcher)

Create a new #GtkStackSwitcher.

type StatusIcon

type StatusIcon struct {
	*TraitStatusIcon
	*gobject.TraitObject
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewStatusIconFromCPointer

func NewStatusIconFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *StatusIcon

type Statusbar

func NewStatusbarFromCPointer

func NewStatusbarFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *Statusbar

func StatusbarNew

func StatusbarNew() (return__ *Statusbar)

Creates a new #GtkStatusbar ready for messages.

type StockItem

type StockItem C.GtkStockItem

type Style

type Style struct {
	*TraitStyle
	*gobject.TraitObject
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewStyleFromCPointer

func NewStyleFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *Style

type StyleContext

type StyleContext struct {
	*TraitStyleContext
	*gobject.TraitObject
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewStyleContextFromCPointer

func NewStyleContextFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *StyleContext

func StyleContextNew

func StyleContextNew() (return__ *StyleContext)

Creates a standalone #GtkStyleContext, this style context won’t be attached to any widget, so you may want to call gtk_style_context_set_path() yourself.

This function is only useful when using the theming layer separated from GTK+, if you are using #GtkStyleContext to theme #GtkWidgets, use gtk_widget_get_style_context() in order to get a style context ready to theme the widget.

type StyleProperties

type StyleProperties struct {
	*TraitStyleProperties
	*gobject.TraitObject
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewStylePropertiesFromCPointer

func NewStylePropertiesFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *StyleProperties

func StylePropertiesNew

func StylePropertiesNew() (return__ *StyleProperties)

Returns a newly created #GtkStyleProperties

type Switch

func NewSwitchFromCPointer

func NewSwitchFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *Switch

func SwitchNew

func SwitchNew() (return__ *Switch)

Creates a new #GtkSwitch widget.

type SwitchAccessible

type SwitchAccessible struct {
	*TraitSwitchAccessible
	*TraitWidgetAccessible
	*TraitAccessible
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewSwitchAccessibleFromCPointer

func NewSwitchAccessibleFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *SwitchAccessible

type SymbolicColor

type SymbolicColor C.GtkSymbolicColor

type TableChild

type TableChild C.GtkTableChild

type TableRowCol

type TableRowCol C.GtkTableRowCol

type TargetEntry

type TargetEntry C.GtkTargetEntry

type TargetList

type TargetList C.GtkTargetList

type TargetPair

type TargetPair C.GtkTargetPair

type TextAppearance

type TextAppearance C.GtkTextAppearance

type TextAttributes

type TextAttributes C.GtkTextAttributes

type TextBTree

type TextBTree C.GtkTextBTree

type TextBuffer

type TextBuffer struct {
	*TraitTextBuffer
	*gobject.TraitObject
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewTextBufferFromCPointer

func NewTextBufferFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *TextBuffer

func TextBufferNew

func TextBufferNew(table IsTextTagTable) (return__ *TextBuffer)

Creates a new text buffer.

type TextChildAnchor

type TextChildAnchor struct {
	*TraitTextChildAnchor
	*gobject.TraitObject
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewTextChildAnchorFromCPointer

func NewTextChildAnchorFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *TextChildAnchor

func TextChildAnchorNew

func TextChildAnchorNew() (return__ *TextChildAnchor)

Creates a new #GtkTextChildAnchor. Usually you would then insert it into a #GtkTextBuffer with gtk_text_buffer_insert_child_anchor(). To perform the creation and insertion in one step, use the convenience function gtk_text_buffer_create_child_anchor().

type TextIter

type TextIter C.GtkTextIter

type TextMark

type TextMark struct {
	*TraitTextMark
	*gobject.TraitObject
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewTextMarkFromCPointer

func NewTextMarkFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *TextMark

func TextMarkNew

func TextMarkNew(name string, left_gravity bool) (return__ *TextMark)

Creates a text mark. Add it to a buffer using gtk_text_buffer_add_mark(). If @name is %NULL, the mark is anonymous; otherwise, the mark can be retrieved by name using gtk_text_buffer_get_mark(). If a mark has left gravity, and text is inserted at the mark’s current location, the mark will be moved to the left of the newly-inserted text. If the mark has right gravity (@left_gravity = %FALSE), the mark will end up on the right of newly-inserted text. The standard left-to-right cursor is a mark with right gravity (when you type, the cursor stays on the right side of the text you’re typing).

type TextTag

type TextTag struct {
	*TraitTextTag
	*gobject.TraitObject
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewTextTagFromCPointer

func NewTextTagFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *TextTag

func TextTagNew

func TextTagNew(name string) (return__ *TextTag)

Creates a #GtkTextTag. Configure the tag using object arguments, i.e. using g_object_set().

type TextTagTable

type TextTagTable struct {
	*TraitTextTagTable
	*gobject.TraitObject
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewTextTagTableFromCPointer

func NewTextTagTableFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *TextTagTable

func TextTagTableNew

func TextTagTableNew() (return__ *TextTagTable)

Creates a new #GtkTextTagTable. The table contains no tags by default.

type TextView

func NewTextViewFromCPointer

func NewTextViewFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *TextView

func TextViewNew

func TextViewNew() (return__ *TextView)

Creates a new #GtkTextView. If you don’t call gtk_text_view_set_buffer() before using the text view, an empty default buffer will be created for you. Get the buffer with gtk_text_view_get_buffer(). If you want to specify your own buffer, consider gtk_text_view_new_with_buffer().

func TextViewNewWithBuffer

func TextViewNewWithBuffer(buffer IsTextBuffer) (return__ *TextView)

Creates a new #GtkTextView widget displaying the buffer @buffer. One buffer can be shared among many widgets. @buffer may be %NULL to create a default buffer, in which case this function is equivalent to gtk_text_view_new(). The text view adds its own reference count to the buffer; it does not take over an existing reference.

type ThemeEngine

type ThemeEngine C.GtkThemeEngine

type ThemingEngine

type ThemingEngine struct {
	*TraitThemingEngine
	*gobject.TraitObject
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewThemingEngineFromCPointer

func NewThemingEngineFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *ThemingEngine

type ToggleAction

type ToggleAction struct {
	*TraitToggleAction
	*TraitAction
	*gobject.TraitObject
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewToggleActionFromCPointer

func NewToggleActionFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *ToggleAction

type ToggleActionEntry

type ToggleActionEntry C.GtkToggleActionEntry

type ToggleButton

func NewToggleButtonFromCPointer

func NewToggleButtonFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *ToggleButton

func ToggleButtonNew

func ToggleButtonNew() (return__ *ToggleButton)

Creates a new toggle button. A widget should be packed into the button, as in gtk_button_new().

func ToggleButtonNewWithLabel

func ToggleButtonNewWithLabel(label string) (return__ *ToggleButton)

Creates a new toggle button with a text label.

func ToggleButtonNewWithMnemonic

func ToggleButtonNewWithMnemonic(label string) (return__ *ToggleButton)

Creates a new #GtkToggleButton containing a label. The label will be created using gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic(), so underscores in @label indicate the mnemonic for the button.

type ToggleToolButton

func NewToggleToolButtonFromCPointer

func NewToggleToolButtonFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *ToggleToolButton

func ToggleToolButtonNew

func ToggleToolButtonNew() (return__ *ToggleToolButton)

Returns a new #GtkToggleToolButton

type ToolButton

func NewToolButtonFromCPointer

func NewToolButtonFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *ToolButton

func ToolButtonNew

func ToolButtonNew(icon_widget IsWidget, label string) (return__ *ToolButton)

Creates a new %GtkToolButton using @icon_widget as contents and @label as label.

type ToolItem

func NewToolItemFromCPointer

func NewToolItemFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *ToolItem

func ToolItemNew

func ToolItemNew() (return__ *ToolItem)

Creates a new #GtkToolItem

type ToolItemGroup

func NewToolItemGroupFromCPointer

func NewToolItemGroupFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *ToolItemGroup

func ToolItemGroupNew

func ToolItemGroupNew(label string) (return__ *ToolItemGroup)

Creates a new tool item group with label @label.

type ToolPalette

func NewToolPaletteFromCPointer

func NewToolPaletteFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *ToolPalette

func ToolPaletteNew

func ToolPaletteNew() (return__ *ToolPalette)

Creates a new tool palette.

type Toolbar

func NewToolbarFromCPointer

func NewToolbarFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *Toolbar

func ToolbarNew

func ToolbarNew() (return__ *Toolbar)

Creates a new toolbar.

type Tooltip

type Tooltip struct {
	*TraitTooltip
	*gobject.TraitObject
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewTooltipFromCPointer

func NewTooltipFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *Tooltip

type ToplevelAccessible

type ToplevelAccessible struct {
	*TraitToplevelAccessible
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewToplevelAccessibleFromCPointer

func NewToplevelAccessibleFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *ToplevelAccessible

type TraitAboutDialog

type TraitAboutDialog struct{ CPointer *C.GtkAboutDialog }

func NewTraitAboutDialog

func NewTraitAboutDialog(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitAboutDialog

func (*TraitAboutDialog) AddCreditSection

func (self *TraitAboutDialog) AddCreditSection(section_name string, people []string)

Creates a new section in the Credits page.

func (*TraitAboutDialog) GetAboutDialogPointer

func (self *TraitAboutDialog) GetAboutDialogPointer() *C.GtkAboutDialog

func (*TraitAboutDialog) GetArtists

func (self *TraitAboutDialog) GetArtists() (return__ **C.gchar)

Returns the string which are displayed in the artists tab of the secondary credits dialog.

func (*TraitAboutDialog) GetAuthors

func (self *TraitAboutDialog) GetAuthors() (return__ **C.gchar)

Returns the string which are displayed in the authors tab of the secondary credits dialog.

func (*TraitAboutDialog) GetComments

func (self *TraitAboutDialog) GetComments() (return__ string)

Returns the comments string.

func (*TraitAboutDialog) GetCopyright

func (self *TraitAboutDialog) GetCopyright() (return__ string)

Returns the copyright string.

func (*TraitAboutDialog) GetDocumenters

func (self *TraitAboutDialog) GetDocumenters() (return__ **C.gchar)

Returns the string which are displayed in the documenters tab of the secondary credits dialog.

func (*TraitAboutDialog) GetLicense

func (self *TraitAboutDialog) GetLicense() (return__ string)

Returns the license information.

func (*TraitAboutDialog) GetLicenseType

func (self *TraitAboutDialog) GetLicenseType() (return__ C.GtkLicense)

Retrieves the license set using gtk_about_dialog_set_license_type()

func (self *TraitAboutDialog) GetLogo() (return__ *C.GdkPixbuf)

Returns the pixbuf displayed as logo in the about dialog.

func (*TraitAboutDialog) GetLogoIconName

func (self *TraitAboutDialog) GetLogoIconName() (return__ string)

Returns the icon name displayed as logo in the about dialog.

func (*TraitAboutDialog) GetProgramName

func (self *TraitAboutDialog) GetProgramName() (return__ string)

Returns the program name displayed in the about dialog.

func (*TraitAboutDialog) GetTranslatorCredits

func (self *TraitAboutDialog) GetTranslatorCredits() (return__ string)

Returns the translator credits string which is displayed in the translators tab of the secondary credits dialog.

func (*TraitAboutDialog) GetVersion

func (self *TraitAboutDialog) GetVersion() (return__ string)

Returns the version string.

func (*TraitAboutDialog) GetWebsite

func (self *TraitAboutDialog) GetWebsite() (return__ string)

Returns the website URL.

func (*TraitAboutDialog) GetWebsiteLabel

func (self *TraitAboutDialog) GetWebsiteLabel() (return__ string)

Returns the label used for the website link.

func (*TraitAboutDialog) GetWrapLicense

func (self *TraitAboutDialog) GetWrapLicense() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the license text in @about is automatically wrapped.

func (*TraitAboutDialog) SetArtists

func (self *TraitAboutDialog) SetArtists(artists []string)

Sets the strings which are displayed in the artists tab of the secondary credits dialog.

func (*TraitAboutDialog) SetAuthors

func (self *TraitAboutDialog) SetAuthors(authors []string)

Sets the strings which are displayed in the authors tab of the secondary credits dialog.

func (*TraitAboutDialog) SetComments

func (self *TraitAboutDialog) SetComments(comments string)

Sets the comments string to display in the about dialog. This should be a short string of one or two lines.

func (*TraitAboutDialog) SetCopyright

func (self *TraitAboutDialog) SetCopyright(copyright string)

Sets the copyright string to display in the about dialog. This should be a short string of one or two lines.

func (*TraitAboutDialog) SetDocumenters

func (self *TraitAboutDialog) SetDocumenters(documenters []string)

Sets the strings which are displayed in the documenters tab of the secondary credits dialog.

func (*TraitAboutDialog) SetLicense

func (self *TraitAboutDialog) SetLicense(license string)

Sets the license information to be displayed in the secondary license dialog. If @license is %NULL, the license button is hidden.

func (*TraitAboutDialog) SetLicenseType

func (self *TraitAboutDialog) SetLicenseType(license_type C.GtkLicense)

Sets the license of the application showing the @about dialog from a list of known licenses.

This function overrides the license set using gtk_about_dialog_set_license().

func (self *TraitAboutDialog) SetLogo(logo *C.GdkPixbuf)

Sets the pixbuf to be displayed as logo in the about dialog. If it is %NULL, the default window icon set with gtk_window_set_default_icon() will be used.

func (*TraitAboutDialog) SetLogoIconName

func (self *TraitAboutDialog) SetLogoIconName(icon_name string)

Sets the pixbuf to be displayed as logo in the about dialog. If it is %NULL, the default window icon set with gtk_window_set_default_icon() will be used.

func (*TraitAboutDialog) SetProgramName

func (self *TraitAboutDialog) SetProgramName(name string)

Sets the name to display in the about dialog. If this is not set, it defaults to g_get_application_name().

func (*TraitAboutDialog) SetTranslatorCredits

func (self *TraitAboutDialog) SetTranslatorCredits(translator_credits string)

Sets the translator credits string which is displayed in the translators tab of the secondary credits dialog.

The intended use for this string is to display the translator of the language which is currently used in the user interface. Using gettext(), a simple way to achieve that is to mark the string for translation: |[<!-- language="C" -->

gtk_about_dialog_set_translator_credits (about,
                                         _("translator-credits"));

]| It is a good idea to use the customary msgid “translator-credits” for this purpose, since translators will already know the purpose of that msgid, and since #GtkAboutDialog will detect if “translator-credits” is untranslated and hide the tab.

func (*TraitAboutDialog) SetVersion

func (self *TraitAboutDialog) SetVersion(version string)

Sets the version string to display in the about dialog.

func (*TraitAboutDialog) SetWebsite

func (self *TraitAboutDialog) SetWebsite(website string)

Sets the URL to use for the website link.

func (*TraitAboutDialog) SetWebsiteLabel

func (self *TraitAboutDialog) SetWebsiteLabel(website_label string)

Sets the label to be used for the website link.

func (*TraitAboutDialog) SetWrapLicense

func (self *TraitAboutDialog) SetWrapLicense(wrap_license bool)

Sets whether the license text in @about is automatically wrapped.

type TraitAccelGroup

type TraitAccelGroup struct{ CPointer *C.GtkAccelGroup }

func NewTraitAccelGroup

func NewTraitAccelGroup(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitAccelGroup

func (*TraitAccelGroup) Activate

func (self *TraitAccelGroup) Activate(accel_quark C.GQuark, acceleratable *C.GObject, accel_key uint, accel_mods C.GdkModifierType) (return__ bool)

Finds the first accelerator in @accel_group that matches @accel_key and @accel_mods, and activates it.

func (*TraitAccelGroup) Connect

func (self *TraitAccelGroup) Connect(accel_key uint, accel_mods C.GdkModifierType, accel_flags C.GtkAccelFlags, closure *C.GClosure)

Installs an accelerator in this group. When @accel_group is being activated in response to a call to gtk_accel_groups_activate(), @closure will be invoked if the @accel_key and @accel_mods from gtk_accel_groups_activate() match those of this connection.

The signature used for the @closure is that of #GtkAccelGroupActivate.

Note that, due to implementation details, a single closure can only be connected to one accelerator group.

func (*TraitAccelGroup) ConnectByPath

func (self *TraitAccelGroup) ConnectByPath(accel_path string, closure *C.GClosure)

Installs an accelerator in this group, using an accelerator path to look up the appropriate key and modifiers (see gtk_accel_map_add_entry()). When @accel_group is being activated in response to a call to gtk_accel_groups_activate(), @closure will be invoked if the @accel_key and @accel_mods from gtk_accel_groups_activate() match the key and modifiers for the path.

The signature used for the @closure is that of #GtkAccelGroupActivate.

Note that @accel_path string will be stored in a #GQuark. Therefore, if you pass a static string, you can save some memory by interning it first with g_intern_static_string().

func (*TraitAccelGroup) Disconnect

func (self *TraitAccelGroup) Disconnect(closure *C.GClosure) (return__ bool)

Removes an accelerator previously installed through gtk_accel_group_connect().

Since 2.20 @closure can be %NULL.

func (*TraitAccelGroup) DisconnectKey

func (self *TraitAccelGroup) DisconnectKey(accel_key uint, accel_mods C.GdkModifierType) (return__ bool)

Removes an accelerator previously installed through gtk_accel_group_connect().

func (*TraitAccelGroup) Find

func (self *TraitAccelGroup) Find(find_func C.GtkAccelGroupFindFunc, data unsafe.Pointer) (return__ *C.GtkAccelKey)

Finds the first entry in an accelerator group for which @find_func returns %TRUE and returns its #GtkAccelKey.

func (*TraitAccelGroup) GetAccelGroupPointer

func (self *TraitAccelGroup) GetAccelGroupPointer() *C.GtkAccelGroup

func (*TraitAccelGroup) GetIsLocked

func (self *TraitAccelGroup) GetIsLocked() (return__ bool)

Locks are added and removed using gtk_accel_group_lock() and gtk_accel_group_unlock().

func (*TraitAccelGroup) GetModifierMask

func (self *TraitAccelGroup) GetModifierMask() (return__ C.GdkModifierType)

Gets a #GdkModifierType representing the mask for this @accel_group. For example, #GDK_CONTROL_MASK, #GDK_SHIFT_MASK, etc.

func (*TraitAccelGroup) Lock

func (self *TraitAccelGroup) Lock()

Locks the given accelerator group.

Locking an acelerator group prevents the accelerators contained within it to be changed during runtime. Refer to gtk_accel_map_change_entry() about runtime accelerator changes.

If called more than once, @accel_group remains locked until gtk_accel_group_unlock() has been called an equivalent number of times.

func (*TraitAccelGroup) Query

func (self *TraitAccelGroup) Query(accel_key uint, accel_mods C.GdkModifierType) (n_entries uint, return__ *C.GtkAccelGroupEntry)

Queries an accelerator group for all entries matching @accel_key and @accel_mods.

func (*TraitAccelGroup) Unlock

func (self *TraitAccelGroup) Unlock()

Undoes the last call to gtk_accel_group_lock() on this @accel_group.

type TraitAccelLabel

type TraitAccelLabel struct{ CPointer *C.GtkAccelLabel }

func NewTraitAccelLabel

func NewTraitAccelLabel(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitAccelLabel

func (*TraitAccelLabel) GetAccel

func (self *TraitAccelLabel) GetAccel() (accelerator_key uint, accelerator_mods C.GdkModifierType)

Gets the keyval and modifier mask set with gtk_accel_label_set_accel().

func (*TraitAccelLabel) GetAccelLabelPointer

func (self *TraitAccelLabel) GetAccelLabelPointer() *C.GtkAccelLabel

func (*TraitAccelLabel) GetAccelWidget

func (self *TraitAccelLabel) GetAccelWidget() (return__ *Widget)

Fetches the widget monitored by this accelerator label. See gtk_accel_label_set_accel_widget().

func (*TraitAccelLabel) GetAccelWidth

func (self *TraitAccelLabel) GetAccelWidth() (return__ uint)

Returns the width needed to display the accelerator key(s). This is used by menus to align all of the #GtkMenuItem widgets, and shouldn't be needed by applications.

func (*TraitAccelLabel) Refetch

func (self *TraitAccelLabel) Refetch() (return__ bool)

Recreates the string representing the accelerator keys. This should not be needed since the string is automatically updated whenever accelerators are added or removed from the associated widget.

func (*TraitAccelLabel) SetAccel

func (self *TraitAccelLabel) SetAccel(accelerator_key uint, accelerator_mods C.GdkModifierType)

Manually sets a keyval and modifier mask as the accelerator rendered by @accel_label.

If a keyval and modifier are explicitly set then these values are used regardless of any associated accel closure or widget.

Providing an @accelerator_key of 0 removes the manual setting.

func (*TraitAccelLabel) SetAccelClosure

func (self *TraitAccelLabel) SetAccelClosure(accel_closure *C.GClosure)

Sets the closure to be monitored by this accelerator label. The closure must be connected to an accelerator group; see gtk_accel_group_connect().

func (*TraitAccelLabel) SetAccelWidget

func (self *TraitAccelLabel) SetAccelWidget(accel_widget IsWidget)

Sets the widget to be monitored by this accelerator label.

type TraitAccelMap

type TraitAccelMap struct{ CPointer *C.GtkAccelMap }

func NewTraitAccelMap

func NewTraitAccelMap(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitAccelMap

func (*TraitAccelMap) GetAccelMapPointer

func (self *TraitAccelMap) GetAccelMapPointer() *C.GtkAccelMap

type TraitAccessible

type TraitAccessible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkAccessible }

func NewTraitAccessible

func NewTraitAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitAccessible

func (*TraitAccessible) GetAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitAccessible) GetAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkAccessible

func (*TraitAccessible) GetWidget

func (self *TraitAccessible) GetWidget() (return__ *Widget)

Gets the #GtkWidget corresponding to the #GtkAccessible. The returned widget does not have a reference added, so you do not need to unref it.

func (*TraitAccessible) SetWidget

func (self *TraitAccessible) SetWidget(widget IsWidget)

Sets the #GtkWidget corresponding to the #GtkAccessible.

@accessible will not hold a reference to @widget. It is the caller’s responsibility to ensure that when @widget is destroyed, the widget is unset by calling this function again with @widget set to %NULL.

type TraitAction

type TraitAction struct{ CPointer *C.GtkAction }

func NewTraitAction

func NewTraitAction(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitAction

func (*TraitAction) GetActionPointer

func (self *TraitAction) GetActionPointer() *C.GtkAction

type TraitActionBar

type TraitActionBar struct{ CPointer *C.GtkActionBar }

func NewTraitActionBar

func NewTraitActionBar(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitActionBar

func (*TraitActionBar) GetActionBarPointer

func (self *TraitActionBar) GetActionBarPointer() *C.GtkActionBar

func (*TraitActionBar) GetCenterWidget

func (self *TraitActionBar) GetCenterWidget() (return__ *Widget)

Retrieves the center bar widget of the bar.

func (*TraitActionBar) PackEnd

func (self *TraitActionBar) PackEnd(child IsWidget)

Adds @child to @action_bar, packed with reference to the end of the @action_bar.

func (*TraitActionBar) PackStart

func (self *TraitActionBar) PackStart(child IsWidget)

Adds @child to @action_bar, packed with reference to the start of the @action_bar.

func (*TraitActionBar) SetCenterWidget

func (self *TraitActionBar) SetCenterWidget(center_widget IsWidget)

Sets the center widget for the #GtkActionBar.

type TraitActionGroup

type TraitActionGroup struct{ CPointer *C.GtkActionGroup }

func NewTraitActionGroup

func NewTraitActionGroup(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitActionGroup

func (*TraitActionGroup) GetActionGroupPointer

func (self *TraitActionGroup) GetActionGroupPointer() *C.GtkActionGroup

type TraitAdjustment

type TraitAdjustment struct{ CPointer *C.GtkAdjustment }

func NewTraitAdjustment

func NewTraitAdjustment(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitAdjustment

func (*TraitAdjustment) Changed

func (self *TraitAdjustment) Changed()

Emits a #GtkAdjustment::changed signal from the #GtkAdjustment. This is typically called by the owner of the #GtkAdjustment after it has changed any of the #GtkAdjustment properties other than the value.

func (*TraitAdjustment) ClampPage

func (self *TraitAdjustment) ClampPage(lower float64, upper float64)

Updates the #GtkAdjustment:value property to ensure that the range between @lower and @upper is in the current page (i.e. between #GtkAdjustment:value and #GtkAdjustment:value + #GtkAdjustment:page_size). If the range is larger than the page size, then only the start of it will be in the current page. A #GtkAdjustment::changed signal will be emitted if the value is changed.

func (*TraitAdjustment) Configure

func (self *TraitAdjustment) Configure(value float64, lower float64, upper float64, step_increment float64, page_increment float64, page_size float64)

Sets all properties of the adjustment at once.

Use this function to avoid multiple emissions of the #GtkAdjustment::changed signal. See gtk_adjustment_set_lower() for an alternative way of compressing multiple emissions of #GtkAdjustment::changed into one.

func (*TraitAdjustment) GetAdjustmentPointer

func (self *TraitAdjustment) GetAdjustmentPointer() *C.GtkAdjustment

func (*TraitAdjustment) GetLower

func (self *TraitAdjustment) GetLower() (return__ float64)

Retrieves the minimum value of the adjustment.

func (*TraitAdjustment) GetMinimumIncrement

func (self *TraitAdjustment) GetMinimumIncrement() (return__ float64)

Gets the smaller of step increment and page increment.

func (*TraitAdjustment) GetPageIncrement

func (self *TraitAdjustment) GetPageIncrement() (return__ float64)

Retrieves the page increment of the adjustment.

func (*TraitAdjustment) GetPageSize

func (self *TraitAdjustment) GetPageSize() (return__ float64)

Retrieves the page size of the adjustment.

func (*TraitAdjustment) GetStepIncrement

func (self *TraitAdjustment) GetStepIncrement() (return__ float64)

Retrieves the step increment of the adjustment.

func (*TraitAdjustment) GetUpper

func (self *TraitAdjustment) GetUpper() (return__ float64)

Retrieves the maximum value of the adjustment.

func (*TraitAdjustment) GetValue

func (self *TraitAdjustment) GetValue() (return__ float64)

Gets the current value of the adjustment. See gtk_adjustment_set_value ().

func (*TraitAdjustment) SetLower

func (self *TraitAdjustment) SetLower(lower float64)

Sets the minimum value of the adjustment.

When setting multiple adjustment properties via their individual setters, multiple #GtkAdjustment::changed signals will be emitted. However, since the emission of the #GtkAdjustment::changed signal is tied to the emission of the #GObject::notify signals of the changed properties, it’s possible to compress the #GtkAdjustment::changed signals into one by calling g_object_freeze_notify() and g_object_thaw_notify() around the calls to the individual setters.

Alternatively, using a single g_object_set() for all the properties to change, or using gtk_adjustment_configure() has the same effect of compressing #GtkAdjustment::changed emissions.

func (*TraitAdjustment) SetPageIncrement

func (self *TraitAdjustment) SetPageIncrement(page_increment float64)

Sets the page increment of the adjustment.

See gtk_adjustment_set_lower() about how to compress multiple emissions of the #GtkAdjustment::changed signal when setting multiple adjustment properties.

func (*TraitAdjustment) SetPageSize

func (self *TraitAdjustment) SetPageSize(page_size float64)

Sets the page size of the adjustment.

See gtk_adjustment_set_lower() about how to compress multiple emissions of the GtkAdjustment::changed signal when setting multiple adjustment properties.

func (*TraitAdjustment) SetStepIncrement

func (self *TraitAdjustment) SetStepIncrement(step_increment float64)

Sets the step increment of the adjustment.

See gtk_adjustment_set_lower() about how to compress multiple emissions of the #GtkAdjustment::changed signal when setting multiple adjustment properties.

func (*TraitAdjustment) SetUpper

func (self *TraitAdjustment) SetUpper(upper float64)

Sets the maximum value of the adjustment.

Note that values will be restricted by `upper - page-size` if the page-size property is nonzero.

See gtk_adjustment_set_lower() about how to compress multiple emissions of the #GtkAdjustment::changed signal when setting multiple adjustment properties.

func (*TraitAdjustment) SetValue

func (self *TraitAdjustment) SetValue(value float64)

Sets the #GtkAdjustment value. The value is clamped to lie between #GtkAdjustment:lower and #GtkAdjustment:upper.

Note that for adjustments which are used in a #GtkScrollbar, the effective range of allowed values goes from #GtkAdjustment:lower to #GtkAdjustment:upper - #GtkAdjustment:page_size.

func (*TraitAdjustment) ValueChanged

func (self *TraitAdjustment) ValueChanged()

Emits a #GtkAdjustment::value_changed signal from the #GtkAdjustment. This is typically called by the owner of the #GtkAdjustment after it has changed the #GtkAdjustment:value property.

type TraitAlignment

type TraitAlignment struct{ CPointer *C.GtkAlignment }

func NewTraitAlignment

func NewTraitAlignment(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitAlignment

func (*TraitAlignment) GetAlignmentPointer

func (self *TraitAlignment) GetAlignmentPointer() *C.GtkAlignment

type TraitAppChooserButton

type TraitAppChooserButton struct{ CPointer *C.GtkAppChooserButton }

func NewTraitAppChooserButton

func NewTraitAppChooserButton(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitAppChooserButton

func (*TraitAppChooserButton) AppendCustomItem

func (self *TraitAppChooserButton) AppendCustomItem(name string, label string, icon *C.GIcon)

Appends a custom item to the list of applications that is shown in the popup; the item name must be unique per-widget. Clients can use the provided name as a detail for the #GtkAppChooserButton::custom-item-activated signal, to add a callback for the activation of a particular custom item in the list. See also gtk_app_chooser_button_append_separator().

func (*TraitAppChooserButton) AppendSeparator

func (self *TraitAppChooserButton) AppendSeparator()

Appends a separator to the list of applications that is shown in the popup.

func (*TraitAppChooserButton) GetAppChooserButtonPointer

func (self *TraitAppChooserButton) GetAppChooserButtonPointer() *C.GtkAppChooserButton

func (*TraitAppChooserButton) GetHeading

func (self *TraitAppChooserButton) GetHeading() (return__ string)

Returns the text to display at the top of the dialog.

func (*TraitAppChooserButton) GetShowDefaultItem

func (self *TraitAppChooserButton) GetShowDefaultItem() (return__ bool)

Returns the current value of the #GtkAppChooserButton:show-default-item property.

func (*TraitAppChooserButton) GetShowDialogItem

func (self *TraitAppChooserButton) GetShowDialogItem() (return__ bool)

Returns the current value of the #GtkAppChooserButton:show-dialog-item property.

func (*TraitAppChooserButton) SetActiveCustomItem

func (self *TraitAppChooserButton) SetActiveCustomItem(name string)

Selects a custom item previously added with gtk_app_chooser_button_append_custom_item().

Use gtk_app_chooser_refresh() to bring the selection to its initial state.

func (*TraitAppChooserButton) SetHeading

func (self *TraitAppChooserButton) SetHeading(heading string)

Sets the text to display at the top of the dialog. If the heading is not set, the dialog displays a default text.

func (*TraitAppChooserButton) SetShowDefaultItem

func (self *TraitAppChooserButton) SetShowDefaultItem(setting bool)

Sets whether the dropdown menu of this button should show the default application for the given content type at top.

func (*TraitAppChooserButton) SetShowDialogItem

func (self *TraitAppChooserButton) SetShowDialogItem(setting bool)

Sets whether the dropdown menu of this button should show an entry to trigger a #GtkAppChooserDialog.

type TraitAppChooserDialog

type TraitAppChooserDialog struct{ CPointer *C.GtkAppChooserDialog }

func NewTraitAppChooserDialog

func NewTraitAppChooserDialog(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitAppChooserDialog

func (*TraitAppChooserDialog) GetAppChooserDialogPointer

func (self *TraitAppChooserDialog) GetAppChooserDialogPointer() *C.GtkAppChooserDialog

func (*TraitAppChooserDialog) GetHeading

func (self *TraitAppChooserDialog) GetHeading() (return__ string)

Returns the text to display at the top of the dialog.

func (*TraitAppChooserDialog) GetWidget

func (self *TraitAppChooserDialog) GetWidget() (return__ *Widget)

Returns the #GtkAppChooserWidget of this dialog.

func (*TraitAppChooserDialog) SetHeading

func (self *TraitAppChooserDialog) SetHeading(heading string)

Sets the text to display at the top of the dialog. If the heading is not set, the dialog displays a default text.

type TraitAppChooserWidget

type TraitAppChooserWidget struct{ CPointer *C.GtkAppChooserWidget }

func NewTraitAppChooserWidget

func NewTraitAppChooserWidget(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitAppChooserWidget

func (*TraitAppChooserWidget) GetAppChooserWidgetPointer

func (self *TraitAppChooserWidget) GetAppChooserWidgetPointer() *C.GtkAppChooserWidget

func (*TraitAppChooserWidget) GetDefaultText

func (self *TraitAppChooserWidget) GetDefaultText() (return__ string)

Returns the text that is shown if there are not applications that can handle the content type.

func (*TraitAppChooserWidget) GetShowAll

func (self *TraitAppChooserWidget) GetShowAll() (return__ bool)

Returns the current value of the #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-all property.

func (*TraitAppChooserWidget) GetShowDefault

func (self *TraitAppChooserWidget) GetShowDefault() (return__ bool)

Returns the current value of the #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-default property.

func (*TraitAppChooserWidget) GetShowFallback

func (self *TraitAppChooserWidget) GetShowFallback() (return__ bool)

Returns the current value of the #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-fallback property.

func (*TraitAppChooserWidget) GetShowOther

func (self *TraitAppChooserWidget) GetShowOther() (return__ bool)

Returns the current value of the #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-other property.

func (*TraitAppChooserWidget) GetShowRecommended

func (self *TraitAppChooserWidget) GetShowRecommended() (return__ bool)

Returns the current value of the #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-recommended property.

func (*TraitAppChooserWidget) SetDefaultText

func (self *TraitAppChooserWidget) SetDefaultText(text string)

Sets the text that is shown if there are not applications that can handle the content type.

func (*TraitAppChooserWidget) SetShowAll

func (self *TraitAppChooserWidget) SetShowAll(setting bool)

Sets whether the app chooser should show all applications in a flat list.

func (*TraitAppChooserWidget) SetShowDefault

func (self *TraitAppChooserWidget) SetShowDefault(setting bool)

Sets whether the app chooser should show the default handler for the content type in a separate section.

func (*TraitAppChooserWidget) SetShowFallback

func (self *TraitAppChooserWidget) SetShowFallback(setting bool)

Sets whether the app chooser should show related applications for the content type in a separate section.

func (*TraitAppChooserWidget) SetShowOther

func (self *TraitAppChooserWidget) SetShowOther(setting bool)

Sets whether the app chooser should show applications which are unrelated to the content type.

func (*TraitAppChooserWidget) SetShowRecommended

func (self *TraitAppChooserWidget) SetShowRecommended(setting bool)

Sets whether the app chooser should show recommended applications for the content type in a separate section.

type TraitApplication

type TraitApplication struct{ CPointer *C.GtkApplication }

func NewTraitApplication

func NewTraitApplication(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitApplication

func (*TraitApplication) AddWindow

func (self *TraitApplication) AddWindow(window IsWindow)

Adds a window to @application.

This call is equivalent to setting the #GtkWindow:application property of @window to @application.

Normally, the connection between the application and the window will remain until the window is destroyed, but you can explicitly remove it with gtk_application_remove_window().

GTK+ will keep the application running as long as it has any windows.

func (*TraitApplication) GetAccelsForAction

func (self *TraitApplication) GetAccelsForAction(detailed_action_name string) (return__ **C.gchar)

Gets the accelerators that are currently associated with the given action.

func (*TraitApplication) GetActionsForAccel

func (self *TraitApplication) GetActionsForAccel(accel string) (return__ **C.gchar)

Returns the list of actions (possibly empty) that @accel maps to. Each item in the list is a detailed action name in the usual form.

This might be useful to discover if an accel already exists in order to prevent installation of a conflicting accelerator (from an accelerator editor or a plugin system, for example). Note that having more than one action per accelerator may not be a bad thing and might make sense in cases where the actions never appear in the same context.

In case there are no actions for a given accelerator, an empty array is returned. %NULL is never returned.

It is a programmer error to pass an invalid accelerator string. If you are unsure, check it with gtk_accelerator_parse() first.

func (*TraitApplication) GetActiveWindow

func (self *TraitApplication) GetActiveWindow() (return__ *Window)

Gets the “active” window for the application.

The active window is the one that was most recently focused (within the application). This window may not have the focus at the moment if another application has it -- this is just the most recently-focused window within this application.

func (*TraitApplication) GetAppMenu

func (self *TraitApplication) GetAppMenu() (return__ *C.GMenuModel)

Returns the menu model that has been set with gtk_application_set_app_menu().

func (*TraitApplication) GetApplicationPointer

func (self *TraitApplication) GetApplicationPointer() *C.GtkApplication

func (*TraitApplication) GetMenuById

func (self *TraitApplication) GetMenuById(id string) (return__ *C.GMenu)

Gets a menu from automatically loaded resources. See [Automatic resources][automatic-resources] for more information.

func (*TraitApplication) GetMenubar

func (self *TraitApplication) GetMenubar() (return__ *C.GMenuModel)

Returns the menu model that has been set with gtk_application_set_menubar().

func (*TraitApplication) GetWindowById

func (self *TraitApplication) GetWindowById(id uint) (return__ *Window)

Returns the #GtkApplicationWindow with the given ID.

func (*TraitApplication) GetWindows

func (self *TraitApplication) GetWindows() (return__ *C.GList)

Gets a list of the #GtkWindows associated with @application.

The list is sorted by most recently focused window, such that the first element is the currently focused window. (Useful for choosing a parent for a transient window.)

The list that is returned should not be modified in any way. It will only remain valid until the next focus change or window creation or deletion.

func (*TraitApplication) Inhibit

func (self *TraitApplication) Inhibit(window IsWindow, flags C.GtkApplicationInhibitFlags, reason string) (return__ uint)

Inform the session manager that certain types of actions should be inhibited. This is not guaranteed to work on all platforms and for all types of actions.

Applications should invoke this method when they begin an operation that should not be interrupted, such as creating a CD or DVD. The types of actions that may be blocked are specified by the @flags parameter. When the application completes the operation it should call gtk_application_uninhibit() to remove the inhibitor. Note that an application can have multiple inhibitors, and all of the must be individually removed. Inhibitors are also cleared when the application exits.

Applications should not expect that they will always be able to block the action. In most cases, users will be given the option to force the action to take place.

Reasons should be short and to the point.

If @window is given, the session manager may point the user to this window to find out more about why the action is inhibited.

func (*TraitApplication) IsInhibited

func (self *TraitApplication) IsInhibited(flags C.GtkApplicationInhibitFlags) (return__ bool)

Determines if any of the actions specified in @flags are currently inhibited (possibly by another application).

func (*TraitApplication) ListActionDescriptions

func (self *TraitApplication) ListActionDescriptions() (return__ **C.gchar)

Lists the detailed action names which have associated accelerators. See gtk_application_set_accels_for_action().

func (*TraitApplication) PrefersAppMenu

func (self *TraitApplication) PrefersAppMenu() (return__ bool)

Determines if the desktop environment in which the application is running would prefer an application menu be shown.

If this function returns %TRUE then the application should call gtk_application_set_app_menu() with the contents of an application menu, which will be shown by the desktop environment. If it returns %FALSE then you should consider using an alternate approach, such as a menubar.

The value returned by this function is purely advisory and you are free to ignore it. If you call gtk_application_set_app_menu() even if the desktop environment doesn't support app menus, then a fallback will be provided.

Applications are similarly free not to set an app menu even if the desktop environment wants to show one. In that case, a fallback will also be created by the desktop environment (GNOME, for example, uses a menu with only a "Quit" item in it).

The value returned by this function never changes. Once it returns a particular value, it is guaranteed to always return the same value.

You may only call this function after the application has been registered and after the base startup handler has run. You're most likely to want to use this from your own startup handler. It may also make sense to consult this function while constructing UI (in activate, open or an action activation handler) in order to determine if you should show a gear menu or not.

This function will return %FALSE on Mac OS and a default app menu will be created automatically with the "usual" contents of that menu typical to most Mac OS applications. If you call gtk_application_set_app_menu() anyway, then this menu will be replaced with your own.

func (*TraitApplication) RemoveWindow

func (self *TraitApplication) RemoveWindow(window IsWindow)

Remove a window from @application.

If @window belongs to @application then this call is equivalent to setting the #GtkWindow:application property of @window to %NULL.

The application may stop running as a result of a call to this function.

func (*TraitApplication) SetAccelsForAction

func (self *TraitApplication) SetAccelsForAction(detailed_action_name string, accels []string)

Sets zero or more keyboard accelerators that will trigger the given action. The first item in @accels will be the primary accelerator, which may be displayed in the UI.

To remove all accelerators for an action, use an empty, zero-terminated array for @accels.

func (*TraitApplication) SetAppMenu

func (self *TraitApplication) SetAppMenu(app_menu *C.GMenuModel)

Sets or unsets the application menu for @application.

This can only be done in the primary instance of the application, after it has been registered. #GApplication::startup is a good place to call this.

The application menu is a single menu containing items that typically impact the application as a whole, rather than acting on a specific window or document. For example, you would expect to see “Preferences” or “Quit” in an application menu, but not “Save” or “Print”.

If supported, the application menu will be rendered by the desktop environment.

Use the base #GActionMap interface to add actions, to respond to the user selecting these menu items.

func (*TraitApplication) SetMenubar

func (self *TraitApplication) SetMenubar(menubar *C.GMenuModel)

Sets or unsets the menubar for windows of @application.

This is a menubar in the traditional sense.

This can only be done in the primary instance of the application, after it has been registered. #GApplication::startup is a good place to call this.

Depending on the desktop environment, this may appear at the top of each window, or at the top of the screen. In some environments, if both the application menu and the menubar are set, the application menu will be presented as if it were the first item of the menubar. Other environments treat the two as completely separate -- for example, the application menu may be rendered by the desktop shell while the menubar (if set) remains in each individual window.

Use the base #GActionMap interface to add actions, to respond to the user selecting these menu items.

func (*TraitApplication) Uninhibit

func (self *TraitApplication) Uninhibit(cookie uint)

Removes an inhibitor that has been established with gtk_application_inhibit(). Inhibitors are also cleared when the application exits.

type TraitApplicationWindow

type TraitApplicationWindow struct{ CPointer *C.GtkApplicationWindow }

func NewTraitApplicationWindow

func NewTraitApplicationWindow(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitApplicationWindow

func (*TraitApplicationWindow) GetApplicationWindowPointer

func (self *TraitApplicationWindow) GetApplicationWindowPointer() *C.GtkApplicationWindow

func (*TraitApplicationWindow) GetId

func (self *TraitApplicationWindow) GetId() (return__ uint)

Returns the unique ID of the window. If the window has not yet been added to a #GtkApplication, returns `0`.

func (*TraitApplicationWindow) GetShowMenubar

func (self *TraitApplicationWindow) GetShowMenubar() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the window will display a menubar for the app menu and menubar as needed.

func (*TraitApplicationWindow) SetShowMenubar

func (self *TraitApplicationWindow) SetShowMenubar(show_menubar bool)

Sets whether the window will display a menubar for the app menu and menubar as needed.

type TraitArrow

type TraitArrow struct{ CPointer *C.GtkArrow }

func NewTraitArrow

func NewTraitArrow(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitArrow

func (*TraitArrow) GetArrowPointer

func (self *TraitArrow) GetArrowPointer() *C.GtkArrow

type TraitArrowAccessible

type TraitArrowAccessible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkArrowAccessible }

func NewTraitArrowAccessible

func NewTraitArrowAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitArrowAccessible

func (*TraitArrowAccessible) GetArrowAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitArrowAccessible) GetArrowAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkArrowAccessible

type TraitAspectFrame

type TraitAspectFrame struct{ CPointer *C.GtkAspectFrame }

func NewTraitAspectFrame

func NewTraitAspectFrame(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitAspectFrame

func (*TraitAspectFrame) GetAspectFramePointer

func (self *TraitAspectFrame) GetAspectFramePointer() *C.GtkAspectFrame

func (*TraitAspectFrame) Set

func (self *TraitAspectFrame) Set(xalign float32, yalign float32, ratio float32, obey_child bool)

Set parameters for an existing #GtkAspectFrame.

type TraitAssistant

type TraitAssistant struct{ CPointer *C.GtkAssistant }

func NewTraitAssistant

func NewTraitAssistant(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitAssistant

func (*TraitAssistant) AddActionWidget

func (self *TraitAssistant) AddActionWidget(child IsWidget)

Adds a widget to the action area of a #GtkAssistant.

func (*TraitAssistant) AppendPage

func (self *TraitAssistant) AppendPage(page IsWidget) (return__ int)

Appends a page to the @assistant.

func (*TraitAssistant) Commit

func (self *TraitAssistant) Commit()

Erases the visited page history so the back button is not shown on the current page, and removes the cancel button from subsequent pages.

Use this when the information provided up to the current page is hereafter deemed permanent and cannot be modified or undone. For example, showing a progress page to track a long-running, unreversible operation after the user has clicked apply on a confirmation page.

func (*TraitAssistant) GetAssistantPointer

func (self *TraitAssistant) GetAssistantPointer() *C.GtkAssistant

func (*TraitAssistant) GetCurrentPage

func (self *TraitAssistant) GetCurrentPage() (return__ int)

Returns the page number of the current page.

func (*TraitAssistant) GetNPages

func (self *TraitAssistant) GetNPages() (return__ int)

Returns the number of pages in the @assistant

func (*TraitAssistant) GetNthPage

func (self *TraitAssistant) GetNthPage(page_num int) (return__ *Widget)

Returns the child widget contained in page number @page_num.

func (*TraitAssistant) GetPageComplete

func (self *TraitAssistant) GetPageComplete(page IsWidget) (return__ bool)

Gets whether @page is complete.

func (*TraitAssistant) GetPageTitle

func (self *TraitAssistant) GetPageTitle(page IsWidget) (return__ string)

Gets the title for @page.

func (*TraitAssistant) GetPageType

func (self *TraitAssistant) GetPageType(page IsWidget) (return__ C.GtkAssistantPageType)

Gets the page type of @page.

func (*TraitAssistant) InsertPage

func (self *TraitAssistant) InsertPage(page IsWidget, position int) (return__ int)

Inserts a page in the @assistant at a given position.

func (*TraitAssistant) NextPage

func (self *TraitAssistant) NextPage()

Navigate to the next page.

It is a programming error to call this function when there is no next page.

This function is for use when creating pages of the #GTK_ASSISTANT_PAGE_CUSTOM type.

func (*TraitAssistant) PrependPage

func (self *TraitAssistant) PrependPage(page IsWidget) (return__ int)

Prepends a page to the @assistant.

func (*TraitAssistant) PreviousPage

func (self *TraitAssistant) PreviousPage()

Navigate to the previous visited page.

It is a programming error to call this function when no previous page is available.

This function is for use when creating pages of the #GTK_ASSISTANT_PAGE_CUSTOM type.

func (*TraitAssistant) RemoveActionWidget

func (self *TraitAssistant) RemoveActionWidget(child IsWidget)

Removes a widget from the action area of a #GtkAssistant.

func (*TraitAssistant) RemovePage

func (self *TraitAssistant) RemovePage(page_num int)

Removes the @page_num’s page from @assistant.

func (*TraitAssistant) SetCurrentPage

func (self *TraitAssistant) SetCurrentPage(page_num int)

Switches the page to @page_num.

Note that this will only be necessary in custom buttons, as the @assistant flow can be set with gtk_assistant_set_forward_page_func().

func (*TraitAssistant) SetForwardPageFunc

func (self *TraitAssistant) SetForwardPageFunc(page_func C.GtkAssistantPageFunc, data unsafe.Pointer, destroy C.GDestroyNotify)

Sets the page forwarding function to be @page_func.

This function will be used to determine what will be the next page when the user presses the forward button. Setting @page_func to %NULL will make the assistant to use the default forward function, which just goes to the next visible page.

func (*TraitAssistant) SetPageComplete

func (self *TraitAssistant) SetPageComplete(page IsWidget, complete bool)

Sets whether @page contents are complete.

This will make @assistant update the buttons state to be able to continue the task.

func (*TraitAssistant) SetPageTitle

func (self *TraitAssistant) SetPageTitle(page IsWidget, title string)

Sets a title for @page.

The title is displayed in the header area of the assistant when @page is the current page.

func (*TraitAssistant) SetPageType

func (self *TraitAssistant) SetPageType(page IsWidget, type_ C.GtkAssistantPageType)

Sets the page type for @page.

The page type determines the page behavior in the @assistant.

func (*TraitAssistant) UpdateButtonsState

func (self *TraitAssistant) UpdateButtonsState()

Forces @assistant to recompute the buttons state.

GTK+ automatically takes care of this in most situations, e.g. when the user goes to a different page, or when the visibility or completeness of a page changes.

One situation where it can be necessary to call this function is when changing a value on the current page affects the future page flow of the assistant.

type TraitBin

type TraitBin struct{ CPointer *C.GtkBin }

func NewTraitBin

func NewTraitBin(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitBin

func (*TraitBin) GetBinPointer

func (self *TraitBin) GetBinPointer() *C.GtkBin

func (*TraitBin) GetChild

func (self *TraitBin) GetChild() (return__ *Widget)

Gets the child of the #GtkBin, or %NULL if the bin contains no child widget. The returned widget does not have a reference added, so you do not need to unref it.

type TraitBooleanCellAccessible

type TraitBooleanCellAccessible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkBooleanCellAccessible }

func NewTraitBooleanCellAccessible

func NewTraitBooleanCellAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitBooleanCellAccessible

func (*TraitBooleanCellAccessible) GetBooleanCellAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitBooleanCellAccessible) GetBooleanCellAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkBooleanCellAccessible

type TraitBox

type TraitBox struct{ CPointer *C.GtkBox }

func NewTraitBox

func NewTraitBox(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitBox

func (*TraitBox) GetBaselinePosition

func (self *TraitBox) GetBaselinePosition() (return__ C.GtkBaselinePosition)

Gets the value set by gtk_box_set_baseline_position().

func (*TraitBox) GetBoxPointer

func (self *TraitBox) GetBoxPointer() *C.GtkBox

func (*TraitBox) GetCenterWidget

func (self *TraitBox) GetCenterWidget() (return__ *Widget)

Retrieves the center widget of the box.

func (*TraitBox) GetHomogeneous

func (self *TraitBox) GetHomogeneous() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the box is homogeneous (all children are the same size). See gtk_box_set_homogeneous().

func (*TraitBox) GetSpacing

func (self *TraitBox) GetSpacing() (return__ int)

Gets the value set by gtk_box_set_spacing().

func (*TraitBox) PackEnd

func (self *TraitBox) PackEnd(child IsWidget, expand bool, fill bool, padding uint)

Adds @child to @box, packed with reference to the end of @box. The @child is packed after (away from end of) any other child packed with reference to the end of @box.

func (*TraitBox) PackStart

func (self *TraitBox) PackStart(child IsWidget, expand bool, fill bool, padding uint)

Adds @child to @box, packed with reference to the start of @box. The @child is packed after any other child packed with reference to the start of @box.

func (*TraitBox) QueryChildPacking

func (self *TraitBox) QueryChildPacking(child IsWidget) (expand bool, fill bool, padding uint, pack_type C.GtkPackType)

Obtains information about how @child is packed into @box.

func (*TraitBox) ReorderChild

func (self *TraitBox) ReorderChild(child IsWidget, position int)

Moves @child to a new @position in the list of @box children. The list contains widgets packed #GTK_PACK_START as well as widgets packed #GTK_PACK_END, in the order that these widgets were added to @box.

A widget’s position in the @box children list determines where the widget is packed into @box. A child widget at some position in the list will be packed just after all other widgets of the same packing type that appear earlier in the list.

func (*TraitBox) SetBaselinePosition

func (self *TraitBox) SetBaselinePosition(position C.GtkBaselinePosition)

Sets the baseline position of a box. This affects only horizontal boxes with at least one baseline aligned child. If there is more vertical space available than requested, and the baseline is not allocated by the parent then @position is used to allocate the baseline wrt the extra space available.

func (*TraitBox) SetCenterWidget

func (self *TraitBox) SetCenterWidget(widget IsWidget)

Sets a center widget; that is a child widget that will be centered with respect to the full width of the box, even if the children at either side take up different amounts of space.

func (*TraitBox) SetChildPacking

func (self *TraitBox) SetChildPacking(child IsWidget, expand bool, fill bool, padding uint, pack_type C.GtkPackType)

Sets the way @child is packed into @box.

func (*TraitBox) SetHomogeneous

func (self *TraitBox) SetHomogeneous(homogeneous bool)

Sets the #GtkBox:homogeneous property of @box, controlling whether or not all children of @box are given equal space in the box.

func (*TraitBox) SetSpacing

func (self *TraitBox) SetSpacing(spacing int)

Sets the #GtkBox:spacing property of @box, which is the number of pixels to place between children of @box.

type TraitBuilder

type TraitBuilder struct{ CPointer *C.GtkBuilder }

func NewTraitBuilder

func NewTraitBuilder(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitBuilder

func (*TraitBuilder) AddCallbackSymbol

func (self *TraitBuilder) AddCallbackSymbol(callback_name string, callback_symbol C.GCallback)

Adds the @callback_symbol to the scope of @builder under the given @callback_name.

Using this function overrides the behavior of gtk_builder_connect_signals() for any callback symbols that are added. Using this method allows for better encapsulation as it does not require that callback symbols be declared in the global namespace.

func (*TraitBuilder) AddFromFile

func (self *TraitBuilder) AddFromFile(filename string) (return__ uint, __err__ error)

Parses a file containing a [GtkBuilder UI definition][BUILDER-UI] and merges it with the current contents of @builder.

Most users will probably want to use gtk_builder_new_from_file().

Upon errors 0 will be returned and @error will be assigned a #GError from the #GTK_BUILDER_ERROR, #G_MARKUP_ERROR or #G_FILE_ERROR domain.

It’s not really reasonable to attempt to handle failures of this call. You should not use this function with untrusted files (ie: files that are not part of your application). Broken #GtkBuilder files can easily crash your program, and it’s possible that memory was leaked leading up to the reported failure. The only reasonable thing to do when an error is detected is to call g_error().

func (*TraitBuilder) AddFromResource

func (self *TraitBuilder) AddFromResource(resource_path string) (return__ uint, __err__ error)

Parses a resource file containing a [GtkBuilder UI definition][BUILDER-UI] and merges it with the current contents of @builder.

Most users will probably want to use gtk_builder_new_from_resource().

Upon errors 0 will be returned and @error will be assigned a #GError from the #GTK_BUILDER_ERROR, #G_MARKUP_ERROR or #G_RESOURCE_ERROR domain.

It’s not really reasonable to attempt to handle failures of this call. The only reasonable thing to do when an error is detected is to call g_error().

func (*TraitBuilder) AddFromString

func (self *TraitBuilder) AddFromString(buffer string, length int64) (return__ uint, __err__ error)

Parses a string containing a [GtkBuilder UI definition][BUILDER-UI] and merges it with the current contents of @builder.

Most users will probably want to use gtk_builder_new_from_string().

Upon errors 0 will be returned and @error will be assigned a #GError from the #GTK_BUILDER_ERROR, #G_MARKUP_ERROR or #G_VARIANT_PARSE_ERROR domain.

It’s not really reasonable to attempt to handle failures of this call. The only reasonable thing to do when an error is detected is to call g_error().

func (*TraitBuilder) AddObjectsFromFile

func (self *TraitBuilder) AddObjectsFromFile(filename string, object_ids []string) (return__ uint, __err__ error)

Parses a file containing a [GtkBuilder UI definition][BUILDER-UI] building only the requested objects and merges them with the current contents of @builder.

Upon errors 0 will be returned and @error will be assigned a #GError from the #GTK_BUILDER_ERROR, #G_MARKUP_ERROR or #G_FILE_ERROR domain.

If you are adding an object that depends on an object that is not its child (for instance a #GtkTreeView that depends on its #GtkTreeModel), you have to explicitly list all of them in @object_ids.

func (*TraitBuilder) AddObjectsFromResource

func (self *TraitBuilder) AddObjectsFromResource(resource_path string, object_ids []string) (return__ uint, __err__ error)

Parses a resource file containing a [GtkBuilder UI definition][BUILDER-UI] building only the requested objects and merges them with the current contents of @builder.

Upon errors 0 will be returned and @error will be assigned a #GError from the #GTK_BUILDER_ERROR, #G_MARKUP_ERROR or #G_RESOURCE_ERROR domain.

If you are adding an object that depends on an object that is not its child (for instance a #GtkTreeView that depends on its #GtkTreeModel), you have to explicitly list all of them in @object_ids.

func (*TraitBuilder) AddObjectsFromString

func (self *TraitBuilder) AddObjectsFromString(buffer string, length int64, object_ids []string) (return__ uint, __err__ error)

Parses a string containing a [GtkBuilder UI definition][BUILDER-UI] building only the requested objects and merges them with the current contents of @builder.

Upon errors 0 will be returned and @error will be assigned a #GError from the #GTK_BUILDER_ERROR or #G_MARKUP_ERROR domain.

If you are adding an object that depends on an object that is not its child (for instance a #GtkTreeView that depends on its #GtkTreeModel), you have to explicitly list all of them in @object_ids.

func (*TraitBuilder) ConnectSignals

func (self *TraitBuilder) ConnectSignals(user_data unsafe.Pointer)

This method is a simpler variation of gtk_builder_connect_signals_full(). It uses symbols explicitly added to @builder with prior calls to gtk_builder_add_callback_symbol(). In the case that symbols are not explicitly added; it uses #GModule’s introspective features (by opening the module %NULL) to look at the application’s symbol table. From here it tries to match the signal handler names given in the interface description with symbols in the application and connects the signals. Note that this function can only be called once, subsequent calls will do nothing.

Note that unless gtk_builder_add_callback_symbol() is called for all signal callbacks which are referenced by the loaded XML, this function will require that #GModule be supported on the platform.

If you rely on #GModule support to lookup callbacks in the symbol table, the following details should be noted:

When compiling applications for Windows, you must declare signal callbacks with #G_MODULE_EXPORT, or they will not be put in the symbol table. On Linux and Unices, this is not necessary; applications should instead be compiled with the -Wl,--export-dynamic CFLAGS, and linked against gmodule-export-2.0.

func (*TraitBuilder) ConnectSignalsFull

func (self *TraitBuilder) ConnectSignalsFull(func_ C.GtkBuilderConnectFunc, user_data unsafe.Pointer)

This function can be thought of the interpreted language binding version of gtk_builder_connect_signals(), except that it does not require GModule to function correctly.

func (*TraitBuilder) ExposeObject

func (self *TraitBuilder) ExposeObject(name string, object *C.GObject)

Add @object to the @builder object pool so it can be referenced just like any other object built by builder.

func (*TraitBuilder) GetApplication

func (self *TraitBuilder) GetApplication() (return__ *Application)

Gets the #GtkApplication associated with the builder.

The #GtkApplication is used for creating action proxies as requested from XML that the builder is loading.

By default, the builder uses the default application: the one from g_application_get_default(). If you want to use another application for constructing proxies, use gtk_builder_set_application().

func (*TraitBuilder) GetBuilderPointer

func (self *TraitBuilder) GetBuilderPointer() *C.GtkBuilder

func (*TraitBuilder) GetObject

func (self *TraitBuilder) GetObject(name string) (return__ *C.GObject)

Gets the object named @name. Note that this function does not increment the reference count of the returned object.

func (*TraitBuilder) GetObjects

func (self *TraitBuilder) GetObjects() (return__ *C.GSList)

Gets all objects that have been constructed by @builder. Note that this function does not increment the reference counts of the returned objects.

func (*TraitBuilder) GetTranslationDomain

func (self *TraitBuilder) GetTranslationDomain() (return__ string)

Gets the translation domain of @builder.

func (*TraitBuilder) GetTypeFromName

func (self *TraitBuilder) GetTypeFromName(type_name string) (return__ C.GType)

Looks up a type by name, using the virtual function that #GtkBuilder has for that purpose. This is mainly used when implementing the #GtkBuildable interface on a type.

func (*TraitBuilder) LookupCallbackSymbol

func (self *TraitBuilder) LookupCallbackSymbol(callback_name string) (return__ C.GCallback)

Fetches a symbol previously added to @builder with gtk_builder_add_callback_symbols()

This function is intended for possible use in language bindings or for any case that one might be cusomizing signal connections using gtk_builder_connect_signals_full()

func (*TraitBuilder) SetApplication

func (self *TraitBuilder) SetApplication(application IsApplication)

Sets the application associated with @builder.

You only need this function if there is more than one #GApplication in your process. @application cannot be %NULL.

func (*TraitBuilder) SetTranslationDomain

func (self *TraitBuilder) SetTranslationDomain(domain string)

Sets the translation domain of @builder. See #GtkBuilder:translation-domain.

func (*TraitBuilder) ValueFromString

func (self *TraitBuilder) ValueFromString(pspec *C.GParamSpec, string_ string) (value C.GValue, return__ bool, __err__ error)

This function demarshals a value from a string. This function calls g_value_init() on the @value argument, so it need not be initialised beforehand.

This function can handle char, uchar, boolean, int, uint, long, ulong, enum, flags, float, double, string, #GdkColor, #GdkRGBA and #GtkAdjustment type values. Support for #GtkWidget type values is still to come.

Upon errors %FALSE will be returned and @error will be assigned a #GError from the #GTK_BUILDER_ERROR domain.

func (*TraitBuilder) ValueFromStringType

func (self *TraitBuilder) ValueFromStringType(type_ C.GType, string_ string) (value C.GValue, return__ bool, __err__ error)

Like gtk_builder_value_from_string(), this function demarshals a value from a string, but takes a #GType instead of #GParamSpec. This function calls g_value_init() on the @value argument, so it need not be initialised beforehand.

Upon errors %FALSE will be returned and @error will be assigned a #GError from the #GTK_BUILDER_ERROR domain.

type TraitButton

type TraitButton struct{ CPointer *C.GtkButton }

func NewTraitButton

func NewTraitButton(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitButton

func (*TraitButton) Clicked

func (self *TraitButton) Clicked()

Emits a #GtkButton::clicked signal to the given #GtkButton.

func (*TraitButton) GetAlwaysShowImage

func (self *TraitButton) GetAlwaysShowImage() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the button will ignore the #GtkSettings:gtk-button-images setting and always show the image, if available.

func (*TraitButton) GetButtonPointer

func (self *TraitButton) GetButtonPointer() *C.GtkButton

func (*TraitButton) GetEventWindow

func (self *TraitButton) GetEventWindow() (return__ *C.GdkWindow)

Returns the button’s event window if it is realized, %NULL otherwise. This function should be rarely needed.

func (*TraitButton) GetFocusOnClick

func (self *TraitButton) GetFocusOnClick() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the button grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse. See gtk_button_set_focus_on_click().

func (*TraitButton) GetImage

func (self *TraitButton) GetImage() (return__ *Widget)

Gets the widget that is currenty set as the image of @button. This may have been explicitly set by gtk_button_set_image() or constructed by gtk_button_new_from_stock().

func (*TraitButton) GetImagePosition

func (self *TraitButton) GetImagePosition() (return__ C.GtkPositionType)

Gets the position of the image relative to the text inside the button.

func (*TraitButton) GetLabel

func (self *TraitButton) GetLabel() (return__ string)

Fetches the text from the label of the button, as set by gtk_button_set_label(). If the label text has not been set the return value will be %NULL. This will be the case if you create an empty button with gtk_button_new() to use as a container.

func (*TraitButton) GetRelief

func (self *TraitButton) GetRelief() (return__ C.GtkReliefStyle)

Returns the current relief style of the given #GtkButton.

func (*TraitButton) GetUseUnderline

func (self *TraitButton) GetUseUnderline() (return__ bool)

Returns whether an embedded underline in the button label indicates a mnemonic. See gtk_button_set_use_underline ().

func (*TraitButton) SetAlwaysShowImage

func (self *TraitButton) SetAlwaysShowImage(always_show bool)

If %TRUE, the button will ignore the #GtkSettings:gtk-button-images setting and always show the image, if available.

Use this property if the button would be useless or hard to use without the image.

func (*TraitButton) SetFocusOnClick

func (self *TraitButton) SetFocusOnClick(focus_on_click bool)

Sets whether the button will grab focus when it is clicked with the mouse. Making mouse clicks not grab focus is useful in places like toolbars where you don’t want the keyboard focus removed from the main area of the application.

func (*TraitButton) SetImage

func (self *TraitButton) SetImage(image IsWidget)

Set the image of @button to the given widget. The image will be displayed if the label text is %NULL or if #GtkButton:always-show-image is %TRUE. You don’t have to call gtk_widget_show() on @image yourself.

func (*TraitButton) SetImagePosition

func (self *TraitButton) SetImagePosition(position C.GtkPositionType)

Sets the position of the image relative to the text inside the button.

func (*TraitButton) SetLabel

func (self *TraitButton) SetLabel(label string)

Sets the text of the label of the button to @str. This text is also used to select the stock item if gtk_button_set_use_stock() is used.

This will also clear any previously set labels.

func (*TraitButton) SetRelief

func (self *TraitButton) SetRelief(relief C.GtkReliefStyle)

Sets the relief style of the edges of the given #GtkButton widget. Two styles exist, %GTK_RELIEF_NORMAL and %GTK_RELIEF_NONE. The default style is, as one can guess, %GTK_RELIEF_NORMAL. The deprecated value %GTK_RELIEF_HALF behaves the same as %GTK_RELIEF_NORMAL.

func (*TraitButton) SetUseUnderline

func (self *TraitButton) SetUseUnderline(use_underline bool)

If true, an underline in the text of the button label indicates the next character should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key.

type TraitButtonAccessible

type TraitButtonAccessible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkButtonAccessible }

func NewTraitButtonAccessible

func NewTraitButtonAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitButtonAccessible

func (*TraitButtonAccessible) GetButtonAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitButtonAccessible) GetButtonAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkButtonAccessible

type TraitButtonBox

type TraitButtonBox struct{ CPointer *C.GtkButtonBox }

func NewTraitButtonBox

func NewTraitButtonBox(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitButtonBox

func (*TraitButtonBox) GetButtonBoxPointer

func (self *TraitButtonBox) GetButtonBoxPointer() *C.GtkButtonBox

func (*TraitButtonBox) GetChildNonHomogeneous

func (self *TraitButtonBox) GetChildNonHomogeneous(child IsWidget) (return__ bool)

Returns whether the child is exempted from homogenous sizing.

func (*TraitButtonBox) GetChildSecondary

func (self *TraitButtonBox) GetChildSecondary(child IsWidget) (return__ bool)

Returns whether @child should appear in a secondary group of children.

func (*TraitButtonBox) GetLayout

func (self *TraitButtonBox) GetLayout() (return__ C.GtkButtonBoxStyle)

Retrieves the method being used to arrange the buttons in a button box.

func (*TraitButtonBox) SetChildNonHomogeneous

func (self *TraitButtonBox) SetChildNonHomogeneous(child IsWidget, non_homogeneous bool)

Sets whether the child is exempted from homogeous sizing.

func (*TraitButtonBox) SetChildSecondary

func (self *TraitButtonBox) SetChildSecondary(child IsWidget, is_secondary bool)

Sets whether @child should appear in a secondary group of children. A typical use of a secondary child is the help button in a dialog.

This group appears after the other children if the style is %GTK_BUTTONBOX_START, %GTK_BUTTONBOX_SPREAD or %GTK_BUTTONBOX_EDGE, and before the other children if the style is %GTK_BUTTONBOX_END. For horizontal button boxes, the definition of before/after depends on direction of the widget (see gtk_widget_set_direction()). If the style is %GTK_BUTTONBOX_START or %GTK_BUTTONBOX_END, then the secondary children are aligned at the other end of the button box from the main children. For the other styles, they appear immediately next to the main children.

func (*TraitButtonBox) SetLayout

func (self *TraitButtonBox) SetLayout(layout_style C.GtkButtonBoxStyle)

Changes the way buttons are arranged in their container.

type TraitCalendar

type TraitCalendar struct{ CPointer *C.GtkCalendar }

func NewTraitCalendar

func NewTraitCalendar(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitCalendar

func (*TraitCalendar) ClearMarks

func (self *TraitCalendar) ClearMarks()

Remove all visual markers.

func (*TraitCalendar) GetCalendarPointer

func (self *TraitCalendar) GetCalendarPointer() *C.GtkCalendar

func (*TraitCalendar) GetDate

func (self *TraitCalendar) GetDate() (year uint, month uint, day uint)

Obtains the selected date from a #GtkCalendar.

func (*TraitCalendar) GetDayIsMarked

func (self *TraitCalendar) GetDayIsMarked(day uint) (return__ bool)

Returns if the @day of the @calendar is already marked.

func (*TraitCalendar) GetDetailHeightRows

func (self *TraitCalendar) GetDetailHeightRows() (return__ int)

Queries the height of detail cells, in rows. See #GtkCalendar:detail-width-chars.

func (*TraitCalendar) GetDetailWidthChars

func (self *TraitCalendar) GetDetailWidthChars() (return__ int)

Queries the width of detail cells, in characters. See #GtkCalendar:detail-width-chars.

func (*TraitCalendar) GetDisplayOptions

func (self *TraitCalendar) GetDisplayOptions() (return__ C.GtkCalendarDisplayOptions)

Returns the current display options of @calendar.

func (*TraitCalendar) MarkDay

func (self *TraitCalendar) MarkDay(day uint)

Places a visual marker on a particular day.

func (*TraitCalendar) SelectDay

func (self *TraitCalendar) SelectDay(day uint)

Selects a day from the current month.

func (*TraitCalendar) SelectMonth

func (self *TraitCalendar) SelectMonth(month uint, year uint)

Shifts the calendar to a different month.

func (*TraitCalendar) SetDetailFunc

func (self *TraitCalendar) SetDetailFunc(func_ C.GtkCalendarDetailFunc, data unsafe.Pointer, destroy C.GDestroyNotify)

Installs a function which provides Pango markup with detail information for each day. Examples for such details are holidays or appointments. That information is shown below each day when #GtkCalendar:show-details is set. A tooltip containing with full detail information is provided, if the entire text should not fit into the details area, or if #GtkCalendar:show-details is not set.

The size of the details area can be restricted by setting the #GtkCalendar:detail-width-chars and #GtkCalendar:detail-height-rows properties.

func (*TraitCalendar) SetDetailHeightRows

func (self *TraitCalendar) SetDetailHeightRows(rows int)

Updates the height of detail cells. See #GtkCalendar:detail-height-rows.

func (*TraitCalendar) SetDetailWidthChars

func (self *TraitCalendar) SetDetailWidthChars(chars int)

Updates the width of detail cells. See #GtkCalendar:detail-width-chars.

func (*TraitCalendar) SetDisplayOptions

func (self *TraitCalendar) SetDisplayOptions(flags C.GtkCalendarDisplayOptions)

Sets display options (whether to display the heading and the month headings).

func (*TraitCalendar) UnmarkDay

func (self *TraitCalendar) UnmarkDay(day uint)

Removes the visual marker from a particular day.

type TraitCellAccessible

type TraitCellAccessible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkCellAccessible }

func NewTraitCellAccessible

func NewTraitCellAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitCellAccessible

func (*TraitCellAccessible) GetCellAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitCellAccessible) GetCellAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkCellAccessible

type TraitCellArea

type TraitCellArea struct{ CPointer *C.GtkCellArea }

func NewTraitCellArea

func NewTraitCellArea(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitCellArea

func (*TraitCellArea) Activate

func (self *TraitCellArea) Activate(context IsCellAreaContext, widget IsWidget, cell_area *C.GdkRectangle, flags C.GtkCellRendererState, edit_only bool) (return__ bool)

Activates @area, usually by activating the currently focused cell, however some subclasses which embed widgets in the area can also activate a widget if it currently has the focus.

func (*TraitCellArea) ActivateCell

func (self *TraitCellArea) ActivateCell(widget IsWidget, renderer IsCellRenderer, event *C.GdkEvent, cell_area *C.GdkRectangle, flags C.GtkCellRendererState) (return__ bool)

This is used by #GtkCellArea subclasses when handling events to activate cells, the base #GtkCellArea class activates cells for keyboard events for free in its own GtkCellArea->activate() implementation.

func (*TraitCellArea) Add

func (self *TraitCellArea) Add(renderer IsCellRenderer)

Adds @renderer to @area with the default child cell properties.

func (*TraitCellArea) AddFocusSibling

func (self *TraitCellArea) AddFocusSibling(renderer IsCellRenderer, sibling IsCellRenderer)

Adds @sibling to @renderer’s focusable area, focus will be drawn around @renderer and all of its siblings if @renderer can focus for a given row.

Events handled by focus siblings can also activate the given focusable @renderer.

func (*TraitCellArea) ApplyAttributes

func (self *TraitCellArea) ApplyAttributes(tree_model *C.GtkTreeModel, iter *C.GtkTreeIter, is_expander bool, is_expanded bool)

Applies any connected attributes to the renderers in @area by pulling the values from @tree_model.

func (*TraitCellArea) AttributeConnect

func (self *TraitCellArea) AttributeConnect(renderer IsCellRenderer, attribute string, column int)

Connects an @attribute to apply values from @column for the #GtkTreeModel in use.

func (*TraitCellArea) AttributeDisconnect

func (self *TraitCellArea) AttributeDisconnect(renderer IsCellRenderer, attribute string)

Disconnects @attribute for the @renderer in @area so that attribute will no longer be updated with values from the model.

func (*TraitCellArea) AttributeGetColumn

func (self *TraitCellArea) AttributeGetColumn(renderer IsCellRenderer, attribute string) (return__ int)

Returns the model column that an attribute has been mapped to, or -1 if the attribute is not mapped.

func (*TraitCellArea) CellGetProperty

func (self *TraitCellArea) CellGetProperty(renderer IsCellRenderer, property_name string, value *C.GValue)

Gets the value of a cell property for @renderer in @area.

func (*TraitCellArea) CellSetProperty

func (self *TraitCellArea) CellSetProperty(renderer IsCellRenderer, property_name string, value *C.GValue)

Sets a cell property for @renderer in @area.

func (*TraitCellArea) CopyContext

func (self *TraitCellArea) CopyContext(context IsCellAreaContext) (return__ *CellAreaContext)

This is sometimes needed for cases where rows need to share alignments in one orientation but may be separately grouped in the opposing orientation.

For instance, #GtkIconView creates all icons (rows) to have the same width and the cells theirin to have the same horizontal alignments. However each row of icons may have a separate collective height. #GtkIconView uses this to request the heights of each row based on a context which was already used to request all the row widths that are to be displayed.

func (*TraitCellArea) CreateContext

func (self *TraitCellArea) CreateContext() (return__ *CellAreaContext)

Creates a #GtkCellAreaContext to be used with @area for all purposes. #GtkCellAreaContext stores geometry information for rows for which it was operated on, it is important to use the same context for the same row of data at all times (i.e. one should render and handle events with the same #GtkCellAreaContext which was used to request the size of those rows of data).

func (*TraitCellArea) Event

func (self *TraitCellArea) Event(context IsCellAreaContext, widget IsWidget, event *C.GdkEvent, cell_area *C.GdkRectangle, flags C.GtkCellRendererState) (return__ int)

Delegates event handling to a #GtkCellArea.

func (*TraitCellArea) Focus

func (self *TraitCellArea) Focus(direction C.GtkDirectionType) (return__ bool)

This should be called by the @area’s owning layout widget when focus is to be passed to @area, or moved within @area for a given @direction and row data.

Implementing #GtkCellArea classes should implement this method to receive and navigate focus in its own way particular to how it lays out cells.

func (*TraitCellArea) Foreach

func (self *TraitCellArea) Foreach(callback C.GtkCellCallback, callback_data unsafe.Pointer)

Calls @callback for every #GtkCellRenderer in @area.

func (*TraitCellArea) ForeachAlloc

func (self *TraitCellArea) ForeachAlloc(context IsCellAreaContext, widget IsWidget, cell_area *C.GdkRectangle, background_area *C.GdkRectangle, callback C.GtkCellAllocCallback, callback_data unsafe.Pointer)

Calls @callback for every #GtkCellRenderer in @area with the allocated rectangle inside @cell_area.

func (*TraitCellArea) GetCellAllocation

func (self *TraitCellArea) GetCellAllocation(context IsCellAreaContext, widget IsWidget, renderer IsCellRenderer, cell_area *C.GdkRectangle) (allocation C.GdkRectangle)

Derives the allocation of @renderer inside @area if @area were to be renderered in @cell_area.

func (*TraitCellArea) GetCellAreaPointer

func (self *TraitCellArea) GetCellAreaPointer() *C.GtkCellArea

func (*TraitCellArea) GetCellAtPosition

func (self *TraitCellArea) GetCellAtPosition(context IsCellAreaContext, widget IsWidget, cell_area *C.GdkRectangle, x int, y int) (alloc_area C.GdkRectangle, return__ *CellRenderer)

Gets the #GtkCellRenderer at @x and @y coordinates inside @area and optionally returns the full cell allocation for it inside @cell_area.

func (*TraitCellArea) GetCurrentPathString

func (self *TraitCellArea) GetCurrentPathString() (return__ string)

Gets the current #GtkTreePath string for the currently applied #GtkTreeIter, this is implicitly updated when gtk_cell_area_apply_attributes() is called and can be used to interact with renderers from #GtkCellArea subclasses.

func (*TraitCellArea) GetEditWidget

func (self *TraitCellArea) GetEditWidget() (return__ *C.GtkCellEditable)

Gets the #GtkCellEditable widget currently used to edit the currently edited cell.

func (*TraitCellArea) GetEditedCell

func (self *TraitCellArea) GetEditedCell() (return__ *CellRenderer)

Gets the #GtkCellRenderer in @area that is currently being edited.

func (*TraitCellArea) GetFocusCell

func (self *TraitCellArea) GetFocusCell() (return__ *CellRenderer)

Retrieves the currently focused cell for @area

func (*TraitCellArea) GetFocusFromSibling

func (self *TraitCellArea) GetFocusFromSibling(renderer IsCellRenderer) (return__ *CellRenderer)

Gets the #GtkCellRenderer which is expected to be focusable for which @renderer is, or may be a sibling.

This is handy for #GtkCellArea subclasses when handling events, after determining the renderer at the event location it can then chose to activate the focus cell for which the event cell may have been a sibling.

func (*TraitCellArea) GetFocusSiblings

func (self *TraitCellArea) GetFocusSiblings(renderer IsCellRenderer) (return__ *C.GList)

Gets the focus sibling cell renderers for @renderer.

func (*TraitCellArea) GetPreferredHeight

func (self *TraitCellArea) GetPreferredHeight(context IsCellAreaContext, widget IsWidget) (minimum_height int, natural_height int)

Retrieves a cell area’s initial minimum and natural height.

@area will store some geometrical information in @context along the way; when requesting sizes over an arbitrary number of rows, it’s not important to check the @minimum_height and @natural_height of this call but rather to consult gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_height() after a series of requests.

func (*TraitCellArea) GetPreferredHeightForWidth

func (self *TraitCellArea) GetPreferredHeightForWidth(context IsCellAreaContext, widget IsWidget, width int) (minimum_height int, natural_height int)

Retrieves a cell area’s minimum and natural height if it would be given the specified @width.

@area stores some geometrical information in @context along the way while calling gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width(). It’s important to perform a series of gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width() requests with @context first and then call gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height_for_width() on each cell area individually to get the height for width of each fully requested row.

If at some point, the width of a single row changes, it should be requested with gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width() again and then the full width of the requested rows checked again with gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_width().

func (*TraitCellArea) GetPreferredWidth

func (self *TraitCellArea) GetPreferredWidth(context IsCellAreaContext, widget IsWidget) (minimum_width int, natural_width int)

Retrieves a cell area’s initial minimum and natural width.

@area will store some geometrical information in @context along the way; when requesting sizes over an arbitrary number of rows, it’s not important to check the @minimum_width and @natural_width of this call but rather to consult gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_width() after a series of requests.

func (*TraitCellArea) GetPreferredWidthForHeight

func (self *TraitCellArea) GetPreferredWidthForHeight(context IsCellAreaContext, widget IsWidget, height int) (minimum_width int, natural_width int)

Retrieves a cell area’s minimum and natural width if it would be given the specified @height.

@area stores some geometrical information in @context along the way while calling gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height(). It’s important to perform a series of gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height() requests with @context first and then call gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width_for_height() on each cell area individually to get the height for width of each fully requested row.

If at some point, the height of a single row changes, it should be requested with gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height() again and then the full height of the requested rows checked again with gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_height().

func (*TraitCellArea) GetRequestMode

func (self *TraitCellArea) GetRequestMode() (return__ C.GtkSizeRequestMode)

Gets whether the area prefers a height-for-width layout or a width-for-height layout.

func (*TraitCellArea) HasRenderer

func (self *TraitCellArea) HasRenderer(renderer IsCellRenderer) (return__ bool)

Checks if @area contains @renderer.

func (*TraitCellArea) InnerCellArea

func (self *TraitCellArea) InnerCellArea(widget IsWidget, cell_area *C.GdkRectangle) (inner_area C.GdkRectangle)

This is a convenience function for #GtkCellArea implementations to get the inner area where a given #GtkCellRenderer will be rendered. It removes any padding previously added by gtk_cell_area_request_renderer().

func (*TraitCellArea) IsActivatable

func (self *TraitCellArea) IsActivatable() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the area can do anything when activated, after applying new attributes to @area.

func (*TraitCellArea) IsFocusSibling

func (self *TraitCellArea) IsFocusSibling(renderer IsCellRenderer, sibling IsCellRenderer) (return__ bool)

Returns whether @sibling is one of @renderer’s focus siblings (see gtk_cell_area_add_focus_sibling()).

func (*TraitCellArea) Remove

func (self *TraitCellArea) Remove(renderer IsCellRenderer)

Removes @renderer from @area.

func (*TraitCellArea) RemoveFocusSibling

func (self *TraitCellArea) RemoveFocusSibling(renderer IsCellRenderer, sibling IsCellRenderer)

Removes @sibling from @renderer’s focus sibling list (see gtk_cell_area_add_focus_sibling()).

func (*TraitCellArea) Render

func (self *TraitCellArea) Render(context IsCellAreaContext, widget IsWidget, cr *C.cairo_t, background_area *C.GdkRectangle, cell_area *C.GdkRectangle, flags C.GtkCellRendererState, paint_focus bool)

Renders @area’s cells according to @area’s layout onto @widget at the given coordinates.

func (*TraitCellArea) RequestRenderer

func (self *TraitCellArea) RequestRenderer(renderer IsCellRenderer, orientation C.GtkOrientation, widget IsWidget, for_size int) (minimum_size int, natural_size int)

This is a convenience function for #GtkCellArea implementations to request size for cell renderers. It’s important to use this function to request size and then use gtk_cell_area_inner_cell_area() at render and event time since this function will add padding around the cell for focus painting.

func (*TraitCellArea) SetFocusCell

func (self *TraitCellArea) SetFocusCell(renderer IsCellRenderer)

Explicitly sets the currently focused cell to @renderer.

This is generally called by implementations of #GtkCellAreaClass.focus() or #GtkCellAreaClass.event(), however it can also be used to implement functions such as gtk_tree_view_set_cursor_on_cell().

func (*TraitCellArea) StopEditing

func (self *TraitCellArea) StopEditing(canceled bool)

Explicitly stops the editing of the currently edited cell.

If @canceled is %TRUE, the currently edited cell renderer will emit the ::editing-canceled signal, otherwise the the ::editing-done signal will be emitted on the current edit widget.

See gtk_cell_area_get_edited_cell() and gtk_cell_area_get_edit_widget().

type TraitCellAreaBox

type TraitCellAreaBox struct{ CPointer *C.GtkCellAreaBox }

func NewTraitCellAreaBox

func NewTraitCellAreaBox(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitCellAreaBox

func (*TraitCellAreaBox) GetCellAreaBoxPointer

func (self *TraitCellAreaBox) GetCellAreaBoxPointer() *C.GtkCellAreaBox

func (*TraitCellAreaBox) GetSpacing

func (self *TraitCellAreaBox) GetSpacing() (return__ int)

Gets the spacing added between cell renderers.

func (*TraitCellAreaBox) PackEnd

func (self *TraitCellAreaBox) PackEnd(renderer IsCellRenderer, expand bool, align bool, fixed bool)

Adds @renderer to @box, packed with reference to the end of @box.

The @renderer is packed after (away from end of) any other #GtkCellRenderer packed with reference to the end of @box.

func (*TraitCellAreaBox) PackStart

func (self *TraitCellAreaBox) PackStart(renderer IsCellRenderer, expand bool, align bool, fixed bool)

Adds @renderer to @box, packed with reference to the start of @box.

The @renderer is packed after any other #GtkCellRenderer packed with reference to the start of @box.

func (*TraitCellAreaBox) SetSpacing

func (self *TraitCellAreaBox) SetSpacing(spacing int)

Sets the spacing to add between cell renderers in @box.

type TraitCellAreaContext

type TraitCellAreaContext struct{ CPointer *C.GtkCellAreaContext }

func NewTraitCellAreaContext

func NewTraitCellAreaContext(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitCellAreaContext

func (*TraitCellAreaContext) Allocate

func (self *TraitCellAreaContext) Allocate(width int, height int)

Allocates a width and/or a height for all rows which are to be rendered with @context.

Usually allocation is performed only horizontally or sometimes vertically since a group of rows are usually rendered side by side vertically or horizontally and share either the same width or the same height. Sometimes they are allocated in both horizontal and vertical orientations producing a homogeneous effect of the rows. This is generally the case for #GtkTreeView when #GtkTreeView:fixed-height-mode is enabled.

Since 3.0

func (*TraitCellAreaContext) GetAllocation

func (self *TraitCellAreaContext) GetAllocation() (width int, height int)

Fetches the current allocation size for @context.

If the context was not allocated in width or height, or if the context was recently reset with gtk_cell_area_context_reset(), the returned value will be -1.

func (*TraitCellAreaContext) GetArea

func (self *TraitCellAreaContext) GetArea() (return__ *CellArea)

Fetches the #GtkCellArea this @context was created by.

This is generally unneeded by layouting widgets; however, it is important for the context implementation itself to fetch information about the area it is being used for.

For instance at #GtkCellAreaContextClass.allocate() time it’s important to know details about any cell spacing that the #GtkCellArea is configured with in order to compute a proper allocation.

func (*TraitCellAreaContext) GetCellAreaContextPointer

func (self *TraitCellAreaContext) GetCellAreaContextPointer() *C.GtkCellAreaContext

func (*TraitCellAreaContext) GetPreferredHeight

func (self *TraitCellAreaContext) GetPreferredHeight() (minimum_height int, natural_height int)

Gets the accumulative preferred height for all rows which have been requested with this context.

After gtk_cell_area_context_reset() is called and/or before ever requesting the size of a #GtkCellArea, the returned values are 0.

func (*TraitCellAreaContext) GetPreferredHeightForWidth

func (self *TraitCellAreaContext) GetPreferredHeightForWidth(width int) (minimum_height int, natural_height int)

Gets the accumulative preferred height for @width for all rows which have been requested for the same said @width with this context.

After gtk_cell_area_context_reset() is called and/or before ever requesting the size of a #GtkCellArea, the returned values are -1.

func (*TraitCellAreaContext) GetPreferredWidth

func (self *TraitCellAreaContext) GetPreferredWidth() (minimum_width int, natural_width int)

Gets the accumulative preferred width for all rows which have been requested with this context.

After gtk_cell_area_context_reset() is called and/or before ever requesting the size of a #GtkCellArea, the returned values are 0.

func (*TraitCellAreaContext) GetPreferredWidthForHeight

func (self *TraitCellAreaContext) GetPreferredWidthForHeight(height int) (minimum_width int, natural_width int)

Gets the accumulative preferred width for @height for all rows which have been requested for the same said @height with this context.

After gtk_cell_area_context_reset() is called and/or before ever requesting the size of a #GtkCellArea, the returned values are -1.

func (*TraitCellAreaContext) PushPreferredHeight

func (self *TraitCellAreaContext) PushPreferredHeight(minimum_height int, natural_height int)

Causes the minimum and/or natural height to grow if the new proposed sizes exceed the current minimum and natural height.

This is used by #GtkCellAreaContext implementations during the request process over a series of #GtkTreeModel rows to progressively push the requested height over a series of gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height() requests.

func (*TraitCellAreaContext) PushPreferredWidth

func (self *TraitCellAreaContext) PushPreferredWidth(minimum_width int, natural_width int)

Causes the minimum and/or natural width to grow if the new proposed sizes exceed the current minimum and natural width.

This is used by #GtkCellAreaContext implementations during the request process over a series of #GtkTreeModel rows to progressively push the requested width over a series of gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width() requests.

func (*TraitCellAreaContext) Reset

func (self *TraitCellAreaContext) Reset()

Resets any previously cached request and allocation data.

When underlying #GtkTreeModel data changes its important to reset the context if the content size is allowed to shrink. If the content size is only allowed to grow (this is usually an option for views rendering large data stores as a measure of optimization), then only the row that changed or was inserted needs to be (re)requested with gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width().

When the new overall size of the context requires that the allocated size changes (or whenever this allocation changes at all), the variable row sizes need to be re-requested for every row.

For instance, if the rows are displayed all with the same width from top to bottom then a change in the allocated width necessitates a recalculation of all the displayed row heights using gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height_for_width().

Since 3.0

type TraitCellRenderer

type TraitCellRenderer struct{ CPointer *C.GtkCellRenderer }

func NewTraitCellRenderer

func NewTraitCellRenderer(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitCellRenderer

func (*TraitCellRenderer) Activate

func (self *TraitCellRenderer) Activate(event *C.GdkEvent, widget IsWidget, path string, background_area *C.GdkRectangle, cell_area *C.GdkRectangle, flags C.GtkCellRendererState) (return__ bool)

Passes an activate event to the cell renderer for possible processing. Some cell renderers may use events; for example, #GtkCellRendererToggle toggles when it gets a mouse click.

func (*TraitCellRenderer) GetAlignedArea

func (self *TraitCellRenderer) GetAlignedArea(widget IsWidget, flags C.GtkCellRendererState, cell_area *C.GdkRectangle) (aligned_area C.GdkRectangle)

Gets the aligned area used by @cell inside @cell_area. Used for finding the appropriate edit and focus rectangle.

func (*TraitCellRenderer) GetAlignment

func (self *TraitCellRenderer) GetAlignment() (xalign float32, yalign float32)

Fills in @xalign and @yalign with the appropriate values of @cell.

func (*TraitCellRenderer) GetCellRendererPointer

func (self *TraitCellRenderer) GetCellRendererPointer() *C.GtkCellRenderer

func (*TraitCellRenderer) GetFixedSize

func (self *TraitCellRenderer) GetFixedSize() (width int, height int)

Fills in @width and @height with the appropriate size of @cell.

func (*TraitCellRenderer) GetPadding

func (self *TraitCellRenderer) GetPadding() (xpad int, ypad int)

Fills in @xpad and @ypad with the appropriate values of @cell.

func (*TraitCellRenderer) GetPreferredHeight

func (self *TraitCellRenderer) GetPreferredHeight(widget IsWidget) (minimum_size int, natural_size int)

Retreives a renderer’s natural size when rendered to @widget.

func (*TraitCellRenderer) GetPreferredHeightForWidth

func (self *TraitCellRenderer) GetPreferredHeightForWidth(widget IsWidget, width int) (minimum_height int, natural_height int)

Retreives a cell renderers’s minimum and natural height if it were rendered to @widget with the specified @width.

func (*TraitCellRenderer) GetPreferredSize

func (self *TraitCellRenderer) GetPreferredSize(widget IsWidget) (minimum_size C.GtkRequisition, natural_size C.GtkRequisition)

Retrieves the minimum and natural size of a cell taking into account the widget’s preference for height-for-width management.

func (*TraitCellRenderer) GetPreferredWidth

func (self *TraitCellRenderer) GetPreferredWidth(widget IsWidget) (minimum_size int, natural_size int)

Retreives a renderer’s natural size when rendered to @widget.

func (*TraitCellRenderer) GetPreferredWidthForHeight

func (self *TraitCellRenderer) GetPreferredWidthForHeight(widget IsWidget, height int) (minimum_width int, natural_width int)

Retreives a cell renderers’s minimum and natural width if it were rendered to @widget with the specified @height.

func (*TraitCellRenderer) GetRequestMode

func (self *TraitCellRenderer) GetRequestMode() (return__ C.GtkSizeRequestMode)

Gets whether the cell renderer prefers a height-for-width layout or a width-for-height layout.

func (*TraitCellRenderer) GetSensitive

func (self *TraitCellRenderer) GetSensitive() (return__ bool)

Returns the cell renderer’s sensitivity.

func (*TraitCellRenderer) GetState

func (self *TraitCellRenderer) GetState(widget IsWidget, cell_state C.GtkCellRendererState) (return__ C.GtkStateFlags)

Translates the cell renderer state to #GtkStateFlags, based on the cell renderer and widget sensitivity, and the given #GtkCellRendererState.

func (*TraitCellRenderer) GetVisible

func (self *TraitCellRenderer) GetVisible() (return__ bool)

Returns the cell renderer’s visibility.

func (*TraitCellRenderer) IsActivatable

func (self *TraitCellRenderer) IsActivatable() (return__ bool)

Checks whether the cell renderer can do something when activated.

func (*TraitCellRenderer) Render

func (self *TraitCellRenderer) Render(cr *C.cairo_t, widget IsWidget, background_area *C.GdkRectangle, cell_area *C.GdkRectangle, flags C.GtkCellRendererState)

Invokes the virtual render function of the #GtkCellRenderer. The three passed-in rectangles are areas in @cr. Most renderers will draw within @cell_area; the xalign, yalign, xpad, and ypad fields of the #GtkCellRenderer should be honored with respect to @cell_area. @background_area includes the blank space around the cell, and also the area containing the tree expander; so the @background_area rectangles for all cells tile to cover the entire @window.

func (*TraitCellRenderer) SetAlignment

func (self *TraitCellRenderer) SetAlignment(xalign float32, yalign float32)

Sets the renderer’s alignment within its available space.

func (*TraitCellRenderer) SetFixedSize

func (self *TraitCellRenderer) SetFixedSize(width int, height int)

Sets the renderer size to be explicit, independent of the properties set.

func (*TraitCellRenderer) SetPadding

func (self *TraitCellRenderer) SetPadding(xpad int, ypad int)

Sets the renderer’s padding.

func (*TraitCellRenderer) SetSensitive

func (self *TraitCellRenderer) SetSensitive(sensitive bool)

Sets the cell renderer’s sensitivity.

func (*TraitCellRenderer) SetVisible

func (self *TraitCellRenderer) SetVisible(visible bool)

Sets the cell renderer’s visibility.

func (*TraitCellRenderer) StartEditing

func (self *TraitCellRenderer) StartEditing(event *C.GdkEvent, widget IsWidget, path string, background_area *C.GdkRectangle, cell_area *C.GdkRectangle, flags C.GtkCellRendererState) (return__ *C.GtkCellEditable)

Passes an activate event to the cell renderer for possible processing.

func (*TraitCellRenderer) StopEditing

func (self *TraitCellRenderer) StopEditing(canceled bool)

Informs the cell renderer that the editing is stopped. If @canceled is %TRUE, the cell renderer will emit the #GtkCellRenderer::editing-canceled signal.

This function should be called by cell renderer implementations in response to the #GtkCellEditable::editing-done signal of #GtkCellEditable.

type TraitCellRendererAccel

type TraitCellRendererAccel struct{ CPointer *C.GtkCellRendererAccel }

func NewTraitCellRendererAccel

func NewTraitCellRendererAccel(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitCellRendererAccel

func (*TraitCellRendererAccel) GetCellRendererAccelPointer

func (self *TraitCellRendererAccel) GetCellRendererAccelPointer() *C.GtkCellRendererAccel

type TraitCellRendererCombo

type TraitCellRendererCombo struct{ CPointer *C.GtkCellRendererCombo }

func NewTraitCellRendererCombo

func NewTraitCellRendererCombo(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitCellRendererCombo

func (*TraitCellRendererCombo) GetCellRendererComboPointer

func (self *TraitCellRendererCombo) GetCellRendererComboPointer() *C.GtkCellRendererCombo

type TraitCellRendererPixbuf

type TraitCellRendererPixbuf struct{ CPointer *C.GtkCellRendererPixbuf }

func NewTraitCellRendererPixbuf

func NewTraitCellRendererPixbuf(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitCellRendererPixbuf

func (*TraitCellRendererPixbuf) GetCellRendererPixbufPointer

func (self *TraitCellRendererPixbuf) GetCellRendererPixbufPointer() *C.GtkCellRendererPixbuf

type TraitCellRendererProgress

type TraitCellRendererProgress struct{ CPointer *C.GtkCellRendererProgress }

func NewTraitCellRendererProgress

func NewTraitCellRendererProgress(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitCellRendererProgress

func (*TraitCellRendererProgress) GetCellRendererProgressPointer

func (self *TraitCellRendererProgress) GetCellRendererProgressPointer() *C.GtkCellRendererProgress

type TraitCellRendererSpin

type TraitCellRendererSpin struct{ CPointer *C.GtkCellRendererSpin }

func NewTraitCellRendererSpin

func NewTraitCellRendererSpin(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitCellRendererSpin

func (*TraitCellRendererSpin) GetCellRendererSpinPointer

func (self *TraitCellRendererSpin) GetCellRendererSpinPointer() *C.GtkCellRendererSpin

type TraitCellRendererSpinner

type TraitCellRendererSpinner struct{ CPointer *C.GtkCellRendererSpinner }

func NewTraitCellRendererSpinner

func NewTraitCellRendererSpinner(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitCellRendererSpinner

func (*TraitCellRendererSpinner) GetCellRendererSpinnerPointer

func (self *TraitCellRendererSpinner) GetCellRendererSpinnerPointer() *C.GtkCellRendererSpinner

type TraitCellRendererText

type TraitCellRendererText struct{ CPointer *C.GtkCellRendererText }

func NewTraitCellRendererText

func NewTraitCellRendererText(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitCellRendererText

func (*TraitCellRendererText) GetCellRendererTextPointer

func (self *TraitCellRendererText) GetCellRendererTextPointer() *C.GtkCellRendererText

func (*TraitCellRendererText) SetFixedHeightFromFont

func (self *TraitCellRendererText) SetFixedHeightFromFont(number_of_rows int)

Sets the height of a renderer to explicitly be determined by the “font” and “y_pad” property set on it. Further changes in these properties do not affect the height, so they must be accompanied by a subsequent call to this function. Using this function is unflexible, and should really only be used if calculating the size of a cell is too slow (ie, a massive number of cells displayed). If @number_of_rows is -1, then the fixed height is unset, and the height is determined by the properties again.

type TraitCellRendererToggle

type TraitCellRendererToggle struct{ CPointer *C.GtkCellRendererToggle }

func NewTraitCellRendererToggle

func NewTraitCellRendererToggle(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitCellRendererToggle

func (*TraitCellRendererToggle) GetActivatable

func (self *TraitCellRendererToggle) GetActivatable() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the cell renderer is activatable. See gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_activatable().

func (*TraitCellRendererToggle) GetActive

func (self *TraitCellRendererToggle) GetActive() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the cell renderer is active. See gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_active().

func (*TraitCellRendererToggle) GetCellRendererTogglePointer

func (self *TraitCellRendererToggle) GetCellRendererTogglePointer() *C.GtkCellRendererToggle

func (*TraitCellRendererToggle) GetRadio

func (self *TraitCellRendererToggle) GetRadio() (return__ bool)

Returns whether we’re rendering radio toggles rather than checkboxes.

func (*TraitCellRendererToggle) SetActivatable

func (self *TraitCellRendererToggle) SetActivatable(setting bool)

Makes the cell renderer activatable.

func (*TraitCellRendererToggle) SetActive

func (self *TraitCellRendererToggle) SetActive(setting bool)

Activates or deactivates a cell renderer.

func (*TraitCellRendererToggle) SetRadio

func (self *TraitCellRendererToggle) SetRadio(radio bool)

If @radio is %TRUE, the cell renderer renders a radio toggle (i.e. a toggle in a group of mutually-exclusive toggles). If %FALSE, it renders a check toggle (a standalone boolean option). This can be set globally for the cell renderer, or changed just before rendering each cell in the model (for #GtkTreeView, you set up a per-row setting using #GtkTreeViewColumn to associate model columns with cell renderer properties).

type TraitCellView

type TraitCellView struct{ CPointer *C.GtkCellView }

func NewTraitCellView

func NewTraitCellView(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitCellView

func (*TraitCellView) GetCellViewPointer

func (self *TraitCellView) GetCellViewPointer() *C.GtkCellView

func (*TraitCellView) GetDisplayedRow

func (self *TraitCellView) GetDisplayedRow() (return__ *C.GtkTreePath)

Returns a #GtkTreePath referring to the currently displayed row. If no row is currently displayed, %NULL is returned.

func (*TraitCellView) GetDrawSensitive

func (self *TraitCellView) GetDrawSensitive() (return__ bool)

Gets whether @cell_view is configured to draw all of its cells in a sensitive state.

func (*TraitCellView) GetFitModel

func (self *TraitCellView) GetFitModel() (return__ bool)

Gets whether @cell_view is configured to request space to fit the entire #GtkTreeModel.

func (*TraitCellView) GetModel

func (self *TraitCellView) GetModel() (return__ *C.GtkTreeModel)

Returns the model for @cell_view. If no model is used %NULL is returned.

func (*TraitCellView) SetBackgroundRgba

func (self *TraitCellView) SetBackgroundRgba(rgba *C.GdkRGBA)

Sets the background color of @cell_view.

func (*TraitCellView) SetDisplayedRow

func (self *TraitCellView) SetDisplayedRow(path *C.GtkTreePath)

Sets the row of the model that is currently displayed by the #GtkCellView. If the path is unset, then the contents of the cellview “stick” at their last value; this is not normally a desired result, but may be a needed intermediate state if say, the model for the #GtkCellView becomes temporarily empty.

func (*TraitCellView) SetDrawSensitive

func (self *TraitCellView) SetDrawSensitive(draw_sensitive bool)

Sets whether @cell_view should draw all of its cells in a sensitive state, this is used by #GtkComboBox menus to ensure that rows with insensitive cells that contain children appear sensitive in the parent menu item.

func (*TraitCellView) SetFitModel

func (self *TraitCellView) SetFitModel(fit_model bool)

Sets whether @cell_view should request space to fit the entire #GtkTreeModel.

This is used by #GtkComboBox to ensure that the cell view displayed on the combo box’s button always gets enough space and does not resize when selection changes.

func (*TraitCellView) SetModel

func (self *TraitCellView) SetModel(model *C.GtkTreeModel)

Sets the model for @cell_view. If @cell_view already has a model set, it will remove it before setting the new model. If @model is %NULL, then it will unset the old model.

type TraitCheckButton

type TraitCheckButton struct{ CPointer *C.GtkCheckButton }

func NewTraitCheckButton

func NewTraitCheckButton(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitCheckButton

func (*TraitCheckButton) GetCheckButtonPointer

func (self *TraitCheckButton) GetCheckButtonPointer() *C.GtkCheckButton

type TraitCheckMenuItem

type TraitCheckMenuItem struct{ CPointer *C.GtkCheckMenuItem }

func NewTraitCheckMenuItem

func NewTraitCheckMenuItem(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitCheckMenuItem

func (*TraitCheckMenuItem) GetActive

func (self *TraitCheckMenuItem) GetActive() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the check menu item is active. See gtk_check_menu_item_set_active ().

func (*TraitCheckMenuItem) GetCheckMenuItemPointer

func (self *TraitCheckMenuItem) GetCheckMenuItemPointer() *C.GtkCheckMenuItem

func (*TraitCheckMenuItem) GetDrawAsRadio

func (self *TraitCheckMenuItem) GetDrawAsRadio() (return__ bool)

Returns whether @check_menu_item looks like a #GtkRadioMenuItem

func (*TraitCheckMenuItem) GetInconsistent

func (self *TraitCheckMenuItem) GetInconsistent() (return__ bool)

Retrieves the value set by gtk_check_menu_item_set_inconsistent().

func (*TraitCheckMenuItem) SetActive

func (self *TraitCheckMenuItem) SetActive(is_active bool)

Sets the active state of the menu item’s check box.

func (*TraitCheckMenuItem) SetDrawAsRadio

func (self *TraitCheckMenuItem) SetDrawAsRadio(draw_as_radio bool)

Sets whether @check_menu_item is drawn like a #GtkRadioMenuItem

func (*TraitCheckMenuItem) SetInconsistent

func (self *TraitCheckMenuItem) SetInconsistent(setting bool)

If the user has selected a range of elements (such as some text or spreadsheet cells) that are affected by a boolean setting, and the current values in that range are inconsistent, you may want to display the check in an “in between” state. This function turns on “in between” display. Normally you would turn off the inconsistent state again if the user explicitly selects a setting. This has to be done manually, gtk_check_menu_item_set_inconsistent() only affects visual appearance, it doesn’t affect the semantics of the widget.

func (*TraitCheckMenuItem) Toggled

func (self *TraitCheckMenuItem) Toggled()

Emits the #GtkCheckMenuItem::toggled signal.

type TraitCheckMenuItemAccessible

type TraitCheckMenuItemAccessible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkCheckMenuItemAccessible }

func NewTraitCheckMenuItemAccessible

func NewTraitCheckMenuItemAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitCheckMenuItemAccessible

func (*TraitCheckMenuItemAccessible) GetCheckMenuItemAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitCheckMenuItemAccessible) GetCheckMenuItemAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkCheckMenuItemAccessible

type TraitClipboard

type TraitClipboard struct{ CPointer *C.GtkClipboard }

func NewTraitClipboard

func NewTraitClipboard(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitClipboard

func (*TraitClipboard) Clear

func (self *TraitClipboard) Clear()

Clears the contents of the clipboard. Generally this should only be called between the time you call gtk_clipboard_set_with_owner() or gtk_clipboard_set_with_data(), and when the @clear_func you supplied is called. Otherwise, the clipboard may be owned by someone else.

func (*TraitClipboard) GetClipboardPointer

func (self *TraitClipboard) GetClipboardPointer() *C.GtkClipboard

func (*TraitClipboard) GetDisplay

func (self *TraitClipboard) GetDisplay() (return__ *C.GdkDisplay)

Gets the #GdkDisplay associated with @clipboard

func (*TraitClipboard) GetOwner

func (self *TraitClipboard) GetOwner() (return__ *C.GObject)

If the clipboard contents callbacks were set with gtk_clipboard_set_with_owner(), and the gtk_clipboard_set_with_data() or gtk_clipboard_clear() has not subsequently called, returns the owner set by gtk_clipboard_set_with_owner().

func (*TraitClipboard) RequestContents

func (self *TraitClipboard) RequestContents(target C.GdkAtom, callback C.GtkClipboardReceivedFunc, user_data unsafe.Pointer)

Requests the contents of clipboard as the given target. When the results of the result are later received the supplied callback will be called.

func (*TraitClipboard) RequestImage

func (self *TraitClipboard) RequestImage(callback C.GtkClipboardImageReceivedFunc, user_data unsafe.Pointer)

Requests the contents of the clipboard as image. When the image is later received, it will be converted to a #GdkPixbuf, and @callback will be called.

The @pixbuf parameter to @callback will contain the resulting #GdkPixbuf if the request succeeded, or %NULL if it failed. This could happen for various reasons, in particular if the clipboard was empty or if the contents of the clipboard could not be converted into an image.

func (*TraitClipboard) RequestRichText

func (self *TraitClipboard) RequestRichText(buffer IsTextBuffer, callback C.GtkClipboardRichTextReceivedFunc, user_data unsafe.Pointer)

Requests the contents of the clipboard as rich text. When the rich text is later received, @callback will be called.

The @text parameter to @callback will contain the resulting rich text if the request succeeded, or %NULL if it failed. The @length parameter will contain @text’s length. This function can fail for various reasons, in particular if the clipboard was empty or if the contents of the clipboard could not be converted into rich text form.

func (*TraitClipboard) RequestTargets

func (self *TraitClipboard) RequestTargets(callback C.GtkClipboardTargetsReceivedFunc, user_data unsafe.Pointer)

Requests the contents of the clipboard as list of supported targets. When the list is later received, @callback will be called.

The @targets parameter to @callback will contain the resulting targets if the request succeeded, or %NULL if it failed.

func (*TraitClipboard) RequestText

func (self *TraitClipboard) RequestText(callback C.GtkClipboardTextReceivedFunc, user_data unsafe.Pointer)

Requests the contents of the clipboard as text. When the text is later received, it will be converted to UTF-8 if necessary, and @callback will be called.

The @text parameter to @callback will contain the resulting text if the request succeeded, or %NULL if it failed. This could happen for various reasons, in particular if the clipboard was empty or if the contents of the clipboard could not be converted into text form.

func (*TraitClipboard) RequestUris

func (self *TraitClipboard) RequestUris(callback C.GtkClipboardURIReceivedFunc, user_data unsafe.Pointer)

Requests the contents of the clipboard as URIs. When the URIs are later received @callback will be called.

The @uris parameter to @callback will contain the resulting array of URIs if the request succeeded, or %NULL if it failed. This could happen for various reasons, in particular if the clipboard was empty or if the contents of the clipboard could not be converted into URI form.

func (*TraitClipboard) SetCanStore

func (self *TraitClipboard) SetCanStore(targets *C.GtkTargetEntry, n_targets int)

Hints that the clipboard data should be stored somewhere when the application exits or when gtk_clipboard_store () is called.

This value is reset when the clipboard owner changes. Where the clipboard data is stored is platform dependent, see gdk_display_store_clipboard () for more information.

func (*TraitClipboard) SetImage

func (self *TraitClipboard) SetImage(pixbuf *C.GdkPixbuf)

Sets the contents of the clipboard to the given #GdkPixbuf. GTK+ will take responsibility for responding for requests for the image, and for converting the image into the requested format.

func (*TraitClipboard) SetText

func (self *TraitClipboard) SetText(text string, len_ int)

Sets the contents of the clipboard to the given UTF-8 string. GTK+ will make a copy of the text and take responsibility for responding for requests for the text, and for converting the text into the requested format.

func (*TraitClipboard) SetWithData

func (self *TraitClipboard) SetWithData(targets *C.GtkTargetEntry, n_targets uint, get_func C.GtkClipboardGetFunc, clear_func C.GtkClipboardClearFunc, user_data unsafe.Pointer) (return__ bool)

Virtually sets the contents of the specified clipboard by providing a list of supported formats for the clipboard data and a function to call to get the actual data when it is requested.

func (*TraitClipboard) SetWithOwner

func (self *TraitClipboard) SetWithOwner(targets *C.GtkTargetEntry, n_targets uint, get_func C.GtkClipboardGetFunc, clear_func C.GtkClipboardClearFunc, owner *C.GObject) (return__ bool)

Virtually sets the contents of the specified clipboard by providing a list of supported formats for the clipboard data and a function to call to get the actual data when it is requested.

The difference between this function and gtk_clipboard_set_with_data() is that instead of an generic @user_data pointer, a #GObject is passed in.

func (*TraitClipboard) Store

func (self *TraitClipboard) Store()

Stores the current clipboard data somewhere so that it will stay around after the application has quit.

func (*TraitClipboard) WaitForContents

func (self *TraitClipboard) WaitForContents(target C.GdkAtom) (return__ *C.GtkSelectionData)

Requests the contents of the clipboard using the given target. This function waits for the data to be received using the main loop, so events, timeouts, etc, may be dispatched during the wait.

func (*TraitClipboard) WaitForImage

func (self *TraitClipboard) WaitForImage() (return__ *C.GdkPixbuf)

Requests the contents of the clipboard as image and converts the result to a #GdkPixbuf. This function waits for the data to be received using the main loop, so events, timeouts, etc, may be dispatched during the wait.

func (*TraitClipboard) WaitForRichText

func (self *TraitClipboard) WaitForRichText(buffer IsTextBuffer) (format C.GdkAtom, length int64, return__ []byte)

Requests the contents of the clipboard as rich text. This function waits for the data to be received using the main loop, so events, timeouts, etc, may be dispatched during the wait.

func (*TraitClipboard) WaitForTargets

func (self *TraitClipboard) WaitForTargets() (targets *C.GdkAtom, n_targets int, return__ bool)

Returns a list of targets that are present on the clipboard, or %NULL if there aren’t any targets available. The returned list must be freed with g_free(). This function waits for the data to be received using the main loop, so events, timeouts, etc, may be dispatched during the wait.

func (*TraitClipboard) WaitForText

func (self *TraitClipboard) WaitForText() (return__ string)

Requests the contents of the clipboard as text and converts the result to UTF-8 if necessary. This function waits for the data to be received using the main loop, so events, timeouts, etc, may be dispatched during the wait.

func (*TraitClipboard) WaitForUris

func (self *TraitClipboard) WaitForUris() (return__ **C.gchar)

Requests the contents of the clipboard as URIs. This function waits for the data to be received using the main loop, so events, timeouts, etc, may be dispatched during the wait.

func (*TraitClipboard) WaitIsImageAvailable

func (self *TraitClipboard) WaitIsImageAvailable() (return__ bool)

Test to see if there is an image available to be pasted This is done by requesting the TARGETS atom and checking if it contains any of the supported image targets. This function waits for the data to be received using the main loop, so events, timeouts, etc, may be dispatched during the wait.

This function is a little faster than calling gtk_clipboard_wait_for_image() since it doesn’t need to retrieve the actual image data.

func (*TraitClipboard) WaitIsRichTextAvailable

func (self *TraitClipboard) WaitIsRichTextAvailable(buffer IsTextBuffer) (return__ bool)

Test to see if there is rich text available to be pasted This is done by requesting the TARGETS atom and checking if it contains any of the supported rich text targets. This function waits for the data to be received using the main loop, so events, timeouts, etc, may be dispatched during the wait.

This function is a little faster than calling gtk_clipboard_wait_for_rich_text() since it doesn’t need to retrieve the actual text.

func (*TraitClipboard) WaitIsTargetAvailable

func (self *TraitClipboard) WaitIsTargetAvailable(target C.GdkAtom) (return__ bool)

Checks if a clipboard supports pasting data of a given type. This function can be used to determine if a “Paste” menu item should be insensitive or not.

If you want to see if there’s text available on the clipboard, use gtk_clipboard_wait_is_text_available () instead.

func (*TraitClipboard) WaitIsTextAvailable

func (self *TraitClipboard) WaitIsTextAvailable() (return__ bool)

Test to see if there is text available to be pasted This is done by requesting the TARGETS atom and checking if it contains any of the supported text targets. This function waits for the data to be received using the main loop, so events, timeouts, etc, may be dispatched during the wait.

This function is a little faster than calling gtk_clipboard_wait_for_text() since it doesn’t need to retrieve the actual text.

func (*TraitClipboard) WaitIsUrisAvailable

func (self *TraitClipboard) WaitIsUrisAvailable() (return__ bool)

Test to see if there is a list of URIs available to be pasted This is done by requesting the TARGETS atom and checking if it contains the URI targets. This function waits for the data to be received using the main loop, so events, timeouts, etc, may be dispatched during the wait.

This function is a little faster than calling gtk_clipboard_wait_for_uris() since it doesn’t need to retrieve the actual URI data.

type TraitColorButton

type TraitColorButton struct{ CPointer *C.GtkColorButton }

func NewTraitColorButton

func NewTraitColorButton(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitColorButton

func (*TraitColorButton) GetColorButtonPointer

func (self *TraitColorButton) GetColorButtonPointer() *C.GtkColorButton

func (*TraitColorButton) GetTitle

func (self *TraitColorButton) GetTitle() (return__ string)

Gets the title of the color selection dialog.

func (*TraitColorButton) SetTitle

func (self *TraitColorButton) SetTitle(title string)

Sets the title for the color selection dialog.

type TraitColorChooserDialog

type TraitColorChooserDialog struct{ CPointer *C.GtkColorChooserDialog }

func NewTraitColorChooserDialog

func NewTraitColorChooserDialog(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitColorChooserDialog

func (*TraitColorChooserDialog) GetColorChooserDialogPointer

func (self *TraitColorChooserDialog) GetColorChooserDialogPointer() *C.GtkColorChooserDialog

type TraitColorChooserWidget

type TraitColorChooserWidget struct{ CPointer *C.GtkColorChooserWidget }

func NewTraitColorChooserWidget

func NewTraitColorChooserWidget(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitColorChooserWidget

func (*TraitColorChooserWidget) GetColorChooserWidgetPointer

func (self *TraitColorChooserWidget) GetColorChooserWidgetPointer() *C.GtkColorChooserWidget

type TraitColorSelection

type TraitColorSelection struct{ CPointer *C.GtkColorSelection }

func NewTraitColorSelection

func NewTraitColorSelection(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitColorSelection

func (*TraitColorSelection) GetColorSelectionPointer

func (self *TraitColorSelection) GetColorSelectionPointer() *C.GtkColorSelection

type TraitColorSelectionDialog

type TraitColorSelectionDialog struct{ CPointer *C.GtkColorSelectionDialog }

func NewTraitColorSelectionDialog

func NewTraitColorSelectionDialog(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitColorSelectionDialog

func (*TraitColorSelectionDialog) GetColorSelectionDialogPointer

func (self *TraitColorSelectionDialog) GetColorSelectionDialogPointer() *C.GtkColorSelectionDialog

type TraitComboBox

type TraitComboBox struct{ CPointer *C.GtkComboBox }

func NewTraitComboBox

func NewTraitComboBox(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitComboBox

func (*TraitComboBox) GetActive

func (self *TraitComboBox) GetActive() (return__ int)

Returns the index of the currently active item, or -1 if there’s no active item. If the model is a non-flat treemodel, and the active item is not an immediate child of the root of the tree, this function returns `gtk_tree_path_get_indices (path)[0]`, where `path` is the #GtkTreePath of the active item.

func (*TraitComboBox) GetActiveId

func (self *TraitComboBox) GetActiveId() (return__ string)

Returns the ID of the active row of @combo_box. This value is taken from the active row and the column specified by the #GtkComboBox:id-column property of @combo_box (see gtk_combo_box_set_id_column()).

The returned value is an interned string which means that you can compare the pointer by value to other interned strings and that you must not free it.

If the #GtkComboBox:id-column property of @combo_box is not set, or if no row is active, or if the active row has a %NULL ID value, then %NULL is returned.

func (*TraitComboBox) GetActiveIter

func (self *TraitComboBox) GetActiveIter() (iter C.GtkTreeIter, return__ bool)

Sets @iter to point to the current active item, if it exists.

func (*TraitComboBox) GetButtonSensitivity

func (self *TraitComboBox) GetButtonSensitivity() (return__ C.GtkSensitivityType)

Returns whether the combo box sets the dropdown button sensitive or not when there are no items in the model.

func (*TraitComboBox) GetColumnSpanColumn

func (self *TraitComboBox) GetColumnSpanColumn() (return__ int)

Returns the column with column span information for @combo_box.

func (*TraitComboBox) GetComboBoxPointer

func (self *TraitComboBox) GetComboBoxPointer() *C.GtkComboBox

func (*TraitComboBox) GetEntryTextColumn

func (self *TraitComboBox) GetEntryTextColumn() (return__ int)

Returns the column which @combo_box is using to get the strings from to display in the internal entry.

func (*TraitComboBox) GetFocusOnClick

func (self *TraitComboBox) GetFocusOnClick() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the combo box grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse. See gtk_combo_box_set_focus_on_click().

func (*TraitComboBox) GetHasEntry

func (self *TraitComboBox) GetHasEntry() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the combo box has an entry.

func (*TraitComboBox) GetIdColumn

func (self *TraitComboBox) GetIdColumn() (return__ int)

Returns the column which @combo_box is using to get string IDs for values from.

func (*TraitComboBox) GetModel

func (self *TraitComboBox) GetModel() (return__ *C.GtkTreeModel)

Returns the #GtkTreeModel which is acting as data source for @combo_box.

func (*TraitComboBox) GetPopupAccessible

func (self *TraitComboBox) GetPopupAccessible() (return__ *C.AtkObject)

Gets the accessible object corresponding to the combo box’s popup.

This function is mostly intended for use by accessibility technologies; applications should have little use for it.

func (*TraitComboBox) GetPopupFixedWidth

func (self *TraitComboBox) GetPopupFixedWidth() (return__ bool)

Gets whether the popup uses a fixed width matching the allocated width of the combo box.

func (*TraitComboBox) GetRowSeparatorFunc

func (self *TraitComboBox) GetRowSeparatorFunc() (return__ C.GtkTreeViewRowSeparatorFunc)

Returns the current row separator function.

func (*TraitComboBox) GetRowSpanColumn

func (self *TraitComboBox) GetRowSpanColumn() (return__ int)

Returns the column with row span information for @combo_box.

func (*TraitComboBox) GetWrapWidth

func (self *TraitComboBox) GetWrapWidth() (return__ int)

Returns the wrap width which is used to determine the number of columns for the popup menu. If the wrap width is larger than 1, the combo box is in table mode.

func (*TraitComboBox) Popdown

func (self *TraitComboBox) Popdown()

Hides the menu or dropdown list of @combo_box.

This function is mostly intended for use by accessibility technologies; applications should have little use for it.

func (*TraitComboBox) Popup

func (self *TraitComboBox) Popup()

Pops up the menu or dropdown list of @combo_box.

This function is mostly intended for use by accessibility technologies; applications should have little use for it.

func (*TraitComboBox) PopupForDevice

func (self *TraitComboBox) PopupForDevice(device *C.GdkDevice)

Pops up the menu or dropdown list of @combo_box, the popup window will be grabbed so only @device and its associated pointer/keyboard are the only #GdkDevices able to send events to it.

func (*TraitComboBox) SetActive

func (self *TraitComboBox) SetActive(index_ int)

Sets the active item of @combo_box to be the item at @index.

func (*TraitComboBox) SetActiveId

func (self *TraitComboBox) SetActiveId(active_id string) (return__ bool)

Changes the active row of @combo_box to the one that has an ID equal to @active_id, or unsets the active row if @active_id is %NULL. Rows having a %NULL ID string cannot be made active by this function.

If the #GtkComboBox:id-column property of @combo_box is unset or if no row has the given ID then the function does nothing and returns %FALSE.

func (*TraitComboBox) SetActiveIter

func (self *TraitComboBox) SetActiveIter(iter *C.GtkTreeIter)

Sets the current active item to be the one referenced by @iter, or unsets the active item if @iter is %NULL.

func (*TraitComboBox) SetButtonSensitivity

func (self *TraitComboBox) SetButtonSensitivity(sensitivity C.GtkSensitivityType)

Sets whether the dropdown button of the combo box should be always sensitive (%GTK_SENSITIVITY_ON), never sensitive (%GTK_SENSITIVITY_OFF) or only if there is at least one item to display (%GTK_SENSITIVITY_AUTO).

func (*TraitComboBox) SetColumnSpanColumn

func (self *TraitComboBox) SetColumnSpanColumn(column_span int)

Sets the column with column span information for @combo_box to be @column_span. The column span column contains integers which indicate how many columns an item should span.

func (*TraitComboBox) SetEntryTextColumn

func (self *TraitComboBox) SetEntryTextColumn(text_column int)

Sets the model column which @combo_box should use to get strings from to be @text_column. The column @text_column in the model of @combo_box must be of type %G_TYPE_STRING.

This is only relevant if @combo_box has been created with #GtkComboBox:has-entry as %TRUE.

func (*TraitComboBox) SetFocusOnClick

func (self *TraitComboBox) SetFocusOnClick(focus_on_click bool)

Sets whether the combo box will grab focus when it is clicked with the mouse. Making mouse clicks not grab focus is useful in places like toolbars where you don’t want the keyboard focus removed from the main area of the application.

func (*TraitComboBox) SetIdColumn

func (self *TraitComboBox) SetIdColumn(id_column int)

Sets the model column which @combo_box should use to get string IDs for values from. The column @id_column in the model of @combo_box must be of type %G_TYPE_STRING.

func (*TraitComboBox) SetModel

func (self *TraitComboBox) SetModel(model *C.GtkTreeModel)

Sets the model used by @combo_box to be @model. Will unset a previously set model (if applicable). If model is %NULL, then it will unset the model.

Note that this function does not clear the cell renderers, you have to call gtk_cell_layout_clear() yourself if you need to set up different cell renderers for the new model.

func (*TraitComboBox) SetPopupFixedWidth

func (self *TraitComboBox) SetPopupFixedWidth(fixed bool)

Specifies whether the popup’s width should be a fixed width matching the allocated width of the combo box.

func (*TraitComboBox) SetRowSeparatorFunc

func (self *TraitComboBox) SetRowSeparatorFunc(func_ C.GtkTreeViewRowSeparatorFunc, data unsafe.Pointer, destroy C.GDestroyNotify)

Sets the row separator function, which is used to determine whether a row should be drawn as a separator. If the row separator function is %NULL, no separators are drawn. This is the default value.

func (*TraitComboBox) SetRowSpanColumn

func (self *TraitComboBox) SetRowSpanColumn(row_span int)

Sets the column with row span information for @combo_box to be @row_span. The row span column contains integers which indicate how many rows an item should span.

func (*TraitComboBox) SetWrapWidth

func (self *TraitComboBox) SetWrapWidth(width int)

Sets the wrap width of @combo_box to be @width. The wrap width is basically the preferred number of columns when you want the popup to be layed out in a table.

type TraitComboBoxAccessible

type TraitComboBoxAccessible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkComboBoxAccessible }

func NewTraitComboBoxAccessible

func NewTraitComboBoxAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitComboBoxAccessible

func (*TraitComboBoxAccessible) GetComboBoxAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitComboBoxAccessible) GetComboBoxAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkComboBoxAccessible

type TraitComboBoxText

type TraitComboBoxText struct{ CPointer *C.GtkComboBoxText }

func NewTraitComboBoxText

func NewTraitComboBoxText(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitComboBoxText

func (*TraitComboBoxText) Append

func (self *TraitComboBoxText) Append(id string, text string)

Appends @text to the list of strings stored in @combo_box. If @id is non-%NULL then it is used as the ID of the row.

This is the same as calling gtk_combo_box_text_insert() with a position of -1.

func (*TraitComboBoxText) AppendText

func (self *TraitComboBoxText) AppendText(text string)

Appends @text to the list of strings stored in @combo_box.

This is the same as calling gtk_combo_box_text_insert_text() with a position of -1.

func (*TraitComboBoxText) GetActiveText

func (self *TraitComboBoxText) GetActiveText() (return__ string)

Returns the currently active string in @combo_box, or %NULL if none is selected. If @combo_box contains an entry, this function will return its contents (which will not necessarily be an item from the list).

func (*TraitComboBoxText) GetComboBoxTextPointer

func (self *TraitComboBoxText) GetComboBoxTextPointer() *C.GtkComboBoxText

func (*TraitComboBoxText) Insert

func (self *TraitComboBoxText) Insert(position int, id string, text string)

Inserts @text at @position in the list of strings stored in @combo_box. If @id is non-%NULL then it is used as the ID of the row. See #GtkComboBox:id-column.

If @position is negative then @text is appended.

func (*TraitComboBoxText) InsertText

func (self *TraitComboBoxText) InsertText(position int, text string)

Inserts @text at @position in the list of strings stored in @combo_box.

If @position is negative then @text is appended.

This is the same as calling gtk_combo_box_text_insert() with a %NULL ID string.

func (*TraitComboBoxText) Prepend

func (self *TraitComboBoxText) Prepend(id string, text string)

Prepends @text to the list of strings stored in @combo_box. If @id is non-%NULL then it is used as the ID of the row.

This is the same as calling gtk_combo_box_text_insert() with a position of 0.

func (*TraitComboBoxText) PrependText

func (self *TraitComboBoxText) PrependText(text string)

Prepends @text to the list of strings stored in @combo_box.

This is the same as calling gtk_combo_box_text_insert_text() with a position of 0.

func (*TraitComboBoxText) Remove

func (self *TraitComboBoxText) Remove(position int)

Removes the string at @position from @combo_box.

func (*TraitComboBoxText) RemoveAll

func (self *TraitComboBoxText) RemoveAll()

Removes all the text entries from the combo box.

type TraitContainer

type TraitContainer struct{ CPointer *C.GtkContainer }

func NewTraitContainer

func NewTraitContainer(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitContainer

func (*TraitContainer) Add

func (self *TraitContainer) Add(widget IsWidget)

Adds @widget to @container. Typically used for simple containers such as #GtkWindow, #GtkFrame, or #GtkButton; for more complicated layout containers such as #GtkBox or #GtkGrid, this function will pick default packing parameters that may not be correct. So consider functions such as gtk_box_pack_start() and gtk_grid_attach() as an alternative to gtk_container_add() in those cases. A widget may be added to only one container at a time; you can’t place the same widget inside two different containers.

Note that some containers, such as #GtkScrolledWindow or #GtkListBox, may add intermediate children between the added widget and the container.

func (*TraitContainer) CheckResize

func (self *TraitContainer) CheckResize()

func (*TraitContainer) ChildGetProperty

func (self *TraitContainer) ChildGetProperty(child IsWidget, property_name string, value *C.GValue)

Gets the value of a child property for @child and @container.

func (*TraitContainer) ChildNotify

func (self *TraitContainer) ChildNotify(child IsWidget, child_property string)

Emits a #GtkWidget::child-notify signal for the [child property][child-properties] @child_property on widget.

This is an analogue of g_object_notify() for child properties.

Also see gtk_widget_child_notify().

func (*TraitContainer) ChildSetProperty

func (self *TraitContainer) ChildSetProperty(child IsWidget, property_name string, value *C.GValue)

Sets a child property for @child and @container.

func (*TraitContainer) ChildType

func (self *TraitContainer) ChildType() (return__ C.GType)

Returns the type of the children supported by the container.

Note that this may return %G_TYPE_NONE to indicate that no more children can be added, e.g. for a #GtkPaned which already has two children.

func (*TraitContainer) Forall

func (self *TraitContainer) Forall(callback C.GtkCallback, callback_data unsafe.Pointer)

Invokes @callback on each child of @container, including children that are considered “internal” (implementation details of the container). “Internal” children generally weren’t added by the user of the container, but were added by the container implementation itself. Most applications should use gtk_container_foreach(), rather than gtk_container_forall().

func (*TraitContainer) Foreach

func (self *TraitContainer) Foreach(callback C.GtkCallback, callback_data unsafe.Pointer)

Invokes @callback on each non-internal child of @container. See gtk_container_forall() for details on what constitutes an “internal” child. Most applications should use gtk_container_foreach(), rather than gtk_container_forall().

func (*TraitContainer) GetBorderWidth

func (self *TraitContainer) GetBorderWidth() (return__ uint)

Retrieves the border width of the container. See gtk_container_set_border_width().

func (*TraitContainer) GetChildren

func (self *TraitContainer) GetChildren() (return__ *C.GList)

Returns the container’s non-internal children. See gtk_container_forall() for details on what constitutes an "internal" child.

func (*TraitContainer) GetContainerPointer

func (self *TraitContainer) GetContainerPointer() *C.GtkContainer

func (*TraitContainer) GetFocusChain

func (self *TraitContainer) GetFocusChain() (focusable_widgets *C.GList, return__ bool)

Retrieves the focus chain of the container, if one has been set explicitly. If no focus chain has been explicitly set, GTK+ computes the focus chain based on the positions of the children. In that case, GTK+ stores %NULL in @focusable_widgets and returns %FALSE.

func (*TraitContainer) GetFocusChild

func (self *TraitContainer) GetFocusChild() (return__ *Widget)

Returns the current focus child widget inside @container. This is not the currently focused widget. That can be obtained by calling gtk_window_get_focus().

func (*TraitContainer) GetFocusHadjustment

func (self *TraitContainer) GetFocusHadjustment() (return__ *Adjustment)

Retrieves the horizontal focus adjustment for the container. See gtk_container_set_focus_hadjustment ().

func (*TraitContainer) GetFocusVadjustment

func (self *TraitContainer) GetFocusVadjustment() (return__ *Adjustment)

Retrieves the vertical focus adjustment for the container. See gtk_container_set_focus_vadjustment().

func (*TraitContainer) GetPathForChild

func (self *TraitContainer) GetPathForChild(child IsWidget) (return__ *C.GtkWidgetPath)

Returns a newly created widget path representing all the widget hierarchy from the toplevel down to and including @child.

func (*TraitContainer) PropagateDraw

func (self *TraitContainer) PropagateDraw(child IsWidget, cr *C.cairo_t)

When a container receives a call to the draw function, it must send synthetic #GtkWidget::draw calls to all children that don’t have their own #GdkWindows. This function provides a convenient way of doing this. A container, when it receives a call to its #GtkWidget::draw function, calls gtk_container_propagate_draw() once for each child, passing in the @cr the container received.

gtk_container_propagate_draw() takes care of translating the origin of @cr, and deciding whether the draw needs to be sent to the child. It is a convenient and optimized way of getting the same effect as calling gtk_widget_draw() on the child directly.

In most cases, a container can simply either inherit the #GtkWidget::draw implementation from #GtkContainer, or do some drawing and then chain to the ::draw implementation from #GtkContainer.

func (*TraitContainer) Remove

func (self *TraitContainer) Remove(widget IsWidget)

Removes @widget from @container. @widget must be inside @container. Note that @container will own a reference to @widget, and that this may be the last reference held; so removing a widget from its container can destroy that widget. If you want to use @widget again, you need to add a reference to it while it’s not inside a container, using g_object_ref(). If you don’t want to use @widget again it’s usually more efficient to simply destroy it directly using gtk_widget_destroy() since this will remove it from the container and help break any circular reference count cycles.

func (*TraitContainer) SetBorderWidth

func (self *TraitContainer) SetBorderWidth(border_width uint)

Sets the border width of the container.

The border width of a container is the amount of space to leave around the outside of the container. The only exception to this is #GtkWindow; because toplevel windows can’t leave space outside, they leave the space inside. The border is added on all sides of the container. To add space to only one side, use a specific #GtkWidget:margin property on the child widget, for example #GtkWidget:margin-top.

func (*TraitContainer) SetFocusChain

func (self *TraitContainer) SetFocusChain(focusable_widgets *C.GList)

Sets a focus chain, overriding the one computed automatically by GTK+.

In principle each widget in the chain should be a descendant of the container, but this is not enforced by this method, since it’s allowed to set the focus chain before you pack the widgets, or have a widget in the chain that isn’t always packed. The necessary checks are done when the focus chain is actually traversed.

func (*TraitContainer) SetFocusChild

func (self *TraitContainer) SetFocusChild(child IsWidget)

Sets, or unsets if @child is %NULL, the focused child of @container.

This function emits the GtkContainer::set_focus_child signal of @container. Implementations of #GtkContainer can override the default behaviour by overriding the class closure of this signal.

This is function is mostly meant to be used by widgets. Applications can use gtk_widget_grab_focus() to manualy set the focus to a specific widget.

func (*TraitContainer) SetFocusHadjustment

func (self *TraitContainer) SetFocusHadjustment(adjustment IsAdjustment)

Hooks up an adjustment to focus handling in a container, so when a child of the container is focused, the adjustment is scrolled to show that widget. This function sets the horizontal alignment. See gtk_scrolled_window_get_hadjustment() for a typical way of obtaining the adjustment and gtk_container_set_focus_vadjustment() for setting the vertical adjustment.

The adjustments have to be in pixel units and in the same coordinate system as the allocation for immediate children of the container.

func (*TraitContainer) SetFocusVadjustment

func (self *TraitContainer) SetFocusVadjustment(adjustment IsAdjustment)

Hooks up an adjustment to focus handling in a container, so when a child of the container is focused, the adjustment is scrolled to show that widget. This function sets the vertical alignment. See gtk_scrolled_window_get_vadjustment() for a typical way of obtaining the adjustment and gtk_container_set_focus_hadjustment() for setting the horizontal adjustment.

The adjustments have to be in pixel units and in the same coordinate system as the allocation for immediate children of the container.

func (*TraitContainer) UnsetFocusChain

func (self *TraitContainer) UnsetFocusChain()

Removes a focus chain explicitly set with gtk_container_set_focus_chain().

type TraitContainerAccessible

type TraitContainerAccessible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkContainerAccessible }

func NewTraitContainerAccessible

func NewTraitContainerAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitContainerAccessible

func (*TraitContainerAccessible) GetContainerAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitContainerAccessible) GetContainerAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkContainerAccessible

type TraitContainerCellAccessible

type TraitContainerCellAccessible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkContainerCellAccessible }

func NewTraitContainerCellAccessible

func NewTraitContainerCellAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitContainerCellAccessible

func (*TraitContainerCellAccessible) AddChild

func (self *TraitContainerCellAccessible) AddChild(child IsCellAccessible)

func (*TraitContainerCellAccessible) GetChildren

func (self *TraitContainerCellAccessible) GetChildren() (return__ *C.GList)

Get a list of children.

func (*TraitContainerCellAccessible) GetContainerCellAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitContainerCellAccessible) GetContainerCellAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkContainerCellAccessible

func (*TraitContainerCellAccessible) RemoveChild

func (self *TraitContainerCellAccessible) RemoveChild(child IsCellAccessible)

type TraitCssProvider

type TraitCssProvider struct{ CPointer *C.GtkCssProvider }

func NewTraitCssProvider

func NewTraitCssProvider(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitCssProvider

func (*TraitCssProvider) GetCssProviderPointer

func (self *TraitCssProvider) GetCssProviderPointer() *C.GtkCssProvider

func (*TraitCssProvider) LoadFromData

func (self *TraitCssProvider) LoadFromData(data []byte, length int64) (return__ bool, __err__ error)

Loads @data into @css_provider, making it clear any previously loaded information.

func (*TraitCssProvider) LoadFromFile

func (self *TraitCssProvider) LoadFromFile(file *C.GFile) (return__ bool, __err__ error)

Loads the data contained in @file into @css_provider, making it clear any previously loaded information.

func (*TraitCssProvider) LoadFromPath

func (self *TraitCssProvider) LoadFromPath(path string) (return__ bool, __err__ error)

Loads the data contained in @path into @css_provider, making it clear any previously loaded information.

func (*TraitCssProvider) ToString

func (self *TraitCssProvider) ToString() (return__ string)

Converts the @provider into a string representation in CSS format.

Using gtk_css_provider_load_from_data() with the return value from this function on a new provider created with gtk_css_provider_new() will basically create a duplicate of this @provider.

type TraitDialog

type TraitDialog struct{ CPointer *C.GtkDialog }

func NewTraitDialog

func NewTraitDialog(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitDialog

func (*TraitDialog) AddActionWidget

func (self *TraitDialog) AddActionWidget(child IsWidget, response_id int)

Adds an activatable widget to the action area of a #GtkDialog, connecting a signal handler that will emit the #GtkDialog::response signal on the dialog when the widget is activated. The widget is appended to the end of the dialog’s action area. If you want to add a non-activatable widget, simply pack it into the @action_area field of the #GtkDialog struct.

func (*TraitDialog) AddButton

func (self *TraitDialog) AddButton(button_text string, response_id int) (return__ *Widget)

Adds a button with the given text and sets things up so that clicking the button will emit the #GtkDialog::response signal with the given @response_id. The button is appended to the end of the dialog’s action area. The button widget is returned, but usually you don’t need it.

func (*TraitDialog) GetContentArea

func (self *TraitDialog) GetContentArea() (return__ *C.GtkWidget)

Returns the content area of @dialog.

func (*TraitDialog) GetDialogPointer

func (self *TraitDialog) GetDialogPointer() *C.GtkDialog

func (*TraitDialog) GetHeaderBar

func (self *TraitDialog) GetHeaderBar() (return__ *Widget)

Returns the header bar of @dialog. Note that the headerbar is only used by the dialog if the #GtkDialog:use-header-bar property is %TRUE.

func (*TraitDialog) GetResponseForWidget

func (self *TraitDialog) GetResponseForWidget(widget IsWidget) (return__ int)

Gets the response id of a widget in the action area of a dialog.

func (*TraitDialog) GetWidgetForResponse

func (self *TraitDialog) GetWidgetForResponse(response_id int) (return__ *Widget)

Gets the widget button that uses the given response ID in the action area of a dialog.

func (*TraitDialog) Response

func (self *TraitDialog) Response(response_id int)

Emits the #GtkDialog::response signal with the given response ID. Used to indicate that the user has responded to the dialog in some way; typically either you or gtk_dialog_run() will be monitoring the ::response signal and take appropriate action.

func (*TraitDialog) Run

func (self *TraitDialog) Run() (return__ int)

Blocks in a recursive main loop until the @dialog either emits the #GtkDialog::response signal, or is destroyed. If the dialog is destroyed during the call to gtk_dialog_run(), gtk_dialog_run() returns #GTK_RESPONSE_NONE. Otherwise, it returns the response ID from the ::response signal emission.

Before entering the recursive main loop, gtk_dialog_run() calls gtk_widget_show() on the dialog for you. Note that you still need to show any children of the dialog yourself.

During gtk_dialog_run(), the default behavior of #GtkWidget::delete-event is disabled; if the dialog receives ::delete_event, it will not be destroyed as windows usually are, and gtk_dialog_run() will return #GTK_RESPONSE_DELETE_EVENT. Also, during gtk_dialog_run() the dialog will be modal. You can force gtk_dialog_run() to return at any time by calling gtk_dialog_response() to emit the ::response signal. Destroying the dialog during gtk_dialog_run() is a very bad idea, because your post-run code won’t know whether the dialog was destroyed or not.

After gtk_dialog_run() returns, you are responsible for hiding or destroying the dialog if you wish to do so.

Typical usage of this function might be: |[<!-- language="C" -->

gint result = gtk_dialog_run (GTK_DIALOG (dialog));
switch (result)
  {
    case GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT:
       do_application_specific_something ();
       break;
    default:
       do_nothing_since_dialog_was_cancelled ();
       break;
  }
gtk_widget_destroy (dialog);

]|

Note that even though the recursive main loop gives the effect of a modal dialog (it prevents the user from interacting with other windows in the same window group while the dialog is run), callbacks such as timeouts, IO channel watches, DND drops, etc, will be triggered during a gtk_dialog_run() call.

func (*TraitDialog) SetDefaultResponse

func (self *TraitDialog) SetDefaultResponse(response_id int)

Sets the last widget in the dialog’s action area with the given @response_id as the default widget for the dialog. Pressing “Enter” normally activates the default widget.

func (*TraitDialog) SetResponseSensitive

func (self *TraitDialog) SetResponseSensitive(response_id int, setting bool)

Calls `gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, @setting)` for each widget in the dialog’s action area with the given @response_id. A convenient way to sensitize/desensitize dialog buttons.

type TraitDrawingArea

type TraitDrawingArea struct{ CPointer *C.GtkDrawingArea }

func NewTraitDrawingArea

func NewTraitDrawingArea(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitDrawingArea

func (*TraitDrawingArea) GetDrawingAreaPointer

func (self *TraitDrawingArea) GetDrawingAreaPointer() *C.GtkDrawingArea

type TraitEntry

type TraitEntry struct{ CPointer *C.GtkEntry }

func NewTraitEntry

func NewTraitEntry(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitEntry

func (*TraitEntry) GetActivatesDefault

func (self *TraitEntry) GetActivatesDefault() (return__ bool)

Retrieves the value set by gtk_entry_set_activates_default().

func (*TraitEntry) GetAlignment

func (self *TraitEntry) GetAlignment() (return__ float32)

Gets the value set by gtk_entry_set_alignment().

func (*TraitEntry) GetAttributes

func (self *TraitEntry) GetAttributes() (return__ *C.PangoAttrList)

Gets the attribute list that was set on the entry using gtk_entry_set_attributes(), if any.

func (*TraitEntry) GetBuffer

func (self *TraitEntry) GetBuffer() (return__ *EntryBuffer)

Get the #GtkEntryBuffer object which holds the text for this widget.

func (*TraitEntry) GetCompletion

func (self *TraitEntry) GetCompletion() (return__ *EntryCompletion)

Returns the auxiliary completion object currently in use by @entry.

func (*TraitEntry) GetCurrentIconDragSource

func (self *TraitEntry) GetCurrentIconDragSource() (return__ int)

Returns the index of the icon which is the source of the current DND operation, or -1.

This function is meant to be used in a #GtkWidget::drag-data-get callback.

func (*TraitEntry) GetCursorHadjustment

func (self *TraitEntry) GetCursorHadjustment() (return__ *Adjustment)

Retrieves the horizontal cursor adjustment for the entry. See gtk_entry_set_cursor_hadjustment().

func (*TraitEntry) GetEntryPointer

func (self *TraitEntry) GetEntryPointer() *C.GtkEntry

func (*TraitEntry) GetHasFrame

func (self *TraitEntry) GetHasFrame() (return__ bool)

Gets the value set by gtk_entry_set_has_frame().

func (*TraitEntry) GetIconActivatable

func (self *TraitEntry) GetIconActivatable(icon_pos C.GtkEntryIconPosition) (return__ bool)

Returns whether the icon is activatable.

func (*TraitEntry) GetIconArea

func (self *TraitEntry) GetIconArea(icon_pos C.GtkEntryIconPosition) (icon_area C.GdkRectangle)

Gets the area where entry’s icon at @icon_pos is drawn. This function is useful when drawing something to the entry in a draw callback.

If the entry is not realized or has no icon at the given position, @icon_area is filled with zeros.

See also gtk_entry_get_text_area()

func (*TraitEntry) GetIconAtPos

func (self *TraitEntry) GetIconAtPos(x int, y int) (return__ int)

Finds the icon at the given position and return its index. The position’s coordinates are relative to the @entry’s top left corner. If @x, @y doesn’t lie inside an icon, -1 is returned. This function is intended for use in a #GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal handler.

func (*TraitEntry) GetIconGicon

func (self *TraitEntry) GetIconGicon(icon_pos C.GtkEntryIconPosition) (return__ *C.GIcon)

Retrieves the #GIcon used for the icon, or %NULL if there is no icon or if the icon was set by some other method (e.g., by stock, pixbuf, or icon name).

func (*TraitEntry) GetIconName

func (self *TraitEntry) GetIconName(icon_pos C.GtkEntryIconPosition) (return__ string)

Retrieves the icon name used for the icon, or %NULL if there is no icon or if the icon was set by some other method (e.g., by pixbuf, stock or gicon).

func (*TraitEntry) GetIconPixbuf

func (self *TraitEntry) GetIconPixbuf(icon_pos C.GtkEntryIconPosition) (return__ *C.GdkPixbuf)

Retrieves the image used for the icon.

Unlike the other methods of setting and getting icon data, this method will work regardless of whether the icon was set using a #GdkPixbuf, a #GIcon, a stock item, or an icon name.

func (*TraitEntry) GetIconSensitive

func (self *TraitEntry) GetIconSensitive(icon_pos C.GtkEntryIconPosition) (return__ bool)

Returns whether the icon appears sensitive or insensitive.

func (*TraitEntry) GetIconStorageType

func (self *TraitEntry) GetIconStorageType(icon_pos C.GtkEntryIconPosition) (return__ C.GtkImageType)

Gets the type of representation being used by the icon to store image data. If the icon has no image data, the return value will be %GTK_IMAGE_EMPTY.

func (*TraitEntry) GetIconTooltipMarkup

func (self *TraitEntry) GetIconTooltipMarkup(icon_pos C.GtkEntryIconPosition) (return__ string)

Gets the contents of the tooltip on the icon at the specified position in @entry.

func (*TraitEntry) GetIconTooltipText

func (self *TraitEntry) GetIconTooltipText(icon_pos C.GtkEntryIconPosition) (return__ string)

Gets the contents of the tooltip on the icon at the specified position in @entry.

func (*TraitEntry) GetInputHints

func (self *TraitEntry) GetInputHints() (return__ C.GtkInputHints)

Gets the value of the #GtkEntry:input-hints property.

func (*TraitEntry) GetInputPurpose

func (self *TraitEntry) GetInputPurpose() (return__ C.GtkInputPurpose)

Gets the value of the #GtkEntry:input-purpose property.

func (*TraitEntry) GetInvisibleChar

func (self *TraitEntry) GetInvisibleChar() (return__ rune)

Retrieves the character displayed in place of the real characters for entries with visibility set to false. See gtk_entry_set_invisible_char().

func (*TraitEntry) GetLayout

func (self *TraitEntry) GetLayout() (return__ *C.PangoLayout)

Gets the #PangoLayout used to display the entry. The layout is useful to e.g. convert text positions to pixel positions, in combination with gtk_entry_get_layout_offsets(). The returned layout is owned by the entry and must not be modified or freed by the caller.

Keep in mind that the layout text may contain a preedit string, so gtk_entry_layout_index_to_text_index() and gtk_entry_text_index_to_layout_index() are needed to convert byte indices in the layout to byte indices in the entry contents.

func (*TraitEntry) GetLayoutOffsets

func (self *TraitEntry) GetLayoutOffsets() (x int, y int)

Obtains the position of the #PangoLayout used to render text in the entry, in widget coordinates. Useful if you want to line up the text in an entry with some other text, e.g. when using the entry to implement editable cells in a sheet widget.

Also useful to convert mouse events into coordinates inside the #PangoLayout, e.g. to take some action if some part of the entry text is clicked.

Note that as the user scrolls around in the entry the offsets will change; you’ll need to connect to the “notify::scroll-offset” signal to track this. Remember when using the #PangoLayout functions you need to convert to and from pixels using PANGO_PIXELS() or #PANGO_SCALE.

Keep in mind that the layout text may contain a preedit string, so gtk_entry_layout_index_to_text_index() and gtk_entry_text_index_to_layout_index() are needed to convert byte indices in the layout to byte indices in the entry contents.

func (*TraitEntry) GetMaxLength

func (self *TraitEntry) GetMaxLength() (return__ int)

Retrieves the maximum allowed length of the text in @entry. See gtk_entry_set_max_length().

This is equivalent to:

|[<!-- language="C" --> GtkEntryBuffer *buffer; buffer = gtk_entry_get_buffer (entry); gtk_entry_buffer_get_max_length (buffer); ]|

func (*TraitEntry) GetMaxWidthChars

func (self *TraitEntry) GetMaxWidthChars() (return__ int)

Retrieves the desired maximum width of @entry, in characters. See gtk_entry_set_max_width_chars().

func (*TraitEntry) GetOverwriteMode

func (self *TraitEntry) GetOverwriteMode() (return__ bool)

Gets the value set by gtk_entry_set_overwrite_mode().

func (*TraitEntry) GetPlaceholderText

func (self *TraitEntry) GetPlaceholderText() (return__ string)

Retrieves the text that will be displayed when @entry is empty and unfocused

func (*TraitEntry) GetProgressFraction

func (self *TraitEntry) GetProgressFraction() (return__ float64)

Returns the current fraction of the task that’s been completed. See gtk_entry_set_progress_fraction().

func (*TraitEntry) GetProgressPulseStep

func (self *TraitEntry) GetProgressPulseStep() (return__ float64)

Retrieves the pulse step set with gtk_entry_set_progress_pulse_step().

func (*TraitEntry) GetTabs

func (self *TraitEntry) GetTabs() (return__ *C.PangoTabArray)

Gets the tabstops that were set on the entry using gtk_entry_set_tabs(), if any.

func (*TraitEntry) GetText

func (self *TraitEntry) GetText() (return__ string)

Retrieves the contents of the entry widget. See also gtk_editable_get_chars().

This is equivalent to:

|[<!-- language="C" --> GtkEntryBuffer *buffer; buffer = gtk_entry_get_buffer (entry); gtk_entry_buffer_get_text (buffer); ]|

func (*TraitEntry) GetTextArea

func (self *TraitEntry) GetTextArea() (text_area C.GdkRectangle)

Gets the area where the entry’s text is drawn. This function is useful when drawing something to the entry in a draw callback.

If the entry is not realized, @text_area is filled with zeros.

See also gtk_entry_get_icon_area().

func (*TraitEntry) GetTextLength

func (self *TraitEntry) GetTextLength() (return__ uint16)

Retrieves the current length of the text in @entry.

This is equivalent to:

|[<!-- language="C" --> GtkEntryBuffer *buffer; buffer = gtk_entry_get_buffer (entry); gtk_entry_buffer_get_length (buffer); ]|

func (*TraitEntry) GetVisibility

func (self *TraitEntry) GetVisibility() (return__ bool)

Retrieves whether the text in @entry is visible. See gtk_entry_set_visibility().

func (*TraitEntry) GetWidthChars

func (self *TraitEntry) GetWidthChars() (return__ int)

Gets the value set by gtk_entry_set_width_chars().

func (*TraitEntry) ImContextFilterKeypress

func (self *TraitEntry) ImContextFilterKeypress(event *C.GdkEventKey) (return__ bool)

Allow the #GtkEntry input method to internally handle key press and release events. If this function returns %TRUE, then no further processing should be done for this key event. See gtk_im_context_filter_keypress().

Note that you are expected to call this function from your handler when overriding key event handling. This is needed in the case when you need to insert your own key handling between the input method and the default key event handling of the #GtkEntry. See gtk_text_view_reset_im_context() for an example of use.

func (*TraitEntry) LayoutIndexToTextIndex

func (self *TraitEntry) LayoutIndexToTextIndex(layout_index int) (return__ int)

Converts from a position in the entry contents (returned by gtk_entry_get_text()) to a position in the entry’s #PangoLayout (returned by gtk_entry_get_layout(), with text retrieved via pango_layout_get_text()).

func (*TraitEntry) ProgressPulse

func (self *TraitEntry) ProgressPulse()

Indicates that some progress is made, but you don’t know how much. Causes the entry’s progress indicator to enter “activity mode,” where a block bounces back and forth. Each call to gtk_entry_progress_pulse() causes the block to move by a little bit (the amount of movement per pulse is determined by gtk_entry_set_progress_pulse_step()).

func (*TraitEntry) ResetImContext

func (self *TraitEntry) ResetImContext()

Reset the input method context of the entry if needed.

This can be necessary in the case where modifying the buffer would confuse on-going input method behavior.

func (*TraitEntry) SetActivatesDefault

func (self *TraitEntry) SetActivatesDefault(setting bool)

If @setting is %TRUE, pressing Enter in the @entry will activate the default widget for the window containing the entry. This usually means that the dialog box containing the entry will be closed, since the default widget is usually one of the dialog buttons.

(For experts: if @setting is %TRUE, the entry calls gtk_window_activate_default() on the window containing the entry, in the default handler for the #GtkEntry::activate signal.)

func (*TraitEntry) SetAlignment

func (self *TraitEntry) SetAlignment(xalign float32)

Sets the alignment for the contents of the entry. This controls the horizontal positioning of the contents when the displayed text is shorter than the width of the entry.

func (*TraitEntry) SetAttributes

func (self *TraitEntry) SetAttributes(attrs *C.PangoAttrList)

Sets a #PangoAttrList; the attributes in the list are applied to the entry text.

func (*TraitEntry) SetBuffer

func (self *TraitEntry) SetBuffer(buffer IsEntryBuffer)

Set the #GtkEntryBuffer object which holds the text for this widget.

func (*TraitEntry) SetCompletion

func (self *TraitEntry) SetCompletion(completion IsEntryCompletion)

Sets @completion to be the auxiliary completion object to use with @entry. All further configuration of the completion mechanism is done on @completion using the #GtkEntryCompletion API. Completion is disabled if @completion is set to %NULL.

func (*TraitEntry) SetCursorHadjustment

func (self *TraitEntry) SetCursorHadjustment(adjustment IsAdjustment)

Hooks up an adjustment to the cursor position in an entry, so that when the cursor is moved, the adjustment is scrolled to show that position. See gtk_scrolled_window_get_hadjustment() for a typical way of obtaining the adjustment.

The adjustment has to be in pixel units and in the same coordinate system as the entry.

func (*TraitEntry) SetHasFrame

func (self *TraitEntry) SetHasFrame(setting bool)

Sets whether the entry has a beveled frame around it.

func (*TraitEntry) SetIconActivatable

func (self *TraitEntry) SetIconActivatable(icon_pos C.GtkEntryIconPosition, activatable bool)

Sets whether the icon is activatable.

func (*TraitEntry) SetIconDragSource

func (self *TraitEntry) SetIconDragSource(icon_pos C.GtkEntryIconPosition, target_list *C.GtkTargetList, actions C.GdkDragAction)

Sets up the icon at the given position so that GTK+ will start a drag operation when the user clicks and drags the icon.

To handle the drag operation, you need to connect to the usual #GtkWidget::drag-data-get (or possibly #GtkWidget::drag-data-delete) signal, and use gtk_entry_get_current_icon_drag_source() in your signal handler to find out if the drag was started from an icon.

By default, GTK+ uses the icon as the drag icon. You can use the #GtkWidget::drag-begin signal to set a different icon. Note that you have to use g_signal_connect_after() to ensure that your signal handler gets executed after the default handler.

func (*TraitEntry) SetIconFromGicon

func (self *TraitEntry) SetIconFromGicon(icon_pos C.GtkEntryIconPosition, icon *C.GIcon)

Sets the icon shown in the entry at the specified position from the current icon theme. If the icon isn’t known, a “broken image” icon will be displayed instead.

If @icon is %NULL, no icon will be shown in the specified position.

func (*TraitEntry) SetIconFromIconName

func (self *TraitEntry) SetIconFromIconName(icon_pos C.GtkEntryIconPosition, icon_name string)

Sets the icon shown in the entry at the specified position from the current icon theme.

If the icon name isn’t known, a “broken image” icon will be displayed instead.

If @icon_name is %NULL, no icon will be shown in the specified position.

func (*TraitEntry) SetIconFromPixbuf

func (self *TraitEntry) SetIconFromPixbuf(icon_pos C.GtkEntryIconPosition, pixbuf *C.GdkPixbuf)

Sets the icon shown in the specified position using a pixbuf.

If @pixbuf is %NULL, no icon will be shown in the specified position.

func (*TraitEntry) SetIconSensitive

func (self *TraitEntry) SetIconSensitive(icon_pos C.GtkEntryIconPosition, sensitive bool)

Sets the sensitivity for the specified icon.

func (*TraitEntry) SetIconTooltipMarkup

func (self *TraitEntry) SetIconTooltipMarkup(icon_pos C.GtkEntryIconPosition, tooltip string)

Sets @tooltip as the contents of the tooltip for the icon at the specified position. @tooltip is assumed to be marked up with the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat].

Use %NULL for @tooltip to remove an existing tooltip.

See also gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup() and gtk_entry_set_icon_tooltip_text().

func (*TraitEntry) SetIconTooltipText

func (self *TraitEntry) SetIconTooltipText(icon_pos C.GtkEntryIconPosition, tooltip string)

Sets @tooltip as the contents of the tooltip for the icon at the specified position.

Use %NULL for @tooltip to remove an existing tooltip.

See also gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text() and gtk_entry_set_icon_tooltip_markup().

func (*TraitEntry) SetInputHints

func (self *TraitEntry) SetInputHints(hints C.GtkInputHints)

Sets the #GtkEntry:input-hints property, which allows input methods to fine-tune their behaviour.

func (*TraitEntry) SetInputPurpose

func (self *TraitEntry) SetInputPurpose(purpose C.GtkInputPurpose)

Sets the #GtkEntry:input-purpose property which can be used by on-screen keyboards and other input methods to adjust their behaviour.

func (*TraitEntry) SetInvisibleChar

func (self *TraitEntry) SetInvisibleChar(ch rune)

Sets the character to use in place of the actual text when gtk_entry_set_visibility() has been called to set text visibility to %FALSE. i.e. this is the character used in “password mode” to show the user how many characters have been typed. By default, GTK+ picks the best invisible char available in the current font. If you set the invisible char to 0, then the user will get no feedback at all; there will be no text on the screen as they type.

func (*TraitEntry) SetMaxLength

func (self *TraitEntry) SetMaxLength(max int)

Sets the maximum allowed length of the contents of the widget. If the current contents are longer than the given length, then they will be truncated to fit.

This is equivalent to:

|[<!-- language="C" --> GtkEntryBuffer *buffer; buffer = gtk_entry_get_buffer (entry); gtk_entry_buffer_set_max_length (buffer, max); ]|

func (*TraitEntry) SetMaxWidthChars

func (self *TraitEntry) SetMaxWidthChars(n_chars int)

Sets the desired maximum width in characters of @entry.

func (*TraitEntry) SetOverwriteMode

func (self *TraitEntry) SetOverwriteMode(overwrite bool)

Sets whether the text is overwritten when typing in the #GtkEntry.

func (*TraitEntry) SetPlaceholderText

func (self *TraitEntry) SetPlaceholderText(text string)

Sets text to be displayed in @entry when it is empty and unfocused. This can be used to give a visual hint of the expected contents of the #GtkEntry.

Note that since the placeholder text gets removed when the entry received focus, using this feature is a bit problematic if the entry is given the initial focus in a window. Sometimes this can be worked around by delaying the initial focus setting until the first key event arrives.

func (*TraitEntry) SetProgressFraction

func (self *TraitEntry) SetProgressFraction(fraction float64)

Causes the entry’s progress indicator to “fill in” the given fraction of the bar. The fraction should be between 0.0 and 1.0, inclusive.

func (*TraitEntry) SetProgressPulseStep

func (self *TraitEntry) SetProgressPulseStep(fraction float64)

Sets the fraction of total entry width to move the progress bouncing block for each call to gtk_entry_progress_pulse().

func (*TraitEntry) SetTabs

func (self *TraitEntry) SetTabs(tabs *C.PangoTabArray)

Sets a #PangoTabArray; the tabstops in the array are applied to the entry text.

func (*TraitEntry) SetText

func (self *TraitEntry) SetText(text string)

Sets the text in the widget to the given value, replacing the current contents.

See gtk_entry_buffer_set_text().

func (*TraitEntry) SetVisibility

func (self *TraitEntry) SetVisibility(visible bool)

Sets whether the contents of the entry are visible or not. When visibility is set to %FALSE, characters are displayed as the invisible char, and will also appear that way when the text in the entry widget is copied elsewhere.

By default, GTK+ picks the best invisible character available in the current font, but it can be changed with gtk_entry_set_invisible_char().

Note that you probably want to set #GtkEntry:input-purpose to %GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_PASSWORD or %GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_PIN to inform input methods about the purpose of this entry, in addition to setting visibility to %FALSE.

func (*TraitEntry) SetWidthChars

func (self *TraitEntry) SetWidthChars(n_chars int)

Changes the size request of the entry to be about the right size for @n_chars characters. Note that it changes the size request, the size can still be affected by how you pack the widget into containers. If @n_chars is -1, the size reverts to the default entry size.

func (*TraitEntry) TextIndexToLayoutIndex

func (self *TraitEntry) TextIndexToLayoutIndex(text_index int) (return__ int)

Converts from a position in the entry’s #PangoLayout (returned by gtk_entry_get_layout()) to a position in the entry contents (returned by gtk_entry_get_text()).

func (*TraitEntry) UnsetInvisibleChar

func (self *TraitEntry) UnsetInvisibleChar()

Unsets the invisible char previously set with gtk_entry_set_invisible_char(). So that the default invisible char is used again.

type TraitEntryAccessible

type TraitEntryAccessible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkEntryAccessible }

func NewTraitEntryAccessible

func NewTraitEntryAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitEntryAccessible

func (*TraitEntryAccessible) GetEntryAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitEntryAccessible) GetEntryAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkEntryAccessible

type TraitEntryBuffer

type TraitEntryBuffer struct{ CPointer *C.GtkEntryBuffer }

func NewTraitEntryBuffer

func NewTraitEntryBuffer(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitEntryBuffer

func (*TraitEntryBuffer) DeleteText

func (self *TraitEntryBuffer) DeleteText(position uint, n_chars int) (return__ uint)

Deletes a sequence of characters from the buffer. @n_chars characters are deleted starting at @position. If @n_chars is negative, then all characters until the end of the text are deleted.

If @position or @n_chars are out of bounds, then they are coerced to sane values.

Note that the positions are specified in characters, not bytes.

func (*TraitEntryBuffer) EmitDeletedText

func (self *TraitEntryBuffer) EmitDeletedText(position uint, n_chars uint)

Used when subclassing #GtkEntryBuffer

func (*TraitEntryBuffer) EmitInsertedText

func (self *TraitEntryBuffer) EmitInsertedText(position uint, chars string, n_chars uint)

Used when subclassing #GtkEntryBuffer

func (*TraitEntryBuffer) GetBytes

func (self *TraitEntryBuffer) GetBytes() (return__ int64)

Retrieves the length in bytes of the buffer. See gtk_entry_buffer_get_length().

func (*TraitEntryBuffer) GetEntryBufferPointer

func (self *TraitEntryBuffer) GetEntryBufferPointer() *C.GtkEntryBuffer

func (*TraitEntryBuffer) GetLength

func (self *TraitEntryBuffer) GetLength() (return__ uint)

Retrieves the length in characters of the buffer.

func (*TraitEntryBuffer) GetMaxLength

func (self *TraitEntryBuffer) GetMaxLength() (return__ int)

Retrieves the maximum allowed length of the text in @buffer. See gtk_entry_buffer_set_max_length().

func (*TraitEntryBuffer) GetText

func (self *TraitEntryBuffer) GetText() (return__ string)

Retrieves the contents of the buffer.

The memory pointer returned by this call will not change unless this object emits a signal, or is finalized.

func (*TraitEntryBuffer) InsertText

func (self *TraitEntryBuffer) InsertText(position uint, chars string, n_chars int) (return__ uint)

Inserts @n_chars characters of @chars into the contents of the buffer, at position @position.

If @n_chars is negative, then characters from chars will be inserted until a null-terminator is found. If @position or @n_chars are out of bounds, or the maximum buffer text length is exceeded, then they are coerced to sane values.

Note that the position and length are in characters, not in bytes.

func (*TraitEntryBuffer) SetMaxLength

func (self *TraitEntryBuffer) SetMaxLength(max_length int)

Sets the maximum allowed length of the contents of the buffer. If the current contents are longer than the given length, then they will be truncated to fit.

func (*TraitEntryBuffer) SetText

func (self *TraitEntryBuffer) SetText(chars string, n_chars int)

Sets the text in the buffer.

This is roughly equivalent to calling gtk_entry_buffer_delete_text() and gtk_entry_buffer_insert_text().

Note that @n_chars is in characters, not in bytes.

type TraitEntryCompletion

type TraitEntryCompletion struct{ CPointer *C.GtkEntryCompletion }

func NewTraitEntryCompletion

func NewTraitEntryCompletion(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitEntryCompletion

func (*TraitEntryCompletion) Complete

func (self *TraitEntryCompletion) Complete()

Requests a completion operation, or in other words a refiltering of the current list with completions, using the current key. The completion list view will be updated accordingly.

func (*TraitEntryCompletion) ComputePrefix

func (self *TraitEntryCompletion) ComputePrefix(key string) (return__ string)

Computes the common prefix that is shared by all rows in @completion that start with @key. If no row matches @key, %NULL will be returned. Note that a text column must have been set for this function to work, see gtk_entry_completion_set_text_column() for details.

func (*TraitEntryCompletion) DeleteAction

func (self *TraitEntryCompletion) DeleteAction(index_ int)

Deletes the action at @index_ from @completion’s action list.

func (*TraitEntryCompletion) GetCompletionPrefix

func (self *TraitEntryCompletion) GetCompletionPrefix() (return__ string)

Get the original text entered by the user that triggered the completion or %NULL if there’s no completion ongoing.

func (*TraitEntryCompletion) GetEntry

func (self *TraitEntryCompletion) GetEntry() (return__ *Widget)

Gets the entry @completion has been attached to.

func (*TraitEntryCompletion) GetEntryCompletionPointer

func (self *TraitEntryCompletion) GetEntryCompletionPointer() *C.GtkEntryCompletion

func (*TraitEntryCompletion) GetInlineCompletion

func (self *TraitEntryCompletion) GetInlineCompletion() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the common prefix of the possible completions should be automatically inserted in the entry.

func (*TraitEntryCompletion) GetInlineSelection

func (self *TraitEntryCompletion) GetInlineSelection() (return__ bool)

Returns %TRUE if inline-selection mode is turned on.

func (*TraitEntryCompletion) GetMinimumKeyLength

func (self *TraitEntryCompletion) GetMinimumKeyLength() (return__ int)

Returns the minimum key length as set for @completion.

func (*TraitEntryCompletion) GetModel

func (self *TraitEntryCompletion) GetModel() (return__ *C.GtkTreeModel)

Returns the model the #GtkEntryCompletion is using as data source. Returns %NULL if the model is unset.

func (*TraitEntryCompletion) GetPopupCompletion

func (self *TraitEntryCompletion) GetPopupCompletion() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the completions should be presented in a popup window.

func (*TraitEntryCompletion) GetPopupSetWidth

func (self *TraitEntryCompletion) GetPopupSetWidth() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the completion popup window will be resized to the width of the entry.

func (*TraitEntryCompletion) GetPopupSingleMatch

func (self *TraitEntryCompletion) GetPopupSingleMatch() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the completion popup window will appear even if there is only a single match.

func (*TraitEntryCompletion) GetTextColumn

func (self *TraitEntryCompletion) GetTextColumn() (return__ int)

Returns the column in the model of @completion to get strings from.

func (*TraitEntryCompletion) InsertActionMarkup

func (self *TraitEntryCompletion) InsertActionMarkup(index_ int, markup string)

Inserts an action in @completion’s action item list at position @index_ with markup @markup.

func (*TraitEntryCompletion) InsertActionText

func (self *TraitEntryCompletion) InsertActionText(index_ int, text string)

Inserts an action in @completion’s action item list at position @index_ with text @text. If you want the action item to have markup, use gtk_entry_completion_insert_action_markup().

func (*TraitEntryCompletion) InsertPrefix

func (self *TraitEntryCompletion) InsertPrefix()

Requests a prefix insertion.

func (*TraitEntryCompletion) SetInlineCompletion

func (self *TraitEntryCompletion) SetInlineCompletion(inline_completion bool)

Sets whether the common prefix of the possible completions should be automatically inserted in the entry.

func (*TraitEntryCompletion) SetInlineSelection

func (self *TraitEntryCompletion) SetInlineSelection(inline_selection bool)

Sets whether it is possible to cycle through the possible completions inside the entry.

func (*TraitEntryCompletion) SetMatchFunc

func (self *TraitEntryCompletion) SetMatchFunc(func_ C.GtkEntryCompletionMatchFunc, func_data unsafe.Pointer, func_notify C.GDestroyNotify)

Sets the match function for @completion to be @func. The match function is used to determine if a row should or should not be in the completion list.

func (*TraitEntryCompletion) SetMinimumKeyLength

func (self *TraitEntryCompletion) SetMinimumKeyLength(length int)

Requires the length of the search key for @completion to be at least @length. This is useful for long lists, where completing using a small key takes a lot of time and will come up with meaningless results anyway (ie, a too large dataset).

func (*TraitEntryCompletion) SetModel

func (self *TraitEntryCompletion) SetModel(model *C.GtkTreeModel)

Sets the model for a #GtkEntryCompletion. If @completion already has a model set, it will remove it before setting the new model. If model is %NULL, then it will unset the model.

func (*TraitEntryCompletion) SetPopupCompletion

func (self *TraitEntryCompletion) SetPopupCompletion(popup_completion bool)

Sets whether the completions should be presented in a popup window.

func (*TraitEntryCompletion) SetPopupSetWidth

func (self *TraitEntryCompletion) SetPopupSetWidth(popup_set_width bool)

Sets whether the completion popup window will be resized to be the same width as the entry.

func (*TraitEntryCompletion) SetPopupSingleMatch

func (self *TraitEntryCompletion) SetPopupSingleMatch(popup_single_match bool)

Sets whether the completion popup window will appear even if there is only a single match. You may want to set this to %FALSE if you are using [inline completion][GtkEntryCompletion--inline-completion].

func (*TraitEntryCompletion) SetTextColumn

func (self *TraitEntryCompletion) SetTextColumn(column int)

Convenience function for setting up the most used case of this code: a completion list with just strings. This function will set up @completion to have a list displaying all (and just) strings in the completion list, and to get those strings from @column in the model of @completion.

This functions creates and adds a #GtkCellRendererText for the selected column. If you need to set the text column, but don't want the cell renderer, use g_object_set() to set the #GtkEntryCompletion:text-column property directly.

type TraitEventBox

type TraitEventBox struct{ CPointer *C.GtkEventBox }

func NewTraitEventBox

func NewTraitEventBox(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitEventBox

func (*TraitEventBox) GetAboveChild

func (self *TraitEventBox) GetAboveChild() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the event box window is above or below the windows of its child. See gtk_event_box_set_above_child() for details.

func (*TraitEventBox) GetEventBoxPointer

func (self *TraitEventBox) GetEventBoxPointer() *C.GtkEventBox

func (*TraitEventBox) GetVisibleWindow

func (self *TraitEventBox) GetVisibleWindow() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the event box has a visible window. See gtk_event_box_set_visible_window() for details.

func (*TraitEventBox) SetAboveChild

func (self *TraitEventBox) SetAboveChild(above_child bool)

Set whether the event box window is positioned above the windows of its child, as opposed to below it. If the window is above, all events inside the event box will go to the event box. If the window is below, events in windows of child widgets will first got to that widget, and then to its parents.

The default is to keep the window below the child.

func (*TraitEventBox) SetVisibleWindow

func (self *TraitEventBox) SetVisibleWindow(visible_window bool)

Set whether the event box uses a visible or invisible child window. The default is to use visible windows.

In an invisible window event box, the window that the event box creates is a %GDK_INPUT_ONLY window, which means that it is invisible and only serves to receive events.

A visible window event box creates a visible (%GDK_INPUT_OUTPUT) window that acts as the parent window for all the widgets contained in the event box.

You should generally make your event box invisible if you just want to trap events. Creating a visible window may cause artifacts that are visible to the user, especially if the user is using a theme with gradients or pixmaps.

The main reason to create a non input-only event box is if you want to set the background to a different color or draw on it.

There is one unexpected issue for an invisible event box that has its window below the child. (See gtk_event_box_set_above_child().) Since the input-only window is not an ancestor window of any windows that descendent widgets of the event box create, events on these windows aren’t propagated up by the windowing system, but only by GTK+. The practical effect of this is if an event isn’t in the event mask for the descendant window (see gtk_widget_add_events()), it won’t be received by the event box.

This problem doesn’t occur for visible event boxes, because in that case, the event box window is actually the ancestor of the descendant windows, not just at the same place on the screen.

type TraitEventController

type TraitEventController struct{ CPointer *C.GtkEventController }

func NewTraitEventController

func NewTraitEventController(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitEventController

func (*TraitEventController) GetEventControllerPointer

func (self *TraitEventController) GetEventControllerPointer() *C.GtkEventController

func (*TraitEventController) GetPropagationPhase

func (self *TraitEventController) GetPropagationPhase() (return__ C.GtkPropagationPhase)

Gets the propagation phase at which @controller handles events.

func (*TraitEventController) GetWidget

func (self *TraitEventController) GetWidget() (return__ *Widget)

Returns the #GtkWidget this controller relates to.

func (*TraitEventController) HandleEvent

func (self *TraitEventController) HandleEvent(event *C.GdkEvent) (return__ bool)

Feeds an events into @controller, so it can be interpreted and the controller actions triggered.

func (*TraitEventController) Reset

func (self *TraitEventController) Reset()

Resets the @controller to a clean state. Every interaction the controller did through #GtkEventController::handle-event will be dropped at this point.

func (*TraitEventController) SetPropagationPhase

func (self *TraitEventController) SetPropagationPhase(phase C.GtkPropagationPhase)

Sets the propagation phase at which a controller handles events.

If @phase is %GTK_PHASE_NONE, no automatic event handling will be performed, but other additional gesture maintenance will. In that phase, the events can be managed by calling gtk_event_controller_handle_event().

type TraitExpander

type TraitExpander struct{ CPointer *C.GtkExpander }

func NewTraitExpander

func NewTraitExpander(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitExpander

func (*TraitExpander) GetExpanded

func (self *TraitExpander) GetExpanded() (return__ bool)

Queries a #GtkExpander and returns its current state. Returns %TRUE if the child widget is revealed.

See gtk_expander_set_expanded().

func (*TraitExpander) GetExpanderPointer

func (self *TraitExpander) GetExpanderPointer() *C.GtkExpander

func (*TraitExpander) GetLabel

func (self *TraitExpander) GetLabel() (return__ string)

Fetches the text from a label widget including any embedded underlines indicating mnemonics and Pango markup, as set by gtk_expander_set_label(). If the label text has not been set the return value will be %NULL. This will be the case if you create an empty button with gtk_button_new() to use as a container.

Note that this function behaved differently in versions prior to 2.14 and used to return the label text stripped of embedded underlines indicating mnemonics and Pango markup. This problem can be avoided by fetching the label text directly from the label widget.

func (*TraitExpander) GetLabelFill

func (self *TraitExpander) GetLabelFill() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the label widget will fill all available horizontal space allocated to @expander.

func (*TraitExpander) GetLabelWidget

func (self *TraitExpander) GetLabelWidget() (return__ *Widget)

Retrieves the label widget for the frame. See gtk_expander_set_label_widget().

func (*TraitExpander) GetResizeToplevel

func (self *TraitExpander) GetResizeToplevel() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the expander will resize the toplevel widget containing the expander upon resizing and collpasing.

func (*TraitExpander) GetSpacing

func (self *TraitExpander) GetSpacing() (return__ int)

Gets the value set by gtk_expander_set_spacing().

func (*TraitExpander) GetUseMarkup

func (self *TraitExpander) GetUseMarkup() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the label’s text is interpreted as marked up with the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat]. See gtk_expander_set_use_markup().

func (*TraitExpander) GetUseUnderline

func (self *TraitExpander) GetUseUnderline() (return__ bool)

Returns whether an embedded underline in the expander label indicates a mnemonic. See gtk_expander_set_use_underline().

func (*TraitExpander) SetExpanded

func (self *TraitExpander) SetExpanded(expanded bool)

Sets the state of the expander. Set to %TRUE, if you want the child widget to be revealed, and %FALSE if you want the child widget to be hidden.

func (*TraitExpander) SetLabel

func (self *TraitExpander) SetLabel(label string)

Sets the text of the label of the expander to @label.

This will also clear any previously set labels.

func (*TraitExpander) SetLabelFill

func (self *TraitExpander) SetLabelFill(label_fill bool)

Sets whether the label widget should fill all available horizontal space allocated to @expander.

func (*TraitExpander) SetLabelWidget

func (self *TraitExpander) SetLabelWidget(label_widget IsWidget)

Set the label widget for the expander. This is the widget that will appear embedded alongside the expander arrow.

func (*TraitExpander) SetResizeToplevel

func (self *TraitExpander) SetResizeToplevel(resize_toplevel bool)

Sets whether the expander will resize the toplevel widget containing the expander upon resizing and collpasing.

func (*TraitExpander) SetSpacing

func (self *TraitExpander) SetSpacing(spacing int)

Sets the spacing field of @expander, which is the number of pixels to place between expander and the child.

func (*TraitExpander) SetUseMarkup

func (self *TraitExpander) SetUseMarkup(use_markup bool)

Sets whether the text of the label contains markup in [Pango’s text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat]. See gtk_label_set_markup().

func (*TraitExpander) SetUseUnderline

func (self *TraitExpander) SetUseUnderline(use_underline bool)

If true, an underline in the text of the expander label indicates the next character should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key.

type TraitExpanderAccessible

type TraitExpanderAccessible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkExpanderAccessible }

func NewTraitExpanderAccessible

func NewTraitExpanderAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitExpanderAccessible

func (*TraitExpanderAccessible) GetExpanderAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitExpanderAccessible) GetExpanderAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkExpanderAccessible

type TraitFileChooserButton

type TraitFileChooserButton struct{ CPointer *C.GtkFileChooserButton }

func NewTraitFileChooserButton

func NewTraitFileChooserButton(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitFileChooserButton

func (*TraitFileChooserButton) GetFileChooserButtonPointer

func (self *TraitFileChooserButton) GetFileChooserButtonPointer() *C.GtkFileChooserButton

func (*TraitFileChooserButton) GetFocusOnClick

func (self *TraitFileChooserButton) GetFocusOnClick() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the button grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse. See gtk_file_chooser_button_set_focus_on_click().

func (*TraitFileChooserButton) GetTitle

func (self *TraitFileChooserButton) GetTitle() (return__ string)

Retrieves the title of the browse dialog used by @button. The returned value should not be modified or freed.

func (*TraitFileChooserButton) GetWidthChars

func (self *TraitFileChooserButton) GetWidthChars() (return__ int)

Retrieves the width in characters of the @button widget’s entry and/or label.

func (*TraitFileChooserButton) SetFocusOnClick

func (self *TraitFileChooserButton) SetFocusOnClick(focus_on_click bool)

Sets whether the button will grab focus when it is clicked with the mouse. Making mouse clicks not grab focus is useful in places like toolbars where you don’t want the keyboard focus removed from the main area of the application.

func (*TraitFileChooserButton) SetTitle

func (self *TraitFileChooserButton) SetTitle(title string)

Modifies the @title of the browse dialog used by @button.

func (*TraitFileChooserButton) SetWidthChars

func (self *TraitFileChooserButton) SetWidthChars(n_chars int)

Sets the width (in characters) that @button will use to @n_chars.

type TraitFileChooserDialog

type TraitFileChooserDialog struct{ CPointer *C.GtkFileChooserDialog }

func NewTraitFileChooserDialog

func NewTraitFileChooserDialog(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitFileChooserDialog

func (*TraitFileChooserDialog) GetFileChooserDialogPointer

func (self *TraitFileChooserDialog) GetFileChooserDialogPointer() *C.GtkFileChooserDialog

type TraitFileChooserWidget

type TraitFileChooserWidget struct{ CPointer *C.GtkFileChooserWidget }

func NewTraitFileChooserWidget

func NewTraitFileChooserWidget(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitFileChooserWidget

func (*TraitFileChooserWidget) GetFileChooserWidgetPointer

func (self *TraitFileChooserWidget) GetFileChooserWidgetPointer() *C.GtkFileChooserWidget

type TraitFileFilter

type TraitFileFilter struct{ CPointer *C.GtkFileFilter }

func NewTraitFileFilter

func NewTraitFileFilter(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitFileFilter

func (*TraitFileFilter) AddCustom

func (self *TraitFileFilter) AddCustom(needed C.GtkFileFilterFlags, func_ C.GtkFileFilterFunc, data unsafe.Pointer, notify C.GDestroyNotify)

Adds rule to a filter that allows files based on a custom callback function. The bitfield @needed which is passed in provides information about what sorts of information that the filter function needs; this allows GTK+ to avoid retrieving expensive information when it isn’t needed by the filter.

func (*TraitFileFilter) AddMimeType

func (self *TraitFileFilter) AddMimeType(mime_type string)

Adds a rule allowing a given mime type to @filter.

func (*TraitFileFilter) AddPattern

func (self *TraitFileFilter) AddPattern(pattern string)

Adds a rule allowing a shell style glob to a filter.

func (*TraitFileFilter) AddPixbufFormats

func (self *TraitFileFilter) AddPixbufFormats()

Adds a rule allowing image files in the formats supported by GdkPixbuf.

func (*TraitFileFilter) Filter

func (self *TraitFileFilter) Filter(filter_info *C.GtkFileFilterInfo) (return__ bool)

Tests whether a file should be displayed according to @filter. The #GtkFileFilterInfo @filter_info should include the fields returned from gtk_file_filter_get_needed().

This function will not typically be used by applications; it is intended principally for use in the implementation of #GtkFileChooser.

func (*TraitFileFilter) GetFileFilterPointer

func (self *TraitFileFilter) GetFileFilterPointer() *C.GtkFileFilter

func (*TraitFileFilter) GetName

func (self *TraitFileFilter) GetName() (return__ string)

Gets the human-readable name for the filter. See gtk_file_filter_set_name().

func (*TraitFileFilter) GetNeeded

func (self *TraitFileFilter) GetNeeded() (return__ C.GtkFileFilterFlags)

Gets the fields that need to be filled in for the #GtkFileFilterInfo passed to gtk_file_filter_filter()

This function will not typically be used by applications; it is intended principally for use in the implementation of #GtkFileChooser.

func (*TraitFileFilter) SetName

func (self *TraitFileFilter) SetName(name string)

Sets the human-readable name of the filter; this is the string that will be displayed in the file selector user interface if there is a selectable list of filters.

type TraitFixed

type TraitFixed struct{ CPointer *C.GtkFixed }

func NewTraitFixed

func NewTraitFixed(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitFixed

func (*TraitFixed) GetFixedPointer

func (self *TraitFixed) GetFixedPointer() *C.GtkFixed

func (*TraitFixed) Move

func (self *TraitFixed) Move(widget IsWidget, x int, y int)

Moves a child of a #GtkFixed container to the given position.

func (*TraitFixed) Put

func (self *TraitFixed) Put(widget IsWidget, x int, y int)

Adds a widget to a #GtkFixed container at the given position.

type TraitFlowBox

type TraitFlowBox struct{ CPointer *C.GtkFlowBox }

func NewTraitFlowBox

func NewTraitFlowBox(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitFlowBox

func (*TraitFlowBox) GetActivateOnSingleClick

func (self *TraitFlowBox) GetActivateOnSingleClick() (return__ bool)

Returns whether children activate on single clicks.

func (*TraitFlowBox) GetChildAtIndex

func (self *TraitFlowBox) GetChildAtIndex(idx int) (return__ *FlowBoxChild)

Gets the nth child in the @box.

func (*TraitFlowBox) GetColumnSpacing

func (self *TraitFlowBox) GetColumnSpacing() (return__ uint)

Gets the horizontal spacing.

func (*TraitFlowBox) GetFlowBoxPointer

func (self *TraitFlowBox) GetFlowBoxPointer() *C.GtkFlowBox

func (*TraitFlowBox) GetHomogeneous

func (self *TraitFlowBox) GetHomogeneous() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the box is homogeneous (all children are the same size). See gtk_box_set_homogeneous().

func (*TraitFlowBox) GetMaxChildrenPerLine

func (self *TraitFlowBox) GetMaxChildrenPerLine() (return__ uint)

Gets the maximum number of children per line.

func (*TraitFlowBox) GetMinChildrenPerLine

func (self *TraitFlowBox) GetMinChildrenPerLine() (return__ uint)

Gets the minimum number of children per line.

func (*TraitFlowBox) GetRowSpacing

func (self *TraitFlowBox) GetRowSpacing() (return__ uint)

Gets the vertical spacing.

func (*TraitFlowBox) GetSelectedChildren

func (self *TraitFlowBox) GetSelectedChildren() (return__ *C.GList)

Creates a list of all selected children.

func (*TraitFlowBox) GetSelectionMode

func (self *TraitFlowBox) GetSelectionMode() (return__ C.GtkSelectionMode)

Gets the selection mode of @box.

func (*TraitFlowBox) Insert

func (self *TraitFlowBox) Insert(widget IsWidget, position int)

Inserts the @widget into @box at @position.

If a sort function is set, the widget will actually be inserted at the calculated position and this function has the same effect as gtk_container_add().

If @position is -1, or larger than the total number of children in the @box, then the @widget will be appended to the end.

func (*TraitFlowBox) InvalidateFilter

func (self *TraitFlowBox) InvalidateFilter()

Updates the filtering for all children.

Call this function when the result of the filter function on the @box is changed due ot an external factor. For instance, this would be used if the filter function just looked for a specific search term, and the entry with the string has changed.

func (*TraitFlowBox) InvalidateSort

func (self *TraitFlowBox) InvalidateSort()

Updates the sorting for all children.

Call this when the result of the sort function on @box is changed due to an external factor.

func (*TraitFlowBox) SelectAll

func (self *TraitFlowBox) SelectAll()

Select all children of @box, if the selection mode allows it.

func (*TraitFlowBox) SelectChild

func (self *TraitFlowBox) SelectChild(child IsFlowBoxChild)

Selects a single child of @box, if the selection mode allows it.

func (*TraitFlowBox) SelectedForeach

func (self *TraitFlowBox) SelectedForeach(func_ C.GtkFlowBoxForeachFunc, data unsafe.Pointer)

Calls a function for each selected child.

Note that the selection cannot be modified from within this function.

func (*TraitFlowBox) SetActivateOnSingleClick

func (self *TraitFlowBox) SetActivateOnSingleClick(single bool)

If @single is %TRUE, children will be activated when you click on them, otherwise you need to double-click.

func (*TraitFlowBox) SetColumnSpacing

func (self *TraitFlowBox) SetColumnSpacing(spacing uint)

Sets the horizontal space to add between children. See the #GtkFlowBox:column-spacing property.

func (*TraitFlowBox) SetFilterFunc

func (self *TraitFlowBox) SetFilterFunc(filter_func C.GtkFlowBoxFilterFunc, user_data unsafe.Pointer, destroy C.GDestroyNotify)

By setting a filter function on the @box one can decide dynamically which of the children to show. For instance, to implement a search function that only shows the children matching the search terms.

The @filter_func will be called for each child after the call, and it will continue to be called each time a child changes (via gtk_flow_box_child_changed()) or when gtk_flow_box_invalidate_filter() is called.

func (*TraitFlowBox) SetHadjustment

func (self *TraitFlowBox) SetHadjustment(adjustment IsAdjustment)

Hooks up an adjustment to focus handling in @box. The adjustment is also used for autoscrolling during rubberband selection. See gtk_scrolled_window_get_hadjustment() for a typical way of obtaining the adjustment, and gtk_flow_box_set_vadjustment()for setting the vertical adjustment.

The adjustments have to be in pixel units and in the same coordinate system as the allocation for immediate children of the box.

func (*TraitFlowBox) SetHomogeneous

func (self *TraitFlowBox) SetHomogeneous(homogeneous bool)

Sets the #GtkFlowBox:homogeneous property of @box, controlling whether or not all children of @box are given equal space in the box.

func (*TraitFlowBox) SetMaxChildrenPerLine

func (self *TraitFlowBox) SetMaxChildrenPerLine(n_children uint)

Sets the maximum number of children to request and allocate space for in @box’s orientation.

Setting the maximum number of children per line limits the overall natural size request to be no more than @n_children children long in the given orientation.

func (*TraitFlowBox) SetMinChildrenPerLine

func (self *TraitFlowBox) SetMinChildrenPerLine(n_children uint)

Sets the minimum number of children to line up in @box’s orientation before flowing.

func (*TraitFlowBox) SetRowSpacing

func (self *TraitFlowBox) SetRowSpacing(spacing uint)

Sets the vertical space to add between children. See the #GtkFlowBox:row-spacing property.

func (*TraitFlowBox) SetSelectionMode

func (self *TraitFlowBox) SetSelectionMode(mode C.GtkSelectionMode)

Sets how selection works in @box. See #GtkSelectionMode for details.

func (*TraitFlowBox) SetSortFunc

func (self *TraitFlowBox) SetSortFunc(sort_func C.GtkFlowBoxSortFunc, user_data unsafe.Pointer, destroy C.GDestroyNotify)

By setting a sort function on the @box, one can dynamically reorder the children of the box, based on the contents of the children.

The @sort_func will be called for each child after the call, and will continue to be called each time a child changes (via gtk_flow_box_child_changed()) and when gtk_flow_box_invalidate_sort() is called.

func (*TraitFlowBox) SetVadjustment

func (self *TraitFlowBox) SetVadjustment(adjustment IsAdjustment)

Hooks up an adjustment to focus handling in @box. The adjustment is also used for autoscrolling during rubberband selection. See gtk_scrolled_window_get_vadjustment() for a typical way of obtaining the adjustment, and gtk_flow_box_set_hadjustment()for setting the horizontal adjustment.

The adjustments have to be in pixel units and in the same coordinate system as the allocation for immediate children of the box.

func (*TraitFlowBox) UnselectAll

func (self *TraitFlowBox) UnselectAll()

Unselect all children of @box, if the selection mode allows it.

func (*TraitFlowBox) UnselectChild

func (self *TraitFlowBox) UnselectChild(child IsFlowBoxChild)

Unselects a single child of @box, if the selection mode allows it.

type TraitFlowBoxAccessible

type TraitFlowBoxAccessible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkFlowBoxAccessible }

func NewTraitFlowBoxAccessible

func NewTraitFlowBoxAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitFlowBoxAccessible

func (*TraitFlowBoxAccessible) GetFlowBoxAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitFlowBoxAccessible) GetFlowBoxAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkFlowBoxAccessible

type TraitFlowBoxChild

type TraitFlowBoxChild struct{ CPointer *C.GtkFlowBoxChild }

func NewTraitFlowBoxChild

func NewTraitFlowBoxChild(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitFlowBoxChild

func (*TraitFlowBoxChild) Changed

func (self *TraitFlowBoxChild) Changed()

Marks @child as changed, causing any state that depends on this to be updated. This affects sorting and filtering.

Note that calls to this method must be in sync with the data used for the sorting and filtering functions. For instance, if the list is mirroring some external data set, and *two* children changed in the external data set when you call gtk_flow_box_child_changed() on the first child, the sort function must only read the new data for the first of the two changed children, otherwise the resorting of the children will be wrong.

This generally means that if you don’t fully control the data model, you have to duplicate the data that affects the sorting and filtering functions into the widgets themselves. Another alternative is to call gtk_flow_box_invalidate_sort() on any model change, but that is more expensive.

func (*TraitFlowBoxChild) GetFlowBoxChildPointer

func (self *TraitFlowBoxChild) GetFlowBoxChildPointer() *C.GtkFlowBoxChild

func (*TraitFlowBoxChild) GetIndex

func (self *TraitFlowBoxChild) GetIndex() (return__ int)

Gets the current index of the @child in its #GtkFlowBox container.

func (*TraitFlowBoxChild) IsSelected

func (self *TraitFlowBoxChild) IsSelected() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the @child is currently selected in its #GtkFlowBox container.

type TraitFlowBoxChildAccessible

type TraitFlowBoxChildAccessible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkFlowBoxChildAccessible }

func NewTraitFlowBoxChildAccessible

func NewTraitFlowBoxChildAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitFlowBoxChildAccessible

func (*TraitFlowBoxChildAccessible) GetFlowBoxChildAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitFlowBoxChildAccessible) GetFlowBoxChildAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkFlowBoxChildAccessible

type TraitFontButton

type TraitFontButton struct{ CPointer *C.GtkFontButton }

func NewTraitFontButton

func NewTraitFontButton(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitFontButton

func (*TraitFontButton) GetFontButtonPointer

func (self *TraitFontButton) GetFontButtonPointer() *C.GtkFontButton

func (*TraitFontButton) GetFontName

func (self *TraitFontButton) GetFontName() (return__ string)

Retrieves the name of the currently selected font. This name includes style and size information as well. If you want to render something with the font, use this string with pango_font_description_from_string() . If you’re interested in peeking certain values (family name, style, size, weight) just query these properties from the #PangoFontDescription object.

func (*TraitFontButton) GetShowSize

func (self *TraitFontButton) GetShowSize() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the font size will be shown in the label.

func (*TraitFontButton) GetShowStyle

func (self *TraitFontButton) GetShowStyle() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the name of the font style will be shown in the label.

func (*TraitFontButton) GetTitle

func (self *TraitFontButton) GetTitle() (return__ string)

Retrieves the title of the font chooser dialog.

func (*TraitFontButton) GetUseFont

func (self *TraitFontButton) GetUseFont() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the selected font is used in the label.

func (*TraitFontButton) GetUseSize

func (self *TraitFontButton) GetUseSize() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the selected size is used in the label.

func (*TraitFontButton) SetFontName

func (self *TraitFontButton) SetFontName(fontname string) (return__ bool)

Sets or updates the currently-displayed font in font picker dialog.

func (*TraitFontButton) SetShowSize

func (self *TraitFontButton) SetShowSize(show_size bool)

If @show_size is %TRUE, the font size will be displayed along with the name of the selected font.

func (*TraitFontButton) SetShowStyle

func (self *TraitFontButton) SetShowStyle(show_style bool)

If @show_style is %TRUE, the font style will be displayed along with name of the selected font.

func (*TraitFontButton) SetTitle

func (self *TraitFontButton) SetTitle(title string)

Sets the title for the font chooser dialog.

func (*TraitFontButton) SetUseFont

func (self *TraitFontButton) SetUseFont(use_font bool)

If @use_font is %TRUE, the font name will be written using the selected font.

func (*TraitFontButton) SetUseSize

func (self *TraitFontButton) SetUseSize(use_size bool)

If @use_size is %TRUE, the font name will be written using the selected size.

type TraitFontChooserDialog

type TraitFontChooserDialog struct{ CPointer *C.GtkFontChooserDialog }

func NewTraitFontChooserDialog

func NewTraitFontChooserDialog(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitFontChooserDialog

func (*TraitFontChooserDialog) GetFontChooserDialogPointer

func (self *TraitFontChooserDialog) GetFontChooserDialogPointer() *C.GtkFontChooserDialog

type TraitFontChooserWidget

type TraitFontChooserWidget struct{ CPointer *C.GtkFontChooserWidget }

func NewTraitFontChooserWidget

func NewTraitFontChooserWidget(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitFontChooserWidget

func (*TraitFontChooserWidget) GetFontChooserWidgetPointer

func (self *TraitFontChooserWidget) GetFontChooserWidgetPointer() *C.GtkFontChooserWidget

type TraitFontSelection

type TraitFontSelection struct{ CPointer *C.GtkFontSelection }

func NewTraitFontSelection

func NewTraitFontSelection(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitFontSelection

func (*TraitFontSelection) GetFontSelectionPointer

func (self *TraitFontSelection) GetFontSelectionPointer() *C.GtkFontSelection

type TraitFontSelectionDialog

type TraitFontSelectionDialog struct{ CPointer *C.GtkFontSelectionDialog }

func NewTraitFontSelectionDialog

func NewTraitFontSelectionDialog(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitFontSelectionDialog

func (*TraitFontSelectionDialog) GetFontSelectionDialogPointer

func (self *TraitFontSelectionDialog) GetFontSelectionDialogPointer() *C.GtkFontSelectionDialog

type TraitFrame

type TraitFrame struct{ CPointer *C.GtkFrame }

func NewTraitFrame

func NewTraitFrame(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitFrame

func (*TraitFrame) GetFramePointer

func (self *TraitFrame) GetFramePointer() *C.GtkFrame

func (*TraitFrame) GetLabel

func (self *TraitFrame) GetLabel() (return__ string)

If the frame’s label widget is a #GtkLabel, returns the text in the label widget. (The frame will have a #GtkLabel for the label widget if a non-%NULL argument was passed to gtk_frame_new().)

func (*TraitFrame) GetLabelAlign

func (self *TraitFrame) GetLabelAlign() (xalign float32, yalign float32)

Retrieves the X and Y alignment of the frame’s label. See gtk_frame_set_label_align().

func (*TraitFrame) GetLabelWidget

func (self *TraitFrame) GetLabelWidget() (return__ *Widget)

Retrieves the label widget for the frame. See gtk_frame_set_label_widget().

func (*TraitFrame) GetShadowType

func (self *TraitFrame) GetShadowType() (return__ C.GtkShadowType)

Retrieves the shadow type of the frame. See gtk_frame_set_shadow_type().

func (*TraitFrame) SetLabel

func (self *TraitFrame) SetLabel(label string)

Sets the text of the label. If @label is %NULL, the current label is removed.

func (*TraitFrame) SetLabelAlign

func (self *TraitFrame) SetLabelAlign(xalign float32, yalign float32)

Sets the alignment of the frame widget’s label. The default values for a newly created frame are 0.0 and 0.5.

func (*TraitFrame) SetLabelWidget

func (self *TraitFrame) SetLabelWidget(label_widget IsWidget)

Sets the label widget for the frame. This is the widget that will appear embedded in the top edge of the frame as a title.

func (*TraitFrame) SetShadowType

func (self *TraitFrame) SetShadowType(type_ C.GtkShadowType)

Sets the shadow type for @frame.

type TraitFrameAccessible

type TraitFrameAccessible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkFrameAccessible }

func NewTraitFrameAccessible

func NewTraitFrameAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitFrameAccessible

func (*TraitFrameAccessible) GetFrameAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitFrameAccessible) GetFrameAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkFrameAccessible

type TraitGesture

type TraitGesture struct{ CPointer *C.GtkGesture }

func NewTraitGesture

func NewTraitGesture(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitGesture

func (*TraitGesture) GetBoundingBox

func (self *TraitGesture) GetBoundingBox() (rect C.GdkRectangle, return__ bool)

If there are touch sequences being currently handled by @gesture, this function returns %TRUE and fills in @rect with the bounding box containing all active touches. Otherwise, %FALSE will be returned.

func (*TraitGesture) GetBoundingBoxCenter

func (self *TraitGesture) GetBoundingBoxCenter() (x float64, y float64, return__ bool)

If there are touch sequences being currently handled by @gesture, this function returns %TRUE and fills in @x and @y with the center of the bounding box containing all active touches. Otherwise, %FALSE will be returned.

func (*TraitGesture) GetDevice

func (self *TraitGesture) GetDevice() (return__ *C.GdkDevice)

Returns the master #GdkDevice that is currently operating on @gesture, or %NULL if the gesture is not being interacted.

func (*TraitGesture) GetGesturePointer

func (self *TraitGesture) GetGesturePointer() *C.GtkGesture

func (*TraitGesture) GetGroup

func (self *TraitGesture) GetGroup() (return__ *C.GList)

Returns all gestures in the group of @gesture

func (*TraitGesture) GetLastEvent

func (self *TraitGesture) GetLastEvent(sequence *C.GdkEventSequence) (return__ *C.GdkEvent)

Returns the last event that was processed for @sequence.

func (*TraitGesture) GetLastUpdatedSequence

func (self *TraitGesture) GetLastUpdatedSequence() (return__ *C.GdkEventSequence)

Returns the #GdkEventSequence that was last updated on @gesture.

func (*TraitGesture) GetPoint

func (self *TraitGesture) GetPoint(sequence *C.GdkEventSequence) (x float64, y float64, return__ bool)

If @sequence is currently being interpreted by @gesture, this function returns %TRUE and fills in @x and @y with the last coordinates stored for that event sequence. The coordinates are always relative to the widget allocation.

func (*TraitGesture) GetSequenceState

func (self *TraitGesture) GetSequenceState(sequence *C.GdkEventSequence) (return__ C.GtkEventSequenceState)

Returns the @sequence state, as seen by @gesture.

func (*TraitGesture) GetSequences

func (self *TraitGesture) GetSequences() (return__ *C.GList)

Returns the list of #GdkEventSequences currently being interpreted by @gesture.

func (*TraitGesture) GetWindow

func (self *TraitGesture) GetWindow() (return__ *C.GdkWindow)

Returns the user-defined window that receives the events handled by @gesture. See gtk_gesture_set_window() for more information.

func (*TraitGesture) Group

func (self *TraitGesture) Group(gesture IsGesture)

Adds @gesture to the same group than @group_gesture. Gestures are by default isolated in their own groups.

When gestures are grouped, the state of #GdkEventSequences is kept in sync for all of those, so calling gtk_gesture_set_sequence_state(), on one will transfer the same value to the others.

Groups also perform an "implicit grabbing" of sequences, if a #GdkEventSequence state is set to #GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_CLAIMED on one group, every other gesture group attached to the same #GtkWidget will switch the state for that sequence to #GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_DENIED.

func (*TraitGesture) HandlesSequence

func (self *TraitGesture) HandlesSequence(sequence *C.GdkEventSequence) (return__ bool)

Returns %TRUE if @gesture is currently handling events corresponding to @sequence.

func (*TraitGesture) IsActive

func (self *TraitGesture) IsActive() (return__ bool)

Returns %TRUE if the gesture is currently active. A gesture is active meanwhile there are touch sequences interacting with it.

func (*TraitGesture) IsGroupedWith

func (self *TraitGesture) IsGroupedWith(other IsGesture) (return__ bool)

Returns %TRUE if both gestures pertain to the same group.

func (*TraitGesture) IsRecognized

func (self *TraitGesture) IsRecognized() (return__ bool)

Returns %TRUE if the gesture is currently recognized. A gesture is recognized if there are as many interacting touch sequences as required by @gesture, and #GtkGesture::check returned %TRUE for the sequences being currently interpreted.

func (*TraitGesture) SetSequenceState

func (self *TraitGesture) SetSequenceState(sequence *C.GdkEventSequence, state C.GtkEventSequenceState) (return__ bool)

Sets the state of @sequence in @gesture. Sequences start in state #GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_NONE, and whenever they change state, they can never go back to that state. Likewise, sequences in state #GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_DENIED cannot turn back to a not denied state. With these rules, the lifetime of an event sequence is constrained to the next four:

* None * None → Denied * None → Claimed * None → Claimed → Denied

Note: Due to event handling ordering, it may be unsafe to set the state on another gesture within a #GtkGesture::begin signal handler, as the callback might be executed before the other gesture knows about the sequence. A safe way to perform this could be:

|[ static void first_gesture_begin_cb (GtkGesture *first_gesture,

GdkEventSequence *sequence,
gpointer          user_data)
{
  gtk_gesture_set_sequence_state (first_gesture, sequence, GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_ACCEPTED);
  gtk_gesture_set_sequence_state (second_gesture, sequence, GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_DENIED);
}

static void second_gesture_begin_cb (GtkGesture *second_gesture,

GdkEventSequence *sequence,
gpointer          user_data)
{
  if (gtk_gesture_get_sequence_state (first_gesture, sequence) == GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_ACCEPTED)
    gtk_gesture_set_sequence_state (second_gesture, sequence, GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_DENIED);
}

]|

If both gestures are in the same group, just set the state on the gesture emitting the event, the sequence will be already be initialized to the group's global state when the second gesture processes the event.

func (*TraitGesture) SetState

func (self *TraitGesture) SetState(state C.GtkEventSequenceState) (return__ bool)

Sets the state of all sequences that @gesture is currently interacting with. See gtk_gesture_set_sequence_state() for more details on sequence states.

func (*TraitGesture) SetWindow

func (self *TraitGesture) SetWindow(window *C.GdkWindow)

Sets a specific window to receive events about, so @gesture will effectively handle only events targeting @window, or a child of it. @window must pertain to gtk_event_controller_get_widget().

func (*TraitGesture) Ungroup

func (self *TraitGesture) Ungroup()

Separates @gesture into an isolated group.

type TraitGestureDrag

type TraitGestureDrag struct{ CPointer *C.GtkGestureDrag }

func NewTraitGestureDrag

func NewTraitGestureDrag(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitGestureDrag

func (*TraitGestureDrag) GetGestureDragPointer

func (self *TraitGestureDrag) GetGestureDragPointer() *C.GtkGestureDrag

func (*TraitGestureDrag) GetOffset

func (self *TraitGestureDrag) GetOffset() (x float64, y float64, return__ bool)

If the @gesture is active, this function returns %TRUE and fills in @x and @y with the coordinates of the current point, as an offset to the starting drag point.

func (*TraitGestureDrag) GetStartPoint

func (self *TraitGestureDrag) GetStartPoint() (x float64, y float64, return__ bool)

If the @gesture is active, this function returns %TRUE and fills in @x and @y with the drag start coordinates, in window-relative coordinates.

type TraitGestureLongPress

type TraitGestureLongPress struct{ CPointer *C.GtkGestureLongPress }

func NewTraitGestureLongPress

func NewTraitGestureLongPress(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitGestureLongPress

func (*TraitGestureLongPress) GetGestureLongPressPointer

func (self *TraitGestureLongPress) GetGestureLongPressPointer() *C.GtkGestureLongPress

type TraitGestureMultiPress

type TraitGestureMultiPress struct{ CPointer *C.GtkGestureMultiPress }

func NewTraitGestureMultiPress

func NewTraitGestureMultiPress(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitGestureMultiPress

func (*TraitGestureMultiPress) GetArea

func (self *TraitGestureMultiPress) GetArea() (rect C.GdkRectangle, return__ bool)

If an area was set through gtk_gesture_multi_press_set_area(), this function will return %TRUE and fill in @rect with the press area. See gtk_gesture_multi_press_set_area() for more details on what the press area represents.

func (*TraitGestureMultiPress) GetGestureMultiPressPointer

func (self *TraitGestureMultiPress) GetGestureMultiPressPointer() *C.GtkGestureMultiPress

func (*TraitGestureMultiPress) SetArea

func (self *TraitGestureMultiPress) SetArea(rect *C.GdkRectangle)

If @rect is non-%NULL, the press area will be checked to be confined within the rectangle, otherwise the button count will be reset so the press is seen as being the first one. If @rect is #NULL, the area will be reset to an unrestricted state.

Note: The rectangle is only used to determine whether any non-first click falls within the expected area. This is not akin to an input shape.

type TraitGesturePan

type TraitGesturePan struct{ CPointer *C.GtkGesturePan }

func NewTraitGesturePan

func NewTraitGesturePan(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitGesturePan

func (*TraitGesturePan) GetGesturePanPointer

func (self *TraitGesturePan) GetGesturePanPointer() *C.GtkGesturePan

func (*TraitGesturePan) GetOrientation

func (self *TraitGesturePan) GetOrientation() (return__ C.GtkOrientation)

Returns the orientation of the pan gestures that this @gesture expects.

func (*TraitGesturePan) SetOrientation

func (self *TraitGesturePan) SetOrientation(orientation C.GtkOrientation)

Sets the orientation to be expected on pan gestures.

type TraitGestureRotate

type TraitGestureRotate struct{ CPointer *C.GtkGestureRotate }

func NewTraitGestureRotate

func NewTraitGestureRotate(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitGestureRotate

func (*TraitGestureRotate) GetAngleDelta

func (self *TraitGestureRotate) GetAngleDelta() (return__ float64)

If @gesture is active, this function returns the angle difference in radians since the gesture was first recognized. If @gesture is not active, 0 is returned.

func (*TraitGestureRotate) GetGestureRotatePointer

func (self *TraitGestureRotate) GetGestureRotatePointer() *C.GtkGestureRotate

type TraitGestureSingle

type TraitGestureSingle struct{ CPointer *C.GtkGestureSingle }

func NewTraitGestureSingle

func NewTraitGestureSingle(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitGestureSingle

func (*TraitGestureSingle) GetButton

func (self *TraitGestureSingle) GetButton() (return__ uint)

Returns the button number @gesture listens for, or 0 if @gesture reacts to any button press.

func (*TraitGestureSingle) GetCurrentButton

func (self *TraitGestureSingle) GetCurrentButton() (return__ uint)

Returns the button number currently interacting with @gesture, or 0 if there is none.

func (*TraitGestureSingle) GetCurrentSequence

func (self *TraitGestureSingle) GetCurrentSequence() (return__ *C.GdkEventSequence)

Returns the event sequence currently interacting with @gesture. This is only meaningful if gtk_gesture_is_active() returns %TRUE.

func (*TraitGestureSingle) GetExclusive

func (self *TraitGestureSingle) GetExclusive() (return__ bool)

Gets whether a gesture is exclusive. For more information, see gtk_gesture_single_set_exclusive().

func (*TraitGestureSingle) GetGestureSinglePointer

func (self *TraitGestureSingle) GetGestureSinglePointer() *C.GtkGestureSingle

func (*TraitGestureSingle) GetTouchOnly

func (self *TraitGestureSingle) GetTouchOnly() (return__ bool)

Returns %TRUE if the gesture is only triggered by touch events.

func (*TraitGestureSingle) SetButton

func (self *TraitGestureSingle) SetButton(button uint)

Sets the button number @gesture listens to. If non-0, every button press from a different button number will be ignored. Touch events implicitly match with button 1.

func (*TraitGestureSingle) SetExclusive

func (self *TraitGestureSingle) SetExclusive(exclusive bool)

Sets whether @gesture is exclusive. An exclusive gesture will only handle pointer and "pointer emulated" touch events, so at any given time, there is only one sequence able to interact with those.

func (*TraitGestureSingle) SetTouchOnly

func (self *TraitGestureSingle) SetTouchOnly(touch_only bool)

If @touch_only is %TRUE, @gesture will only handle events of type #GDK_TOUCH_BEGIN, #GDK_TOUCH_UPDATE or #GDK_TOUCH_END. If %FALSE, mouse events will be handled too.

type TraitGestureSwipe

type TraitGestureSwipe struct{ CPointer *C.GtkGestureSwipe }

func NewTraitGestureSwipe

func NewTraitGestureSwipe(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitGestureSwipe

func (*TraitGestureSwipe) GetGestureSwipePointer

func (self *TraitGestureSwipe) GetGestureSwipePointer() *C.GtkGestureSwipe

func (*TraitGestureSwipe) GetVelocity

func (self *TraitGestureSwipe) GetVelocity() (velocity_x float64, velocity_y float64, return__ bool)

If the gesture is recognized, this function returns %TRUE and fill in @velocity_x and @velocity_y with the recorded velocity, as per the last event(s) processed.

type TraitGestureZoom

type TraitGestureZoom struct{ CPointer *C.GtkGestureZoom }

func NewTraitGestureZoom

func NewTraitGestureZoom(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitGestureZoom

func (*TraitGestureZoom) GetGestureZoomPointer

func (self *TraitGestureZoom) GetGestureZoomPointer() *C.GtkGestureZoom

func (*TraitGestureZoom) GetScaleDelta

func (self *TraitGestureZoom) GetScaleDelta() (return__ float64)

If @gesture is active, this function returns the zooming difference since the gesture was recognized (hence the starting point is considered 1:1). If @gesture is not active, 1 is returned.

type TraitGrid

type TraitGrid struct{ CPointer *C.GtkGrid }

func NewTraitGrid

func NewTraitGrid(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitGrid

func (*TraitGrid) Attach

func (self *TraitGrid) Attach(child IsWidget, left int, top int, width int, height int)

Adds a widget to the grid.

The position of @child is determined by @left and @top. The number of “cells” that @child will occupy is determined by @width and @height.

func (*TraitGrid) AttachNextTo

func (self *TraitGrid) AttachNextTo(child IsWidget, sibling IsWidget, side C.GtkPositionType, width int, height int)

Adds a widget to the grid.

The widget is placed next to @sibling, on the side determined by @side. When @sibling is %NULL, the widget is placed in row (for left or right placement) or column 0 (for top or bottom placement), at the end indicated by @side.

Attaching widgets labeled [1], [2], [3] with @sibling == %NULL and @side == %GTK_POS_LEFT yields a layout of [3][2][1].

func (*TraitGrid) GetBaselineRow

func (self *TraitGrid) GetBaselineRow() (return__ int)

Returns which row defines the global baseline of @grid.

func (*TraitGrid) GetChildAt

func (self *TraitGrid) GetChildAt(left int, top int) (return__ *Widget)

Gets the child of @grid whose area covers the grid cell whose upper left corner is at @left, @top.

func (*TraitGrid) GetColumnHomogeneous

func (self *TraitGrid) GetColumnHomogeneous() (return__ bool)

Returns whether all columns of @grid have the same width.

func (*TraitGrid) GetColumnSpacing

func (self *TraitGrid) GetColumnSpacing() (return__ uint)

Returns the amount of space between the columns of @grid.

func (*TraitGrid) GetGridPointer

func (self *TraitGrid) GetGridPointer() *C.GtkGrid

func (*TraitGrid) GetRowBaselinePosition

func (self *TraitGrid) GetRowBaselinePosition(row int) (return__ C.GtkBaselinePosition)

Returns the baseline position of @row as set by gtk_grid_set_row_baseline_position() or the default value %GTK_BASELINE_POSITION_CENTER.

func (*TraitGrid) GetRowHomogeneous

func (self *TraitGrid) GetRowHomogeneous() (return__ bool)

Returns whether all rows of @grid have the same height.

func (*TraitGrid) GetRowSpacing

func (self *TraitGrid) GetRowSpacing() (return__ uint)

Returns the amount of space between the rows of @grid.

func (*TraitGrid) InsertColumn

func (self *TraitGrid) InsertColumn(position int)

Inserts a column at the specified position.

Children which are attached at or to the right of this position are moved one column to the right. Children which span across this position are grown to span the new column.

func (*TraitGrid) InsertNextTo

func (self *TraitGrid) InsertNextTo(sibling IsWidget, side C.GtkPositionType)

Inserts a row or column at the specified position.

The new row or column is placed next to @sibling, on the side determined by @side. If @side is %GTK_POS_TOP or %GTK_POS_BOTTOM, a row is inserted. If @side is %GTK_POS_LEFT of %GTK_POS_RIGHT, a column is inserted.

func (*TraitGrid) InsertRow

func (self *TraitGrid) InsertRow(position int)

Inserts a row at the specified position.

Children which are attached at or below this position are moved one row down. Children which span across this position are grown to span the new row.

func (*TraitGrid) RemoveColumn

func (self *TraitGrid) RemoveColumn(position int)

Removes a column from the grid.

Children that are placed in this column are removed, spanning children that overlap this column have their width reduced by one, and children after the column are moved to the left.

func (*TraitGrid) RemoveRow

func (self *TraitGrid) RemoveRow(position int)

Removes a row from the grid.

Children that are placed in this row are removed, spanning children that overlap this row have their height reduced by one, and children below the row are moved up.

func (*TraitGrid) SetBaselineRow

func (self *TraitGrid) SetBaselineRow(row int)

Sets which row defines the global baseline for the entire grid. Each row in the grid can have its own local baseline, but only one of those is global, meaning it will be the baseline in the parent of the @grid.

func (*TraitGrid) SetColumnHomogeneous

func (self *TraitGrid) SetColumnHomogeneous(homogeneous bool)

Sets whether all columns of @grid will have the same width.

func (*TraitGrid) SetColumnSpacing

func (self *TraitGrid) SetColumnSpacing(spacing uint)

Sets the amount of space between columns of @grid.

func (*TraitGrid) SetRowBaselinePosition

func (self *TraitGrid) SetRowBaselinePosition(row int, pos C.GtkBaselinePosition)

Sets how the baseline should be positioned on @row of the grid, in case that row is assigned more space than is requested.

func (*TraitGrid) SetRowHomogeneous

func (self *TraitGrid) SetRowHomogeneous(homogeneous bool)

Sets whether all rows of @grid will have the same height.

func (*TraitGrid) SetRowSpacing

func (self *TraitGrid) SetRowSpacing(spacing uint)

Sets the amount of space between rows of @grid.

type TraitHBox

type TraitHBox struct{ CPointer *C.GtkHBox }

func NewTraitHBox

func NewTraitHBox(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitHBox

func (*TraitHBox) GetHBoxPointer

func (self *TraitHBox) GetHBoxPointer() *C.GtkHBox

type TraitHButtonBox

type TraitHButtonBox struct{ CPointer *C.GtkHButtonBox }

func NewTraitHButtonBox

func NewTraitHButtonBox(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitHButtonBox

func (*TraitHButtonBox) GetHButtonBoxPointer

func (self *TraitHButtonBox) GetHButtonBoxPointer() *C.GtkHButtonBox

type TraitHPaned

type TraitHPaned struct{ CPointer *C.GtkHPaned }

func NewTraitHPaned

func NewTraitHPaned(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitHPaned

func (*TraitHPaned) GetHPanedPointer

func (self *TraitHPaned) GetHPanedPointer() *C.GtkHPaned

type TraitHSV

type TraitHSV struct{ CPointer *C.GtkHSV }

func NewTraitHSV

func NewTraitHSV(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitHSV

func (*TraitHSV) GetHSVPointer

func (self *TraitHSV) GetHSVPointer() *C.GtkHSV

type TraitHScale

type TraitHScale struct{ CPointer *C.GtkHScale }

func NewTraitHScale

func NewTraitHScale(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitHScale

func (*TraitHScale) GetHScalePointer

func (self *TraitHScale) GetHScalePointer() *C.GtkHScale

type TraitHScrollbar

type TraitHScrollbar struct{ CPointer *C.GtkHScrollbar }

func NewTraitHScrollbar

func NewTraitHScrollbar(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitHScrollbar

func (*TraitHScrollbar) GetHScrollbarPointer

func (self *TraitHScrollbar) GetHScrollbarPointer() *C.GtkHScrollbar

type TraitHSeparator

type TraitHSeparator struct{ CPointer *C.GtkHSeparator }

func NewTraitHSeparator

func NewTraitHSeparator(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitHSeparator

func (*TraitHSeparator) GetHSeparatorPointer

func (self *TraitHSeparator) GetHSeparatorPointer() *C.GtkHSeparator

type TraitHandleBox

type TraitHandleBox struct{ CPointer *C.GtkHandleBox }

func NewTraitHandleBox

func NewTraitHandleBox(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitHandleBox

func (*TraitHandleBox) GetHandleBoxPointer

func (self *TraitHandleBox) GetHandleBoxPointer() *C.GtkHandleBox

type TraitHeaderBar

type TraitHeaderBar struct{ CPointer *C.GtkHeaderBar }

func NewTraitHeaderBar

func NewTraitHeaderBar(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitHeaderBar

func (*TraitHeaderBar) GetCustomTitle

func (self *TraitHeaderBar) GetCustomTitle() (return__ *Widget)

Retrieves the custom title widget of the header. See gtk_header_bar_set_custom_title().

func (*TraitHeaderBar) GetDecorationLayout

func (self *TraitHeaderBar) GetDecorationLayout() (return__ string)

Gets the decoration layout set with gtk_header_bar_set_decoration_layout().

func (*TraitHeaderBar) GetHasSubtitle

func (self *TraitHeaderBar) GetHasSubtitle() (return__ bool)

Retrieves whether the header bar reserves space for a subtitle, regardless if one is currently set or not.

func (*TraitHeaderBar) GetHeaderBarPointer

func (self *TraitHeaderBar) GetHeaderBarPointer() *C.GtkHeaderBar

func (*TraitHeaderBar) GetShowCloseButton

func (self *TraitHeaderBar) GetShowCloseButton() (return__ bool)

Returns whether this header bar shows the standard window decorations.

func (*TraitHeaderBar) GetSubtitle

func (self *TraitHeaderBar) GetSubtitle() (return__ string)

Retrieves the subtitle of the header. See gtk_header_bar_set_subtitle().

func (*TraitHeaderBar) GetTitle

func (self *TraitHeaderBar) GetTitle() (return__ string)

Retrieves the title of the header. See gtk_header_bar_set_title().

func (*TraitHeaderBar) PackEnd

func (self *TraitHeaderBar) PackEnd(child IsWidget)

Adds @child to @bar, packed with reference to the end of the @bar.

func (*TraitHeaderBar) PackStart

func (self *TraitHeaderBar) PackStart(child IsWidget)

Adds @child to @bar, packed with reference to the start of the @bar.

func (*TraitHeaderBar) SetCustomTitle

func (self *TraitHeaderBar) SetCustomTitle(title_widget IsWidget)

Sets a custom title for the #GtkHeaderBar.

The title should help a user identify the current view. This supersedes any title set by gtk_header_bar_set_title() or gtk_header_bar_set_subtitle(). To achieve the same style as the builtin title and subtitle, use the “title” and “subtitle” style classes.

You should set the custom title to %NULL, for the header title label to be visible again.

func (*TraitHeaderBar) SetDecorationLayout

func (self *TraitHeaderBar) SetDecorationLayout(layout string)

Sets the decoration layout for this header bar, overriding the #GtkSettings:gtk-decoration-layout setting.

There can be valid reasons for overriding the setting, such as a header bar design that does not allow for buttons to take room on the right, or only offers room for a single close button. Split header bars are another example for overriding the setting.

The format of the string is button names, separated by commas. A colon separates the buttons that should appear on the left from those on the right. Recognized button names are minimize, maximize, close, icon (the window icon) and menu (a menu button for the fallback app menu).

For example, “menu:minimize,maximize,close” specifies a menu on the left, and minimize, maximize and close buttons on the right.

func (*TraitHeaderBar) SetHasSubtitle

func (self *TraitHeaderBar) SetHasSubtitle(setting bool)

Sets whether the header bar should reserve space for a subtitle, even if none is currently set.

func (*TraitHeaderBar) SetShowCloseButton

func (self *TraitHeaderBar) SetShowCloseButton(setting bool)

Sets whether this header bar shows the standard window decorations, including close, maximize, and minimize.

func (*TraitHeaderBar) SetSubtitle

func (self *TraitHeaderBar) SetSubtitle(subtitle string)

Sets the subtitle of the #GtkHeaderBar. The title should give a user an additional detail to help him identify the current view.

Note that GtkHeaderBar by default reserves room for the subtitle, even if none is currently set. If this is not desired, set the #GtkHeaderBar:has-subtitle property to %FALSE.

func (*TraitHeaderBar) SetTitle

func (self *TraitHeaderBar) SetTitle(title string)

Sets the title of the #GtkHeaderBar. The title should help a user identify the current view. A good title should not include the application name.

type TraitIMContext

type TraitIMContext struct{ CPointer *C.GtkIMContext }

func NewTraitIMContext

func NewTraitIMContext(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitIMContext

func (*TraitIMContext) DeleteSurrounding

func (self *TraitIMContext) DeleteSurrounding(offset int, n_chars int) (return__ bool)

Asks the widget that the input context is attached to to delete characters around the cursor position by emitting the GtkIMContext::delete_surrounding signal. Note that @offset and @n_chars are in characters not in bytes which differs from the usage other places in #GtkIMContext.

In order to use this function, you should first call gtk_im_context_get_surrounding() to get the current context, and call this function immediately afterwards to make sure that you know what you are deleting. You should also account for the fact that even if the signal was handled, the input context might not have deleted all the characters that were requested to be deleted.

This function is used by an input method that wants to make subsitutions in the existing text in response to new input. It is not useful for applications.

func (*TraitIMContext) FilterKeypress

func (self *TraitIMContext) FilterKeypress(event *C.GdkEventKey) (return__ bool)

Allow an input method to internally handle key press and release events. If this function returns %TRUE, then no further processing should be done for this key event.

func (*TraitIMContext) FocusIn

func (self *TraitIMContext) FocusIn()

Notify the input method that the widget to which this input context corresponds has gained focus. The input method may, for example, change the displayed feedback to reflect this change.

func (*TraitIMContext) FocusOut

func (self *TraitIMContext) FocusOut()

Notify the input method that the widget to which this input context corresponds has lost focus. The input method may, for example, change the displayed feedback or reset the contexts state to reflect this change.

func (*TraitIMContext) GetIMContextPointer

func (self *TraitIMContext) GetIMContextPointer() *C.GtkIMContext

func (*TraitIMContext) GetPreeditString

func (self *TraitIMContext) GetPreeditString() (str string, attrs *C.PangoAttrList, cursor_pos int)

Retrieve the current preedit string for the input context, and a list of attributes to apply to the string. This string should be displayed inserted at the insertion point.

func (*TraitIMContext) GetSurrounding

func (self *TraitIMContext) GetSurrounding() (text string, cursor_index int, return__ bool)

Retrieves context around the insertion point. Input methods typically want context in order to constrain input text based on existing text; this is important for languages such as Thai where only some sequences of characters are allowed.

This function is implemented by emitting the GtkIMContext::retrieve_surrounding signal on the input method; in response to this signal, a widget should provide as much context as is available, up to an entire paragraph, by calling gtk_im_context_set_surrounding(). Note that there is no obligation for a widget to respond to the ::retrieve_surrounding signal, so input methods must be prepared to function without context.

func (*TraitIMContext) Reset

func (self *TraitIMContext) Reset()

Notify the input method that a change such as a change in cursor position has been made. This will typically cause the input method to clear the preedit state.

func (*TraitIMContext) SetClientWindow

func (self *TraitIMContext) SetClientWindow(window *C.GdkWindow)

Set the client window for the input context; this is the #GdkWindow in which the input appears. This window is used in order to correctly position status windows, and may also be used for purposes internal to the input method.

func (*TraitIMContext) SetCursorLocation

func (self *TraitIMContext) SetCursorLocation(area *C.GdkRectangle)

Notify the input method that a change in cursor position has been made. The location is relative to the client window.

func (*TraitIMContext) SetSurrounding

func (self *TraitIMContext) SetSurrounding(text string, len_ int, cursor_index int)

Sets surrounding context around the insertion point and preedit string. This function is expected to be called in response to the GtkIMContext::retrieve_surrounding signal, and will likely have no effect if called at other times.

func (*TraitIMContext) SetUsePreedit

func (self *TraitIMContext) SetUsePreedit(use_preedit bool)

Sets whether the IM context should use the preedit string to display feedback. If @use_preedit is FALSE (default is TRUE), then the IM context may use some other method to display feedback, such as displaying it in a child of the root window.

type TraitIMContextSimple

type TraitIMContextSimple struct{ CPointer *C.GtkIMContextSimple }

func NewTraitIMContextSimple

func NewTraitIMContextSimple(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitIMContextSimple

func (*TraitIMContextSimple) AddTable

func (self *TraitIMContextSimple) AddTable(data *C.guint16, max_seq_len int, n_seqs int)

Adds an additional table to search to the input context. Each row of the table consists of @max_seq_len key symbols followed by two #guint16 interpreted as the high and low words of a #gunicode value. Tables are searched starting from the last added.

The table must be sorted in dictionary order on the numeric value of the key symbol fields. (Values beyond the length of the sequence should be zero.)

func (*TraitIMContextSimple) GetIMContextSimplePointer

func (self *TraitIMContextSimple) GetIMContextSimplePointer() *C.GtkIMContextSimple

type TraitIMMulticontext

type TraitIMMulticontext struct{ CPointer *C.GtkIMMulticontext }

func NewTraitIMMulticontext

func NewTraitIMMulticontext(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitIMMulticontext

func (*TraitIMMulticontext) GetContextId

func (self *TraitIMMulticontext) GetContextId() (return__ string)

Gets the id of the currently active slave of the @context.

func (*TraitIMMulticontext) GetIMMulticontextPointer

func (self *TraitIMMulticontext) GetIMMulticontextPointer() *C.GtkIMMulticontext

func (*TraitIMMulticontext) SetContextId

func (self *TraitIMMulticontext) SetContextId(context_id string)

Sets the context id for @context.

This causes the currently active slave of @context to be replaced by the slave corresponding to the new context id.

type TraitIconFactory

type TraitIconFactory struct{ CPointer *C.GtkIconFactory }

func NewTraitIconFactory

func NewTraitIconFactory(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitIconFactory

func (*TraitIconFactory) GetIconFactoryPointer

func (self *TraitIconFactory) GetIconFactoryPointer() *C.GtkIconFactory

type TraitIconInfo

type TraitIconInfo struct{ CPointer *C.GtkIconInfo }

func NewTraitIconInfo

func NewTraitIconInfo(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitIconInfo

func (*TraitIconInfo) GetBaseScale

func (self *TraitIconInfo) GetBaseScale() (return__ int)

Gets the base scale for the icon. The base scale is a scale for the icon that was specified by the icon theme creator. For instance an icon drawn for a high-dpi screen with window scale 2 for a base size of 32 will be 64 pixels tall and have a base scale of 2.

func (*TraitIconInfo) GetBaseSize

func (self *TraitIconInfo) GetBaseSize() (return__ int)

Gets the base size for the icon. The base size is a size for the icon that was specified by the icon theme creator. This may be different than the actual size of image; an example of this is small emblem icons that can be attached to a larger icon. These icons will be given the same base size as the larger icons to which they are attached.

Note that for scaled icons the base size does not include the base scale.

func (*TraitIconInfo) GetFilename

func (self *TraitIconInfo) GetFilename() (return__ string)

Gets the filename for the icon. If the %GTK_ICON_LOOKUP_USE_BUILTIN flag was passed to gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon(), there may be no filename if a builtin icon is returned; in this case, you should use gtk_icon_info_get_builtin_pixbuf().

func (*TraitIconInfo) GetIconInfoPointer

func (self *TraitIconInfo) GetIconInfoPointer() *C.GtkIconInfo

func (*TraitIconInfo) IsSymbolic

func (self *TraitIconInfo) IsSymbolic() (return__ bool)

Checks if the icon is symbolic or not. This currently uses only the file name and not the file contents for determining this. This behaviour may change in the future.

func (*TraitIconInfo) LoadIcon

func (self *TraitIconInfo) LoadIcon() (return__ *C.GdkPixbuf, __err__ error)

Renders an icon previously looked up in an icon theme using gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon(); the size will be based on the size passed to gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon(). Note that the resulting pixbuf may not be exactly this size; an icon theme may have icons that differ slightly from their nominal sizes, and in addition GTK+ will avoid scaling icons that it considers sufficiently close to the requested size or for which the source image would have to be scaled up too far. (This maintains sharpness.). This behaviour can be changed by passing the %GTK_ICON_LOOKUP_FORCE_SIZE flag when obtaining the #GtkIconInfo. If this flag has been specified, the pixbuf returned by this function will be scaled to the exact size.

func (*TraitIconInfo) LoadIconAsync

func (self *TraitIconInfo) LoadIconAsync(cancellable *C.GCancellable, callback C.GAsyncReadyCallback, user_data unsafe.Pointer)

Asynchronously load, render and scale an icon previously looked up from the icon theme using gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon().

For more details, see gtk_icon_info_load_icon() which is the synchronous version of this call.

func (*TraitIconInfo) LoadIconFinish

func (self *TraitIconInfo) LoadIconFinish(res *C.GAsyncResult) (return__ *C.GdkPixbuf, __err__ error)

Finishes an async icon load, see gtk_icon_info_load_icon_async().

func (*TraitIconInfo) LoadSurface

func (self *TraitIconInfo) LoadSurface(for_window *C.GdkWindow) (return__ *C.cairo_surface_t, __err__ error)

Renders an icon previously looked up in an icon theme using gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon(); the size will be based on the size passed to gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon(). Note that the resulting surface may not be exactly this size; an icon theme may have icons that differ slightly from their nominal sizes, and in addition GTK+ will avoid scaling icons that it considers sufficiently close to the requested size or for which the source image would have to be scaled up too far. (This maintains sharpness.). This behaviour can be changed by passing the %GTK_ICON_LOOKUP_FORCE_SIZE flag when obtaining the #GtkIconInfo. If this flag has been specified, the pixbuf returned by this function will be scaled to the exact size.

func (*TraitIconInfo) LoadSymbolic

func (self *TraitIconInfo) LoadSymbolic(fg *C.GdkRGBA, success_color *C.GdkRGBA, warning_color *C.GdkRGBA, error_color *C.GdkRGBA) (was_symbolic bool, return__ *C.GdkPixbuf, __err__ error)

Loads an icon, modifying it to match the system colours for the foreground, success, warning and error colors provided. If the icon is not a symbolic one, the function will return the result from gtk_icon_info_load_icon().

This allows loading symbolic icons that will match the system theme.

Unless you are implementing a widget, you will want to use g_themed_icon_new_with_default_fallbacks() to load the icon.

As implementation details, the icon loaded needs to be of SVG type, contain the “symbolic” term as the last component of the icon name, and use the “fg”, “success”, “warning” and “error” CSS styles in the SVG file itself.

See the [Symbolic Icons Specification](http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/SymbolicIcons) for more information about symbolic icons.

func (*TraitIconInfo) LoadSymbolicAsync

func (self *TraitIconInfo) LoadSymbolicAsync(fg *C.GdkRGBA, success_color *C.GdkRGBA, warning_color *C.GdkRGBA, error_color *C.GdkRGBA, cancellable *C.GCancellable, callback C.GAsyncReadyCallback, user_data unsafe.Pointer)

Asynchronously load, render and scale a symbolic icon previously looked up from the icon theme using gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon().

For more details, see gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic() which is the synchronous version of this call.

func (*TraitIconInfo) LoadSymbolicFinish

func (self *TraitIconInfo) LoadSymbolicFinish(res *C.GAsyncResult) (was_symbolic bool, return__ *C.GdkPixbuf, __err__ error)

Finishes an async icon load, see gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_async().

func (*TraitIconInfo) LoadSymbolicForContext

func (self *TraitIconInfo) LoadSymbolicForContext(context IsStyleContext) (was_symbolic bool, return__ *C.GdkPixbuf, __err__ error)

Loads an icon, modifying it to match the system colors for the foreground, success, warning and error colors provided. If the icon is not a symbolic one, the function will return the result from gtk_icon_info_load_icon(). This function uses the regular foreground color and the symbolic colors with the names “success_color”, “warning_color” and “error_color” from the context.

This allows loading symbolic icons that will match the system theme.

See gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic() for more details.

func (*TraitIconInfo) LoadSymbolicForContextAsync

func (self *TraitIconInfo) LoadSymbolicForContextAsync(context IsStyleContext, cancellable *C.GCancellable, callback C.GAsyncReadyCallback, user_data unsafe.Pointer)

Asynchronously load, render and scale a symbolic icon previously looked up from the icon theme using gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon().

For more details, see gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_for_context() which is the synchronous version of this call.

func (*TraitIconInfo) LoadSymbolicForContextFinish

func (self *TraitIconInfo) LoadSymbolicForContextFinish(res *C.GAsyncResult) (was_symbolic bool, return__ *C.GdkPixbuf, __err__ error)

Finishes an async icon load, see gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_for_context_async().

type TraitIconTheme

type TraitIconTheme struct{ CPointer *C.GtkIconTheme }

func NewTraitIconTheme

func NewTraitIconTheme(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitIconTheme

func (*TraitIconTheme) AddResourcePath

func (self *TraitIconTheme) AddResourcePath(path string)

Adds a resource path that will be looked at when looking for icons, similar to search paths.

This function should be used to make application-specific icons available as part of the icon theme.

The resources are considered as part of the hicolor icon theme and must be located in subdirectories that are defined in the hicolor icon theme, such as `@path/16x16/actions/run.png`. Icons that are directly placed in the resource path instead of a subdirectory are also considered as ultimate fallback.

func (*TraitIconTheme) AppendSearchPath

func (self *TraitIconTheme) AppendSearchPath(path string)

Appends a directory to the search path. See gtk_icon_theme_set_search_path().

func (*TraitIconTheme) GetExampleIconName

func (self *TraitIconTheme) GetExampleIconName() (return__ string)

Gets the name of an icon that is representative of the current theme (for instance, to use when presenting a list of themes to the user.)

func (*TraitIconTheme) GetIconSizes

func (self *TraitIconTheme) GetIconSizes(icon_name string) (return__ *C.gint)

Returns an array of integers describing the sizes at which the icon is available without scaling. A size of -1 means that the icon is available in a scalable format. The array is zero-terminated.

func (*TraitIconTheme) GetIconThemePointer

func (self *TraitIconTheme) GetIconThemePointer() *C.GtkIconTheme

func (*TraitIconTheme) HasIcon

func (self *TraitIconTheme) HasIcon(icon_name string) (return__ bool)

Checks whether an icon theme includes an icon for a particular name.

func (*TraitIconTheme) ListContexts

func (self *TraitIconTheme) ListContexts() (return__ *C.GList)

Gets the list of contexts available within the current hierarchy of icon themes

func (*TraitIconTheme) ListIcons

func (self *TraitIconTheme) ListIcons(context string) (return__ *C.GList)

Lists the icons in the current icon theme. Only a subset of the icons can be listed by providing a context string. The set of values for the context string is system dependent, but will typically include such values as “Applications” and “MimeTypes”.

func (*TraitIconTheme) LoadIcon

func (self *TraitIconTheme) LoadIcon(icon_name string, size int, flags C.GtkIconLookupFlags) (return__ *C.GdkPixbuf, __err__ error)

Looks up an icon in an icon theme, scales it to the given size and renders it into a pixbuf. This is a convenience function; if more details about the icon are needed, use gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon() followed by gtk_icon_info_load_icon().

Note that you probably want to listen for icon theme changes and update the icon. This is usually done by connecting to the GtkWidget::style-set signal. If for some reason you do not want to update the icon when the icon theme changes, you should consider using gdk_pixbuf_copy() to make a private copy of the pixbuf returned by this function. Otherwise GTK+ may need to keep the old icon theme loaded, which would be a waste of memory.

func (*TraitIconTheme) LoadIconForScale

func (self *TraitIconTheme) LoadIconForScale(icon_name string, size int, scale int, flags C.GtkIconLookupFlags) (return__ *C.GdkPixbuf, __err__ error)

Looks up an icon in an icon theme for a particular window scale, scales it to the given size and renders it into a pixbuf. This is a convenience function; if more details about the icon are needed, use gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon() followed by gtk_icon_info_load_icon().

Note that you probably want to listen for icon theme changes and update the icon. This is usually done by connecting to the GtkWidget::style-set signal. If for some reason you do not want to update the icon when the icon theme changes, you should consider using gdk_pixbuf_copy() to make a private copy of the pixbuf returned by this function. Otherwise GTK+ may need to keep the old icon theme loaded, which would be a waste of memory.

func (*TraitIconTheme) LoadSurface

func (self *TraitIconTheme) LoadSurface(icon_name string, size int, scale int, for_window *C.GdkWindow, flags C.GtkIconLookupFlags) (return__ *C.cairo_surface_t, __err__ error)

Looks up an icon in an icon theme for a particular window scale, scales it to the given size and renders it into a cairo surface. This is a convenience function; if more details about the icon are needed, use gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon() followed by gtk_icon_info_load_surface().

Note that you probably want to listen for icon theme changes and update the icon. This is usually done by connecting to the GtkWidget::style-set signal.

func (*TraitIconTheme) LookupByGicon

func (self *TraitIconTheme) LookupByGicon(icon *C.GIcon, size int, flags C.GtkIconLookupFlags) (return__ *IconInfo)

Looks up an icon and returns a #GtkIconInfo containing information such as the filename of the icon. The icon can then be rendered into a pixbuf using gtk_icon_info_load_icon().

func (*TraitIconTheme) LookupByGiconForScale

func (self *TraitIconTheme) LookupByGiconForScale(icon *C.GIcon, size int, scale int, flags C.GtkIconLookupFlags) (return__ *IconInfo)

Looks up an icon and returns a #GtkIconInfo containing information such as the filename of the icon. The icon can then be rendered into a pixbuf using gtk_icon_info_load_icon().

func (*TraitIconTheme) LookupIcon

func (self *TraitIconTheme) LookupIcon(icon_name string, size int, flags C.GtkIconLookupFlags) (return__ *IconInfo)

Looks up a named icon and returns a #GtkIconInfo containing information such as the filename of the icon. The icon can then be rendered into a pixbuf using gtk_icon_info_load_icon(). (gtk_icon_theme_load_icon() combines these two steps if all you need is the pixbuf.)

func (*TraitIconTheme) LookupIconForScale

func (self *TraitIconTheme) LookupIconForScale(icon_name string, size int, scale int, flags C.GtkIconLookupFlags) (return__ *IconInfo)

Looks up a named icon for a particular window scale and returns a #GtkIconInfo containing information such as the filename of the icon. The icon can then be rendered into a pixbuf using gtk_icon_info_load_icon(). (gtk_icon_theme_load_icon() combines these two steps if all you need is the pixbuf.)

func (*TraitIconTheme) PrependSearchPath

func (self *TraitIconTheme) PrependSearchPath(path string)

Prepends a directory to the search path. See gtk_icon_theme_set_search_path().

func (*TraitIconTheme) RescanIfNeeded

func (self *TraitIconTheme) RescanIfNeeded() (return__ bool)

Checks to see if the icon theme has changed; if it has, any currently cached information is discarded and will be reloaded next time @icon_theme is accessed.

func (*TraitIconTheme) SetCustomTheme

func (self *TraitIconTheme) SetCustomTheme(theme_name string)

Sets the name of the icon theme that the #GtkIconTheme object uses overriding system configuration. This function cannot be called on the icon theme objects returned from gtk_icon_theme_get_default() and gtk_icon_theme_get_for_screen().

func (*TraitIconTheme) SetScreen

func (self *TraitIconTheme) SetScreen(screen *C.GdkScreen)

Sets the screen for an icon theme; the screen is used to track the user’s currently configured icon theme, which might be different for different screens.

type TraitIconView

type TraitIconView struct{ CPointer *C.GtkIconView }

func NewTraitIconView

func NewTraitIconView(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitIconView

func (*TraitIconView) ConvertWidgetToBinWindowCoords

func (self *TraitIconView) ConvertWidgetToBinWindowCoords(wx int, wy int) (bx int, by int)

Converts widget coordinates to coordinates for the bin_window, as expected by e.g. gtk_icon_view_get_path_at_pos().

func (*TraitIconView) CreateDragIcon

func (self *TraitIconView) CreateDragIcon(path *C.GtkTreePath) (return__ *C.cairo_surface_t)

Creates a #cairo_surface_t representation of the item at @path. This image is used for a drag icon.

func (*TraitIconView) EnableModelDragDest

func (self *TraitIconView) EnableModelDragDest(targets *C.GtkTargetEntry, n_targets int, actions C.GdkDragAction)

Turns @icon_view into a drop destination for automatic DND. Calling this method sets #GtkIconView:reorderable to %FALSE.

func (*TraitIconView) EnableModelDragSource

func (self *TraitIconView) EnableModelDragSource(start_button_mask C.GdkModifierType, targets *C.GtkTargetEntry, n_targets int, actions C.GdkDragAction)

Turns @icon_view into a drag source for automatic DND. Calling this method sets #GtkIconView:reorderable to %FALSE.

func (*TraitIconView) GetActivateOnSingleClick

func (self *TraitIconView) GetActivateOnSingleClick() (return__ bool)

Gets the setting set by gtk_icon_view_set_activate_on_single_click().

func (*TraitIconView) GetCellRect

func (self *TraitIconView) GetCellRect(path *C.GtkTreePath, cell IsCellRenderer) (rect C.GdkRectangle, return__ bool)

Fills the bounding rectangle in widget coordinates for the cell specified by @path and @cell. If @cell is %NULL the main cell area is used.

This function is only valid if @icon_view is realized.

func (*TraitIconView) GetColumnSpacing

func (self *TraitIconView) GetColumnSpacing() (return__ int)

Returns the value of the ::column-spacing property.

func (*TraitIconView) GetColumns

func (self *TraitIconView) GetColumns() (return__ int)

Returns the value of the ::columns property.

func (*TraitIconView) GetCursor

func (self *TraitIconView) GetCursor() (path *C.GtkTreePath, cell *CellRenderer, return__ bool)

Fills in @path and @cell with the current cursor path and cell. If the cursor isn’t currently set, then *@path will be %NULL. If no cell currently has focus, then *@cell will be %NULL.

The returned #GtkTreePath must be freed with gtk_tree_path_free().

func (*TraitIconView) GetDestItemAtPos

func (self *TraitIconView) GetDestItemAtPos(drag_x int, drag_y int) (path *C.GtkTreePath, pos C.GtkIconViewDropPosition, return__ bool)

Determines the destination item for a given position.

func (*TraitIconView) GetDragDestItem

func (self *TraitIconView) GetDragDestItem() (path *C.GtkTreePath, pos C.GtkIconViewDropPosition)

Gets information about the item that is highlighted for feedback.

func (*TraitIconView) GetIconViewPointer

func (self *TraitIconView) GetIconViewPointer() *C.GtkIconView

func (*TraitIconView) GetItemAtPos

func (self *TraitIconView) GetItemAtPos(x int, y int) (path *C.GtkTreePath, cell *CellRenderer, return__ bool)

Finds the path at the point (@x, @y), relative to bin_window coordinates. In contrast to gtk_icon_view_get_path_at_pos(), this function also obtains the cell at the specified position. The returned path should be freed with gtk_tree_path_free(). See gtk_icon_view_convert_widget_to_bin_window_coords() for converting widget coordinates to bin_window coordinates.

func (*TraitIconView) GetItemColumn

func (self *TraitIconView) GetItemColumn(path *C.GtkTreePath) (return__ int)

Gets the column in which the item @path is currently displayed. Column numbers start at 0.

func (*TraitIconView) GetItemOrientation

func (self *TraitIconView) GetItemOrientation() (return__ C.GtkOrientation)

Returns the value of the ::item-orientation property which determines whether the labels are drawn beside the icons instead of below.

func (*TraitIconView) GetItemPadding

func (self *TraitIconView) GetItemPadding() (return__ int)

Returns the value of the ::item-padding property.

func (*TraitIconView) GetItemRow

func (self *TraitIconView) GetItemRow(path *C.GtkTreePath) (return__ int)

Gets the row in which the item @path is currently displayed. Row numbers start at 0.

func (*TraitIconView) GetItemWidth

func (self *TraitIconView) GetItemWidth() (return__ int)

Returns the value of the ::item-width property.

func (*TraitIconView) GetMargin

func (self *TraitIconView) GetMargin() (return__ int)

Returns the value of the ::margin property.

func (*TraitIconView) GetMarkupColumn

func (self *TraitIconView) GetMarkupColumn() (return__ int)

Returns the column with markup text for @icon_view.

func (*TraitIconView) GetModel

func (self *TraitIconView) GetModel() (return__ *C.GtkTreeModel)

Returns the model the #GtkIconView is based on. Returns %NULL if the model is unset.

func (*TraitIconView) GetPathAtPos

func (self *TraitIconView) GetPathAtPos(x int, y int) (return__ *C.GtkTreePath)

Finds the path at the point (@x, @y), relative to bin_window coordinates. See gtk_icon_view_get_item_at_pos(), if you are also interested in the cell at the specified position. See gtk_icon_view_convert_widget_to_bin_window_coords() for converting widget coordinates to bin_window coordinates.

func (*TraitIconView) GetPixbufColumn

func (self *TraitIconView) GetPixbufColumn() (return__ int)

Returns the column with pixbufs for @icon_view.

func (*TraitIconView) GetReorderable

func (self *TraitIconView) GetReorderable() (return__ bool)

Retrieves whether the user can reorder the list via drag-and-drop. See gtk_icon_view_set_reorderable().

func (*TraitIconView) GetRowSpacing

func (self *TraitIconView) GetRowSpacing() (return__ int)

Returns the value of the ::row-spacing property.

func (*TraitIconView) GetSelectedItems

func (self *TraitIconView) GetSelectedItems() (return__ *C.GList)

Creates a list of paths of all selected items. Additionally, if you are planning on modifying the model after calling this function, you may want to convert the returned list into a list of #GtkTreeRowReferences. To do this, you can use gtk_tree_row_reference_new().

To free the return value, use: |[<!-- language="C" --> g_list_free_full (list, (GDestroyNotify) gtk_tree_path_free); ]|

func (*TraitIconView) GetSelectionMode

func (self *TraitIconView) GetSelectionMode() (return__ C.GtkSelectionMode)

Gets the selection mode of the @icon_view.

func (*TraitIconView) GetSpacing

func (self *TraitIconView) GetSpacing() (return__ int)

Returns the value of the ::spacing property.

func (*TraitIconView) GetTextColumn

func (self *TraitIconView) GetTextColumn() (return__ int)

Returns the column with text for @icon_view.

func (*TraitIconView) GetTooltipColumn

func (self *TraitIconView) GetTooltipColumn() (return__ int)

Returns the column of @icon_view’s model which is being used for displaying tooltips on @icon_view’s rows.

func (*TraitIconView) GetVisibleRange

func (self *TraitIconView) GetVisibleRange() (start_path *C.GtkTreePath, end_path *C.GtkTreePath, return__ bool)

Sets @start_path and @end_path to be the first and last visible path. Note that there may be invisible paths in between.

Both paths should be freed with gtk_tree_path_free() after use.

func (*TraitIconView) ItemActivated

func (self *TraitIconView) ItemActivated(path *C.GtkTreePath)

Activates the item determined by @path.

func (*TraitIconView) PathIsSelected

func (self *TraitIconView) PathIsSelected(path *C.GtkTreePath) (return__ bool)

Returns %TRUE if the icon pointed to by @path is currently selected. If @path does not point to a valid location, %FALSE is returned.

func (*TraitIconView) ScrollToPath

func (self *TraitIconView) ScrollToPath(path *C.GtkTreePath, use_align bool, row_align float32, col_align float32)

Moves the alignments of @icon_view to the position specified by @path. @row_align determines where the row is placed, and @col_align determines where @column is placed. Both are expected to be between 0.0 and 1.0. 0.0 means left/top alignment, 1.0 means right/bottom alignment, 0.5 means center.

If @use_align is %FALSE, then the alignment arguments are ignored, and the tree does the minimum amount of work to scroll the item onto the screen. This means that the item will be scrolled to the edge closest to its current position. If the item is currently visible on the screen, nothing is done.

This function only works if the model is set, and @path is a valid row on the model. If the model changes before the @icon_view is realized, the centered path will be modified to reflect this change.

func (*TraitIconView) SelectAll

func (self *TraitIconView) SelectAll()

Selects all the icons. @icon_view must has its selection mode set to #GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE.

func (*TraitIconView) SelectPath

func (self *TraitIconView) SelectPath(path *C.GtkTreePath)

Selects the row at @path.

func (*TraitIconView) SelectedForeach

func (self *TraitIconView) SelectedForeach(func_ C.GtkIconViewForeachFunc, data unsafe.Pointer)

Calls a function for each selected icon. Note that the model or selection cannot be modified from within this function.

func (*TraitIconView) SetActivateOnSingleClick

func (self *TraitIconView) SetActivateOnSingleClick(single bool)

Causes the #GtkIconView::item-activated signal to be emitted on a single click instead of a double click.

func (*TraitIconView) SetColumnSpacing

func (self *TraitIconView) SetColumnSpacing(column_spacing int)

Sets the ::column-spacing property which specifies the space which is inserted between the columns of the icon view.

func (*TraitIconView) SetColumns

func (self *TraitIconView) SetColumns(columns int)

Sets the ::columns property which determines in how many columns the icons are arranged. If @columns is -1, the number of columns will be chosen automatically to fill the available area.

func (*TraitIconView) SetCursor

func (self *TraitIconView) SetCursor(path *C.GtkTreePath, cell IsCellRenderer, start_editing bool)

Sets the current keyboard focus to be at @path, and selects it. This is useful when you want to focus the user’s attention on a particular item. If @cell is not %NULL, then focus is given to the cell specified by it. Additionally, if @start_editing is %TRUE, then editing should be started in the specified cell.

This function is often followed by `gtk_widget_grab_focus (icon_view)` in order to give keyboard focus to the widget. Please note that editing can only happen when the widget is realized.

func (*TraitIconView) SetDragDestItem

func (self *TraitIconView) SetDragDestItem(path *C.GtkTreePath, pos C.GtkIconViewDropPosition)

Sets the item that is highlighted for feedback.

func (*TraitIconView) SetItemOrientation

func (self *TraitIconView) SetItemOrientation(orientation C.GtkOrientation)

Sets the ::item-orientation property which determines whether the labels are drawn beside the icons instead of below.

func (*TraitIconView) SetItemPadding

func (self *TraitIconView) SetItemPadding(item_padding int)

Sets the #GtkIconView:item-padding property which specifies the padding around each of the icon view’s items.

func (*TraitIconView) SetItemWidth

func (self *TraitIconView) SetItemWidth(item_width int)

Sets the ::item-width property which specifies the width to use for each item. If it is set to -1, the icon view will automatically determine a suitable item size.

func (*TraitIconView) SetMargin

func (self *TraitIconView) SetMargin(margin int)

Sets the ::margin property which specifies the space which is inserted at the top, bottom, left and right of the icon view.

func (*TraitIconView) SetMarkupColumn

func (self *TraitIconView) SetMarkupColumn(column int)

Sets the column with markup information for @icon_view to be @column. The markup column must be of type #G_TYPE_STRING. If the markup column is set to something, it overrides the text column set by gtk_icon_view_set_text_column().

func (*TraitIconView) SetModel

func (self *TraitIconView) SetModel(model *C.GtkTreeModel)

Sets the model for a #GtkIconView. If the @icon_view already has a model set, it will remove it before setting the new model. If @model is %NULL, then it will unset the old model.

func (*TraitIconView) SetPixbufColumn

func (self *TraitIconView) SetPixbufColumn(column int)

Sets the column with pixbufs for @icon_view to be @column. The pixbuf column must be of type #GDK_TYPE_PIXBUF

func (*TraitIconView) SetReorderable

func (self *TraitIconView) SetReorderable(reorderable bool)

This function is a convenience function to allow you to reorder models that support the #GtkTreeDragSourceIface and the #GtkTreeDragDestIface. Both #GtkTreeStore and #GtkListStore support these. If @reorderable is %TRUE, then the user can reorder the model by dragging and dropping rows. The developer can listen to these changes by connecting to the model's row_inserted and row_deleted signals. The reordering is implemented by setting up the icon view as a drag source and destination. Therefore, drag and drop can not be used in a reorderable view for any other purpose.

This function does not give you any degree of control over the order -- any reordering is allowed. If more control is needed, you should probably handle drag and drop manually.

func (*TraitIconView) SetRowSpacing

func (self *TraitIconView) SetRowSpacing(row_spacing int)

Sets the ::row-spacing property which specifies the space which is inserted between the rows of the icon view.

func (*TraitIconView) SetSelectionMode

func (self *TraitIconView) SetSelectionMode(mode C.GtkSelectionMode)

Sets the selection mode of the @icon_view.

func (*TraitIconView) SetSpacing

func (self *TraitIconView) SetSpacing(spacing int)

Sets the ::spacing property which specifies the space which is inserted between the cells (i.e. the icon and the text) of an item.

func (*TraitIconView) SetTextColumn

func (self *TraitIconView) SetTextColumn(column int)

Sets the column with text for @icon_view to be @column. The text column must be of type #G_TYPE_STRING.

func (*TraitIconView) SetTooltipCell

func (self *TraitIconView) SetTooltipCell(tooltip IsTooltip, path *C.GtkTreePath, cell IsCellRenderer)

Sets the tip area of @tooltip to the area which @cell occupies in the item pointed to by @path. See also gtk_tooltip_set_tip_area().

See also gtk_icon_view_set_tooltip_column() for a simpler alternative.

func (*TraitIconView) SetTooltipColumn

func (self *TraitIconView) SetTooltipColumn(column int)

If you only plan to have simple (text-only) tooltips on full items, you can use this function to have #GtkIconView handle these automatically for you. @column should be set to the column in @icon_view’s model containing the tooltip texts, or -1 to disable this feature.

When enabled, #GtkWidget:has-tooltip will be set to %TRUE and @icon_view will connect a #GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal handler.

Note that the signal handler sets the text with gtk_tooltip_set_markup(), so &, <, etc have to be escaped in the text.

func (*TraitIconView) SetTooltipItem

func (self *TraitIconView) SetTooltipItem(tooltip IsTooltip, path *C.GtkTreePath)

Sets the tip area of @tooltip to be the area covered by the item at @path. See also gtk_icon_view_set_tooltip_column() for a simpler alternative. See also gtk_tooltip_set_tip_area().

func (*TraitIconView) UnselectAll

func (self *TraitIconView) UnselectAll()

Unselects all the icons.

func (*TraitIconView) UnselectPath

func (self *TraitIconView) UnselectPath(path *C.GtkTreePath)

Unselects the row at @path.

func (*TraitIconView) UnsetModelDragDest

func (self *TraitIconView) UnsetModelDragDest()

Undoes the effect of gtk_icon_view_enable_model_drag_dest(). Calling this method sets #GtkIconView:reorderable to %FALSE.

func (*TraitIconView) UnsetModelDragSource

func (self *TraitIconView) UnsetModelDragSource()

Undoes the effect of gtk_icon_view_enable_model_drag_source(). Calling this method sets #GtkIconView:reorderable to %FALSE.

type TraitIconViewAccessible

type TraitIconViewAccessible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkIconViewAccessible }

func NewTraitIconViewAccessible

func NewTraitIconViewAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitIconViewAccessible

func (*TraitIconViewAccessible) GetIconViewAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitIconViewAccessible) GetIconViewAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkIconViewAccessible

type TraitImage

type TraitImage struct{ CPointer *C.GtkImage }

func NewTraitImage

func NewTraitImage(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitImage

func (*TraitImage) Clear

func (self *TraitImage) Clear()

Resets the image to be empty.

func (*TraitImage) GetAnimation

func (self *TraitImage) GetAnimation() (return__ *C.GdkPixbufAnimation)

Gets the #GdkPixbufAnimation being displayed by the #GtkImage. The storage type of the image must be %GTK_IMAGE_EMPTY or %GTK_IMAGE_ANIMATION (see gtk_image_get_storage_type()). The caller of this function does not own a reference to the returned animation.

func (*TraitImage) GetGicon

func (self *TraitImage) GetGicon() (gicon *C.GIcon, size C.GtkIconSize)

Gets the #GIcon and size being displayed by the #GtkImage. The storage type of the image must be %GTK_IMAGE_EMPTY or %GTK_IMAGE_GICON (see gtk_image_get_storage_type()). The caller of this function does not own a reference to the returned #GIcon.

func (*TraitImage) GetIconName

func (self *TraitImage) GetIconName() (icon_name string, size C.GtkIconSize)

Gets the icon name and size being displayed by the #GtkImage. The storage type of the image must be %GTK_IMAGE_EMPTY or %GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME (see gtk_image_get_storage_type()). The returned string is owned by the #GtkImage and should not be freed.

func (*TraitImage) GetImagePointer

func (self *TraitImage) GetImagePointer() *C.GtkImage

func (*TraitImage) GetPixbuf

func (self *TraitImage) GetPixbuf() (return__ *C.GdkPixbuf)

Gets the #GdkPixbuf being displayed by the #GtkImage. The storage type of the image must be %GTK_IMAGE_EMPTY or %GTK_IMAGE_PIXBUF (see gtk_image_get_storage_type()). The caller of this function does not own a reference to the returned pixbuf.

func (*TraitImage) GetPixelSize

func (self *TraitImage) GetPixelSize() (return__ int)

Gets the pixel size used for named icons.

func (*TraitImage) GetStorageType

func (self *TraitImage) GetStorageType() (return__ C.GtkImageType)

Gets the type of representation being used by the #GtkImage to store image data. If the #GtkImage has no image data, the return value will be %GTK_IMAGE_EMPTY.

func (*TraitImage) SetFromAnimation

func (self *TraitImage) SetFromAnimation(animation *C.GdkPixbufAnimation)

Causes the #GtkImage to display the given animation (or display nothing, if you set the animation to %NULL).

func (*TraitImage) SetFromFile

func (self *TraitImage) SetFromFile(filename string)

See gtk_image_new_from_file() for details.

func (*TraitImage) SetFromGicon

func (self *TraitImage) SetFromGicon(icon *C.GIcon, size C.GtkIconSize)

See gtk_image_new_from_gicon() for details.

func (*TraitImage) SetFromIconName

func (self *TraitImage) SetFromIconName(icon_name string, size C.GtkIconSize)

See gtk_image_new_from_icon_name() for details.

func (*TraitImage) SetFromPixbuf

func (self *TraitImage) SetFromPixbuf(pixbuf *C.GdkPixbuf)

See gtk_image_new_from_pixbuf() for details.

func (*TraitImage) SetFromResource

func (self *TraitImage) SetFromResource(resource_path string)

See gtk_image_new_from_resource() for details.

func (*TraitImage) SetFromSurface

func (self *TraitImage) SetFromSurface(surface *C.cairo_surface_t)

See gtk_image_new_from_surface() for details.

func (*TraitImage) SetPixelSize

func (self *TraitImage) SetPixelSize(pixel_size int)

Sets the pixel size to use for named icons. If the pixel size is set to a value != -1, it is used instead of the icon size set by gtk_image_set_from_icon_name().

type TraitImageAccessible

type TraitImageAccessible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkImageAccessible }

func NewTraitImageAccessible

func NewTraitImageAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitImageAccessible

func (*TraitImageAccessible) GetImageAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitImageAccessible) GetImageAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkImageAccessible

type TraitImageCellAccessible

type TraitImageCellAccessible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkImageCellAccessible }

func NewTraitImageCellAccessible

func NewTraitImageCellAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitImageCellAccessible

func (*TraitImageCellAccessible) GetImageCellAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitImageCellAccessible) GetImageCellAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkImageCellAccessible

type TraitImageMenuItem

type TraitImageMenuItem struct{ CPointer *C.GtkImageMenuItem }

func NewTraitImageMenuItem

func NewTraitImageMenuItem(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitImageMenuItem

func (*TraitImageMenuItem) GetImageMenuItemPointer

func (self *TraitImageMenuItem) GetImageMenuItemPointer() *C.GtkImageMenuItem

type TraitInfoBar

type TraitInfoBar struct{ CPointer *C.GtkInfoBar }

func NewTraitInfoBar

func NewTraitInfoBar(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitInfoBar

func (*TraitInfoBar) AddActionWidget

func (self *TraitInfoBar) AddActionWidget(child IsWidget, response_id int)

Add an activatable widget to the action area of a #GtkInfoBar, connecting a signal handler that will emit the #GtkInfoBar::response signal on the message area when the widget is activated. The widget is appended to the end of the message areas action area.

func (*TraitInfoBar) AddButton

func (self *TraitInfoBar) AddButton(button_text string, response_id int) (return__ *C.GtkWidget)

Adds a button with the given text and sets things up so that clicking the button will emit the “response” signal with the given response_id. The button is appended to the end of the info bars's action area. The button widget is returned, but usually you don't need it.

func (*TraitInfoBar) GetActionArea

func (self *TraitInfoBar) GetActionArea() (return__ *Widget)

Returns the action area of @info_bar.

func (*TraitInfoBar) GetContentArea

func (self *TraitInfoBar) GetContentArea() (return__ *Widget)

Returns the content area of @info_bar.

func (*TraitInfoBar) GetInfoBarPointer

func (self *TraitInfoBar) GetInfoBarPointer() *C.GtkInfoBar

func (*TraitInfoBar) GetMessageType

func (self *TraitInfoBar) GetMessageType() (return__ C.GtkMessageType)

Returns the message type of the message area.

func (*TraitInfoBar) GetShowCloseButton

func (self *TraitInfoBar) GetShowCloseButton() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the widget will display a standard close button.

func (*TraitInfoBar) Response

func (self *TraitInfoBar) Response(response_id int)

Emits the “response” signal with the given @response_id.

func (*TraitInfoBar) SetDefaultResponse

func (self *TraitInfoBar) SetDefaultResponse(response_id int)

Sets the last widget in the info bar’s action area with the given response_id as the default widget for the dialog. Pressing “Enter” normally activates the default widget.

Note that this function currently requires @info_bar to be added to a widget hierarchy.

func (*TraitInfoBar) SetMessageType

func (self *TraitInfoBar) SetMessageType(message_type C.GtkMessageType)

Sets the message type of the message area. GTK+ uses this type to determine what color to use when drawing the message area.

func (*TraitInfoBar) SetResponseSensitive

func (self *TraitInfoBar) SetResponseSensitive(response_id int, setting bool)

Calls gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, setting) for each widget in the info bars’s action area with the given response_id. A convenient way to sensitize/desensitize dialog buttons.

func (*TraitInfoBar) SetShowCloseButton

func (self *TraitInfoBar) SetShowCloseButton(setting bool)

If true, a standard close button is shown. When clicked it emits the response %GTK_RESPONSE_CLOSE.

type TraitInvisible

type TraitInvisible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkInvisible }

func NewTraitInvisible

func NewTraitInvisible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitInvisible

func (*TraitInvisible) GetInvisiblePointer

func (self *TraitInvisible) GetInvisiblePointer() *C.GtkInvisible

func (*TraitInvisible) GetScreen

func (self *TraitInvisible) GetScreen() (return__ *C.GdkScreen)

Returns the #GdkScreen object associated with @invisible

func (*TraitInvisible) SetScreen

func (self *TraitInvisible) SetScreen(screen *C.GdkScreen)

Sets the #GdkScreen where the #GtkInvisible object will be displayed.

type TraitLabel

type TraitLabel struct{ CPointer *C.GtkLabel }

func NewTraitLabel

func NewTraitLabel(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitLabel

func (*TraitLabel) GetAngle

func (self *TraitLabel) GetAngle() (return__ float64)

Gets the angle of rotation for the label. See gtk_label_set_angle().

func (*TraitLabel) GetAttributes

func (self *TraitLabel) GetAttributes() (return__ *C.PangoAttrList)

Gets the attribute list that was set on the label using gtk_label_set_attributes(), if any. This function does not reflect attributes that come from the labels markup (see gtk_label_set_markup()). If you want to get the effective attributes for the label, use pango_layout_get_attribute (gtk_label_get_layout (label)).

func (*TraitLabel) GetCurrentUri

func (self *TraitLabel) GetCurrentUri() (return__ string)

Returns the URI for the currently active link in the label. The active link is the one under the mouse pointer or, in a selectable label, the link in which the text cursor is currently positioned.

This function is intended for use in a #GtkLabel::activate-link handler or for use in a #GtkWidget::query-tooltip handler.

func (*TraitLabel) GetEllipsize

func (self *TraitLabel) GetEllipsize() (return__ C.PangoEllipsizeMode)

Returns the ellipsizing position of the label. See gtk_label_set_ellipsize().

func (*TraitLabel) GetJustify

func (self *TraitLabel) GetJustify() (return__ C.GtkJustification)

Returns the justification of the label. See gtk_label_set_justify().

func (*TraitLabel) GetLabel

func (self *TraitLabel) GetLabel() (return__ string)

Fetches the text from a label widget including any embedded underlines indicating mnemonics and Pango markup. (See gtk_label_get_text()).

func (*TraitLabel) GetLabelPointer

func (self *TraitLabel) GetLabelPointer() *C.GtkLabel

func (*TraitLabel) GetLayout

func (self *TraitLabel) GetLayout() (return__ *C.PangoLayout)

Gets the #PangoLayout used to display the label. The layout is useful to e.g. convert text positions to pixel positions, in combination with gtk_label_get_layout_offsets(). The returned layout is owned by the @label so need not be freed by the caller. The @label is free to recreate its layout at any time, so it should be considered read-only.

func (*TraitLabel) GetLayoutOffsets

func (self *TraitLabel) GetLayoutOffsets() (x int, y int)

Obtains the coordinates where the label will draw the #PangoLayout representing the text in the label; useful to convert mouse events into coordinates inside the #PangoLayout, e.g. to take some action if some part of the label is clicked. Of course you will need to create a #GtkEventBox to receive the events, and pack the label inside it, since labels are a #GTK_NO_WINDOW widget. Remember when using the #PangoLayout functions you need to convert to and from pixels using PANGO_PIXELS() or #PANGO_SCALE.

func (*TraitLabel) GetLineWrap

func (self *TraitLabel) GetLineWrap() (return__ bool)

Returns whether lines in the label are automatically wrapped. See gtk_label_set_line_wrap().

func (*TraitLabel) GetLineWrapMode

func (self *TraitLabel) GetLineWrapMode() (return__ C.PangoWrapMode)

Returns line wrap mode used by the label. See gtk_label_set_line_wrap_mode().

func (*TraitLabel) GetLines

func (self *TraitLabel) GetLines() (return__ int)

Gets the number of lines to which an ellipsized, wrapping label should be limited. See gtk_label_set_lines().

func (*TraitLabel) GetMaxWidthChars

func (self *TraitLabel) GetMaxWidthChars() (return__ int)

Retrieves the desired maximum width of @label, in characters. See gtk_label_set_width_chars().

func (*TraitLabel) GetMnemonicKeyval

func (self *TraitLabel) GetMnemonicKeyval() (return__ uint)

If the label has been set so that it has an mnemonic key this function returns the keyval used for the mnemonic accelerator. If there is no mnemonic set up it returns #GDK_KEY_VoidSymbol.

func (*TraitLabel) GetMnemonicWidget

func (self *TraitLabel) GetMnemonicWidget() (return__ *Widget)

Retrieves the target of the mnemonic (keyboard shortcut) of this label. See gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget().

func (*TraitLabel) GetSelectable

func (self *TraitLabel) GetSelectable() (return__ bool)

Gets the value set by gtk_label_set_selectable().

func (*TraitLabel) GetSelectionBounds

func (self *TraitLabel) GetSelectionBounds() (start int, end int, return__ bool)

Gets the selected range of characters in the label, returning %TRUE if there’s a selection.

func (*TraitLabel) GetSingleLineMode

func (self *TraitLabel) GetSingleLineMode() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the label is in single line mode.

func (*TraitLabel) GetText

func (self *TraitLabel) GetText() (return__ string)

Fetches the text from a label widget, as displayed on the screen. This does not include any embedded underlines indicating mnemonics or Pango markup. (See gtk_label_get_label())

func (self *TraitLabel) GetTrackVisitedLinks() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the label is currently keeping track of clicked links.

func (*TraitLabel) GetUseMarkup

func (self *TraitLabel) GetUseMarkup() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the label’s text is interpreted as marked up with the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat]. See gtk_label_set_use_markup ().

func (*TraitLabel) GetUseUnderline

func (self *TraitLabel) GetUseUnderline() (return__ bool)

Returns whether an embedded underline in the label indicates a mnemonic. See gtk_label_set_use_underline().

func (*TraitLabel) GetWidthChars

func (self *TraitLabel) GetWidthChars() (return__ int)

Retrieves the desired width of @label, in characters. See gtk_label_set_width_chars().

func (*TraitLabel) SelectRegion

func (self *TraitLabel) SelectRegion(start_offset int, end_offset int)

Selects a range of characters in the label, if the label is selectable. See gtk_label_set_selectable(). If the label is not selectable, this function has no effect. If @start_offset or @end_offset are -1, then the end of the label will be substituted.

func (*TraitLabel) SetAngle

func (self *TraitLabel) SetAngle(angle float64)

Sets the angle of rotation for the label. An angle of 90 reads from from bottom to top, an angle of 270, from top to bottom. The angle setting for the label is ignored if the label is selectable, wrapped, or ellipsized.

func (*TraitLabel) SetAttributes

func (self *TraitLabel) SetAttributes(attrs *C.PangoAttrList)

Sets a #PangoAttrList; the attributes in the list are applied to the label text.

The attributes set with this function will be applied and merged with any other attributes previously effected by way of the #GtkLabel:use-underline or #GtkLabel:use-markup properties. While it is not recommended to mix markup strings with manually set attributes, if you must; know that the attributes will be applied to the label after the markup string is parsed.

func (*TraitLabel) SetEllipsize

func (self *TraitLabel) SetEllipsize(mode C.PangoEllipsizeMode)

Sets the mode used to ellipsize (add an ellipsis: "...") to the text if there is not enough space to render the entire string.

func (*TraitLabel) SetJustify

func (self *TraitLabel) SetJustify(jtype C.GtkJustification)

Sets the alignment of the lines in the text of the label relative to each other. %GTK_JUSTIFY_LEFT is the default value when the widget is first created with gtk_label_new(). If you instead want to set the alignment of the label as a whole, use gtk_widget_set_halign() instead. gtk_label_set_justify() has no effect on labels containing only a single line.

func (*TraitLabel) SetLabel

func (self *TraitLabel) SetLabel(str string)

Sets the text of the label. The label is interpreted as including embedded underlines and/or Pango markup depending on the values of the #GtkLabel:use-underline" and #GtkLabel:use-markup properties.

func (*TraitLabel) SetLineWrap

func (self *TraitLabel) SetLineWrap(wrap bool)

Toggles line wrapping within the #GtkLabel widget. %TRUE makes it break lines if text exceeds the widget’s size. %FALSE lets the text get cut off by the edge of the widget if it exceeds the widget size.

Note that setting line wrapping to %TRUE does not make the label wrap at its parent container’s width, because GTK+ widgets conceptually can’t make their requisition depend on the parent container’s size. For a label that wraps at a specific position, set the label’s width using gtk_widget_set_size_request().

func (*TraitLabel) SetLineWrapMode

func (self *TraitLabel) SetLineWrapMode(wrap_mode C.PangoWrapMode)

If line wrapping is on (see gtk_label_set_line_wrap()) this controls how the line wrapping is done. The default is %PANGO_WRAP_WORD which means wrap on word boundaries.

func (*TraitLabel) SetLines

func (self *TraitLabel) SetLines(lines int)

Sets the number of lines to which an ellipsized, wrapping label should be limited. This has no effect if the label is not wrapping or ellipsized. Set this to -1 if you don’t want to limit the number of lines.

func (*TraitLabel) SetMarkup

func (self *TraitLabel) SetMarkup(str string)

Parses @str which is marked up with the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat], setting the label’s text and attribute list based on the parse results. If the @str is external data, you may need to escape it with g_markup_escape_text() or g_markup_printf_escaped(): |[<!-- language="C" --> const char *format = "<span style=\"italic\">\%s</span>"; char *markup;

markup = g_markup_printf_escaped (format, str); gtk_label_set_markup (GTK_LABEL (label), markup); g_free (markup); ]|

func (*TraitLabel) SetMarkupWithMnemonic

func (self *TraitLabel) SetMarkupWithMnemonic(str string)

Parses @str which is marked up with the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat], setting the label’s text and attribute list based on the parse results. If characters in @str are preceded by an underscore, they are underlined indicating that they represent a keyboard accelerator called a mnemonic.

The mnemonic key can be used to activate another widget, chosen automatically, or explicitly using gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget().

func (*TraitLabel) SetMaxWidthChars

func (self *TraitLabel) SetMaxWidthChars(n_chars int)

Sets the desired maximum width in characters of @label to @n_chars.

func (*TraitLabel) SetMnemonicWidget

func (self *TraitLabel) SetMnemonicWidget(widget IsWidget)

If the label has been set so that it has an mnemonic key (using i.e. gtk_label_set_markup_with_mnemonic(), gtk_label_set_text_with_mnemonic(), gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic() or the “use_underline” property) the label can be associated with a widget that is the target of the mnemonic. When the label is inside a widget (like a #GtkButton or a #GtkNotebook tab) it is automatically associated with the correct widget, but sometimes (i.e. when the target is a #GtkEntry next to the label) you need to set it explicitly using this function.

The target widget will be accelerated by emitting the GtkWidget::mnemonic-activate signal on it. The default handler for this signal will activate the widget if there are no mnemonic collisions and toggle focus between the colliding widgets otherwise.

func (*TraitLabel) SetPattern

func (self *TraitLabel) SetPattern(pattern string)

The pattern of underlines you want under the existing text within the #GtkLabel widget. For example if the current text of the label says “FooBarBaz” passing a pattern of “___ ___” will underline “Foo” and “Baz” but not “Bar”.

func (*TraitLabel) SetSelectable

func (self *TraitLabel) SetSelectable(setting bool)

Selectable labels allow the user to select text from the label, for copy-and-paste.

func (*TraitLabel) SetSingleLineMode

func (self *TraitLabel) SetSingleLineMode(single_line_mode bool)

Sets whether the label is in single line mode.

func (*TraitLabel) SetText

func (self *TraitLabel) SetText(str string)

Sets the text within the #GtkLabel widget. It overwrites any text that was there before.

This will also clear any previously set mnemonic accelerators.

func (*TraitLabel) SetTextWithMnemonic

func (self *TraitLabel) SetTextWithMnemonic(str string)

Sets the label’s text from the string @str. If characters in @str are preceded by an underscore, they are underlined indicating that they represent a keyboard accelerator called a mnemonic. The mnemonic key can be used to activate another widget, chosen automatically, or explicitly using gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget().

func (self *TraitLabel) SetTrackVisitedLinks(track_links bool)

Sets whether the label should keep track of clicked links (and use a different color for them).

func (*TraitLabel) SetUseMarkup

func (self *TraitLabel) SetUseMarkup(setting bool)

Sets whether the text of the label contains markup in [Pango’s text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat]. See gtk_label_set_markup().

func (*TraitLabel) SetUseUnderline

func (self *TraitLabel) SetUseUnderline(setting bool)

If true, an underline in the text indicates the next character should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key.

func (*TraitLabel) SetWidthChars

func (self *TraitLabel) SetWidthChars(n_chars int)

Sets the desired width in characters of @label to @n_chars.

type TraitLabelAccessible

type TraitLabelAccessible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkLabelAccessible }

func NewTraitLabelAccessible

func NewTraitLabelAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitLabelAccessible

func (*TraitLabelAccessible) GetLabelAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitLabelAccessible) GetLabelAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkLabelAccessible

type TraitLayout

type TraitLayout struct{ CPointer *C.GtkLayout }

func NewTraitLayout

func NewTraitLayout(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitLayout

func (*TraitLayout) GetBinWindow

func (self *TraitLayout) GetBinWindow() (return__ *C.GdkWindow)

Retrieve the bin window of the layout used for drawing operations.

func (*TraitLayout) GetLayoutPointer

func (self *TraitLayout) GetLayoutPointer() *C.GtkLayout

func (*TraitLayout) GetSize

func (self *TraitLayout) GetSize() (width uint, height uint)

Gets the size that has been set on the layout, and that determines the total extents of the layout’s scrollbar area. See gtk_layout_set_size ().

func (*TraitLayout) Move

func (self *TraitLayout) Move(child_widget IsWidget, x int, y int)

Moves a current child of @layout to a new position.

func (*TraitLayout) Put

func (self *TraitLayout) Put(child_widget IsWidget, x int, y int)

Adds @child_widget to @layout, at position (@x,@y). @layout becomes the new parent container of @child_widget.

func (*TraitLayout) SetSize

func (self *TraitLayout) SetSize(width uint, height uint)

Sets the size of the scrollable area of the layout.

type TraitLevelBar

type TraitLevelBar struct{ CPointer *C.GtkLevelBar }

func NewTraitLevelBar

func NewTraitLevelBar(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitLevelBar

func (*TraitLevelBar) AddOffsetValue

func (self *TraitLevelBar) AddOffsetValue(name string, value float64)

Adds a new offset marker on @self at the position specified by @value. When the bar value is in the interval topped by @value (or between @value and #GtkLevelBar:max-value in case the offset is the last one on the bar) a style class named `level-`@name will be applied when rendering the level bar fill. If another offset marker named @name exists, its value will be replaced by @value.

func (*TraitLevelBar) GetInverted

func (self *TraitLevelBar) GetInverted() (return__ bool)

Return the value of the #GtkLevelBar:inverted property.

func (*TraitLevelBar) GetLevelBarPointer

func (self *TraitLevelBar) GetLevelBarPointer() *C.GtkLevelBar

func (*TraitLevelBar) GetMaxValue

func (self *TraitLevelBar) GetMaxValue() (return__ float64)

Returns the value of the #GtkLevelBar:max-value property.

func (*TraitLevelBar) GetMinValue

func (self *TraitLevelBar) GetMinValue() (return__ float64)

Returns the value of the #GtkLevelBar:min-value property.

func (*TraitLevelBar) GetMode

func (self *TraitLevelBar) GetMode() (return__ C.GtkLevelBarMode)

Returns the value of the #GtkLevelBar:mode property.

func (*TraitLevelBar) GetOffsetValue

func (self *TraitLevelBar) GetOffsetValue(name string) (value float64, return__ bool)

Fetches the value specified for the offset marker @name in @self, returning %TRUE in case an offset named @name was found.

func (*TraitLevelBar) GetValue

func (self *TraitLevelBar) GetValue() (return__ float64)

Returns the value of the #GtkLevelBar:value property.

func (*TraitLevelBar) RemoveOffsetValue

func (self *TraitLevelBar) RemoveOffsetValue(name string)

Removes an offset marker previously added with gtk_level_bar_add_offset_value().

func (*TraitLevelBar) SetInverted

func (self *TraitLevelBar) SetInverted(inverted bool)

Sets the value of the #GtkLevelBar:inverted property.

func (*TraitLevelBar) SetMaxValue

func (self *TraitLevelBar) SetMaxValue(value float64)

Sets the value of the #GtkLevelBar:max-value property.

func (*TraitLevelBar) SetMinValue

func (self *TraitLevelBar) SetMinValue(value float64)

Sets the value of the #GtkLevelBar:min-value property.

func (*TraitLevelBar) SetMode

func (self *TraitLevelBar) SetMode(mode C.GtkLevelBarMode)

Sets the value of the #GtkLevelBar:mode property.

func (*TraitLevelBar) SetValue

func (self *TraitLevelBar) SetValue(value float64)

Sets the value of the #GtkLevelBar:value property.

type TraitLevelBarAccessible

type TraitLevelBarAccessible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkLevelBarAccessible }

func NewTraitLevelBarAccessible

func NewTraitLevelBarAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitLevelBarAccessible

func (*TraitLevelBarAccessible) GetLevelBarAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitLevelBarAccessible) GetLevelBarAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkLevelBarAccessible

type TraitLinkButton

type TraitLinkButton struct{ CPointer *C.GtkLinkButton }

func NewTraitLinkButton

func NewTraitLinkButton(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitLinkButton

func (*TraitLinkButton) GetLinkButtonPointer

func (self *TraitLinkButton) GetLinkButtonPointer() *C.GtkLinkButton

func (*TraitLinkButton) GetUri

func (self *TraitLinkButton) GetUri() (return__ string)

Retrieves the URI set using gtk_link_button_set_uri().

func (*TraitLinkButton) GetVisited

func (self *TraitLinkButton) GetVisited() (return__ bool)

Retrieves the “visited” state of the URI where the #GtkLinkButton points. The button becomes visited when it is clicked. If the URI is changed on the button, the “visited” state is unset again.

The state may also be changed using gtk_link_button_set_visited().

func (*TraitLinkButton) SetUri

func (self *TraitLinkButton) SetUri(uri string)

Sets @uri as the URI where the #GtkLinkButton points. As a side-effect this unsets the “visited” state of the button.

func (*TraitLinkButton) SetVisited

func (self *TraitLinkButton) SetVisited(visited bool)

Sets the “visited” state of the URI where the #GtkLinkButton points. See gtk_link_button_get_visited() for more details.

type TraitLinkButtonAccessible

type TraitLinkButtonAccessible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkLinkButtonAccessible }

func NewTraitLinkButtonAccessible

func NewTraitLinkButtonAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitLinkButtonAccessible

func (*TraitLinkButtonAccessible) GetLinkButtonAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitLinkButtonAccessible) GetLinkButtonAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkLinkButtonAccessible

type TraitListBox

type TraitListBox struct{ CPointer *C.GtkListBox }

func NewTraitListBox

func NewTraitListBox(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitListBox

func (*TraitListBox) DragHighlightRow

func (self *TraitListBox) DragHighlightRow(row IsListBoxRow)

This is a helper function for implementing DnD onto a #GtkListBox. The passed in @row will be highlighted via gtk_drag_highlight(), and any previously highlighted row will be unhighlighted.

The row will also be unhighlighted when the widget gets a drag leave event.

func (*TraitListBox) DragUnhighlightRow

func (self *TraitListBox) DragUnhighlightRow()

If a row has previously been highlighted via gtk_list_box_drag_highlight_row() it will have the highlight removed.

func (*TraitListBox) GetActivateOnSingleClick

func (self *TraitListBox) GetActivateOnSingleClick() (return__ bool)

Returns whether rows activate on single clicks.

func (*TraitListBox) GetAdjustment

func (self *TraitListBox) GetAdjustment() (return__ *Adjustment)

Gets the adjustment (if any) that the widget uses to for vertical scrolling.

func (*TraitListBox) GetListBoxPointer

func (self *TraitListBox) GetListBoxPointer() *C.GtkListBox

func (*TraitListBox) GetRowAtIndex

func (self *TraitListBox) GetRowAtIndex(index_ int) (return__ *ListBoxRow)

Gets the n-th child in the list (not counting headers). If @_index is negative or larger than the number of items in the list, %NULL is returned.

func (*TraitListBox) GetRowAtY

func (self *TraitListBox) GetRowAtY(y int) (return__ *ListBoxRow)

Gets the row at the @y position.

func (*TraitListBox) GetSelectedRow

func (self *TraitListBox) GetSelectedRow() (return__ *ListBoxRow)

Gets the selected row.

Note that the box may allow multiple selection, in which case you should use gtk_list_box_selected_foreach() to find all selected rows.

func (*TraitListBox) GetSelectedRows

func (self *TraitListBox) GetSelectedRows() (return__ *C.GList)

Creates a list of all selected children.

func (*TraitListBox) GetSelectionMode

func (self *TraitListBox) GetSelectionMode() (return__ C.GtkSelectionMode)

Gets the selection mode of the listbox.

func (*TraitListBox) Insert

func (self *TraitListBox) Insert(child IsWidget, position int)

Insert the @child into the @box at @position. If a sort function is set, the widget will actually be inserted at the calculated position and this function has the same effect of gtk_container_add().

If @position is -1, or larger than the total number of items in the @box, then the @child will be appended to the end.

func (*TraitListBox) InvalidateFilter

func (self *TraitListBox) InvalidateFilter()

Update the filtering for all rows. Call this when result of the filter function on the @box is changed due to an external factor. For instance, this would be used if the filter function just looked for a specific search string and the entry with the search string has changed.

func (*TraitListBox) InvalidateHeaders

func (self *TraitListBox) InvalidateHeaders()

Update the separators for all rows. Call this when result of the header function on the @box is changed due to an external factor.

func (*TraitListBox) InvalidateSort

func (self *TraitListBox) InvalidateSort()

Update the sorting for all rows. Call this when result of the sort function on the @box is changed due to an external factor.

func (*TraitListBox) Prepend

func (self *TraitListBox) Prepend(child IsWidget)

Prepend a widget to the list. If a sort function is set, the widget will actually be inserted at the calculated position and this function has the same effect of gtk_container_add().

func (*TraitListBox) SelectAll

func (self *TraitListBox) SelectAll()

Select all children of @box, if the selection mode allows it.

func (*TraitListBox) SelectRow

func (self *TraitListBox) SelectRow(row IsListBoxRow)

Make @row the currently selected row.

func (*TraitListBox) SelectedForeach

func (self *TraitListBox) SelectedForeach(func_ C.GtkListBoxForeachFunc, data unsafe.Pointer)

Calls a function for each selected child.

Note that the selection cannot be modified from within this function.

func (*TraitListBox) SetActivateOnSingleClick

func (self *TraitListBox) SetActivateOnSingleClick(single bool)

If @single is %TRUE, rows will be activated when you click on them, otherwise you need to double-click.

func (*TraitListBox) SetAdjustment

func (self *TraitListBox) SetAdjustment(adjustment IsAdjustment)

Sets the adjustment (if any) that the widget uses to for vertical scrolling. For instance, this is used to get the page size for PageUp/Down key handling.

In the normal case when the @box is packed inside a #GtkScrolledWindow the adjustment from that will be picked up automatically, so there is no need to manually do that.

func (*TraitListBox) SetFilterFunc

func (self *TraitListBox) SetFilterFunc(filter_func C.GtkListBoxFilterFunc, user_data unsafe.Pointer, destroy C.GDestroyNotify)

By setting a filter function on the @box one can decide dynamically which of the rows to show. For instance, to implement a search function on a list that filters the original list to only show the matching rows.

The @filter_func will be called for each row after the call, and it will continue to be called each time a row changes (via gtk_list_box_row_changed()) or when gtk_list_box_invalidate_filter() is called.

func (*TraitListBox) SetHeaderFunc

func (self *TraitListBox) SetHeaderFunc(update_header C.GtkListBoxUpdateHeaderFunc, user_data unsafe.Pointer, destroy C.GDestroyNotify)

By setting a header function on the @box one can dynamically add headers in front of rows, depending on the contents of the row and its position in the list. For instance, one could use it to add headers in front of the first item of a new kind, in a list sorted by the kind.

The @update_header can look at the current header widget using gtk_list_box_row_get_header() and either update the state of the widget as needed, or set a new one using gtk_list_box_row_set_header(). If no header is needed, set the header to %NULL.

Note that you may get many calls @update_header to this for a particular row when e.g. changing things that don’t affect the header. In this case it is important for performance to not blindly replace an existing header with an identical one.

The @update_header function will be called for each row after the call, and it will continue to be called each time a row changes (via gtk_list_box_row_changed()) and when the row before changes (either by gtk_list_box_row_changed() on the previous row, or when the previous row becomes a different row). It is also called for all rows when gtk_list_box_invalidate_headers() is called.

func (*TraitListBox) SetPlaceholder

func (self *TraitListBox) SetPlaceholder(placeholder IsWidget)

Sets the placeholder widget that is shown in the list when it doesn't display any visible children.

func (*TraitListBox) SetSelectionMode

func (self *TraitListBox) SetSelectionMode(mode C.GtkSelectionMode)

Sets how selection works in the listbox. See #GtkSelectionMode for details.

func (*TraitListBox) SetSortFunc

func (self *TraitListBox) SetSortFunc(sort_func C.GtkListBoxSortFunc, user_data unsafe.Pointer, destroy C.GDestroyNotify)

By setting a sort function on the @box one can dynamically reorder the rows of the list, based on the contents of the rows.

The @sort_func will be called for each row after the call, and will continue to be called each time a row changes (via gtk_list_box_row_changed()) and when gtk_list_box_invalidate_sort() is called.

func (*TraitListBox) UnselectAll

func (self *TraitListBox) UnselectAll()

Unselect all children of @box, if the selection mode allows it.

func (*TraitListBox) UnselectRow

func (self *TraitListBox) UnselectRow(row IsListBoxRow)

Unselects a single row of @box, if the selection mode allows it.

type TraitListBoxAccessible

type TraitListBoxAccessible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkListBoxAccessible }

func NewTraitListBoxAccessible

func NewTraitListBoxAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitListBoxAccessible

func (*TraitListBoxAccessible) GetListBoxAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitListBoxAccessible) GetListBoxAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkListBoxAccessible

type TraitListBoxRow

type TraitListBoxRow struct{ CPointer *C.GtkListBoxRow }

func NewTraitListBoxRow

func NewTraitListBoxRow(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitListBoxRow

func (*TraitListBoxRow) Changed

func (self *TraitListBoxRow) Changed()

Marks @row as changed, causing any state that depends on this to be updated. This affects sorting, filtering and headers.

Note that calls to this method must be in sync with the data used for the row functions. For instance, if the list is mirroring some external data set, and *two* rows changed in the external data set then when you call gtk_list_box_row_changed() on the first row the sort function must only read the new data for the first of the two changed rows, otherwise the resorting of the rows will be wrong.

This generally means that if you don’t fully control the data model you have to duplicate the data that affects the listbox row functions into the row widgets themselves. Another alternative is to call gtk_list_box_invalidate_sort() on any model change, but that is more expensive.

func (*TraitListBoxRow) GetActivatable

func (self *TraitListBoxRow) GetActivatable() (return__ bool)

Gets the value of the #GtkListBoxRow:activatable property for this row.

func (*TraitListBoxRow) GetHeader

func (self *TraitListBoxRow) GetHeader() (return__ *Widget)

Returns the current header of the @row. This can be used in a #GtkListBoxUpdateHeaderFunc to see if there is a header set already, and if so to update the state of it.

func (*TraitListBoxRow) GetIndex

func (self *TraitListBoxRow) GetIndex() (return__ int)

Gets the current index of the @row in its #GtkListBox container.

func (*TraitListBoxRow) GetListBoxRowPointer

func (self *TraitListBoxRow) GetListBoxRowPointer() *C.GtkListBoxRow

func (*TraitListBoxRow) GetSelectable

func (self *TraitListBoxRow) GetSelectable() (return__ bool)

Gets the value of the #GtkListBoxRow:selectable property for this row.

func (*TraitListBoxRow) IsSelected

func (self *TraitListBoxRow) IsSelected() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the child is currently selected in its #GtkListBox container.

func (*TraitListBoxRow) SetActivatable

func (self *TraitListBoxRow) SetActivatable(activatable bool)

Set the #GtkListBoxRow:activatable property for this row.

func (*TraitListBoxRow) SetHeader

func (self *TraitListBoxRow) SetHeader(header IsWidget)

Sets the current header of the @row. This is only allowed to be called from a #GtkListBoxUpdateHeaderFunc. It will replace any existing header in the row, and be shown in front of the row in the listbox.

func (*TraitListBoxRow) SetSelectable

func (self *TraitListBoxRow) SetSelectable(selectable bool)

Set the #GtkListBoxRow:selectable property for this row.

type TraitListBoxRowAccessible

type TraitListBoxRowAccessible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkListBoxRowAccessible }

func NewTraitListBoxRowAccessible

func NewTraitListBoxRowAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitListBoxRowAccessible

func (*TraitListBoxRowAccessible) GetListBoxRowAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitListBoxRowAccessible) GetListBoxRowAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkListBoxRowAccessible

type TraitListStore

type TraitListStore struct{ CPointer *C.GtkListStore }

func NewTraitListStore

func NewTraitListStore(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitListStore

func (*TraitListStore) Append

func (self *TraitListStore) Append() (iter C.GtkTreeIter)

Appends a new row to @list_store. @iter will be changed to point to this new row. The row will be empty after this function is called. To fill in values, you need to call gtk_list_store_set() or gtk_list_store_set_value().

func (*TraitListStore) Clear

func (self *TraitListStore) Clear()

Removes all rows from the list store.

func (*TraitListStore) GetListStorePointer

func (self *TraitListStore) GetListStorePointer() *C.GtkListStore

func (*TraitListStore) Insert

func (self *TraitListStore) Insert(position int) (iter C.GtkTreeIter)

Creates a new row at @position. @iter will be changed to point to this new row. If @position is -1 or is larger than the number of rows on the list, then the new row will be appended to the list. The row will be empty after this function is called. To fill in values, you need to call gtk_list_store_set() or gtk_list_store_set_value().

func (*TraitListStore) InsertAfter

func (self *TraitListStore) InsertAfter(sibling *C.GtkTreeIter) (iter C.GtkTreeIter)

Inserts a new row after @sibling. If @sibling is %NULL, then the row will be prepended to the beginning of the list. @iter will be changed to point to this new row. The row will be empty after this function is called. To fill in values, you need to call gtk_list_store_set() or gtk_list_store_set_value().

func (*TraitListStore) InsertBefore

func (self *TraitListStore) InsertBefore(sibling *C.GtkTreeIter) (iter C.GtkTreeIter)

Inserts a new row before @sibling. If @sibling is %NULL, then the row will be appended to the end of the list. @iter will be changed to point to this new row. The row will be empty after this function is called. To fill in values, you need to call gtk_list_store_set() or gtk_list_store_set_value().

func (*TraitListStore) InsertWithValuesv

func (self *TraitListStore) InsertWithValuesv(position int, columns []int, values *C.GValue, n_values int) (iter C.GtkTreeIter)

A variant of gtk_list_store_insert_with_values() which takes the columns and values as two arrays, instead of varargs. This function is mainly intended for language-bindings.

func (*TraitListStore) IterIsValid

func (self *TraitListStore) IterIsValid(iter *C.GtkTreeIter) (return__ bool)

> This function is slow. Only use it for debugging and/or testing > purposes.

Checks if the given iter is a valid iter for this #GtkListStore.

func (*TraitListStore) MoveAfter

func (self *TraitListStore) MoveAfter(iter *C.GtkTreeIter, position *C.GtkTreeIter)

Moves @iter in @store to the position after @position. Note that this function only works with unsorted stores. If @position is %NULL, @iter will be moved to the start of the list.

func (*TraitListStore) MoveBefore

func (self *TraitListStore) MoveBefore(iter *C.GtkTreeIter, position *C.GtkTreeIter)

Moves @iter in @store to the position before @position. Note that this function only works with unsorted stores. If @position is %NULL, @iter will be moved to the end of the list.

func (*TraitListStore) Prepend

func (self *TraitListStore) Prepend() (iter C.GtkTreeIter)

Prepends a new row to @list_store. @iter will be changed to point to this new row. The row will be empty after this function is called. To fill in values, you need to call gtk_list_store_set() or gtk_list_store_set_value().

func (*TraitListStore) Remove

func (self *TraitListStore) Remove(iter *C.GtkTreeIter) (return__ bool)

Removes the given row from the list store. After being removed, @iter is set to be the next valid row, or invalidated if it pointed to the last row in @list_store.

func (*TraitListStore) Reorder

func (self *TraitListStore) Reorder(new_order []int)

Reorders @store to follow the order indicated by @new_order. Note that this function only works with unsorted stores.

func (*TraitListStore) SetColumnTypes

func (self *TraitListStore) SetColumnTypes(n_columns int, types *C.GType)

This function is meant primarily for #GObjects that inherit from #GtkListStore, and should only be used when constructing a new #GtkListStore. It will not function after a row has been added, or a method on the #GtkTreeModel interface is called.

func (*TraitListStore) SetValue

func (self *TraitListStore) SetValue(iter *C.GtkTreeIter, column int, value *C.GValue)

Sets the data in the cell specified by @iter and @column. The type of @value must be convertible to the type of the column.

func (*TraitListStore) SetValuesv

func (self *TraitListStore) SetValuesv(iter *C.GtkTreeIter, columns []int, values *C.GValue, n_values int)

A variant of gtk_list_store_set_valist() which takes the columns and values as two arrays, instead of varargs. This function is mainly intended for language-bindings and in case the number of columns to change is not known until run-time.

func (*TraitListStore) Swap

func (self *TraitListStore) Swap(a *C.GtkTreeIter, b *C.GtkTreeIter)

Swaps @a and @b in @store. Note that this function only works with unsorted stores.

type TraitLockButton

type TraitLockButton struct{ CPointer *C.GtkLockButton }

func NewTraitLockButton

func NewTraitLockButton(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitLockButton

func (*TraitLockButton) GetLockButtonPointer

func (self *TraitLockButton) GetLockButtonPointer() *C.GtkLockButton

func (*TraitLockButton) GetPermission

func (self *TraitLockButton) GetPermission() (return__ *C.GPermission)

Obtains the #GPermission object that controls @button.

func (*TraitLockButton) SetPermission

func (self *TraitLockButton) SetPermission(permission *C.GPermission)

Sets the #GPermission object that controls @button.

type TraitLockButtonAccessible

type TraitLockButtonAccessible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkLockButtonAccessible }

func NewTraitLockButtonAccessible

func NewTraitLockButtonAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitLockButtonAccessible

func (*TraitLockButtonAccessible) GetLockButtonAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitLockButtonAccessible) GetLockButtonAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkLockButtonAccessible

type TraitMenu

type TraitMenu struct{ CPointer *C.GtkMenu }

func NewTraitMenu

func NewTraitMenu(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitMenu

func (*TraitMenu) Attach

func (self *TraitMenu) Attach(child IsWidget, left_attach uint, right_attach uint, top_attach uint, bottom_attach uint)

Adds a new #GtkMenuItem to a (table) menu. The number of “cells” that an item will occupy is specified by @left_attach, @right_attach, @top_attach and @bottom_attach. These each represent the leftmost, rightmost, uppermost and lower column and row numbers of the table. (Columns and rows are indexed from zero).

Note that this function is not related to gtk_menu_detach().

func (*TraitMenu) AttachToWidget

func (self *TraitMenu) AttachToWidget(attach_widget IsWidget, detacher C.GtkMenuDetachFunc)

Attaches the menu to the widget and provides a callback function that will be invoked when the menu calls gtk_menu_detach() during its destruction.

If the menu is attached to the widget then it will be destroyed when the widget is destroyed, as if it was a child widget. An attached menu will also move between screens correctly if the widgets moves between screens.

func (*TraitMenu) Detach

func (self *TraitMenu) Detach()

Detaches the menu from the widget to which it had been attached. This function will call the callback function, @detacher, provided when the gtk_menu_attach_to_widget() function was called.

func (*TraitMenu) GetAccelGroup

func (self *TraitMenu) GetAccelGroup() (return__ *AccelGroup)

Gets the #GtkAccelGroup which holds global accelerators for the menu. See gtk_menu_set_accel_group().

func (*TraitMenu) GetAccelPath

func (self *TraitMenu) GetAccelPath() (return__ string)

Retrieves the accelerator path set on the menu.

func (*TraitMenu) GetActive

func (self *TraitMenu) GetActive() (return__ *Widget)

Returns the selected menu item from the menu. This is used by the #GtkComboBox.

func (*TraitMenu) GetAttachWidget

func (self *TraitMenu) GetAttachWidget() (return__ *Widget)

Returns the #GtkWidget that the menu is attached to.

func (*TraitMenu) GetMenuPointer

func (self *TraitMenu) GetMenuPointer() *C.GtkMenu

func (*TraitMenu) GetMonitor

func (self *TraitMenu) GetMonitor() (return__ int)

Retrieves the number of the monitor on which to show the menu.

func (*TraitMenu) GetReserveToggleSize

func (self *TraitMenu) GetReserveToggleSize() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the menu reserves space for toggles and icons, regardless of their actual presence.

func (*TraitMenu) Popdown

func (self *TraitMenu) Popdown()

Removes the menu from the screen.

func (*TraitMenu) Popup

func (self *TraitMenu) Popup(parent_menu_shell IsWidget, parent_menu_item IsWidget, func_ C.GtkMenuPositionFunc, data unsafe.Pointer, button uint, activate_time uint32)

Displays a menu and makes it available for selection.

Applications can use this function to display context-sensitive menus, and will typically supply %NULL for the @parent_menu_shell, @parent_menu_item, @func and @data parameters. The default menu positioning function will position the menu at the current mouse cursor position.

The @button parameter should be the mouse button pressed to initiate the menu popup. If the menu popup was initiated by something other than a mouse button press, such as a mouse button release or a keypress, @button should be 0.

The @activate_time parameter is used to conflict-resolve initiation of concurrent requests for mouse/keyboard grab requests. To function properly, this needs to be the timestamp of the user event (such as a mouse click or key press) that caused the initiation of the popup. Only if no such event is available, gtk_get_current_event_time() can be used instead.

func (*TraitMenu) PopupForDevice

func (self *TraitMenu) PopupForDevice(device *C.GdkDevice, parent_menu_shell IsWidget, parent_menu_item IsWidget, func_ C.GtkMenuPositionFunc, data unsafe.Pointer, destroy C.GDestroyNotify, button uint, activate_time uint32)

Displays a menu and makes it available for selection.

Applications can use this function to display context-sensitive menus, and will typically supply %NULL for the @parent_menu_shell, @parent_menu_item, @func, @data and @destroy parameters. The default menu positioning function will position the menu at the current position of @device (or its corresponding pointer).

The @button parameter should be the mouse button pressed to initiate the menu popup. If the menu popup was initiated by something other than a mouse button press, such as a mouse button release or a keypress, @button should be 0.

The @activate_time parameter is used to conflict-resolve initiation of concurrent requests for mouse/keyboard grab requests. To function properly, this needs to be the time stamp of the user event (such as a mouse click or key press) that caused the initiation of the popup. Only if no such event is available, gtk_get_current_event_time() can be used instead.

func (*TraitMenu) ReorderChild

func (self *TraitMenu) ReorderChild(child IsWidget, position int)

Moves @child to a new @position in the list of @menu children.

func (*TraitMenu) Reposition

func (self *TraitMenu) Reposition()

Repositions the menu according to its position function.

func (*TraitMenu) SetAccelGroup

func (self *TraitMenu) SetAccelGroup(accel_group IsAccelGroup)

Set the #GtkAccelGroup which holds global accelerators for the menu. This accelerator group needs to also be added to all windows that this menu is being used in with gtk_window_add_accel_group(), in order for those windows to support all the accelerators contained in this group.

func (*TraitMenu) SetAccelPath

func (self *TraitMenu) SetAccelPath(accel_path string)

Sets an accelerator path for this menu from which accelerator paths for its immediate children, its menu items, can be constructed. The main purpose of this function is to spare the programmer the inconvenience of having to call gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path() on each menu item that should support runtime user changable accelerators. Instead, by just calling gtk_menu_set_accel_path() on their parent, each menu item of this menu, that contains a label describing its purpose, automatically gets an accel path assigned.

For example, a menu containing menu items “New” and “Exit”, will, after `gtk_menu_set_accel_path (menu, "<Gnumeric-Sheet>/File");` has been called, assign its items the accel paths: `"<Gnumeric-Sheet>/File/New"` and `"<Gnumeric-Sheet>/File/Exit"`.

Assigning accel paths to menu items then enables the user to change their accelerators at runtime. More details about accelerator paths and their default setups can be found at gtk_accel_map_add_entry().

Note that @accel_path string will be stored in a #GQuark. Therefore, if you pass a static string, you can save some memory by interning it first with g_intern_static_string().

func (*TraitMenu) SetActive

func (self *TraitMenu) SetActive(index uint)

Selects the specified menu item within the menu. This is used by the #GtkComboBox and should not be used by anyone else.

func (*TraitMenu) SetMonitor

func (self *TraitMenu) SetMonitor(monitor_num int)

Informs GTK+ on which monitor a menu should be popped up. See gdk_screen_get_monitor_geometry().

This function should be called from a #GtkMenuPositionFunc if the menu should not appear on the same monitor as the pointer. This information can’t be reliably inferred from the coordinates returned by a #GtkMenuPositionFunc, since, for very long menus, these coordinates may extend beyond the monitor boundaries or even the screen boundaries.

func (*TraitMenu) SetReserveToggleSize

func (self *TraitMenu) SetReserveToggleSize(reserve_toggle_size bool)

Sets whether the menu should reserve space for drawing toggles or icons, regardless of their actual presence.

func (*TraitMenu) SetScreen

func (self *TraitMenu) SetScreen(screen *C.GdkScreen)

Sets the #GdkScreen on which the menu will be displayed.

type TraitMenuAccessible

type TraitMenuAccessible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkMenuAccessible }

func NewTraitMenuAccessible

func NewTraitMenuAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitMenuAccessible

func (*TraitMenuAccessible) GetMenuAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitMenuAccessible) GetMenuAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkMenuAccessible

type TraitMenuBar

type TraitMenuBar struct{ CPointer *C.GtkMenuBar }

func NewTraitMenuBar

func NewTraitMenuBar(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitMenuBar

func (*TraitMenuBar) GetChildPackDirection

func (self *TraitMenuBar) GetChildPackDirection() (return__ C.GtkPackDirection)

Retrieves the current child pack direction of the menubar. See gtk_menu_bar_set_child_pack_direction().

func (*TraitMenuBar) GetMenuBarPointer

func (self *TraitMenuBar) GetMenuBarPointer() *C.GtkMenuBar

func (*TraitMenuBar) GetPackDirection

func (self *TraitMenuBar) GetPackDirection() (return__ C.GtkPackDirection)

Retrieves the current pack direction of the menubar. See gtk_menu_bar_set_pack_direction().

func (*TraitMenuBar) SetChildPackDirection

func (self *TraitMenuBar) SetChildPackDirection(child_pack_dir C.GtkPackDirection)

Sets how widgets should be packed inside the children of a menubar.

func (*TraitMenuBar) SetPackDirection

func (self *TraitMenuBar) SetPackDirection(pack_dir C.GtkPackDirection)

Sets how items should be packed inside a menubar.

type TraitMenuButton

type TraitMenuButton struct{ CPointer *C.GtkMenuButton }

func NewTraitMenuButton

func NewTraitMenuButton(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitMenuButton

func (*TraitMenuButton) GetAlignWidget

func (self *TraitMenuButton) GetAlignWidget() (return__ *Widget)

Returns the parent #GtkWidget to use to line up with menu.

func (*TraitMenuButton) GetDirection

func (self *TraitMenuButton) GetDirection() (return__ C.GtkArrowType)

Returns the direction the popup will be pointing at when popped up.

func (*TraitMenuButton) GetMenuButtonPointer

func (self *TraitMenuButton) GetMenuButtonPointer() *C.GtkMenuButton

func (*TraitMenuButton) GetMenuModel

func (self *TraitMenuButton) GetMenuModel() (return__ *C.GMenuModel)

Returns the #GMenuModel used to generate the popup.

func (*TraitMenuButton) GetPopover

func (self *TraitMenuButton) GetPopover() (return__ *Popover)

Returns the #GtkPopover that pops out of the button. If the button is not using a #GtkPopover, this function returns %NULL.

func (*TraitMenuButton) GetPopup

func (self *TraitMenuButton) GetPopup() (return__ *Menu)

Returns the #GtkMenu that pops out of the button. If the button does not use a #GtkMenu, this function returns %NULL.

func (*TraitMenuButton) GetUsePopover

func (self *TraitMenuButton) GetUsePopover() (return__ bool)

Returns whether a #GtkPopover or a #GtkMenu will be constructed from the menu model.

func (*TraitMenuButton) SetAlignWidget

func (self *TraitMenuButton) SetAlignWidget(align_widget IsWidget)

Sets the #GtkWidget to use to line the menu with when popped up. Note that the @align_widget must contain the #GtkMenuButton itself.

Setting it to %NULL means that the menu will be aligned with the button itself.

Note that this property is only used with menus currently, and not for popovers.

func (*TraitMenuButton) SetDirection

func (self *TraitMenuButton) SetDirection(direction C.GtkArrowType)

Sets the direction in which the popup will be popped up, as well as changing the arrow’s direction. The child will not be changed to an arrow if it was customized.

If the does not fit in the available space in the given direction, GTK+ will its best to keep it inside the screen and fully visible.

If you pass %GTK_ARROW_NONE for a @direction, the popup will behave as if you passed %GTK_ARROW_DOWN (although you won’t see any arrows).

func (*TraitMenuButton) SetMenuModel

func (self *TraitMenuButton) SetMenuModel(menu_model *C.GMenuModel)

Sets the #GMenuModel from which the popup will be constructed, or %NULL to disable the button.

Depending on the value of #GtkMenuButton:use-popover, either a #GtkMenu will be created with gtk_menu_new_from_model(), or a #GtkPopover with gtk_popover_new_from_model(). In either case, actions will be connected as documented for these functions.

If #GtkMenuButton:popup or #GtkMenuButton:popover are already set, their content will be lost and replaced by the newly created popup.

func (*TraitMenuButton) SetPopover

func (self *TraitMenuButton) SetPopover(popover IsWidget)

Sets the #GtkPopover that will be popped up when the button is clicked, or %NULL to disable the button. If #GtkMenuButton:menu-model or #GtkMenuButton:popup are set, they will be set to %NULL.

func (*TraitMenuButton) SetPopup

func (self *TraitMenuButton) SetPopup(menu IsWidget)

Sets the #GtkMenu that will be popped up when the button is clicked, or %NULL to disable the button. If #GtkMenuButton:menu-model or #GtkMenuButton:popover are set, they will be set to %NULL.

func (*TraitMenuButton) SetUsePopover

func (self *TraitMenuButton) SetUsePopover(use_popover bool)

Sets whether to construct a #GtkPopover instead of #GtkMenu when gtk_menu_button_set_menu_model() is called. Note that this property is only consulted when a new menu model is set.

type TraitMenuButtonAccessible

type TraitMenuButtonAccessible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkMenuButtonAccessible }

func NewTraitMenuButtonAccessible

func NewTraitMenuButtonAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitMenuButtonAccessible

func (*TraitMenuButtonAccessible) GetMenuButtonAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitMenuButtonAccessible) GetMenuButtonAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkMenuButtonAccessible

type TraitMenuItem

type TraitMenuItem struct{ CPointer *C.GtkMenuItem }

func NewTraitMenuItem

func NewTraitMenuItem(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitMenuItem

func (*TraitMenuItem) Activate

func (self *TraitMenuItem) Activate()

Emits the #GtkMenuItem::activate signal on the given item

func (*TraitMenuItem) Deselect

func (self *TraitMenuItem) Deselect()

Emits the #GtkMenuItem::deselect signal on the given item.

func (*TraitMenuItem) GetAccelPath

func (self *TraitMenuItem) GetAccelPath() (return__ string)

Retrieve the accelerator path that was previously set on @menu_item.

See gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path() for details.

func (*TraitMenuItem) GetLabel

func (self *TraitMenuItem) GetLabel() (return__ string)

Sets @text on the @menu_item label

func (*TraitMenuItem) GetMenuItemPointer

func (self *TraitMenuItem) GetMenuItemPointer() *C.GtkMenuItem

func (*TraitMenuItem) GetReserveIndicator

func (self *TraitMenuItem) GetReserveIndicator() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the @menu_item reserves space for the submenu indicator, regardless if it has a submenu or not.

func (*TraitMenuItem) GetSubmenu

func (self *TraitMenuItem) GetSubmenu() (return__ *Widget)

Gets the submenu underneath this menu item, if any. See gtk_menu_item_set_submenu().

func (*TraitMenuItem) GetUseUnderline

func (self *TraitMenuItem) GetUseUnderline() (return__ bool)

Checks if an underline in the text indicates the next character should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key.

func (*TraitMenuItem) Select

func (self *TraitMenuItem) Select()

Emits the #GtkMenuItem::select signal on the given item.

func (*TraitMenuItem) SetAccelPath

func (self *TraitMenuItem) SetAccelPath(accel_path string)

Set the accelerator path on @menu_item, through which runtime changes of the menu item’s accelerator caused by the user can be identified and saved to persistent storage (see gtk_accel_map_save() on this). To set up a default accelerator for this menu item, call gtk_accel_map_add_entry() with the same @accel_path. See also gtk_accel_map_add_entry() on the specifics of accelerator paths, and gtk_menu_set_accel_path() for a more convenient variant of this function.

This function is basically a convenience wrapper that handles calling gtk_widget_set_accel_path() with the appropriate accelerator group for the menu item.

Note that you do need to set an accelerator on the parent menu with gtk_menu_set_accel_group() for this to work.

Note that @accel_path string will be stored in a #GQuark. Therefore, if you pass a static string, you can save some memory by interning it first with g_intern_static_string().

func (*TraitMenuItem) SetLabel

func (self *TraitMenuItem) SetLabel(label string)

Sets @text on the @menu_item label

func (*TraitMenuItem) SetReserveIndicator

func (self *TraitMenuItem) SetReserveIndicator(reserve bool)

Sets whether the @menu_item should reserve space for the submenu indicator, regardless if it actually has a submenu or not.

There should be little need for applications to call this functions.

func (*TraitMenuItem) SetSubmenu

func (self *TraitMenuItem) SetSubmenu(submenu *C.GtkWidget)

Sets or replaces the menu item’s submenu, or removes it when a %NULL submenu is passed.

func (*TraitMenuItem) SetUseUnderline

func (self *TraitMenuItem) SetUseUnderline(setting bool)

If true, an underline in the text indicates the next character should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key.

func (*TraitMenuItem) ToggleSizeAllocate

func (self *TraitMenuItem) ToggleSizeAllocate(allocation int)

Emits the #GtkMenuItem::toggle-size-allocate signal on the given item.

type TraitMenuItemAccessible

type TraitMenuItemAccessible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkMenuItemAccessible }

func NewTraitMenuItemAccessible

func NewTraitMenuItemAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitMenuItemAccessible

func (*TraitMenuItemAccessible) GetMenuItemAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitMenuItemAccessible) GetMenuItemAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkMenuItemAccessible

type TraitMenuShell

type TraitMenuShell struct{ CPointer *C.GtkMenuShell }

func NewTraitMenuShell

func NewTraitMenuShell(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitMenuShell

func (*TraitMenuShell) ActivateItem

func (self *TraitMenuShell) ActivateItem(menu_item IsWidget, force_deactivate bool)

Activates the menu item within the menu shell.

func (*TraitMenuShell) Append

func (self *TraitMenuShell) Append(child *C.GtkWidget)

Adds a new #GtkMenuItem to the end of the menu shell's item list.

func (*TraitMenuShell) BindModel

func (self *TraitMenuShell) BindModel(model *C.GMenuModel, action_namespace string, with_separators bool)

Establishes a binding between a #GtkMenuShell and a #GMenuModel.

The contents of @shell are removed and then refilled with menu items according to @model. When @model changes, @shell is updated. Calling this function twice on @shell with different @model will cause the first binding to be replaced with a binding to the new model. If @model is %NULL then any previous binding is undone and all children are removed.

@with_separators determines if toplevel items (eg: sections) have separators inserted between them. This is typically desired for menus but doesn’t make sense for menubars.

If @action_namespace is non-%NULL then the effect is as if all actions mentioned in the @model have their names prefixed with the namespace, plus a dot. For example, if the action “quit” is mentioned and @action_namespace is “app” then the effective action name is “app.quit”.

This function uses #GtkActionable to define the action name and target values on the created menu items. If you want to use an action group other than “app” and “win”, or if you want to use a #GtkMenuShell outside of a #GtkApplicationWindow, then you will need to attach your own action group to the widget hierarchy using gtk_widget_insert_action_group(). As an example, if you created a group with a “quit” action and inserted it with the name “mygroup” then you would use the action name “mygroup.quit” in your #GMenuModel.

For most cases you are probably better off using gtk_menu_new_from_model() or gtk_menu_bar_new_from_model() or just directly passing the #GMenuModel to gtk_application_set_app_menu() or gtk_application_set_menubar().

func (*TraitMenuShell) Cancel

func (self *TraitMenuShell) Cancel()

Cancels the selection within the menu shell.

func (*TraitMenuShell) Deactivate

func (self *TraitMenuShell) Deactivate()

Deactivates the menu shell.

Typically this results in the menu shell being erased from the screen.

func (*TraitMenuShell) Deselect

func (self *TraitMenuShell) Deselect()

Deselects the currently selected item from the menu shell, if any.

func (*TraitMenuShell) GetMenuShellPointer

func (self *TraitMenuShell) GetMenuShellPointer() *C.GtkMenuShell

func (*TraitMenuShell) GetParentShell

func (self *TraitMenuShell) GetParentShell() (return__ *Widget)

Gets the parent menu shell.

The parent menu shell of a submenu is the #GtkMenu or #GtkMenuBar from which it was opened up.

func (*TraitMenuShell) GetSelectedItem

func (self *TraitMenuShell) GetSelectedItem() (return__ *Widget)

Gets the currently selected item.

func (*TraitMenuShell) GetTakeFocus

func (self *TraitMenuShell) GetTakeFocus() (return__ bool)

Returns %TRUE if the menu shell will take the keyboard focus on popup.

func (*TraitMenuShell) Insert

func (self *TraitMenuShell) Insert(child IsWidget, position int)

Adds a new #GtkMenuItem to the menu shell’s item list at the position indicated by @position.

func (*TraitMenuShell) Prepend

func (self *TraitMenuShell) Prepend(child IsWidget)

Adds a new #GtkMenuItem to the beginning of the menu shell's item list.

func (*TraitMenuShell) SelectFirst

func (self *TraitMenuShell) SelectFirst(search_sensitive bool)

Select the first visible or selectable child of the menu shell; don’t select tearoff items unless the only item is a tearoff item.

func (*TraitMenuShell) SelectItem

func (self *TraitMenuShell) SelectItem(menu_item IsWidget)

Selects the menu item from the menu shell.

func (*TraitMenuShell) SetTakeFocus

func (self *TraitMenuShell) SetTakeFocus(take_focus bool)

If @take_focus is %TRUE (the default) the menu shell will take the keyboard focus so that it will receive all keyboard events which is needed to enable keyboard navigation in menus.

Setting @take_focus to %FALSE is useful only for special applications like virtual keyboard implementations which should not take keyboard focus.

The @take_focus state of a menu or menu bar is automatically propagated to submenus whenever a submenu is popped up, so you don’t have to worry about recursively setting it for your entire menu hierarchy. Only when programmatically picking a submenu and popping it up manually, the @take_focus property of the submenu needs to be set explicitly.

Note that setting it to %FALSE has side-effects:

If the focus is in some other app, it keeps the focus and keynav in the menu doesn’t work. Consequently, keynav on the menu will only work if the focus is on some toplevel owned by the onscreen keyboard.

To avoid confusing the user, menus with @take_focus set to %FALSE should not display mnemonics or accelerators, since it cannot be guaranteed that they will work.

See also gdk_keyboard_grab()

type TraitMenuShellAccessible

type TraitMenuShellAccessible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkMenuShellAccessible }

func NewTraitMenuShellAccessible

func NewTraitMenuShellAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitMenuShellAccessible

func (*TraitMenuShellAccessible) GetMenuShellAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitMenuShellAccessible) GetMenuShellAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkMenuShellAccessible

type TraitMenuToolButton

type TraitMenuToolButton struct{ CPointer *C.GtkMenuToolButton }

func NewTraitMenuToolButton

func NewTraitMenuToolButton(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitMenuToolButton

func (*TraitMenuToolButton) GetMenu

func (self *TraitMenuToolButton) GetMenu() (return__ *Widget)

Gets the #GtkMenu associated with #GtkMenuToolButton.

func (*TraitMenuToolButton) GetMenuToolButtonPointer

func (self *TraitMenuToolButton) GetMenuToolButtonPointer() *C.GtkMenuToolButton

func (*TraitMenuToolButton) SetArrowTooltipMarkup

func (self *TraitMenuToolButton) SetArrowTooltipMarkup(markup string)

Sets the tooltip markup text to be used as tooltip for the arrow button which pops up the menu. See gtk_tool_item_set_tooltip_text() for setting a tooltip on the whole #GtkMenuToolButton.

func (*TraitMenuToolButton) SetArrowTooltipText

func (self *TraitMenuToolButton) SetArrowTooltipText(text string)

Sets the tooltip text to be used as tooltip for the arrow button which pops up the menu. See gtk_tool_item_set_tooltip_text() for setting a tooltip on the whole #GtkMenuToolButton.

func (*TraitMenuToolButton) SetMenu

func (self *TraitMenuToolButton) SetMenu(menu IsWidget)

Sets the #GtkMenu that is popped up when the user clicks on the arrow. If @menu is NULL, the arrow button becomes insensitive.

type TraitMessageDialog

type TraitMessageDialog struct{ CPointer *C.GtkMessageDialog }

func NewTraitMessageDialog

func NewTraitMessageDialog(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitMessageDialog

func (*TraitMessageDialog) GetMessageArea

func (self *TraitMessageDialog) GetMessageArea() (return__ *Widget)

Returns the message area of the dialog. This is the box where the dialog’s primary and secondary labels are packed. You can add your own extra content to that box and it will appear below those labels. See gtk_dialog_get_content_area() for the corresponding function in the parent #GtkDialog.

func (*TraitMessageDialog) GetMessageDialogPointer

func (self *TraitMessageDialog) GetMessageDialogPointer() *C.GtkMessageDialog

func (*TraitMessageDialog) SetMarkup

func (self *TraitMessageDialog) SetMarkup(str string)

Sets the text of the message dialog to be @str, which is marked up with the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat].

type TraitMisc

type TraitMisc struct{ CPointer *C.GtkMisc }

func NewTraitMisc

func NewTraitMisc(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitMisc

func (*TraitMisc) GetMiscPointer

func (self *TraitMisc) GetMiscPointer() *C.GtkMisc

type TraitMountOperation

type TraitMountOperation struct{ CPointer *C.GtkMountOperation }

func NewTraitMountOperation

func NewTraitMountOperation(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitMountOperation

func (*TraitMountOperation) GetMountOperationPointer

func (self *TraitMountOperation) GetMountOperationPointer() *C.GtkMountOperation

func (*TraitMountOperation) GetParent

func (self *TraitMountOperation) GetParent() (return__ *Window)

Gets the transient parent used by the #GtkMountOperation

func (*TraitMountOperation) GetScreen

func (self *TraitMountOperation) GetScreen() (return__ *C.GdkScreen)

Gets the screen on which windows of the #GtkMountOperation will be shown.

func (*TraitMountOperation) IsShowing

func (self *TraitMountOperation) IsShowing() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the #GtkMountOperation is currently displaying a window.

func (*TraitMountOperation) SetParent

func (self *TraitMountOperation) SetParent(parent IsWindow)

Sets the transient parent for windows shown by the #GtkMountOperation.

func (*TraitMountOperation) SetScreen

func (self *TraitMountOperation) SetScreen(screen *C.GdkScreen)

Sets the screen to show windows of the #GtkMountOperation on.

type TraitNotebook

type TraitNotebook struct{ CPointer *C.GtkNotebook }

func NewTraitNotebook

func NewTraitNotebook(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitNotebook

func (*TraitNotebook) AppendPage

func (self *TraitNotebook) AppendPage(child IsWidget, tab_label IsWidget) (return__ int)

Appends a page to @notebook.

func (*TraitNotebook) AppendPageMenu

func (self *TraitNotebook) AppendPageMenu(child IsWidget, tab_label IsWidget, menu_label IsWidget) (return__ int)

Appends a page to @notebook, specifying the widget to use as the label in the popup menu.

func (*TraitNotebook) GetActionWidget

func (self *TraitNotebook) GetActionWidget(pack_type C.GtkPackType) (return__ *Widget)

Gets one of the action widgets. See gtk_notebook_set_action_widget().

func (*TraitNotebook) GetCurrentPage

func (self *TraitNotebook) GetCurrentPage() (return__ int)

Returns the page number of the current page.

func (*TraitNotebook) GetGroupName

func (self *TraitNotebook) GetGroupName() (return__ string)

Gets the current group name for @notebook.

func (*TraitNotebook) GetMenuLabel

func (self *TraitNotebook) GetMenuLabel(child IsWidget) (return__ *Widget)

Retrieves the menu label widget of the page containing @child.

func (*TraitNotebook) GetMenuLabelText

func (self *TraitNotebook) GetMenuLabelText(child IsWidget) (return__ string)

Retrieves the text of the menu label for the page containing @child.

func (*TraitNotebook) GetNPages

func (self *TraitNotebook) GetNPages() (return__ int)

Gets the number of pages in a notebook.

func (*TraitNotebook) GetNotebookPointer

func (self *TraitNotebook) GetNotebookPointer() *C.GtkNotebook

func (*TraitNotebook) GetNthPage

func (self *TraitNotebook) GetNthPage(page_num int) (return__ *Widget)

Returns the child widget contained in page number @page_num.

func (*TraitNotebook) GetScrollable

func (self *TraitNotebook) GetScrollable() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the tab label area has arrows for scrolling. See gtk_notebook_set_scrollable().

func (*TraitNotebook) GetShowBorder

func (self *TraitNotebook) GetShowBorder() (return__ bool)

Returns whether a bevel will be drawn around the notebook pages. See gtk_notebook_set_show_border().

func (*TraitNotebook) GetShowTabs

func (self *TraitNotebook) GetShowTabs() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the tabs of the notebook are shown. See gtk_notebook_set_show_tabs().

func (*TraitNotebook) GetTabDetachable

func (self *TraitNotebook) GetTabDetachable(child IsWidget) (return__ bool)

Returns whether the tab contents can be detached from @notebook.

func (*TraitNotebook) GetTabLabel

func (self *TraitNotebook) GetTabLabel(child IsWidget) (return__ *Widget)

Returns the tab label widget for the page @child. %NULL is returned if @child is not in @notebook or if no tab label has specifically been set for @child.

func (*TraitNotebook) GetTabLabelText

func (self *TraitNotebook) GetTabLabelText(child IsWidget) (return__ string)

Retrieves the text of the tab label for the page containing @child.

func (*TraitNotebook) GetTabPos

func (self *TraitNotebook) GetTabPos() (return__ C.GtkPositionType)

Gets the edge at which the tabs for switching pages in the notebook are drawn.

func (*TraitNotebook) GetTabReorderable

func (self *TraitNotebook) GetTabReorderable(child IsWidget) (return__ bool)

Gets whether the tab can be reordered via drag and drop or not.

func (*TraitNotebook) InsertPage

func (self *TraitNotebook) InsertPage(child IsWidget, tab_label IsWidget, position int) (return__ int)

Insert a page into @notebook at the given position.

func (*TraitNotebook) InsertPageMenu

func (self *TraitNotebook) InsertPageMenu(child IsWidget, tab_label IsWidget, menu_label IsWidget, position int) (return__ int)

Insert a page into @notebook at the given position, specifying the widget to use as the label in the popup menu.

func (*TraitNotebook) NextPage

func (self *TraitNotebook) NextPage()

Switches to the next page. Nothing happens if the current page is the last page.

func (*TraitNotebook) PageNum

func (self *TraitNotebook) PageNum(child IsWidget) (return__ int)

Finds the index of the page which contains the given child widget.

func (*TraitNotebook) PopupDisable

func (self *TraitNotebook) PopupDisable()

Disables the popup menu.

func (*TraitNotebook) PopupEnable

func (self *TraitNotebook) PopupEnable()

Enables the popup menu: if the user clicks with the right mouse button on the tab labels, a menu with all the pages will be popped up.

func (*TraitNotebook) PrependPage

func (self *TraitNotebook) PrependPage(child IsWidget, tab_label IsWidget) (return__ int)

Prepends a page to @notebook.

func (*TraitNotebook) PrependPageMenu

func (self *TraitNotebook) PrependPageMenu(child IsWidget, tab_label IsWidget, menu_label IsWidget) (return__ int)

Prepends a page to @notebook, specifying the widget to use as the label in the popup menu.

func (*TraitNotebook) PrevPage

func (self *TraitNotebook) PrevPage()

Switches to the previous page. Nothing happens if the current page is the first page.

func (*TraitNotebook) RemovePage

func (self *TraitNotebook) RemovePage(page_num int)

Removes a page from the notebook given its index in the notebook.

func (*TraitNotebook) ReorderChild

func (self *TraitNotebook) ReorderChild(child IsWidget, position int)

Reorders the page containing @child, so that it appears in position @position. If @position is greater than or equal to the number of children in the list or negative, @child will be moved to the end of the list.

func (*TraitNotebook) SetActionWidget

func (self *TraitNotebook) SetActionWidget(widget IsWidget, pack_type C.GtkPackType)

Sets @widget as one of the action widgets. Depending on the pack type the widget will be placed before or after the tabs. You can use a #GtkBox if you need to pack more than one widget on the same side.

Note that action widgets are “internal” children of the notebook and thus not included in the list returned from gtk_container_foreach().

func (*TraitNotebook) SetCurrentPage

func (self *TraitNotebook) SetCurrentPage(page_num int)

Switches to the page number @page_num.

Note that due to historical reasons, GtkNotebook refuses to switch to a page unless the child widget is visible. Therefore, it is recommended to show child widgets before adding them to a notebook.

func (*TraitNotebook) SetGroupName

func (self *TraitNotebook) SetGroupName(group_name string)

Sets a group name for @notebook.

Notebooks with the same name will be able to exchange tabs via drag and drop. A notebook with a %NULL group name will not be able to exchange tabs with any other notebook.

func (*TraitNotebook) SetMenuLabel

func (self *TraitNotebook) SetMenuLabel(child IsWidget, menu_label IsWidget)

Changes the menu label for the page containing @child.

func (*TraitNotebook) SetMenuLabelText

func (self *TraitNotebook) SetMenuLabelText(child IsWidget, menu_text string)

Creates a new label and sets it as the menu label of @child.

func (*TraitNotebook) SetScrollable

func (self *TraitNotebook) SetScrollable(scrollable bool)

Sets whether the tab label area will have arrows for scrolling if there are too many tabs to fit in the area.

func (*TraitNotebook) SetShowBorder

func (self *TraitNotebook) SetShowBorder(show_border bool)

Sets whether a bevel will be drawn around the notebook pages. This only has a visual effect when the tabs are not shown. See gtk_notebook_set_show_tabs().

func (*TraitNotebook) SetShowTabs

func (self *TraitNotebook) SetShowTabs(show_tabs bool)

Sets whether to show the tabs for the notebook or not.

func (*TraitNotebook) SetTabDetachable

func (self *TraitNotebook) SetTabDetachable(child IsWidget, detachable bool)

Sets whether the tab can be detached from @notebook to another notebook or widget.

Note that 2 notebooks must share a common group identificator (see gtk_notebook_set_group_name()) to allow automatic tabs interchange between them.

If you want a widget to interact with a notebook through DnD (i.e.: accept dragged tabs from it) it must be set as a drop destination and accept the target “GTK_NOTEBOOK_TAB”. The notebook will fill the selection with a GtkWidget** pointing to the child widget that corresponds to the dropped tab. |[<!-- language="C" -->

static void
on_drag_data_received (GtkWidget        *widget,
                       GdkDragContext   *context,
                       gint              x,
                       gint              y,
                       GtkSelectionData *data,
                       guint             info,
                       guint             time,
                       gpointer          user_data)
{
  GtkWidget *notebook;
  GtkWidget **child;
  GtkContainer *container;

  notebook = gtk_drag_get_source_widget (context);
  child = (void*) gtk_selection_data_get_data (data);

  process_widget (*child);
  container = GTK_CONTAINER (notebook);
  gtk_container_remove (container, *child);
}

]|

If you want a notebook to accept drags from other widgets, you will have to set your own DnD code to do it.

func (*TraitNotebook) SetTabLabel

func (self *TraitNotebook) SetTabLabel(child IsWidget, tab_label IsWidget)

Changes the tab label for @child. If %NULL is specified for @tab_label, then the page will have the label “page N”.

func (*TraitNotebook) SetTabLabelText

func (self *TraitNotebook) SetTabLabelText(child IsWidget, tab_text string)

Creates a new label and sets it as the tab label for the page containing @child.

func (*TraitNotebook) SetTabPos

func (self *TraitNotebook) SetTabPos(pos C.GtkPositionType)

Sets the edge at which the tabs for switching pages in the notebook are drawn.

func (*TraitNotebook) SetTabReorderable

func (self *TraitNotebook) SetTabReorderable(child IsWidget, reorderable bool)

Sets whether the notebook tab can be reordered via drag and drop or not.

type TraitNotebookAccessible

type TraitNotebookAccessible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkNotebookAccessible }

func NewTraitNotebookAccessible

func NewTraitNotebookAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitNotebookAccessible

func (*TraitNotebookAccessible) GetNotebookAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitNotebookAccessible) GetNotebookAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkNotebookAccessible

type TraitNotebookPageAccessible

type TraitNotebookPageAccessible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkNotebookPageAccessible }

func NewTraitNotebookPageAccessible

func NewTraitNotebookPageAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitNotebookPageAccessible

func (*TraitNotebookPageAccessible) GetNotebookPageAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitNotebookPageAccessible) GetNotebookPageAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkNotebookPageAccessible

func (*TraitNotebookPageAccessible) Invalidate

func (self *TraitNotebookPageAccessible) Invalidate()

type TraitNumerableIcon

type TraitNumerableIcon struct{ CPointer *C.GtkNumerableIcon }

func NewTraitNumerableIcon

func NewTraitNumerableIcon(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitNumerableIcon

func (*TraitNumerableIcon) GetNumerableIconPointer

func (self *TraitNumerableIcon) GetNumerableIconPointer() *C.GtkNumerableIcon

type TraitOffscreenWindow

type TraitOffscreenWindow struct{ CPointer *C.GtkOffscreenWindow }

func NewTraitOffscreenWindow

func NewTraitOffscreenWindow(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitOffscreenWindow

func (*TraitOffscreenWindow) GetOffscreenWindowPointer

func (self *TraitOffscreenWindow) GetOffscreenWindowPointer() *C.GtkOffscreenWindow

func (*TraitOffscreenWindow) GetPixbuf

func (self *TraitOffscreenWindow) GetPixbuf() (return__ *C.GdkPixbuf)

Retrieves a snapshot of the contained widget in the form of a #GdkPixbuf. This is a new pixbuf with a reference count of 1, and the application should unreference it once it is no longer needed.

func (*TraitOffscreenWindow) GetSurface

func (self *TraitOffscreenWindow) GetSurface() (return__ *C.cairo_surface_t)

Retrieves a snapshot of the contained widget in the form of a #cairo_surface_t. If you need to keep this around over window resizes then you should add a reference to it.

type TraitOverlay

type TraitOverlay struct{ CPointer *C.GtkOverlay }

func NewTraitOverlay

func NewTraitOverlay(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitOverlay

func (*TraitOverlay) AddOverlay

func (self *TraitOverlay) AddOverlay(widget IsWidget)

Adds @widget to @overlay.

The widget will be stacked on top of the main widget added with gtk_container_add().

The position at which @widget is placed is determined from its #GtkWidget:halign and #GtkWidget:valign properties.

func (*TraitOverlay) GetOverlayPointer

func (self *TraitOverlay) GetOverlayPointer() *C.GtkOverlay

type TraitPageSetup

type TraitPageSetup struct{ CPointer *C.GtkPageSetup }

func NewTraitPageSetup

func NewTraitPageSetup(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitPageSetup

func (*TraitPageSetup) Copy

func (self *TraitPageSetup) Copy() (return__ *PageSetup)

Copies a #GtkPageSetup.

func (*TraitPageSetup) GetBottomMargin

func (self *TraitPageSetup) GetBottomMargin(unit C.GtkUnit) (return__ float64)

Gets the bottom margin in units of @unit.

func (*TraitPageSetup) GetLeftMargin

func (self *TraitPageSetup) GetLeftMargin(unit C.GtkUnit) (return__ float64)

Gets the left margin in units of @unit.

func (*TraitPageSetup) GetOrientation

func (self *TraitPageSetup) GetOrientation() (return__ C.GtkPageOrientation)

Gets the page orientation of the #GtkPageSetup.

func (*TraitPageSetup) GetPageHeight

func (self *TraitPageSetup) GetPageHeight(unit C.GtkUnit) (return__ float64)

Returns the page height in units of @unit.

Note that this function takes orientation and margins into consideration. See gtk_page_setup_get_paper_height().

func (*TraitPageSetup) GetPageSetupPointer

func (self *TraitPageSetup) GetPageSetupPointer() *C.GtkPageSetup

func (*TraitPageSetup) GetPageWidth

func (self *TraitPageSetup) GetPageWidth(unit C.GtkUnit) (return__ float64)

Returns the page width in units of @unit.

Note that this function takes orientation and margins into consideration. See gtk_page_setup_get_paper_width().

func (*TraitPageSetup) GetPaperHeight

func (self *TraitPageSetup) GetPaperHeight(unit C.GtkUnit) (return__ float64)

Returns the paper height in units of @unit.

Note that this function takes orientation, but not margins into consideration. See gtk_page_setup_get_page_height().

func (*TraitPageSetup) GetPaperSize

func (self *TraitPageSetup) GetPaperSize() (return__ *C.GtkPaperSize)

Gets the paper size of the #GtkPageSetup.

func (*TraitPageSetup) GetPaperWidth

func (self *TraitPageSetup) GetPaperWidth(unit C.GtkUnit) (return__ float64)

Returns the paper width in units of @unit.

Note that this function takes orientation, but not margins into consideration. See gtk_page_setup_get_page_width().

func (*TraitPageSetup) GetRightMargin

func (self *TraitPageSetup) GetRightMargin(unit C.GtkUnit) (return__ float64)

Gets the right margin in units of @unit.

func (*TraitPageSetup) GetTopMargin

func (self *TraitPageSetup) GetTopMargin(unit C.GtkUnit) (return__ float64)

Gets the top margin in units of @unit.

func (*TraitPageSetup) LoadFile

func (self *TraitPageSetup) LoadFile(file_name string) (return__ bool, __err__ error)

Reads the page setup from the file @file_name. See gtk_page_setup_to_file().

func (*TraitPageSetup) LoadKeyFile

func (self *TraitPageSetup) LoadKeyFile(key_file *C.GKeyFile, group_name string) (return__ bool, __err__ error)

Reads the page setup from the group @group_name in the key file @key_file.

func (*TraitPageSetup) SetBottomMargin

func (self *TraitPageSetup) SetBottomMargin(margin float64, unit C.GtkUnit)

Sets the bottom margin of the #GtkPageSetup.

func (*TraitPageSetup) SetLeftMargin

func (self *TraitPageSetup) SetLeftMargin(margin float64, unit C.GtkUnit)

Sets the left margin of the #GtkPageSetup.

func (*TraitPageSetup) SetOrientation

func (self *TraitPageSetup) SetOrientation(orientation C.GtkPageOrientation)

Sets the page orientation of the #GtkPageSetup.

func (*TraitPageSetup) SetPaperSize

func (self *TraitPageSetup) SetPaperSize(size *C.GtkPaperSize)

Sets the paper size of the #GtkPageSetup without changing the margins. See gtk_page_setup_set_paper_size_and_default_margins().

func (*TraitPageSetup) SetPaperSizeAndDefaultMargins

func (self *TraitPageSetup) SetPaperSizeAndDefaultMargins(size *C.GtkPaperSize)

Sets the paper size of the #GtkPageSetup and modifies the margins according to the new paper size.

func (*TraitPageSetup) SetRightMargin

func (self *TraitPageSetup) SetRightMargin(margin float64, unit C.GtkUnit)

Sets the right margin of the #GtkPageSetup.

func (*TraitPageSetup) SetTopMargin

func (self *TraitPageSetup) SetTopMargin(margin float64, unit C.GtkUnit)

Sets the top margin of the #GtkPageSetup.

func (*TraitPageSetup) ToFile

func (self *TraitPageSetup) ToFile(file_name string) (return__ bool, __err__ error)

This function saves the information from @setup to @file_name.

func (*TraitPageSetup) ToKeyFile

func (self *TraitPageSetup) ToKeyFile(key_file *C.GKeyFile, group_name string)

This function adds the page setup from @setup to @key_file.

type TraitPaned

type TraitPaned struct{ CPointer *C.GtkPaned }

func NewTraitPaned

func NewTraitPaned(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitPaned

func (*TraitPaned) Add1

func (self *TraitPaned) Add1(child IsWidget)

Adds a child to the top or left pane with default parameters. This is equivalent to `gtk_paned_pack1 (paned, child, FALSE, TRUE)`.

func (*TraitPaned) Add2

func (self *TraitPaned) Add2(child IsWidget)

Adds a child to the bottom or right pane with default parameters. This is equivalent to `gtk_paned_pack2 (paned, child, TRUE, TRUE)`.

func (*TraitPaned) GetChild1

func (self *TraitPaned) GetChild1() (return__ *Widget)

Obtains the first child of the paned widget.

func (*TraitPaned) GetChild2

func (self *TraitPaned) GetChild2() (return__ *Widget)

Obtains the second child of the paned widget.

func (*TraitPaned) GetHandleWindow

func (self *TraitPaned) GetHandleWindow() (return__ *C.GdkWindow)

Returns the #GdkWindow of the handle. This function is useful when handling button or motion events because it enables the callback to distinguish between the window of the paned, a child and the handle.

func (*TraitPaned) GetPanedPointer

func (self *TraitPaned) GetPanedPointer() *C.GtkPaned

func (*TraitPaned) GetPosition

func (self *TraitPaned) GetPosition() (return__ int)

Obtains the position of the divider between the two panes.

func (*TraitPaned) Pack1

func (self *TraitPaned) Pack1(child IsWidget, resize bool, shrink bool)

Adds a child to the top or left pane.

func (*TraitPaned) Pack2

func (self *TraitPaned) Pack2(child IsWidget, resize bool, shrink bool)

Adds a child to the bottom or right pane.

func (*TraitPaned) SetPosition

func (self *TraitPaned) SetPosition(position int)

Sets the position of the divider between the two panes.

type TraitPanedAccessible

type TraitPanedAccessible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkPanedAccessible }

func NewTraitPanedAccessible

func NewTraitPanedAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitPanedAccessible

func (*TraitPanedAccessible) GetPanedAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitPanedAccessible) GetPanedAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkPanedAccessible

type TraitPlacesSidebar

type TraitPlacesSidebar struct{ CPointer *C.GtkPlacesSidebar }

func NewTraitPlacesSidebar

func NewTraitPlacesSidebar(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitPlacesSidebar

func (*TraitPlacesSidebar) AddShortcut

func (self *TraitPlacesSidebar) AddShortcut(location *C.GFile)

Applications may want to present some folders in the places sidebar if they could be immediately useful to users. For example, a drawing program could add a “/usr/share/clipart” location when the sidebar is being used in an “Insert Clipart” dialog box.

This function adds the specified @location to a special place for immutable shortcuts. The shortcuts are application-specific; they are not shared across applications, and they are not persistent. If this function is called multiple times with different locations, then they are added to the sidebar’s list in the same order as the function is called.

func (*TraitPlacesSidebar) GetLocalOnly

func (self *TraitPlacesSidebar) GetLocalOnly() (return__ bool)

Returns the value previously set with gtk_places_sidebar_set_local_only().

func (*TraitPlacesSidebar) GetLocation

func (self *TraitPlacesSidebar) GetLocation() (return__ *C.GFile)

Gets the currently-selected location in the @sidebar. This can be #NULL when nothing is selected, for example, when gtk_places_sidebar_set_location() has been called with a location that is not among the sidebar’s list of places to show.

You can use this function to get the selection in the @sidebar. Also, if you connect to the #GtkPlacesSidebar::populate-popup signal, you can use this function to get the location that is being referred to during the callbacks for your menu items.

func (*TraitPlacesSidebar) GetNthBookmark

func (self *TraitPlacesSidebar) GetNthBookmark(n int) (return__ *C.GFile)

This function queries the bookmarks added by the user to the places sidebar, and returns one of them. This function is used by #GtkFileChooser to implement the “Alt-1”, “Alt-2”, etc. shortcuts, which activate the cooresponding bookmark.

func (*TraitPlacesSidebar) GetOpenFlags

func (self *TraitPlacesSidebar) GetOpenFlags() (return__ C.GtkPlacesOpenFlags)

Gets the open flags.

func (*TraitPlacesSidebar) GetPlacesSidebarPointer

func (self *TraitPlacesSidebar) GetPlacesSidebarPointer() *C.GtkPlacesSidebar

func (*TraitPlacesSidebar) GetShowConnectToServer

func (self *TraitPlacesSidebar) GetShowConnectToServer() (return__ bool)

Returns the value previously set with gtk_places_sidebar_set_show_connect_to_server()

func (*TraitPlacesSidebar) GetShowDesktop

func (self *TraitPlacesSidebar) GetShowDesktop() (return__ bool)

Returns the value previously set with gtk_places_sidebar_set_show_desktop()

func (*TraitPlacesSidebar) GetShowEnterLocation

func (self *TraitPlacesSidebar) GetShowEnterLocation() (return__ bool)

Returns the value previously set with gtk_places_sidebar_set_show_enter_location()

func (*TraitPlacesSidebar) ListShortcuts

func (self *TraitPlacesSidebar) ListShortcuts() (return__ *C.GSList)

Gets the list of shortcuts.

func (*TraitPlacesSidebar) RemoveShortcut

func (self *TraitPlacesSidebar) RemoveShortcut(location *C.GFile)

Removes an application-specific shortcut that has been previously been inserted with gtk_places_sidebar_add_shortcut(). If the @location is not a shortcut in the sidebar, then nothing is done.

func (*TraitPlacesSidebar) SetLocalOnly

func (self *TraitPlacesSidebar) SetLocalOnly(local_only bool)

Sets whether the @sidebar should only show local files.

func (*TraitPlacesSidebar) SetLocation

func (self *TraitPlacesSidebar) SetLocation(location *C.GFile)

Sets the location that is being shown in the widgets surrounding the @sidebar, for example, in a folder view in a file manager. In turn, the @sidebar will highlight that location if it is being shown in the list of places, or it will unhighlight everything if the @location is not among the places in the list.

func (*TraitPlacesSidebar) SetOpenFlags

func (self *TraitPlacesSidebar) SetOpenFlags(flags C.GtkPlacesOpenFlags)

Sets the way in which the calling application can open new locations from the places sidebar. For example, some applications only open locations “directly” into their main view, while others may support opening locations in a new notebook tab or a new window.

This function is used to tell the places @sidebar about the ways in which the application can open new locations, so that the sidebar can display (or not) the “Open in new tab” and “Open in new window” menu items as appropriate.

When the #GtkPlacesSidebar::open-location signal is emitted, its flags argument will be set to one of the @flags that was passed in gtk_places_sidebar_set_open_flags().

Passing 0 for @flags will cause #GTK_PLACES_OPEN_NORMAL to always be sent to callbacks for the “open-location” signal.

func (*TraitPlacesSidebar) SetShowConnectToServer

func (self *TraitPlacesSidebar) SetShowConnectToServer(show_connect_to_server bool)

Sets whether the @sidebar should show an item for connecting to a network server; this is off by default. An application may want to turn this on if it implements a way for the user to connect to network servers directly.

func (*TraitPlacesSidebar) SetShowDesktop

func (self *TraitPlacesSidebar) SetShowDesktop(show_desktop bool)

Sets whether the @sidebar should show an item for the Desktop folder. The default value for this option is determined by the desktop environment and the user’s configuration, but this function can be used to override it on a per-application basis.

func (*TraitPlacesSidebar) SetShowEnterLocation

func (self *TraitPlacesSidebar) SetShowEnterLocation(show_enter_location bool)

Sets whether the @sidebar should show an item for connecting to a network server; this is off by default. An application may want to turn this on if it implements a way for the user to connect to network servers directly.

type TraitPlug

type TraitPlug struct{ CPointer *C.GtkPlug }

func NewTraitPlug

func NewTraitPlug(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitPlug

func (*TraitPlug) Construct

func (self *TraitPlug) Construct(socket_id C.Window)

Finish the initialization of @plug for a given #GtkSocket identified by @socket_id. This function will generally only be used by classes deriving from #GtkPlug.

func (*TraitPlug) ConstructForDisplay

func (self *TraitPlug) ConstructForDisplay(display *C.GdkDisplay, socket_id C.Window)

Finish the initialization of @plug for a given #GtkSocket identified by @socket_id which is currently displayed on @display. This function will generally only be used by classes deriving from #GtkPlug.

func (*TraitPlug) GetEmbedded

func (self *TraitPlug) GetEmbedded() (return__ bool)

Determines whether the plug is embedded in a socket.

func (*TraitPlug) GetId

func (self *TraitPlug) GetId() (return__ C.Window)

Gets the window ID of a #GtkPlug widget, which can then be used to embed this window inside another window, for instance with gtk_socket_add_id().

func (*TraitPlug) GetPlugPointer

func (self *TraitPlug) GetPlugPointer() *C.GtkPlug

func (*TraitPlug) GetSocketWindow

func (self *TraitPlug) GetSocketWindow() (return__ *C.GdkWindow)

Retrieves the socket the plug is embedded in.

type TraitPopover

type TraitPopover struct{ CPointer *C.GtkPopover }

func NewTraitPopover

func NewTraitPopover(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitPopover

func (*TraitPopover) BindModel

func (self *TraitPopover) BindModel(model *C.GMenuModel, action_namespace string)

Establishes a binding between a #GtkPopover and a #GMenuModel.

The contents of @popover are removed and then refilled with menu items according to @model. When @model changes, @popover is updated. Calling this function twice on @popover with different @model will cause the first binding to be replaced with a binding to the new model. If @model is %NULL then any previous binding is undone and all children are removed.

If @action_namespace is non-%NULL then the effect is as if all actions mentioned in the @model have their names prefixed with the namespace, plus a dot. For example, if the action “quit” is mentioned and @action_namespace is “app” then the effective action name is “app.quit”.

This function uses #GtkActionable to define the action name and target values on the created menu items. If you want to use an action group other than “app” and “win”, or if you want to use a #GtkMenuShell outside of a #GtkApplicationWindow, then you will need to attach your own action group to the widget hierarchy using gtk_widget_insert_action_group(). As an example, if you created a group with a “quit” action and inserted it with the name “mygroup” then you would use the action name “mygroup.quit” in your #GMenuModel.

func (*TraitPopover) GetModal

func (self *TraitPopover) GetModal() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the popover is modal, see gtk_popover_set_modal to see the implications of this.

func (*TraitPopover) GetPointingTo

func (self *TraitPopover) GetPointingTo() (rect C.GdkRectangle, return__ bool)

If a rectangle to point to has been set, this function will return %TRUE and fill in @rect with such rectangle, otherwise it will return %FALSE and fill in @rect with the attached widget coordinates.

func (*TraitPopover) GetPopoverPointer

func (self *TraitPopover) GetPopoverPointer() *C.GtkPopover

func (*TraitPopover) GetPosition

func (self *TraitPopover) GetPosition() (return__ C.GtkPositionType)

Returns the preferred position of @popover.

func (*TraitPopover) GetRelativeTo

func (self *TraitPopover) GetRelativeTo() (return__ *Widget)

Returns the widget @popover is currently attached to

func (*TraitPopover) SetModal

func (self *TraitPopover) SetModal(modal bool)

Sets whether @popover is modal, a modal popover will grab all input within the toplevel and grab the keyboard focus on it when being displayed. Clicking outside the popover area or pressing Esc will dismiss the popover and ungrab input.

func (*TraitPopover) SetPointingTo

func (self *TraitPopover) SetPointingTo(rect *C.GdkRectangle)

Sets the rectangle that @popover will point to, in the coordinate space of the widget @popover is attached to, see gtk_popover_set_relative_to().

func (*TraitPopover) SetPosition

func (self *TraitPopover) SetPosition(position C.GtkPositionType)

Sets the preferred position for @popover to appear. If the @popover is currently visible, it will be immediately updated.

This preference will be respected where possible, although on lack of space (eg. if close to the window edges), the #GtkPopover may choose to appear on the opposite side

func (*TraitPopover) SetRelativeTo

func (self *TraitPopover) SetRelativeTo(relative_to IsWidget)

Sets a new widget to be attached to @popover. If @popover is visible, the position will be updated.

Note: the ownership of popovers is always given to their @relative_to widget, so if @relative_to is set to %NULL on an attached @popover, it will be detached from its previous widget, and consequently destroyed unless extra references are kept.

type TraitPopoverAccessible

type TraitPopoverAccessible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkPopoverAccessible }

func NewTraitPopoverAccessible

func NewTraitPopoverAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitPopoverAccessible

func (*TraitPopoverAccessible) GetPopoverAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitPopoverAccessible) GetPopoverAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkPopoverAccessible

type TraitPrintContext

type TraitPrintContext struct{ CPointer *C.GtkPrintContext }

func NewTraitPrintContext

func NewTraitPrintContext(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitPrintContext

func (*TraitPrintContext) CreatePangoContext

func (self *TraitPrintContext) CreatePangoContext() (return__ *C.PangoContext)

Creates a new #PangoContext that can be used with the #GtkPrintContext.

func (*TraitPrintContext) CreatePangoLayout

func (self *TraitPrintContext) CreatePangoLayout() (return__ *C.PangoLayout)

Creates a new #PangoLayout that is suitable for use with the #GtkPrintContext.

func (*TraitPrintContext) GetCairoContext

func (self *TraitPrintContext) GetCairoContext() (return__ *C.cairo_t)

Obtains the cairo context that is associated with the #GtkPrintContext.

func (*TraitPrintContext) GetDpiX

func (self *TraitPrintContext) GetDpiX() (return__ float64)

Obtains the horizontal resolution of the #GtkPrintContext, in dots per inch.

func (*TraitPrintContext) GetDpiY

func (self *TraitPrintContext) GetDpiY() (return__ float64)

Obtains the vertical resolution of the #GtkPrintContext, in dots per inch.

func (*TraitPrintContext) GetHardMargins

func (self *TraitPrintContext) GetHardMargins() (top float64, bottom float64, left float64, right float64, return__ bool)

Obtains the hardware printer margins of the #GtkPrintContext, in units.

func (*TraitPrintContext) GetHeight

func (self *TraitPrintContext) GetHeight() (return__ float64)

Obtains the height of the #GtkPrintContext, in pixels.

func (*TraitPrintContext) GetPageSetup

func (self *TraitPrintContext) GetPageSetup() (return__ *PageSetup)

Obtains the #GtkPageSetup that determines the page dimensions of the #GtkPrintContext.

func (*TraitPrintContext) GetPangoFontmap

func (self *TraitPrintContext) GetPangoFontmap() (return__ *C.PangoFontMap)

Returns a #PangoFontMap that is suitable for use with the #GtkPrintContext.

func (*TraitPrintContext) GetPrintContextPointer

func (self *TraitPrintContext) GetPrintContextPointer() *C.GtkPrintContext

func (*TraitPrintContext) GetWidth

func (self *TraitPrintContext) GetWidth() (return__ float64)

Obtains the width of the #GtkPrintContext, in pixels.

func (*TraitPrintContext) SetCairoContext

func (self *TraitPrintContext) SetCairoContext(cr *C.cairo_t, dpi_x float64, dpi_y float64)

Sets a new cairo context on a print context.

This function is intended to be used when implementing an internal print preview, it is not needed for printing, since GTK+ itself creates a suitable cairo context in that case.

type TraitPrintOperation

type TraitPrintOperation struct{ CPointer *C.GtkPrintOperation }

func NewTraitPrintOperation

func NewTraitPrintOperation(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitPrintOperation

func (*TraitPrintOperation) Cancel

func (self *TraitPrintOperation) Cancel()

Cancels a running print operation. This function may be called from a #GtkPrintOperation::begin-print, #GtkPrintOperation::paginate or #GtkPrintOperation::draw-page signal handler to stop the currently running print operation.

func (*TraitPrintOperation) DrawPageFinish

func (self *TraitPrintOperation) DrawPageFinish()

Signalize that drawing of particular page is complete.

It is called after completion of page drawing (e.g. drawing in another thread). If gtk_print_operation_set_defer_drawing() was called before, then this function has to be called by application. In another case it is called by the library itself.

func (*TraitPrintOperation) GetDefaultPageSetup

func (self *TraitPrintOperation) GetDefaultPageSetup() (return__ *PageSetup)

Returns the default page setup, see gtk_print_operation_set_default_page_setup().

func (*TraitPrintOperation) GetEmbedPageSetup

func (self *TraitPrintOperation) GetEmbedPageSetup() (return__ bool)

Gets the value of #GtkPrintOperation:embed-page-setup property.

func (*TraitPrintOperation) GetError

func (self *TraitPrintOperation) GetError() (__err__ error)

Call this when the result of a print operation is %GTK_PRINT_OPERATION_RESULT_ERROR, either as returned by gtk_print_operation_run(), or in the #GtkPrintOperation::done signal handler. The returned #GError will contain more details on what went wrong.

func (*TraitPrintOperation) GetHasSelection

func (self *TraitPrintOperation) GetHasSelection() (return__ bool)

Gets the value of #GtkPrintOperation:has-selection property.

func (*TraitPrintOperation) GetNPagesToPrint

func (self *TraitPrintOperation) GetNPagesToPrint() (return__ int)

Returns the number of pages that will be printed.

Note that this value is set during print preparation phase (%GTK_PRINT_STATUS_PREPARING), so this function should never be called before the data generation phase (%GTK_PRINT_STATUS_GENERATING_DATA). You can connect to the #GtkPrintOperation::status-changed signal and call gtk_print_operation_get_n_pages_to_print() when print status is %GTK_PRINT_STATUS_GENERATING_DATA. This is typically used to track the progress of print operation.

func (*TraitPrintOperation) GetPrintOperationPointer

func (self *TraitPrintOperation) GetPrintOperationPointer() *C.GtkPrintOperation

func (*TraitPrintOperation) GetPrintSettings

func (self *TraitPrintOperation) GetPrintSettings() (return__ *PrintSettings)

Returns the current print settings.

Note that the return value is %NULL until either gtk_print_operation_set_print_settings() or gtk_print_operation_run() have been called.

func (*TraitPrintOperation) GetStatus

func (self *TraitPrintOperation) GetStatus() (return__ C.GtkPrintStatus)

Returns the status of the print operation. Also see gtk_print_operation_get_status_string().

func (*TraitPrintOperation) GetStatusString

func (self *TraitPrintOperation) GetStatusString() (return__ string)

Returns a string representation of the status of the print operation. The string is translated and suitable for displaying the print status e.g. in a #GtkStatusbar.

Use gtk_print_operation_get_status() to obtain a status value that is suitable for programmatic use.

func (*TraitPrintOperation) GetSupportSelection

func (self *TraitPrintOperation) GetSupportSelection() (return__ bool)

Gets the value of #GtkPrintOperation:support-selection property.

func (*TraitPrintOperation) IsFinished

func (self *TraitPrintOperation) IsFinished() (return__ bool)

A convenience function to find out if the print operation is finished, either successfully (%GTK_PRINT_STATUS_FINISHED) or unsuccessfully (%GTK_PRINT_STATUS_FINISHED_ABORTED).

Note: when you enable print status tracking the print operation can be in a non-finished state even after done has been called, as the operation status then tracks the print job status on the printer.

func (*TraitPrintOperation) Run

func (self *TraitPrintOperation) Run(action C.GtkPrintOperationAction, parent IsWindow) (return__ C.GtkPrintOperationResult, __err__ error)

Runs the print operation, by first letting the user modify print settings in the print dialog, and then print the document.

Normally that this function does not return until the rendering of all pages is complete. You can connect to the #GtkPrintOperation::status-changed signal on @op to obtain some information about the progress of the print operation. Furthermore, it may use a recursive mainloop to show the print dialog.

If you call gtk_print_operation_set_allow_async() or set the #GtkPrintOperation:allow-async property the operation will run asynchronously if this is supported on the platform. The #GtkPrintOperation::done signal will be emitted with the result of the operation when the it is done (i.e. when the dialog is canceled, or when the print succeeds or fails). |[<!-- language="C" --> if (settings != NULL)

gtk_print_operation_set_print_settings (print, settings);

if (page_setup != NULL)

gtk_print_operation_set_default_page_setup (print, page_setup);

g_signal_connect (print, "begin-print",

G_CALLBACK (begin_print), &data);

g_signal_connect (print, "draw-page",

G_CALLBACK (draw_page), &data);

res = gtk_print_operation_run (print,

GTK_PRINT_OPERATION_ACTION_PRINT_DIALOG,
parent,
&error);

if (res == GTK_PRINT_OPERATION_RESULT_ERROR)

 {
   error_dialog = gtk_message_dialog_new (GTK_WINDOW (parent),
  			                     GTK_DIALOG_DESTROY_WITH_PARENT,
					     GTK_MESSAGE_ERROR,
					     GTK_BUTTONS_CLOSE,
					     "Error printing file:\n%s",
					     error->message);
   g_signal_connect (error_dialog, "response",
                     G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_destroy), NULL);
   gtk_widget_show (error_dialog);
   g_error_free (error);
 }

else if (res == GTK_PRINT_OPERATION_RESULT_APPLY)

{
  if (settings != NULL)

g_object_unref (settings);

  settings = g_object_ref (gtk_print_operation_get_print_settings (print));
}

]|

Note that gtk_print_operation_run() can only be called once on a given #GtkPrintOperation.

func (*TraitPrintOperation) SetAllowAsync

func (self *TraitPrintOperation) SetAllowAsync(allow_async bool)

Sets whether the gtk_print_operation_run() may return before the print operation is completed. Note that some platforms may not allow asynchronous operation.

func (*TraitPrintOperation) SetCurrentPage

func (self *TraitPrintOperation) SetCurrentPage(current_page int)

Sets the current page.

If this is called before gtk_print_operation_run(), the user will be able to select to print only the current page.

Note that this only makes sense for pre-paginated documents.

func (*TraitPrintOperation) SetCustomTabLabel

func (self *TraitPrintOperation) SetCustomTabLabel(label string)

Sets the label for the tab holding custom widgets.

func (*TraitPrintOperation) SetDefaultPageSetup

func (self *TraitPrintOperation) SetDefaultPageSetup(default_page_setup IsPageSetup)

Makes @default_page_setup the default page setup for @op.

This page setup will be used by gtk_print_operation_run(), but it can be overridden on a per-page basis by connecting to the #GtkPrintOperation::request-page-setup signal.

func (*TraitPrintOperation) SetDeferDrawing

func (self *TraitPrintOperation) SetDeferDrawing()

Sets up the #GtkPrintOperation to wait for calling of gtk_print_operation_draw_page_finish() from application. It can be used for drawing page in another thread.

This function must be called in the callback of “draw-page” signal.

func (*TraitPrintOperation) SetEmbedPageSetup

func (self *TraitPrintOperation) SetEmbedPageSetup(embed bool)

Embed page size combo box and orientation combo box into page setup page. Selected page setup is stored as default page setup in #GtkPrintOperation.

func (*TraitPrintOperation) SetExportFilename

func (self *TraitPrintOperation) SetExportFilename(filename string)

Sets up the #GtkPrintOperation to generate a file instead of showing the print dialog. The indended use of this function is for implementing “Export to PDF” actions. Currently, PDF is the only supported format.

“Print to PDF” support is independent of this and is done by letting the user pick the “Print to PDF” item from the list of printers in the print dialog.

func (*TraitPrintOperation) SetHasSelection

func (self *TraitPrintOperation) SetHasSelection(has_selection bool)

Sets whether there is a selection to print.

Application has to set number of pages to which the selection will draw by gtk_print_operation_set_n_pages() in a callback of #GtkPrintOperation::begin-print.

func (*TraitPrintOperation) SetJobName

func (self *TraitPrintOperation) SetJobName(job_name string)

Sets the name of the print job. The name is used to identify the job (e.g. in monitoring applications like eggcups).

If you don’t set a job name, GTK+ picks a default one by numbering successive print jobs.

func (*TraitPrintOperation) SetNPages

func (self *TraitPrintOperation) SetNPages(n_pages int)

Sets the number of pages in the document.

This must be set to a positive number before the rendering starts. It may be set in a #GtkPrintOperation::begin-print signal hander.

Note that the page numbers passed to the #GtkPrintOperation::request-page-setup and #GtkPrintOperation::draw-page signals are 0-based, i.e. if the user chooses to print all pages, the last ::draw-page signal will be for page @n_pages - 1.

func (*TraitPrintOperation) SetPrintSettings

func (self *TraitPrintOperation) SetPrintSettings(print_settings IsPrintSettings)

Sets the print settings for @op. This is typically used to re-establish print settings from a previous print operation, see gtk_print_operation_run().

func (*TraitPrintOperation) SetShowProgress

func (self *TraitPrintOperation) SetShowProgress(show_progress bool)

If @show_progress is %TRUE, the print operation will show a progress dialog during the print operation.

func (*TraitPrintOperation) SetSupportSelection

func (self *TraitPrintOperation) SetSupportSelection(support_selection bool)

Sets whether selection is supported by #GtkPrintOperation.

func (*TraitPrintOperation) SetTrackPrintStatus

func (self *TraitPrintOperation) SetTrackPrintStatus(track_status bool)

If track_status is %TRUE, the print operation will try to continue report on the status of the print job in the printer queues and printer. This can allow your application to show things like “out of paper” issues, and when the print job actually reaches the printer.

This function is often implemented using some form of polling, so it should not be enabled unless needed.

func (*TraitPrintOperation) SetUnit

func (self *TraitPrintOperation) SetUnit(unit C.GtkUnit)

Sets up the transformation for the cairo context obtained from #GtkPrintContext in such a way that distances are measured in units of @unit.

func (*TraitPrintOperation) SetUseFullPage

func (self *TraitPrintOperation) SetUseFullPage(full_page bool)

If @full_page is %TRUE, the transformation for the cairo context obtained from #GtkPrintContext puts the origin at the top left corner of the page (which may not be the top left corner of the sheet, depending on page orientation and the number of pages per sheet). Otherwise, the origin is at the top left corner of the imageable area (i.e. inside the margins).

type TraitPrintSettings

type TraitPrintSettings struct{ CPointer *C.GtkPrintSettings }

func NewTraitPrintSettings

func NewTraitPrintSettings(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitPrintSettings

func (*TraitPrintSettings) Copy

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) Copy() (return__ *PrintSettings)

Copies a #GtkPrintSettings object.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) Foreach

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) Foreach(func_ C.GtkPrintSettingsFunc, user_data unsafe.Pointer)

Calls @func for each key-value pair of @settings.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) Get

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) Get(key string) (return__ string)

Looks up the string value associated with @key.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) GetBool

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) GetBool(key string) (return__ bool)

Returns the boolean represented by the value that is associated with @key.

The string “true” represents %TRUE, any other string %FALSE.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) GetCollate

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) GetCollate() (return__ bool)

Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_COLLATE.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) GetDefaultSource

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) GetDefaultSource() (return__ string)

Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_DEFAULT_SOURCE.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) GetDither

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) GetDither() (return__ string)

Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_DITHER.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) GetDouble

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) GetDouble(key string) (return__ float64)

Returns the double value associated with @key, or 0.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) GetDoubleWithDefault

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) GetDoubleWithDefault(key string, def float64) (return__ float64)

Returns the floating point number represented by the value that is associated with @key, or @default_val if the value does not represent a floating point number.

Floating point numbers are parsed with g_ascii_strtod().

func (*TraitPrintSettings) GetDuplex

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) GetDuplex() (return__ C.GtkPrintDuplex)

Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_DUPLEX.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) GetFinishings

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) GetFinishings() (return__ string)

Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_FINISHINGS.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) GetInt

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) GetInt(key string) (return__ int)

Returns the integer value of @key, or 0.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) GetIntWithDefault

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) GetIntWithDefault(key string, def int) (return__ int)

Returns the value of @key, interpreted as an integer, or the default value.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) GetLength

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) GetLength(key string, unit C.GtkUnit) (return__ float64)

Returns the value associated with @key, interpreted as a length. The returned value is converted to @units.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) GetMediaType

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) GetMediaType() (return__ string)

Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_MEDIA_TYPE.

The set of media types is defined in PWG 5101.1-2002 PWG.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) GetNCopies

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) GetNCopies() (return__ int)

Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_N_COPIES.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) GetNumberUp

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) GetNumberUp() (return__ int)

Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_NUMBER_UP.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) GetNumberUpLayout

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) GetNumberUpLayout() (return__ C.GtkNumberUpLayout)

Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_NUMBER_UP_LAYOUT.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) GetOrientation

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) GetOrientation() (return__ C.GtkPageOrientation)

Get the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_ORIENTATION, converted to a #GtkPageOrientation.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) GetOutputBin

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) GetOutputBin() (return__ string)

Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_OUTPUT_BIN.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) GetPageRanges

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) GetPageRanges() (num_ranges int, return__ *C.GtkPageRange)

Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAGE_RANGES.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) GetPageSet

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) GetPageSet() (return__ C.GtkPageSet)

Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAGE_SET.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) GetPaperHeight

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) GetPaperHeight(unit C.GtkUnit) (return__ float64)

Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_HEIGHT, converted to @unit.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) GetPaperSize

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) GetPaperSize() (return__ *C.GtkPaperSize)

Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_FORMAT, converted to a #GtkPaperSize.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) GetPaperWidth

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) GetPaperWidth(unit C.GtkUnit) (return__ float64)

Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_WIDTH, converted to @unit.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) GetPrintPages

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) GetPrintPages() (return__ C.GtkPrintPages)

Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PRINT_PAGES.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) GetPrintSettingsPointer

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) GetPrintSettingsPointer() *C.GtkPrintSettings

func (*TraitPrintSettings) GetPrinter

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) GetPrinter() (return__ string)

Convenience function to obtain the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PRINTER.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) GetPrinterLpi

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) GetPrinterLpi() (return__ float64)

Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PRINTER_LPI.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) GetQuality

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) GetQuality() (return__ C.GtkPrintQuality)

Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_QUALITY.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) GetResolution

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) GetResolution() (return__ int)

Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) GetResolutionX

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) GetResolutionX() (return__ int)

Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_X.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) GetResolutionY

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) GetResolutionY() (return__ int)

Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_Y.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) GetReverse

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) GetReverse() (return__ bool)

Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_REVERSE.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) GetScale

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) GetScale() (return__ float64)

Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_SCALE.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) GetUseColor

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) GetUseColor() (return__ bool)

Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_USE_COLOR.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) HasKey

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) HasKey(key string) (return__ bool)

Returns %TRUE, if a value is associated with @key.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) LoadFile

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) LoadFile(file_name string) (return__ bool, __err__ error)

Reads the print settings from @file_name. If the file could not be loaded then error is set to either a #GFileError or #GKeyFileError. See gtk_print_settings_to_file().

func (*TraitPrintSettings) LoadKeyFile

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) LoadKeyFile(key_file *C.GKeyFile, group_name string) (return__ bool, __err__ error)

Reads the print settings from the group @group_name in @key_file. If the file could not be loaded then error is set to either a #GFileError or #GKeyFileError.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) Set

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) Set(key string, value string)

Associates @value with @key.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) SetBool

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) SetBool(key string, value bool)

Sets @key to a boolean value.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) SetCollate

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) SetCollate(collate bool)

Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_COLLATE.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) SetDefaultSource

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) SetDefaultSource(default_source string)

Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_DEFAULT_SOURCE.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) SetDither

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) SetDither(dither string)

Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_DITHER.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) SetDouble

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) SetDouble(key string, value float64)

Sets @key to a double value.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) SetDuplex

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) SetDuplex(duplex C.GtkPrintDuplex)

Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_DUPLEX.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) SetFinishings

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) SetFinishings(finishings string)

Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_FINISHINGS.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) SetInt

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) SetInt(key string, value int)

Sets @key to an integer value.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) SetLength

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) SetLength(key string, value float64, unit C.GtkUnit)

Associates a length in units of @unit with @key.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) SetMediaType

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) SetMediaType(media_type string)

Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_MEDIA_TYPE.

The set of media types is defined in PWG 5101.1-2002 PWG.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) SetNCopies

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) SetNCopies(num_copies int)

Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_N_COPIES.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) SetNumberUp

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) SetNumberUp(number_up int)

Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_NUMBER_UP.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) SetNumberUpLayout

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) SetNumberUpLayout(number_up_layout C.GtkNumberUpLayout)

Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_NUMBER_UP_LAYOUT.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) SetOrientation

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) SetOrientation(orientation C.GtkPageOrientation)

Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_ORIENTATION.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) SetOutputBin

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) SetOutputBin(output_bin string)

Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_OUTPUT_BIN.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) SetPageRanges

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) SetPageRanges(page_ranges *C.GtkPageRange, num_ranges int)

Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAGE_RANGES.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) SetPageSet

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) SetPageSet(page_set C.GtkPageSet)

Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAGE_SET.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) SetPaperHeight

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) SetPaperHeight(height float64, unit C.GtkUnit)

Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_HEIGHT.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) SetPaperSize

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) SetPaperSize(paper_size *C.GtkPaperSize)

Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_FORMAT, %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_WIDTH and %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_HEIGHT.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) SetPaperWidth

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) SetPaperWidth(width float64, unit C.GtkUnit)

Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_WIDTH.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) SetPrintPages

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) SetPrintPages(pages C.GtkPrintPages)

Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PRINT_PAGES.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) SetPrinter

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) SetPrinter(printer string)

Convenience function to set %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PRINTER to @printer.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) SetPrinterLpi

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) SetPrinterLpi(lpi float64)

Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PRINTER_LPI.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) SetQuality

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) SetQuality(quality C.GtkPrintQuality)

Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_QUALITY.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) SetResolution

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) SetResolution(resolution int)

Sets the values of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION, %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_X and %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_Y.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) SetResolutionXy

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) SetResolutionXy(resolution_x int, resolution_y int)

Sets the values of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION, %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_X and %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_Y.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) SetReverse

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) SetReverse(reverse bool)

Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_REVERSE.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) SetScale

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) SetScale(scale float64)

Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_SCALE.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) SetUseColor

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) SetUseColor(use_color bool)

Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_USE_COLOR.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) ToFile

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) ToFile(file_name string) (return__ bool, __err__ error)

This function saves the print settings from @settings to @file_name. If the file could not be loaded then error is set to either a #GFileError or #GKeyFileError.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) ToKeyFile

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) ToKeyFile(key_file *C.GKeyFile, group_name string)

This function adds the print settings from @settings to @key_file.

func (*TraitPrintSettings) Unset

func (self *TraitPrintSettings) Unset(key string)

Removes any value associated with @key. This has the same effect as setting the value to %NULL.

type TraitProgressBar

type TraitProgressBar struct{ CPointer *C.GtkProgressBar }

func NewTraitProgressBar

func NewTraitProgressBar(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitProgressBar

func (*TraitProgressBar) GetEllipsize

func (self *TraitProgressBar) GetEllipsize() (return__ C.PangoEllipsizeMode)

Returns the ellipsizing position of the progress bar. See gtk_progress_bar_set_ellipsize().

func (*TraitProgressBar) GetFraction

func (self *TraitProgressBar) GetFraction() (return__ float64)

Returns the current fraction of the task that’s been completed.

func (*TraitProgressBar) GetInverted

func (self *TraitProgressBar) GetInverted() (return__ bool)

Gets the value set by gtk_progress_bar_set_inverted().

func (*TraitProgressBar) GetProgressBarPointer

func (self *TraitProgressBar) GetProgressBarPointer() *C.GtkProgressBar

func (*TraitProgressBar) GetPulseStep

func (self *TraitProgressBar) GetPulseStep() (return__ float64)

Retrieves the pulse step set with gtk_progress_bar_set_pulse_step().

func (*TraitProgressBar) GetShowText

func (self *TraitProgressBar) GetShowText() (return__ bool)

Gets the value of the #GtkProgressBar:show-text property. See gtk_progress_bar_set_show_text().

func (*TraitProgressBar) GetText

func (self *TraitProgressBar) GetText() (return__ string)

Retrieves the text displayed superimposed on the progress bar, if any, otherwise %NULL. The return value is a reference to the text, not a copy of it, so will become invalid if you change the text in the progress bar.

func (*TraitProgressBar) Pulse

func (self *TraitProgressBar) Pulse()

Indicates that some progress has been made, but you don’t know how much. Causes the progress bar to enter “activity mode,” where a block bounces back and forth. Each call to gtk_progress_bar_pulse() causes the block to move by a little bit (the amount of movement per pulse is determined by gtk_progress_bar_set_pulse_step()).

func (*TraitProgressBar) SetEllipsize

func (self *TraitProgressBar) SetEllipsize(mode C.PangoEllipsizeMode)

Sets the mode used to ellipsize (add an ellipsis: "...") the text if there is not enough space to render the entire string.

func (*TraitProgressBar) SetFraction

func (self *TraitProgressBar) SetFraction(fraction float64)

Causes the progress bar to “fill in” the given fraction of the bar. The fraction should be between 0.0 and 1.0, inclusive.

func (*TraitProgressBar) SetInverted

func (self *TraitProgressBar) SetInverted(inverted bool)

Progress bars normally grow from top to bottom or left to right. Inverted progress bars grow in the opposite direction.

func (*TraitProgressBar) SetPulseStep

func (self *TraitProgressBar) SetPulseStep(fraction float64)

Sets the fraction of total progress bar length to move the bouncing block for each call to gtk_progress_bar_pulse().

func (*TraitProgressBar) SetShowText

func (self *TraitProgressBar) SetShowText(show_text bool)

Sets whether the progress bar will show text superimposed over the bar. The shown text is either the value of the #GtkProgressBar:text property or, if that is %NULL, the #GtkProgressBar:fraction value, as a percentage.

To make a progress bar that is styled and sized suitably for containing text (even if the actual text is blank), set #GtkProgressBar:show-text to %TRUE and #GtkProgressBar:text to the empty string (not %NULL).

func (*TraitProgressBar) SetText

func (self *TraitProgressBar) SetText(text string)

Causes the given @text to appear superimposed on the progress bar.

If @text is %NULL and #GtkProgressBar:show-text is %TRUE, the current value of #GtkProgressBar:fraction will be displayed as a percentage.

If @text is non-%NULL and #GtkProgressBar:show-text is %TRUE, the text will be displayed. In this case, it will not display the progress percentage. If @text is the empty string, the progress bar will still be styled and sized suitably for containing text, as long as #GtkProgressBar:show-text is %TRUE.

type TraitProgressBarAccessible

type TraitProgressBarAccessible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkProgressBarAccessible }

func NewTraitProgressBarAccessible

func NewTraitProgressBarAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitProgressBarAccessible

func (*TraitProgressBarAccessible) GetProgressBarAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitProgressBarAccessible) GetProgressBarAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkProgressBarAccessible

type TraitRadioAction

type TraitRadioAction struct{ CPointer *C.GtkRadioAction }

func NewTraitRadioAction

func NewTraitRadioAction(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitRadioAction

func (*TraitRadioAction) GetRadioActionPointer

func (self *TraitRadioAction) GetRadioActionPointer() *C.GtkRadioAction

type TraitRadioButton

type TraitRadioButton struct{ CPointer *C.GtkRadioButton }

func NewTraitRadioButton

func NewTraitRadioButton(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitRadioButton

func (*TraitRadioButton) GetGroup

func (self *TraitRadioButton) GetGroup() (return__ *C.GSList)

Retrieves the group assigned to a radio button.

func (*TraitRadioButton) GetRadioButtonPointer

func (self *TraitRadioButton) GetRadioButtonPointer() *C.GtkRadioButton

func (*TraitRadioButton) JoinGroup

func (self *TraitRadioButton) JoinGroup(group_source IsRadioButton)

Joins a #GtkRadioButton object to the group of another #GtkRadioButton object

Use this in language bindings instead of the gtk_radio_button_get_group() and gtk_radio_button_set_group() methods

A common way to set up a group of radio buttons is the following: |[<!-- language="C" -->

GtkRadioButton *radio_button;
GtkRadioButton *last_button;

while ( ...more buttons to add... )
  {
     radio_button = gtk_radio_button_new (...);

     gtk_radio_button_join_group (radio_button, last_button);
     last_button = radio_button;
  }

]|

func (*TraitRadioButton) SetGroup

func (self *TraitRadioButton) SetGroup(group *C.GSList)

Sets a #GtkRadioButton’s group. It should be noted that this does not change the layout of your interface in any way, so if you are changing the group, it is likely you will need to re-arrange the user interface to reflect these changes.

type TraitRadioButtonAccessible

type TraitRadioButtonAccessible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkRadioButtonAccessible }

func NewTraitRadioButtonAccessible

func NewTraitRadioButtonAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitRadioButtonAccessible

func (*TraitRadioButtonAccessible) GetRadioButtonAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitRadioButtonAccessible) GetRadioButtonAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkRadioButtonAccessible

type TraitRadioMenuItem

type TraitRadioMenuItem struct{ CPointer *C.GtkRadioMenuItem }

func NewTraitRadioMenuItem

func NewTraitRadioMenuItem(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitRadioMenuItem

func (*TraitRadioMenuItem) GetGroup

func (self *TraitRadioMenuItem) GetGroup() (return__ *C.GSList)

Returns the group to which the radio menu item belongs, as a #GList of #GtkRadioMenuItem. The list belongs to GTK+ and should not be freed.

func (*TraitRadioMenuItem) GetRadioMenuItemPointer

func (self *TraitRadioMenuItem) GetRadioMenuItemPointer() *C.GtkRadioMenuItem

func (*TraitRadioMenuItem) SetGroup

func (self *TraitRadioMenuItem) SetGroup(group *C.GSList)

Sets the group of a radio menu item, or changes it.

type TraitRadioMenuItemAccessible

type TraitRadioMenuItemAccessible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkRadioMenuItemAccessible }

func NewTraitRadioMenuItemAccessible

func NewTraitRadioMenuItemAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitRadioMenuItemAccessible

func (*TraitRadioMenuItemAccessible) GetRadioMenuItemAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitRadioMenuItemAccessible) GetRadioMenuItemAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkRadioMenuItemAccessible

type TraitRadioToolButton

type TraitRadioToolButton struct{ CPointer *C.GtkRadioToolButton }

func NewTraitRadioToolButton

func NewTraitRadioToolButton(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitRadioToolButton

func (*TraitRadioToolButton) GetGroup

func (self *TraitRadioToolButton) GetGroup() (return__ *C.GSList)

Returns the radio button group @button belongs to.

func (*TraitRadioToolButton) GetRadioToolButtonPointer

func (self *TraitRadioToolButton) GetRadioToolButtonPointer() *C.GtkRadioToolButton

func (*TraitRadioToolButton) SetGroup

func (self *TraitRadioToolButton) SetGroup(group *C.GSList)

Adds @button to @group, removing it from the group it belonged to before.

type TraitRange

type TraitRange struct{ CPointer *C.GtkRange }

func NewTraitRange

func NewTraitRange(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitRange

func (*TraitRange) GetAdjustment

func (self *TraitRange) GetAdjustment() (return__ *Adjustment)

Get the #GtkAdjustment which is the “model” object for #GtkRange. See gtk_range_set_adjustment() for details. The return value does not have a reference added, so should not be unreferenced.

func (*TraitRange) GetFillLevel

func (self *TraitRange) GetFillLevel() (return__ float64)

Gets the current position of the fill level indicator.

func (*TraitRange) GetFlippable

func (self *TraitRange) GetFlippable() (return__ bool)

Gets the value set by gtk_range_set_flippable().

func (*TraitRange) GetInverted

func (self *TraitRange) GetInverted() (return__ bool)

Gets the value set by gtk_range_set_inverted().

func (*TraitRange) GetLowerStepperSensitivity

func (self *TraitRange) GetLowerStepperSensitivity() (return__ C.GtkSensitivityType)

Gets the sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the 'lower' end of the GtkRange’s adjustment.

func (*TraitRange) GetMinSliderSize

func (self *TraitRange) GetMinSliderSize() (return__ int)

This function is useful mainly for #GtkRange subclasses.

See gtk_range_set_min_slider_size().

func (*TraitRange) GetRangePointer

func (self *TraitRange) GetRangePointer() *C.GtkRange

func (*TraitRange) GetRangeRect

func (self *TraitRange) GetRangeRect() (range_rect C.GdkRectangle)

This function returns the area that contains the range’s trough and its steppers, in widget->window coordinates.

This function is useful mainly for #GtkRange subclasses.

func (*TraitRange) GetRestrictToFillLevel

func (self *TraitRange) GetRestrictToFillLevel() (return__ bool)

Gets whether the range is restricted to the fill level.

func (*TraitRange) GetRoundDigits

func (self *TraitRange) GetRoundDigits() (return__ int)

Gets the number of digits to round the value to when it changes. See #GtkRange::change-value.

func (*TraitRange) GetShowFillLevel

func (self *TraitRange) GetShowFillLevel() (return__ bool)

Gets whether the range displays the fill level graphically.

func (*TraitRange) GetSliderRange

func (self *TraitRange) GetSliderRange() (slider_start int, slider_end int)

This function returns sliders range along the long dimension, in widget->window coordinates.

This function is useful mainly for #GtkRange subclasses.

func (*TraitRange) GetSliderSizeFixed

func (self *TraitRange) GetSliderSizeFixed() (return__ bool)

This function is useful mainly for #GtkRange subclasses.

See gtk_range_set_slider_size_fixed().

func (*TraitRange) GetUpperStepperSensitivity

func (self *TraitRange) GetUpperStepperSensitivity() (return__ C.GtkSensitivityType)

Gets the sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the 'upper' end of the GtkRange’s adjustment.

func (*TraitRange) GetValue

func (self *TraitRange) GetValue() (return__ float64)

Gets the current value of the range.

func (*TraitRange) SetAdjustment

func (self *TraitRange) SetAdjustment(adjustment IsAdjustment)

Sets the adjustment to be used as the “model” object for this range widget. The adjustment indicates the current range value, the minimum and maximum range values, the step/page increments used for keybindings and scrolling, and the page size. The page size is normally 0 for #GtkScale and nonzero for #GtkScrollbar, and indicates the size of the visible area of the widget being scrolled. The page size affects the size of the scrollbar slider.

func (*TraitRange) SetFillLevel

func (self *TraitRange) SetFillLevel(fill_level float64)

Set the new position of the fill level indicator.

The “fill level” is probably best described by its most prominent use case, which is an indicator for the amount of pre-buffering in a streaming media player. In that use case, the value of the range would indicate the current play position, and the fill level would be the position up to which the file/stream has been downloaded.

This amount of prebuffering can be displayed on the range’s trough and is themeable separately from the trough. To enable fill level display, use gtk_range_set_show_fill_level(). The range defaults to not showing the fill level.

Additionally, it’s possible to restrict the range’s slider position to values which are smaller than the fill level. This is controller by gtk_range_set_restrict_to_fill_level() and is by default enabled.

func (*TraitRange) SetFlippable

func (self *TraitRange) SetFlippable(flippable bool)

If a range is flippable, it will switch its direction if it is horizontal and its direction is %GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL.

See gtk_widget_get_direction().

func (*TraitRange) SetIncrements

func (self *TraitRange) SetIncrements(step float64, page float64)

Sets the step and page sizes for the range. The step size is used when the user clicks the #GtkScrollbar arrows or moves #GtkScale via arrow keys. The page size is used for example when moving via Page Up or Page Down keys.

func (*TraitRange) SetInverted

func (self *TraitRange) SetInverted(setting bool)

Ranges normally move from lower to higher values as the slider moves from top to bottom or left to right. Inverted ranges have higher values at the top or on the right rather than on the bottom or left.

func (*TraitRange) SetLowerStepperSensitivity

func (self *TraitRange) SetLowerStepperSensitivity(sensitivity C.GtkSensitivityType)

Sets the sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the 'lower' end of the GtkRange’s adjustment.

func (*TraitRange) SetMinSliderSize

func (self *TraitRange) SetMinSliderSize(min_size int)

Sets the minimum size of the range’s slider.

This function is useful mainly for #GtkRange subclasses.

func (*TraitRange) SetRange

func (self *TraitRange) SetRange(min float64, max float64)

Sets the allowable values in the #GtkRange, and clamps the range value to be between @min and @max. (If the range has a non-zero page size, it is clamped between @min and @max - page-size.)

func (*TraitRange) SetRestrictToFillLevel

func (self *TraitRange) SetRestrictToFillLevel(restrict_to_fill_level bool)

Sets whether the slider is restricted to the fill level. See gtk_range_set_fill_level() for a general description of the fill level concept.

func (*TraitRange) SetRoundDigits

func (self *TraitRange) SetRoundDigits(round_digits int)

Sets the number of digits to round the value to when it changes. See #GtkRange::change-value.

func (*TraitRange) SetShowFillLevel

func (self *TraitRange) SetShowFillLevel(show_fill_level bool)

Sets whether a graphical fill level is show on the trough. See gtk_range_set_fill_level() for a general description of the fill level concept.

func (*TraitRange) SetSliderSizeFixed

func (self *TraitRange) SetSliderSizeFixed(size_fixed bool)

Sets whether the range’s slider has a fixed size, or a size that depends on its adjustment’s page size.

This function is useful mainly for #GtkRange subclasses.

func (*TraitRange) SetUpperStepperSensitivity

func (self *TraitRange) SetUpperStepperSensitivity(sensitivity C.GtkSensitivityType)

Sets the sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the 'upper' end of the GtkRange’s adjustment.

func (*TraitRange) SetValue

func (self *TraitRange) SetValue(value float64)

Sets the current value of the range; if the value is outside the minimum or maximum range values, it will be clamped to fit inside them. The range emits the #GtkRange::value-changed signal if the value changes.

type TraitRangeAccessible

type TraitRangeAccessible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkRangeAccessible }

func NewTraitRangeAccessible

func NewTraitRangeAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitRangeAccessible

func (*TraitRangeAccessible) GetRangeAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitRangeAccessible) GetRangeAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkRangeAccessible

type TraitRcStyle

type TraitRcStyle struct{ CPointer *C.GtkRcStyle }

func NewTraitRcStyle

func NewTraitRcStyle(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitRcStyle

func (*TraitRcStyle) GetRcStylePointer

func (self *TraitRcStyle) GetRcStylePointer() *C.GtkRcStyle

type TraitRecentAction

type TraitRecentAction struct{ CPointer *C.GtkRecentAction }

func NewTraitRecentAction

func NewTraitRecentAction(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitRecentAction

func (*TraitRecentAction) GetRecentActionPointer

func (self *TraitRecentAction) GetRecentActionPointer() *C.GtkRecentAction

type TraitRecentChooserDialog

type TraitRecentChooserDialog struct{ CPointer *C.GtkRecentChooserDialog }

func NewTraitRecentChooserDialog

func NewTraitRecentChooserDialog(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitRecentChooserDialog

func (*TraitRecentChooserDialog) GetRecentChooserDialogPointer

func (self *TraitRecentChooserDialog) GetRecentChooserDialogPointer() *C.GtkRecentChooserDialog

type TraitRecentChooserMenu

type TraitRecentChooserMenu struct{ CPointer *C.GtkRecentChooserMenu }

func NewTraitRecentChooserMenu

func NewTraitRecentChooserMenu(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitRecentChooserMenu

func (*TraitRecentChooserMenu) GetRecentChooserMenuPointer

func (self *TraitRecentChooserMenu) GetRecentChooserMenuPointer() *C.GtkRecentChooserMenu

func (*TraitRecentChooserMenu) GetShowNumbers

func (self *TraitRecentChooserMenu) GetShowNumbers() (return__ bool)

Returns the value set by gtk_recent_chooser_menu_set_show_numbers().

func (*TraitRecentChooserMenu) SetShowNumbers

func (self *TraitRecentChooserMenu) SetShowNumbers(show_numbers bool)

Sets whether a number should be added to the items of @menu. The numbers are shown to provide a unique character for a mnemonic to be used inside ten menu item’s label. Only the first the items get a number to avoid clashes.

type TraitRecentChooserWidget

type TraitRecentChooserWidget struct{ CPointer *C.GtkRecentChooserWidget }

func NewTraitRecentChooserWidget

func NewTraitRecentChooserWidget(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitRecentChooserWidget

func (*TraitRecentChooserWidget) GetRecentChooserWidgetPointer

func (self *TraitRecentChooserWidget) GetRecentChooserWidgetPointer() *C.GtkRecentChooserWidget

type TraitRecentFilter

type TraitRecentFilter struct{ CPointer *C.GtkRecentFilter }

func NewTraitRecentFilter

func NewTraitRecentFilter(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitRecentFilter

func (*TraitRecentFilter) AddAge

func (self *TraitRecentFilter) AddAge(days int)

Adds a rule that allows resources based on their age - that is, the number of days elapsed since they were last modified.

func (*TraitRecentFilter) AddApplication

func (self *TraitRecentFilter) AddApplication(application string)

Adds a rule that allows resources based on the name of the application that has registered them.

func (*TraitRecentFilter) AddCustom

func (self *TraitRecentFilter) AddCustom(needed C.GtkRecentFilterFlags, func_ C.GtkRecentFilterFunc, data unsafe.Pointer, data_destroy C.GDestroyNotify)

Adds a rule to a filter that allows resources based on a custom callback function. The bitfield @needed which is passed in provides information about what sorts of information that the filter function needs; this allows GTK+ to avoid retrieving expensive information when it isn’t needed by the filter.

func (*TraitRecentFilter) AddGroup

func (self *TraitRecentFilter) AddGroup(group string)

Adds a rule that allows resources based on the name of the group to which they belong

func (*TraitRecentFilter) AddMimeType

func (self *TraitRecentFilter) AddMimeType(mime_type string)

Adds a rule that allows resources based on their registered MIME type.

func (*TraitRecentFilter) AddPattern

func (self *TraitRecentFilter) AddPattern(pattern string)

Adds a rule that allows resources based on a pattern matching their display name.

func (*TraitRecentFilter) AddPixbufFormats

func (self *TraitRecentFilter) AddPixbufFormats()

Adds a rule allowing image files in the formats supported by GdkPixbuf.

func (*TraitRecentFilter) Filter

func (self *TraitRecentFilter) Filter(filter_info *C.GtkRecentFilterInfo) (return__ bool)

Tests whether a file should be displayed according to @filter. The #GtkRecentFilterInfo @filter_info should include the fields returned from gtk_recent_filter_get_needed(), and must set the #GtkRecentFilterInfo.contains field of @filter_info to indicate which fields have been set.

This function will not typically be used by applications; it is intended principally for use in the implementation of #GtkRecentChooser.

func (*TraitRecentFilter) GetName

func (self *TraitRecentFilter) GetName() (return__ string)

Gets the human-readable name for the filter. See gtk_recent_filter_set_name().

func (*TraitRecentFilter) GetNeeded

func (self *TraitRecentFilter) GetNeeded() (return__ C.GtkRecentFilterFlags)

Gets the fields that need to be filled in for the #GtkRecentFilterInfo passed to gtk_recent_filter_filter()

This function will not typically be used by applications; it is intended principally for use in the implementation of #GtkRecentChooser.

func (*TraitRecentFilter) GetRecentFilterPointer

func (self *TraitRecentFilter) GetRecentFilterPointer() *C.GtkRecentFilter

func (*TraitRecentFilter) SetName

func (self *TraitRecentFilter) SetName(name string)

Sets the human-readable name of the filter; this is the string that will be displayed in the recently used resources selector user interface if there is a selectable list of filters.

type TraitRecentManager

type TraitRecentManager struct{ CPointer *C.GtkRecentManager }

func NewTraitRecentManager

func NewTraitRecentManager(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitRecentManager

func (*TraitRecentManager) AddFull

func (self *TraitRecentManager) AddFull(uri string, recent_data *C.GtkRecentData) (return__ bool)

Adds a new resource, pointed by @uri, into the recently used resources list, using the metadata specified inside the #GtkRecentData-struct passed in @recent_data.

The passed URI will be used to identify this resource inside the list.

In order to register the new recently used resource, metadata about the resource must be passed as well as the URI; the metadata is stored in a #GtkRecentData-struct, which must contain the MIME type of the resource pointed by the URI; the name of the application that is registering the item, and a command line to be used when launching the item.

Optionally, a #GtkRecentData-struct might contain a UTF-8 string to be used when viewing the item instead of the last component of the URI; a short description of the item; whether the item should be considered private - that is, should be displayed only by the applications that have registered it.

func (*TraitRecentManager) AddItem

func (self *TraitRecentManager) AddItem(uri string) (return__ bool)

Adds a new resource, pointed by @uri, into the recently used resources list.

This function automatically retrieves some of the needed metadata and setting other metadata to common default values; it then feeds the data to gtk_recent_manager_add_full().

See gtk_recent_manager_add_full() if you want to explicitly define the metadata for the resource pointed by @uri.

func (*TraitRecentManager) GetItems

func (self *TraitRecentManager) GetItems() (return__ *C.GList)

Gets the list of recently used resources.

func (*TraitRecentManager) GetRecentManagerPointer

func (self *TraitRecentManager) GetRecentManagerPointer() *C.GtkRecentManager

func (*TraitRecentManager) HasItem

func (self *TraitRecentManager) HasItem(uri string) (return__ bool)

Checks whether there is a recently used resource registered with @uri inside the recent manager.

func (*TraitRecentManager) LookupItem

func (self *TraitRecentManager) LookupItem(uri string) (return__ *C.GtkRecentInfo, __err__ error)

Searches for a URI inside the recently used resources list, and returns a #GtkRecentInfo-struct containing informations about the resource like its MIME type, or its display name.

func (*TraitRecentManager) MoveItem

func (self *TraitRecentManager) MoveItem(uri string, new_uri string) (return__ bool, __err__ error)

Changes the location of a recently used resource from @uri to @new_uri.

Please note that this function will not affect the resource pointed by the URIs, but only the URI used in the recently used resources list.

func (*TraitRecentManager) PurgeItems

func (self *TraitRecentManager) PurgeItems() (return__ int, __err__ error)

Purges every item from the recently used resources list.

func (*TraitRecentManager) RemoveItem

func (self *TraitRecentManager) RemoveItem(uri string) (return__ bool, __err__ error)

Removes a resource pointed by @uri from the recently used resources list handled by a recent manager.

type TraitRendererCellAccessible

type TraitRendererCellAccessible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkRendererCellAccessible }

func NewTraitRendererCellAccessible

func NewTraitRendererCellAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitRendererCellAccessible

func (*TraitRendererCellAccessible) GetRendererCellAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitRendererCellAccessible) GetRendererCellAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkRendererCellAccessible

type TraitRevealer

type TraitRevealer struct{ CPointer *C.GtkRevealer }

func NewTraitRevealer

func NewTraitRevealer(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitRevealer

func (*TraitRevealer) GetChildRevealed

func (self *TraitRevealer) GetChildRevealed() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the child is fully revealed, ie wether the transition to the revealed state is completed.

func (*TraitRevealer) GetRevealChild

func (self *TraitRevealer) GetRevealChild() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the child is currently revealed. See gtk_revealer_set_reveal_child().

This function returns %TRUE as soon as the transition is to the revealed state is started. To learn whether the child is fully revealed (ie the transition is completed), use gtk_revealer_get_child_revealed().

func (*TraitRevealer) GetRevealerPointer

func (self *TraitRevealer) GetRevealerPointer() *C.GtkRevealer

func (*TraitRevealer) GetTransitionDuration

func (self *TraitRevealer) GetTransitionDuration() (return__ uint)

Returns the amount of time (in milliseconds) that transitions will take.

func (*TraitRevealer) GetTransitionType

func (self *TraitRevealer) GetTransitionType() (return__ C.GtkRevealerTransitionType)

Gets the type of animation that will be used for transitions in @revealer.

func (*TraitRevealer) SetRevealChild

func (self *TraitRevealer) SetRevealChild(reveal_child bool)

Tells the #GtkRevealer to reveal or conceal its child.

The transition will be animated with the current transition type of @revealer.

func (*TraitRevealer) SetTransitionDuration

func (self *TraitRevealer) SetTransitionDuration(duration uint)

Sets the duration that transitions will take.

func (*TraitRevealer) SetTransitionType

func (self *TraitRevealer) SetTransitionType(transition C.GtkRevealerTransitionType)

Sets the type of animation that will be used for transitions in @revealer. Available types include various kinds of fades and slides.

type TraitScale

type TraitScale struct{ CPointer *C.GtkScale }

func NewTraitScale

func NewTraitScale(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitScale

func (*TraitScale) AddMark

func (self *TraitScale) AddMark(value float64, position C.GtkPositionType, markup string)

Adds a mark at @value.

A mark is indicated visually by drawing a tick mark next to the scale, and GTK+ makes it easy for the user to position the scale exactly at the marks value.

If @markup is not %NULL, text is shown next to the tick mark.

To remove marks from a scale, use gtk_scale_clear_marks().

func (*TraitScale) ClearMarks

func (self *TraitScale) ClearMarks()

Removes any marks that have been added with gtk_scale_add_mark().

func (*TraitScale) GetDigits

func (self *TraitScale) GetDigits() (return__ int)

Gets the number of decimal places that are displayed in the value.

func (*TraitScale) GetDrawValue

func (self *TraitScale) GetDrawValue() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the current value is displayed as a string next to the slider.

func (*TraitScale) GetHasOrigin

func (self *TraitScale) GetHasOrigin() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the scale has an origin.

func (*TraitScale) GetLayout

func (self *TraitScale) GetLayout() (return__ *C.PangoLayout)

Gets the #PangoLayout used to display the scale. The returned object is owned by the scale so does not need to be freed by the caller.

func (*TraitScale) GetLayoutOffsets

func (self *TraitScale) GetLayoutOffsets() (x int, y int)

Obtains the coordinates where the scale will draw the #PangoLayout representing the text in the scale. Remember when using the #PangoLayout function you need to convert to and from pixels using PANGO_PIXELS() or #PANGO_SCALE.

If the #GtkScale:draw-value property is %FALSE, the return values are undefined.

func (*TraitScale) GetScalePointer

func (self *TraitScale) GetScalePointer() *C.GtkScale

func (*TraitScale) GetValuePos

func (self *TraitScale) GetValuePos() (return__ C.GtkPositionType)

Gets the position in which the current value is displayed.

func (*TraitScale) SetDigits

func (self *TraitScale) SetDigits(digits int)

Sets the number of decimal places that are displayed in the value. Also causes the value of the adjustment to be rounded off to this number of digits, so the retrieved value matches the value the user saw.

func (*TraitScale) SetDrawValue

func (self *TraitScale) SetDrawValue(draw_value bool)

Specifies whether the current value is displayed as a string next to the slider.

func (*TraitScale) SetHasOrigin

func (self *TraitScale) SetHasOrigin(has_origin bool)

If @has_origin is set to %TRUE (the default), the scale will highlight the part of the scale between the origin (bottom or left side) of the scale and the current value.

func (*TraitScale) SetValuePos

func (self *TraitScale) SetValuePos(pos C.GtkPositionType)

Sets the position in which the current value is displayed.

type TraitScaleAccessible

type TraitScaleAccessible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkScaleAccessible }

func NewTraitScaleAccessible

func NewTraitScaleAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitScaleAccessible

func (*TraitScaleAccessible) GetScaleAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitScaleAccessible) GetScaleAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkScaleAccessible

type TraitScaleButton

type TraitScaleButton struct{ CPointer *C.GtkScaleButton }

func NewTraitScaleButton

func NewTraitScaleButton(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitScaleButton

func (*TraitScaleButton) GetAdjustment

func (self *TraitScaleButton) GetAdjustment() (return__ *Adjustment)

Gets the #GtkAdjustment associated with the #GtkScaleButton’s scale. See gtk_range_get_adjustment() for details.

func (*TraitScaleButton) GetMinusButton

func (self *TraitScaleButton) GetMinusButton() (return__ *Widget)

Retrieves the minus button of the #GtkScaleButton.

func (*TraitScaleButton) GetPlusButton

func (self *TraitScaleButton) GetPlusButton() (return__ *Widget)

Retrieves the plus button of the #GtkScaleButton.

func (*TraitScaleButton) GetPopup

func (self *TraitScaleButton) GetPopup() (return__ *Widget)

Retrieves the popup of the #GtkScaleButton.

func (*TraitScaleButton) GetScaleButtonPointer

func (self *TraitScaleButton) GetScaleButtonPointer() *C.GtkScaleButton

func (*TraitScaleButton) GetValue

func (self *TraitScaleButton) GetValue() (return__ float64)

Gets the current value of the scale button.

func (*TraitScaleButton) SetAdjustment

func (self *TraitScaleButton) SetAdjustment(adjustment IsAdjustment)

Sets the #GtkAdjustment to be used as a model for the #GtkScaleButton’s scale. See gtk_range_set_adjustment() for details.

func (*TraitScaleButton) SetIcons

func (self *TraitScaleButton) SetIcons(icons []string)

Sets the icons to be used by the scale button. For details, see the #GtkScaleButton:icons property.

func (*TraitScaleButton) SetValue

func (self *TraitScaleButton) SetValue(value float64)

Sets the current value of the scale; if the value is outside the minimum or maximum range values, it will be clamped to fit inside them. The scale button emits the #GtkScaleButton::value-changed signal if the value changes.

type TraitScaleButtonAccessible

type TraitScaleButtonAccessible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkScaleButtonAccessible }

func NewTraitScaleButtonAccessible

func NewTraitScaleButtonAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitScaleButtonAccessible

func (*TraitScaleButtonAccessible) GetScaleButtonAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitScaleButtonAccessible) GetScaleButtonAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkScaleButtonAccessible

type TraitScrollbar

type TraitScrollbar struct{ CPointer *C.GtkScrollbar }

func NewTraitScrollbar

func NewTraitScrollbar(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitScrollbar

func (*TraitScrollbar) GetScrollbarPointer

func (self *TraitScrollbar) GetScrollbarPointer() *C.GtkScrollbar

type TraitScrolledWindow

type TraitScrolledWindow struct{ CPointer *C.GtkScrolledWindow }

func NewTraitScrolledWindow

func NewTraitScrolledWindow(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitScrolledWindow

func (*TraitScrolledWindow) GetCaptureButtonPress

func (self *TraitScrolledWindow) GetCaptureButtonPress() (return__ bool)

Return whether button presses are captured during kinetic scrolling. See gtk_scrolled_window_set_capture_button_press().

func (*TraitScrolledWindow) GetHadjustment

func (self *TraitScrolledWindow) GetHadjustment() (return__ *Adjustment)

Returns the horizontal scrollbar’s adjustment, used to connect the horizontal scrollbar to the child widget’s horizontal scroll functionality.

func (*TraitScrolledWindow) GetHscrollbar

func (self *TraitScrolledWindow) GetHscrollbar() (return__ *Widget)

Returns the horizontal scrollbar of @scrolled_window.

func (*TraitScrolledWindow) GetKineticScrolling

func (self *TraitScrolledWindow) GetKineticScrolling() (return__ bool)

Returns the specified kinetic scrolling behavior.

func (*TraitScrolledWindow) GetMinContentHeight

func (self *TraitScrolledWindow) GetMinContentHeight() (return__ int)

Gets the minimal content height of @scrolled_window, or -1 if not set.

func (*TraitScrolledWindow) GetMinContentWidth

func (self *TraitScrolledWindow) GetMinContentWidth() (return__ int)

Gets the minimum content width of @scrolled_window, or -1 if not set.

func (*TraitScrolledWindow) GetPlacement

func (self *TraitScrolledWindow) GetPlacement() (return__ C.GtkCornerType)

Gets the placement of the contents with respect to the scrollbars for the scrolled window. See gtk_scrolled_window_set_placement().

func (*TraitScrolledWindow) GetPolicy

func (self *TraitScrolledWindow) GetPolicy() (hscrollbar_policy C.GtkPolicyType, vscrollbar_policy C.GtkPolicyType)

Retrieves the current policy values for the horizontal and vertical scrollbars. See gtk_scrolled_window_set_policy().

func (*TraitScrolledWindow) GetScrolledWindowPointer

func (self *TraitScrolledWindow) GetScrolledWindowPointer() *C.GtkScrolledWindow

func (*TraitScrolledWindow) GetShadowType

func (self *TraitScrolledWindow) GetShadowType() (return__ C.GtkShadowType)

Gets the shadow type of the scrolled window. See gtk_scrolled_window_set_shadow_type().

func (*TraitScrolledWindow) GetVadjustment

func (self *TraitScrolledWindow) GetVadjustment() (return__ *Adjustment)

Returns the vertical scrollbar’s adjustment, used to connect the vertical scrollbar to the child widget’s vertical scroll functionality.

func (*TraitScrolledWindow) GetVscrollbar

func (self *TraitScrolledWindow) GetVscrollbar() (return__ *Widget)

Returns the vertical scrollbar of @scrolled_window.

func (*TraitScrolledWindow) SetCaptureButtonPress

func (self *TraitScrolledWindow) SetCaptureButtonPress(capture_button_press bool)

Changes the behaviour of @scrolled_window wrt. to the initial event that possibly starts kinetic scrolling. When @capture_button_press is set to %TRUE, the event is captured by the scrolled window, and then later replayed if it is meant to go to the child widget.

This should be enabled if any child widgets perform non-reversible actions on #GtkWidget::button-press-event. If they don't, and handle additionally handle #GtkWidget::grab-broken-event, it might be better to set @capture_button_press to %FALSE.

This setting only has an effect if kinetic scrolling is enabled.

func (*TraitScrolledWindow) SetHadjustment

func (self *TraitScrolledWindow) SetHadjustment(hadjustment IsAdjustment)

Sets the #GtkAdjustment for the horizontal scrollbar.

func (*TraitScrolledWindow) SetKineticScrolling

func (self *TraitScrolledWindow) SetKineticScrolling(kinetic_scrolling bool)

Turns kinetic scrolling on or off. Kinetic scrolling only applies to devices with source %GDK_SOURCE_TOUCHSCREEN.

func (*TraitScrolledWindow) SetMinContentHeight

func (self *TraitScrolledWindow) SetMinContentHeight(height int)

Sets the minimum height that @scrolled_window should keep visible. Note that this can and (usually will) be smaller than the minimum size of the content.

func (*TraitScrolledWindow) SetMinContentWidth

func (self *TraitScrolledWindow) SetMinContentWidth(width int)

Sets the minimum width that @scrolled_window should keep visible. Note that this can and (usually will) be smaller than the minimum size of the content.

func (*TraitScrolledWindow) SetPlacement

func (self *TraitScrolledWindow) SetPlacement(window_placement C.GtkCornerType)

Sets the placement of the contents with respect to the scrollbars for the scrolled window.

The default is %GTK_CORNER_TOP_LEFT, meaning the child is in the top left, with the scrollbars underneath and to the right. Other values in #GtkCornerType are %GTK_CORNER_TOP_RIGHT, %GTK_CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT, and %GTK_CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT.

See also gtk_scrolled_window_get_placement() and gtk_scrolled_window_unset_placement().

func (*TraitScrolledWindow) SetPolicy

func (self *TraitScrolledWindow) SetPolicy(hscrollbar_policy C.GtkPolicyType, vscrollbar_policy C.GtkPolicyType)

Sets the scrollbar policy for the horizontal and vertical scrollbars.

The policy determines when the scrollbar should appear; it is a value from the #GtkPolicyType enumeration. If %GTK_POLICY_ALWAYS, the scrollbar is always present; if %GTK_POLICY_NEVER, the scrollbar is never present; if %GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC, the scrollbar is present only if needed (that is, if the slider part of the bar would be smaller than the trough - the display is larger than the page size).

func (*TraitScrolledWindow) SetShadowType

func (self *TraitScrolledWindow) SetShadowType(type_ C.GtkShadowType)

Changes the type of shadow drawn around the contents of @scrolled_window.

func (*TraitScrolledWindow) SetVadjustment

func (self *TraitScrolledWindow) SetVadjustment(vadjustment IsAdjustment)

Sets the #GtkAdjustment for the vertical scrollbar.

func (*TraitScrolledWindow) UnsetPlacement

func (self *TraitScrolledWindow) UnsetPlacement()

Unsets the placement of the contents with respect to the scrollbars for the scrolled window. If no window placement is set for a scrolled window, it defaults to GTK_CORNER_TOP_LEFT.

See also gtk_scrolled_window_set_placement() and gtk_scrolled_window_get_placement().

type TraitScrolledWindowAccessible

type TraitScrolledWindowAccessible struct {
	CPointer *C.GtkScrolledWindowAccessible
}

func NewTraitScrolledWindowAccessible

func NewTraitScrolledWindowAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitScrolledWindowAccessible

func (*TraitScrolledWindowAccessible) GetScrolledWindowAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitScrolledWindowAccessible) GetScrolledWindowAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkScrolledWindowAccessible

type TraitSearchBar

type TraitSearchBar struct{ CPointer *C.GtkSearchBar }

func NewTraitSearchBar

func NewTraitSearchBar(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitSearchBar

func (*TraitSearchBar) ConnectEntry

func (self *TraitSearchBar) ConnectEntry(entry IsEntry)

Connects the #GtkEntry widget passed as the one to be used in this search bar. The entry should be a descendant of the search bar. This is only required if the entry isn’t the direct child of the search bar (as in our main example).

func (*TraitSearchBar) GetSearchBarPointer

func (self *TraitSearchBar) GetSearchBarPointer() *C.GtkSearchBar

func (*TraitSearchBar) GetSearchMode

func (self *TraitSearchBar) GetSearchMode() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the search mode is on or off.

func (*TraitSearchBar) GetShowCloseButton

func (self *TraitSearchBar) GetShowCloseButton() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the close button is shown.

func (*TraitSearchBar) HandleEvent

func (self *TraitSearchBar) HandleEvent(event *C.GdkEvent) (return__ bool)

This function should be called when the top-level window which contains the search bar received a key event.

If the key event is handled by the search bar, the bar will be shown, the entry populated with the entered text and %GDK_EVENT_STOP will be returned. The caller should ensure that events are not propagated further.

If no entry has been connected to the search bar, using gtk_search_bar_connect_entry(), this function will return immediately with a warning.

## Showing the search bar on key presses

|[<!-- language="C" --> static gboolean on_key_press_event (GtkWidget *widget,

GdkEvent  *event,
gpointer   user_data)
{
  GtkSearchBar *bar = GTK_SEARCH_BAR (user_data);
  return gtk_search_bar_handle_event (bar, event);
}

g_signal_connect (window,

"key-press-event",
 G_CALLBACK (on_key_press_event),
 search_bar);

]|

func (*TraitSearchBar) SetSearchMode

func (self *TraitSearchBar) SetSearchMode(search_mode bool)

Switches the search mode on or off.

func (*TraitSearchBar) SetShowCloseButton

func (self *TraitSearchBar) SetShowCloseButton(visible bool)

Shows or hides the close button. Applications that already have a “search” toggle button should not show a close button in their search bar, as it duplicates the role of the toggle button.

type TraitSearchEntry

type TraitSearchEntry struct{ CPointer *C.GtkSearchEntry }

func NewTraitSearchEntry

func NewTraitSearchEntry(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitSearchEntry

func (*TraitSearchEntry) GetSearchEntryPointer

func (self *TraitSearchEntry) GetSearchEntryPointer() *C.GtkSearchEntry

type TraitSeparator

type TraitSeparator struct{ CPointer *C.GtkSeparator }

func NewTraitSeparator

func NewTraitSeparator(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitSeparator

func (*TraitSeparator) GetSeparatorPointer

func (self *TraitSeparator) GetSeparatorPointer() *C.GtkSeparator

type TraitSeparatorMenuItem

type TraitSeparatorMenuItem struct{ CPointer *C.GtkSeparatorMenuItem }

func NewTraitSeparatorMenuItem

func NewTraitSeparatorMenuItem(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitSeparatorMenuItem

func (*TraitSeparatorMenuItem) GetSeparatorMenuItemPointer

func (self *TraitSeparatorMenuItem) GetSeparatorMenuItemPointer() *C.GtkSeparatorMenuItem

type TraitSeparatorToolItem

type TraitSeparatorToolItem struct{ CPointer *C.GtkSeparatorToolItem }

func NewTraitSeparatorToolItem

func NewTraitSeparatorToolItem(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitSeparatorToolItem

func (*TraitSeparatorToolItem) GetDraw

func (self *TraitSeparatorToolItem) GetDraw() (return__ bool)

Returns whether @item is drawn as a line, or just blank. See gtk_separator_tool_item_set_draw().

func (*TraitSeparatorToolItem) GetSeparatorToolItemPointer

func (self *TraitSeparatorToolItem) GetSeparatorToolItemPointer() *C.GtkSeparatorToolItem

func (*TraitSeparatorToolItem) SetDraw

func (self *TraitSeparatorToolItem) SetDraw(draw bool)

Whether @item is drawn as a vertical line, or just blank. Setting this to %FALSE along with gtk_tool_item_set_expand() is useful to create an item that forces following items to the end of the toolbar.

type TraitSettings

type TraitSettings struct{ CPointer *C.GtkSettings }

func NewTraitSettings

func NewTraitSettings(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitSettings

func (*TraitSettings) GetSettingsPointer

func (self *TraitSettings) GetSettingsPointer() *C.GtkSettings

func (*TraitSettings) SetDoubleProperty

func (self *TraitSettings) SetDoubleProperty(name string, v_double float64, origin string)

func (*TraitSettings) SetLongProperty

func (self *TraitSettings) SetLongProperty(name string, v_long int64, origin string)

func (*TraitSettings) SetPropertyValue

func (self *TraitSettings) SetPropertyValue(name string, svalue *C.GtkSettingsValue)

func (*TraitSettings) SetStringProperty

func (self *TraitSettings) SetStringProperty(name string, v_string string, origin string)

type TraitSizeGroup

type TraitSizeGroup struct{ CPointer *C.GtkSizeGroup }

func NewTraitSizeGroup

func NewTraitSizeGroup(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitSizeGroup

func (*TraitSizeGroup) AddWidget

func (self *TraitSizeGroup) AddWidget(widget IsWidget)

Adds a widget to a #GtkSizeGroup. In the future, the requisition of the widget will be determined as the maximum of its requisition and the requisition of the other widgets in the size group. Whether this applies horizontally, vertically, or in both directions depends on the mode of the size group. See gtk_size_group_set_mode().

When the widget is destroyed or no longer referenced elsewhere, it will be removed from the size group.

func (*TraitSizeGroup) GetIgnoreHidden

func (self *TraitSizeGroup) GetIgnoreHidden() (return__ bool)

Returns if invisible widgets are ignored when calculating the size.

func (*TraitSizeGroup) GetMode

func (self *TraitSizeGroup) GetMode() (return__ C.GtkSizeGroupMode)

Gets the current mode of the size group. See gtk_size_group_set_mode().

func (*TraitSizeGroup) GetSizeGroupPointer

func (self *TraitSizeGroup) GetSizeGroupPointer() *C.GtkSizeGroup

func (*TraitSizeGroup) GetWidgets

func (self *TraitSizeGroup) GetWidgets() (return__ *C.GSList)

Returns the list of widgets associated with @size_group.

func (*TraitSizeGroup) RemoveWidget

func (self *TraitSizeGroup) RemoveWidget(widget IsWidget)

Removes a widget from a #GtkSizeGroup.

func (*TraitSizeGroup) SetIgnoreHidden

func (self *TraitSizeGroup) SetIgnoreHidden(ignore_hidden bool)

Sets whether unmapped widgets should be ignored when calculating the size.

func (*TraitSizeGroup) SetMode

func (self *TraitSizeGroup) SetMode(mode C.GtkSizeGroupMode)

Sets the #GtkSizeGroupMode of the size group. The mode of the size group determines whether the widgets in the size group should all have the same horizontal requisition (%GTK_SIZE_GROUP_HORIZONTAL) all have the same vertical requisition (%GTK_SIZE_GROUP_VERTICAL), or should all have the same requisition in both directions (%GTK_SIZE_GROUP_BOTH).

type TraitSocket

type TraitSocket struct{ CPointer *C.GtkSocket }

func NewTraitSocket

func NewTraitSocket(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitSocket

func (*TraitSocket) AddId

func (self *TraitSocket) AddId(window C.Window)

Adds an XEMBED client, such as a #GtkPlug, to the #GtkSocket. The client may be in the same process or in a different process.

To embed a #GtkPlug in a #GtkSocket, you can either create the #GtkPlug with `gtk_plug_new (0)`, call gtk_plug_get_id() to get the window ID of the plug, and then pass that to the gtk_socket_add_id(), or you can call gtk_socket_get_id() to get the window ID for the socket, and call gtk_plug_new() passing in that ID.

The #GtkSocket must have already be added into a toplevel window

before you can make this call.

func (*TraitSocket) GetId

func (self *TraitSocket) GetId() (return__ C.Window)

Gets the window ID of a #GtkSocket widget, which can then be used to create a client embedded inside the socket, for instance with gtk_plug_new().

The #GtkSocket must have already be added into a toplevel window before you can make this call.

func (*TraitSocket) GetPlugWindow

func (self *TraitSocket) GetPlugWindow() (return__ *C.GdkWindow)

Retrieves the window of the plug. Use this to check if the plug has been created inside of the socket.

func (*TraitSocket) GetSocketPointer

func (self *TraitSocket) GetSocketPointer() *C.GtkSocket

type TraitSpinButton

type TraitSpinButton struct{ CPointer *C.GtkSpinButton }

func NewTraitSpinButton

func NewTraitSpinButton(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitSpinButton

func (*TraitSpinButton) Configure

func (self *TraitSpinButton) Configure(adjustment IsAdjustment, climb_rate float64, digits uint)

Changes the properties of an existing spin button. The adjustment, climb rate, and number of decimal places are all changed accordingly, after this function call.

func (*TraitSpinButton) GetAdjustment

func (self *TraitSpinButton) GetAdjustment() (return__ *Adjustment)

Get the adjustment associated with a #GtkSpinButton

func (*TraitSpinButton) GetDigits

func (self *TraitSpinButton) GetDigits() (return__ uint)

Fetches the precision of @spin_button. See gtk_spin_button_set_digits().

func (*TraitSpinButton) GetIncrements

func (self *TraitSpinButton) GetIncrements() (step float64, page float64)

Gets the current step and page the increments used by @spin_button. See gtk_spin_button_set_increments().

func (*TraitSpinButton) GetNumeric

func (self *TraitSpinButton) GetNumeric() (return__ bool)

Returns whether non-numeric text can be typed into the spin button. See gtk_spin_button_set_numeric().

func (*TraitSpinButton) GetRange

func (self *TraitSpinButton) GetRange() (min float64, max float64)

Gets the range allowed for @spin_button. See gtk_spin_button_set_range().

func (*TraitSpinButton) GetSnapToTicks

func (self *TraitSpinButton) GetSnapToTicks() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the values are corrected to the nearest step. See gtk_spin_button_set_snap_to_ticks().

func (*TraitSpinButton) GetSpinButtonPointer

func (self *TraitSpinButton) GetSpinButtonPointer() *C.GtkSpinButton

func (*TraitSpinButton) GetUpdatePolicy

func (self *TraitSpinButton) GetUpdatePolicy() (return__ C.GtkSpinButtonUpdatePolicy)

Gets the update behavior of a spin button. See gtk_spin_button_set_update_policy().

func (*TraitSpinButton) GetValue

func (self *TraitSpinButton) GetValue() (return__ float64)

Get the value in the @spin_button.

func (*TraitSpinButton) GetValueAsInt

func (self *TraitSpinButton) GetValueAsInt() (return__ int)

Get the value @spin_button represented as an integer.

func (*TraitSpinButton) GetWrap

func (self *TraitSpinButton) GetWrap() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the spin button’s value wraps around to the opposite limit when the upper or lower limit of the range is exceeded. See gtk_spin_button_set_wrap().

func (*TraitSpinButton) SetAdjustment

func (self *TraitSpinButton) SetAdjustment(adjustment IsAdjustment)

Replaces the #GtkAdjustment associated with @spin_button.

func (*TraitSpinButton) SetDigits

func (self *TraitSpinButton) SetDigits(digits uint)

Set the precision to be displayed by @spin_button. Up to 20 digit precision is allowed.

func (*TraitSpinButton) SetIncrements

func (self *TraitSpinButton) SetIncrements(step float64, page float64)

Sets the step and page increments for spin_button. This affects how quickly the value changes when the spin button’s arrows are activated.

func (*TraitSpinButton) SetNumeric

func (self *TraitSpinButton) SetNumeric(numeric bool)

Sets the flag that determines if non-numeric text can be typed into the spin button.

func (*TraitSpinButton) SetRange

func (self *TraitSpinButton) SetRange(min float64, max float64)

Sets the minimum and maximum allowable values for @spin_button.

If the current value is outside this range, it will be adjusted to fit within the range, otherwise it will remain unchanged.

func (*TraitSpinButton) SetSnapToTicks

func (self *TraitSpinButton) SetSnapToTicks(snap_to_ticks bool)

Sets the policy as to whether values are corrected to the nearest step increment when a spin button is activated after providing an invalid value.

func (*TraitSpinButton) SetUpdatePolicy

func (self *TraitSpinButton) SetUpdatePolicy(policy C.GtkSpinButtonUpdatePolicy)

Sets the update behavior of a spin button. This determines whether the spin button is always updated or only when a valid value is set.

func (*TraitSpinButton) SetValue

func (self *TraitSpinButton) SetValue(value float64)

Sets the value of @spin_button.

func (*TraitSpinButton) SetWrap

func (self *TraitSpinButton) SetWrap(wrap bool)

Sets the flag that determines if a spin button value wraps around to the opposite limit when the upper or lower limit of the range is exceeded.

func (*TraitSpinButton) Spin

func (self *TraitSpinButton) Spin(direction C.GtkSpinType, increment float64)

Increment or decrement a spin button’s value in a specified direction by a specified amount.

func (*TraitSpinButton) Update

func (self *TraitSpinButton) Update()

Manually force an update of the spin button.

type TraitSpinButtonAccessible

type TraitSpinButtonAccessible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkSpinButtonAccessible }

func NewTraitSpinButtonAccessible

func NewTraitSpinButtonAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitSpinButtonAccessible

func (*TraitSpinButtonAccessible) GetSpinButtonAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitSpinButtonAccessible) GetSpinButtonAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkSpinButtonAccessible

type TraitSpinner

type TraitSpinner struct{ CPointer *C.GtkSpinner }

func NewTraitSpinner

func NewTraitSpinner(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitSpinner

func (*TraitSpinner) GetSpinnerPointer

func (self *TraitSpinner) GetSpinnerPointer() *C.GtkSpinner

func (*TraitSpinner) Start

func (self *TraitSpinner) Start()

Starts the animation of the spinner.

func (*TraitSpinner) Stop

func (self *TraitSpinner) Stop()

Stops the animation of the spinner.

type TraitSpinnerAccessible

type TraitSpinnerAccessible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkSpinnerAccessible }

func NewTraitSpinnerAccessible

func NewTraitSpinnerAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitSpinnerAccessible

func (*TraitSpinnerAccessible) GetSpinnerAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitSpinnerAccessible) GetSpinnerAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkSpinnerAccessible

type TraitStack

type TraitStack struct{ CPointer *C.GtkStack }

func NewTraitStack

func NewTraitStack(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitStack

func (*TraitStack) AddNamed

func (self *TraitStack) AddNamed(child IsWidget, name string)

Adds a child to @stack. The child is identified by the @name.

func (*TraitStack) AddTitled

func (self *TraitStack) AddTitled(child IsWidget, name string, title string)

Adds a child to @stack. The child is identified by the @name. The @title will be used by #GtkStackSwitcher to represent @child in a tab bar, so it should be short.

func (*TraitStack) GetChildByName

func (self *TraitStack) GetChildByName(name string) (return__ *Widget)

Finds the child of the #GtkStack with the name given as the argument. Returns %NULL if there is no child with this name.

func (*TraitStack) GetHomogeneous

func (self *TraitStack) GetHomogeneous() (return__ bool)

Gets whether @stack is homogeneous. See gtk_stack_set_homogeneous().

func (*TraitStack) GetStackPointer

func (self *TraitStack) GetStackPointer() *C.GtkStack

func (*TraitStack) GetTransitionDuration

func (self *TraitStack) GetTransitionDuration() (return__ uint)

Returns the amount of time (in milliseconds) that transitions between pages in @stack will take.

func (*TraitStack) GetTransitionRunning

func (self *TraitStack) GetTransitionRunning() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the @stack is currently in a transition from one page to another.

func (*TraitStack) GetTransitionType

func (self *TraitStack) GetTransitionType() (return__ C.GtkStackTransitionType)

Gets the type of animation that will be used for transitions between pages in @stack.

func (*TraitStack) GetVisibleChild

func (self *TraitStack) GetVisibleChild() (return__ *Widget)

Gets the currently visible child of @stack, or %NULL if there are no visible children.

func (*TraitStack) GetVisibleChildName

func (self *TraitStack) GetVisibleChildName() (return__ string)

Returns the name of the currently visible child of @stack, or %NULL if there is no visible child.

func (*TraitStack) SetHomogeneous

func (self *TraitStack) SetHomogeneous(homogeneous bool)

Sets the #GtkStack to be homogeneous or not. If it is homogeneous, the #GtkStack will request the same size for all its children. If it isn't, the stack may change size when a different child becomes visible.

func (*TraitStack) SetTransitionDuration

func (self *TraitStack) SetTransitionDuration(duration uint)

Sets the duration that transitions between pages in @stack will take.

func (*TraitStack) SetTransitionType

func (self *TraitStack) SetTransitionType(transition C.GtkStackTransitionType)

Sets the type of animation that will be used for transitions between pages in @stack. Available types include various kinds of fades and slides.

The transition type can be changed without problems at runtime, so it is possible to change the animation based on the page that is about to become current.

func (*TraitStack) SetVisibleChild

func (self *TraitStack) SetVisibleChild(child IsWidget)

Makes @child the visible child of @stack.

If @child is different from the currently visible child, the transition between the two will be animated with the current transition type of @stack.

Note that the @child widget has to be visible itself (see gtk_widget_show()) in order to become the visible child of @stack.

func (*TraitStack) SetVisibleChildFull

func (self *TraitStack) SetVisibleChildFull(name string, transition C.GtkStackTransitionType)

Makes the child with the given name visible.

Note that the child widget has to be visible itself (see gtk_widget_show()) in order to become the visible child of @stack.

func (*TraitStack) SetVisibleChildName

func (self *TraitStack) SetVisibleChildName(name string)

Makes the child with the given name visible.

If @child is different from the currently visible child, the transition between the two will be animated with the current transition type of @stack.

Note that the child widget has to be visible itself (see gtk_widget_show()) in order to become the visible child of @stack.

type TraitStackSwitcher

type TraitStackSwitcher struct{ CPointer *C.GtkStackSwitcher }

func NewTraitStackSwitcher

func NewTraitStackSwitcher(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitStackSwitcher

func (*TraitStackSwitcher) GetStack

func (self *TraitStackSwitcher) GetStack() (return__ *Stack)

Retrieves the stack. See gtk_stack_switcher_set_stack().

func (*TraitStackSwitcher) GetStackSwitcherPointer

func (self *TraitStackSwitcher) GetStackSwitcherPointer() *C.GtkStackSwitcher

func (*TraitStackSwitcher) SetStack

func (self *TraitStackSwitcher) SetStack(stack IsStack)

Sets the stack to control.

type TraitStatusIcon

type TraitStatusIcon struct{ CPointer *C.GtkStatusIcon }

func NewTraitStatusIcon

func NewTraitStatusIcon(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitStatusIcon

func (*TraitStatusIcon) GetStatusIconPointer

func (self *TraitStatusIcon) GetStatusIconPointer() *C.GtkStatusIcon

type TraitStatusbar

type TraitStatusbar struct{ CPointer *C.GtkStatusbar }

func NewTraitStatusbar

func NewTraitStatusbar(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitStatusbar

func (*TraitStatusbar) GetContextId

func (self *TraitStatusbar) GetContextId(context_description string) (return__ uint)

Returns a new context identifier, given a description of the actual context. Note that the description is not shown in the UI.

func (*TraitStatusbar) GetMessageArea

func (self *TraitStatusbar) GetMessageArea() (return__ *C.GtkWidget)

Retrieves the box containing the label widget.

func (*TraitStatusbar) GetStatusbarPointer

func (self *TraitStatusbar) GetStatusbarPointer() *C.GtkStatusbar

func (*TraitStatusbar) Pop

func (self *TraitStatusbar) Pop(context_id uint)

Removes the first message in the #GtkStatusbar’s stack with the given context id.

Note that this may not change the displayed message, if the message at the top of the stack has a different context id.

func (*TraitStatusbar) Push

func (self *TraitStatusbar) Push(context_id uint, text string) (return__ uint)

Pushes a new message onto a statusbar’s stack.

func (*TraitStatusbar) Remove

func (self *TraitStatusbar) Remove(context_id uint, message_id uint)

Forces the removal of a message from a statusbar’s stack. The exact @context_id and @message_id must be specified.

func (*TraitStatusbar) RemoveAll

func (self *TraitStatusbar) RemoveAll(context_id uint)

Forces the removal of all messages from a statusbar's stack with the exact @context_id.

type TraitStatusbarAccessible

type TraitStatusbarAccessible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkStatusbarAccessible }

func NewTraitStatusbarAccessible

func NewTraitStatusbarAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitStatusbarAccessible

func (*TraitStatusbarAccessible) GetStatusbarAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitStatusbarAccessible) GetStatusbarAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkStatusbarAccessible

type TraitStyle

type TraitStyle struct{ CPointer *C.GtkStyle }

func NewTraitStyle

func NewTraitStyle(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitStyle

func (*TraitStyle) GetStylePointer

func (self *TraitStyle) GetStylePointer() *C.GtkStyle

type TraitStyleContext

type TraitStyleContext struct{ CPointer *C.GtkStyleContext }

func NewTraitStyleContext

func NewTraitStyleContext(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitStyleContext

func (*TraitStyleContext) AddClass

func (self *TraitStyleContext) AddClass(class_name string)

Adds a style class to @context, so posterior calls to gtk_style_context_get() or any of the gtk_render_*() functions will make use of this new class for styling.

In the CSS file format, a #GtkEntry defining an “entry” class, would be matched by:

|[ GtkEntry.entry { ... } ]|

While any widget defining an “entry” class would be matched by: |[ .entry { ... } ]|

func (*TraitStyleContext) AddProvider

func (self *TraitStyleContext) AddProvider(provider *C.GtkStyleProvider, priority uint)

Adds a style provider to @context, to be used in style construction. Note that a style provider added by this function only affects the style of the widget to which @context belongs. If you want to affect the style of all widgets, use gtk_style_context_add_provider_for_screen().

Note: If both priorities are the same, a #GtkStyleProvider added through this function takes precedence over another added through gtk_style_context_add_provider_for_screen().

func (*TraitStyleContext) GetBackgroundColor

func (self *TraitStyleContext) GetBackgroundColor(state C.GtkStateFlags) (color C.GdkRGBA)

Gets the background color for a given state.

func (*TraitStyleContext) GetBorder

func (self *TraitStyleContext) GetBorder(state C.GtkStateFlags) (border C.GtkBorder)

Gets the border for a given state as a #GtkBorder. See %GTK_STYLE_PROPERTY_BORDER_WIDTH.

func (*TraitStyleContext) GetBorderColor

func (self *TraitStyleContext) GetBorderColor(state C.GtkStateFlags) (color C.GdkRGBA)

Gets the border color for a given state.

func (*TraitStyleContext) GetColor

func (self *TraitStyleContext) GetColor(state C.GtkStateFlags) (color C.GdkRGBA)

Gets the foreground color for a given state.

func (*TraitStyleContext) GetFrameClock

func (self *TraitStyleContext) GetFrameClock() (return__ *C.GdkFrameClock)

Returns the #GdkFrameClock to which @context is attached.

func (*TraitStyleContext) GetJunctionSides

func (self *TraitStyleContext) GetJunctionSides() (return__ C.GtkJunctionSides)

Returns the sides where rendered elements connect visually with others.

func (*TraitStyleContext) GetMargin

func (self *TraitStyleContext) GetMargin(state C.GtkStateFlags) (margin C.GtkBorder)

Gets the margin for a given state as a #GtkBorder. See %GTK_STYLE_PROPERTY_MARGIN.

func (*TraitStyleContext) GetPadding

func (self *TraitStyleContext) GetPadding(state C.GtkStateFlags) (padding C.GtkBorder)

Gets the padding for a given state as a #GtkBorder. See %GTK_STYLE_PROPERTY_PADDING.

func (*TraitStyleContext) GetParent

func (self *TraitStyleContext) GetParent() (return__ *StyleContext)

Gets the parent context set via gtk_style_context_set_parent(). See that function for details.

func (*TraitStyleContext) GetPath

func (self *TraitStyleContext) GetPath() (return__ *C.GtkWidgetPath)

Returns the widget path used for style matching.

func (*TraitStyleContext) GetProperty

func (self *TraitStyleContext) GetProperty(property string, state C.GtkStateFlags) (value C.GValue)

Gets a style property from @context for the given state.

When @value is no longer needed, g_value_unset() must be called to free any allocated memory.

func (*TraitStyleContext) GetScale

func (self *TraitStyleContext) GetScale() (return__ int)

Returns the scale used for assets.

func (*TraitStyleContext) GetScreen

func (self *TraitStyleContext) GetScreen() (return__ *C.GdkScreen)

Returns the #GdkScreen to which @context is attached.

func (*TraitStyleContext) GetSection

func (self *TraitStyleContext) GetSection(property string) (return__ *C.GtkCssSection)

Queries the location in the CSS where @property was defined for the current @context. Note that the state to be queried is taken from gtk_style_context_get_state().

If the location is not available, %NULL will be returned. The location might not be available for various reasons, such as the property being overridden, @property not naming a supported CSS property or tracking of definitions being disabled for performance reasons.

Shorthand CSS properties cannot be queried for a location and will always return %NULL.

func (*TraitStyleContext) GetState

func (self *TraitStyleContext) GetState() (return__ C.GtkStateFlags)

Returns the state used when rendering.

func (*TraitStyleContext) GetStyleContextPointer

func (self *TraitStyleContext) GetStyleContextPointer() *C.GtkStyleContext

func (*TraitStyleContext) GetStyleProperty

func (self *TraitStyleContext) GetStyleProperty(property_name string, value *C.GValue)

Gets the value for a widget style property.

When @value is no longer needed, g_value_unset() must be called to free any allocated memory.

func (*TraitStyleContext) HasClass

func (self *TraitStyleContext) HasClass(class_name string) (return__ bool)

Returns %TRUE if @context currently has defined the given class name

func (*TraitStyleContext) ListClasses

func (self *TraitStyleContext) ListClasses() (return__ *C.GList)

Returns the list of classes currently defined in @context.

func (*TraitStyleContext) LookupColor

func (self *TraitStyleContext) LookupColor(color_name string) (color C.GdkRGBA, return__ bool)

Looks up and resolves a color name in the @context color map.

func (*TraitStyleContext) RemoveClass

func (self *TraitStyleContext) RemoveClass(class_name string)

Removes @class_name from @context.

func (*TraitStyleContext) RemoveProvider

func (self *TraitStyleContext) RemoveProvider(provider *C.GtkStyleProvider)

Removes @provider from the style providers list in @context.

func (*TraitStyleContext) Restore

func (self *TraitStyleContext) Restore()

Restores @context state to a previous stage. See gtk_style_context_save().

func (*TraitStyleContext) Save

func (self *TraitStyleContext) Save()

Saves the @context state, so all modifications done through gtk_style_context_add_class(), gtk_style_context_remove_class(), gtk_style_context_add_region(), gtk_style_context_remove_region() or gtk_style_context_set_junction_sides() can be reverted in one go through gtk_style_context_restore().

func (*TraitStyleContext) SetBackground

func (self *TraitStyleContext) SetBackground(window *C.GdkWindow)

Sets the background of @window to the background pattern or color specified in @context for its current state.

func (*TraitStyleContext) SetFrameClock

func (self *TraitStyleContext) SetFrameClock(frame_clock *C.GdkFrameClock)

Attaches @context to the given frame clock.

The frame clock is used for the timing of animations.

If you are using a #GtkStyleContext returned from gtk_widget_get_style_context(), you do not need to call this yourself.

func (*TraitStyleContext) SetJunctionSides

func (self *TraitStyleContext) SetJunctionSides(sides C.GtkJunctionSides)

Sets the sides where rendered elements (mostly through gtk_render_frame()) will visually connect with other visual elements.

This is merely a hint that may or may not be honored by themes.

Container widgets are expected to set junction hints as appropriate for their children, so it should not normally be necessary to call this function manually.

func (*TraitStyleContext) SetParent

func (self *TraitStyleContext) SetParent(parent IsStyleContext)

Sets the parent style context for @context. The parent style context is used to implement [inheritance](http://www.w3.org/TR/css3-cascade/#inheritance) of properties.

If you are using a #GtkStyleContext returned from gtk_widget_get_style_context(), the parent will be set for you.

func (*TraitStyleContext) SetPath

func (self *TraitStyleContext) SetPath(path *C.GtkWidgetPath)

Sets the #GtkWidgetPath used for style matching. As a consequence, the style will be regenerated to match the new given path.

If you are using a #GtkStyleContext returned from gtk_widget_get_style_context(), you do not need to call this yourself.

func (*TraitStyleContext) SetScale

func (self *TraitStyleContext) SetScale(scale int)

Sets the scale to use when getting image assets for the style .

func (*TraitStyleContext) SetScreen

func (self *TraitStyleContext) SetScreen(screen *C.GdkScreen)

Attaches @context to the given screen.

The screen is used to add style information from “global” style providers, such as the screens #GtkSettings instance.

If you are using a #GtkStyleContext returned from gtk_widget_get_style_context(), you do not need to call this yourself.

func (*TraitStyleContext) SetState

func (self *TraitStyleContext) SetState(flags C.GtkStateFlags)

Sets the state to be used when rendering with any of the gtk_render_*() functions.

type TraitStyleProperties

type TraitStyleProperties struct{ CPointer *C.GtkStyleProperties }

func NewTraitStyleProperties

func NewTraitStyleProperties(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitStyleProperties

func (*TraitStyleProperties) Clear

func (self *TraitStyleProperties) Clear()

Clears all style information from @props.

func (*TraitStyleProperties) GetProperty

func (self *TraitStyleProperties) GetProperty(property string, state C.GtkStateFlags) (value C.GValue, return__ bool)

Gets a style property from @props for the given state. When done with @value, g_value_unset() needs to be called to free any allocated memory.

func (*TraitStyleProperties) GetStylePropertiesPointer

func (self *TraitStyleProperties) GetStylePropertiesPointer() *C.GtkStyleProperties

func (*TraitStyleProperties) Merge

func (self *TraitStyleProperties) Merge(props_to_merge IsStyleProperties, replace bool)

Merges into @props all the style information contained in @props_to_merge. If @replace is %TRUE, the values will be overwritten, if it is %FALSE, the older values will prevail.

func (*TraitStyleProperties) SetProperty

func (self *TraitStyleProperties) SetProperty(property string, state C.GtkStateFlags, value *C.GValue)

Sets a styling property in @props.

func (*TraitStyleProperties) UnsetProperty

func (self *TraitStyleProperties) UnsetProperty(property string, state C.GtkStateFlags)

Unsets a style property in @props.

type TraitSwitch

type TraitSwitch struct{ CPointer *C.GtkSwitch }

func NewTraitSwitch

func NewTraitSwitch(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitSwitch

func (*TraitSwitch) GetActive

func (self *TraitSwitch) GetActive() (return__ bool)

Gets whether the #GtkSwitch is in its “on” or “off” state.

func (*TraitSwitch) GetState

func (self *TraitSwitch) GetState() (return__ bool)

Gets the underlying state of the #GtkSwitch.

func (*TraitSwitch) GetSwitchPointer

func (self *TraitSwitch) GetSwitchPointer() *C.GtkSwitch

func (*TraitSwitch) SetActive

func (self *TraitSwitch) SetActive(is_active bool)

Changes the state of @sw to the desired one.

func (*TraitSwitch) SetState

func (self *TraitSwitch) SetState(state bool)

Sets the underlying state of the #GtkSwitch.

Normally, this is the same as #GtkSwitch:active, unless the switch is set up for delayed state changes. This function is typically called from a #GtkSwitch::state-set signal handler.

See #GtkSwitch::state-set for details.

type TraitSwitchAccessible

type TraitSwitchAccessible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkSwitchAccessible }

func NewTraitSwitchAccessible

func NewTraitSwitchAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitSwitchAccessible

func (*TraitSwitchAccessible) GetSwitchAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitSwitchAccessible) GetSwitchAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkSwitchAccessible

type TraitTable

type TraitTable struct{ CPointer *C.GtkTable }

func NewTraitTable

func NewTraitTable(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitTable

func (*TraitTable) GetTablePointer

func (self *TraitTable) GetTablePointer() *C.GtkTable

type TraitTearoffMenuItem

type TraitTearoffMenuItem struct{ CPointer *C.GtkTearoffMenuItem }

func NewTraitTearoffMenuItem

func NewTraitTearoffMenuItem(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitTearoffMenuItem

func (*TraitTearoffMenuItem) GetTearoffMenuItemPointer

func (self *TraitTearoffMenuItem) GetTearoffMenuItemPointer() *C.GtkTearoffMenuItem

type TraitTextBuffer

type TraitTextBuffer struct{ CPointer *C.GtkTextBuffer }

func NewTraitTextBuffer

func NewTraitTextBuffer(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitTextBuffer

func (*TraitTextBuffer) AddMark

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) AddMark(mark IsTextMark, where *C.GtkTextIter)

Adds the mark at position @where. The mark must not be added to another buffer, and if its name is not %NULL then there must not be another mark in the buffer with the same name.

Emits the #GtkTextBuffer::mark-set signal as notification of the mark's initial placement.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) AddSelectionClipboard

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) AddSelectionClipboard(clipboard IsClipboard)

Adds @clipboard to the list of clipboards in which the selection contents of @buffer are available. In most cases, @clipboard will be the #GtkClipboard of type %GDK_SELECTION_PRIMARY for a view of @buffer.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) ApplyTag

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) ApplyTag(tag IsTextTag, start *C.GtkTextIter, end *C.GtkTextIter)

Emits the “apply-tag” signal on @buffer. The default handler for the signal applies @tag to the given range. @start and @end do not have to be in order.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) ApplyTagByName

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) ApplyTagByName(name string, start *C.GtkTextIter, end *C.GtkTextIter)

Calls gtk_text_tag_table_lookup() on the buffer’s tag table to get a #GtkTextTag, then calls gtk_text_buffer_apply_tag().

func (*TraitTextBuffer) Backspace

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) Backspace(iter *C.GtkTextIter, interactive bool, default_editable bool) (return__ bool)

Performs the appropriate action as if the user hit the delete key with the cursor at the position specified by @iter. In the normal case a single character will be deleted, but when combining accents are involved, more than one character can be deleted, and when precomposed character and accent combinations are involved, less than one character will be deleted.

Because the buffer is modified, all outstanding iterators become invalid after calling this function; however, the @iter will be re-initialized to point to the location where text was deleted.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) BeginUserAction

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) BeginUserAction()

Called to indicate that the buffer operations between here and a call to gtk_text_buffer_end_user_action() are part of a single user-visible operation. The operations between gtk_text_buffer_begin_user_action() and gtk_text_buffer_end_user_action() can then be grouped when creating an undo stack. #GtkTextBuffer maintains a count of calls to gtk_text_buffer_begin_user_action() that have not been closed with a call to gtk_text_buffer_end_user_action(), and emits the “begin-user-action” and “end-user-action” signals only for the outermost pair of calls. This allows you to build user actions from other user actions.

The “interactive” buffer mutation functions, such as gtk_text_buffer_insert_interactive(), automatically call begin/end user action around the buffer operations they perform, so there's no need to add extra calls if you user action consists solely of a single call to one of those functions.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) CopyClipboard

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) CopyClipboard(clipboard IsClipboard)

Copies the currently-selected text to a clipboard.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) CreateChildAnchor

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) CreateChildAnchor(iter *C.GtkTextIter) (return__ *TextChildAnchor)

This is a convenience function which simply creates a child anchor with gtk_text_child_anchor_new() and inserts it into the buffer with gtk_text_buffer_insert_child_anchor(). The new anchor is owned by the buffer; no reference count is returned to the caller of gtk_text_buffer_create_child_anchor().

func (*TraitTextBuffer) CreateMark

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) CreateMark(mark_name string, where *C.GtkTextIter, left_gravity bool) (return__ *TextMark)

Creates a mark at position @where. If @mark_name is %NULL, the mark is anonymous; otherwise, the mark can be retrieved by name using gtk_text_buffer_get_mark(). If a mark has left gravity, and text is inserted at the mark’s current location, the mark will be moved to the left of the newly-inserted text. If the mark has right gravity (@left_gravity = %FALSE), the mark will end up on the right of newly-inserted text. The standard left-to-right cursor is a mark with right gravity (when you type, the cursor stays on the right side of the text you’re typing).

The caller of this function does not own a reference to the returned #GtkTextMark, so you can ignore the return value if you like. Marks are owned by the buffer and go away when the buffer does.

Emits the #GtkTextBuffer::mark-set signal as notification of the mark's initial placement.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) CutClipboard

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) CutClipboard(clipboard IsClipboard, default_editable bool)

Copies the currently-selected text to a clipboard, then deletes said text if it’s editable.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) Delete

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) Delete(start *C.GtkTextIter, end *C.GtkTextIter)

Deletes text between @start and @end. The order of @start and @end is not actually relevant; gtk_text_buffer_delete() will reorder them. This function actually emits the “delete-range” signal, and the default handler of that signal deletes the text. Because the buffer is modified, all outstanding iterators become invalid after calling this function; however, the @start and @end will be re-initialized to point to the location where text was deleted.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) DeleteInteractive

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) DeleteInteractive(start_iter *C.GtkTextIter, end_iter *C.GtkTextIter, default_editable bool) (return__ bool)

Deletes all editable text in the given range. Calls gtk_text_buffer_delete() for each editable sub-range of [@start,@end). @start and @end are revalidated to point to the location of the last deleted range, or left untouched if no text was deleted.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) DeleteMark

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) DeleteMark(mark IsTextMark)

Deletes @mark, so that it’s no longer located anywhere in the buffer. Removes the reference the buffer holds to the mark, so if you haven’t called g_object_ref() on the mark, it will be freed. Even if the mark isn’t freed, most operations on @mark become invalid, until it gets added to a buffer again with gtk_text_buffer_add_mark(). Use gtk_text_mark_get_deleted() to find out if a mark has been removed from its buffer. The #GtkTextBuffer::mark-deleted signal will be emitted as notification after the mark is deleted.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) DeleteMarkByName

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) DeleteMarkByName(name string)

Deletes the mark named @name; the mark must exist. See gtk_text_buffer_delete_mark() for details.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) DeleteSelection

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) DeleteSelection(interactive bool, default_editable bool) (return__ bool)

Deletes the range between the “insert” and “selection_bound” marks, that is, the currently-selected text. If @interactive is %TRUE, the editability of the selection will be considered (users can’t delete uneditable text).

func (*TraitTextBuffer) Deserialize

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) Deserialize(content_buffer IsTextBuffer, format C.GdkAtom, iter *C.GtkTextIter, data []byte, length int64) (return__ bool, __err__ error)

This function deserializes rich text in format @format and inserts it at @iter.

@formats to be used must be registered using gtk_text_buffer_register_deserialize_format() or gtk_text_buffer_register_deserialize_tagset() beforehand.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) DeserializeGetCanCreateTags

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) DeserializeGetCanCreateTags(format C.GdkAtom) (return__ bool)

This functions returns the value set with gtk_text_buffer_deserialize_set_can_create_tags()

func (*TraitTextBuffer) DeserializeSetCanCreateTags

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) DeserializeSetCanCreateTags(format C.GdkAtom, can_create_tags bool)

Use this function to allow a rich text deserialization function to create new tags in the receiving buffer. Note that using this function is almost always a bad idea, because the rich text functions you register should know how to map the rich text format they handler to your text buffers set of tags.

The ability of creating new (arbitrary!) tags in the receiving buffer is meant for special rich text formats like the internal one that is registered using gtk_text_buffer_register_deserialize_tagset(), because that format is essentially a dump of the internal structure of the source buffer, including its tag names.

You should allow creation of tags only if you know what you are doing, e.g. if you defined a tagset name for your application suite’s text buffers and you know that it’s fine to receive new tags from these buffers, because you know that your application can handle the newly created tags.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) EndUserAction

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) EndUserAction()

Should be paired with a call to gtk_text_buffer_begin_user_action(). See that function for a full explanation.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) GetBounds

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) GetBounds() (start C.GtkTextIter, end C.GtkTextIter)

Retrieves the first and last iterators in the buffer, i.e. the entire buffer lies within the range [@start,@end).

func (*TraitTextBuffer) GetCharCount

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) GetCharCount() (return__ int)

Gets the number of characters in the buffer; note that characters and bytes are not the same, you can’t e.g. expect the contents of the buffer in string form to be this many bytes long. The character count is cached, so this function is very fast.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) GetCopyTargetList

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) GetCopyTargetList() (return__ *C.GtkTargetList)

This function returns the list of targets this text buffer can provide for copying and as DND source. The targets in the list are added with @info values from the #GtkTextBufferTargetInfo enum, using gtk_target_list_add_rich_text_targets() and gtk_target_list_add_text_targets().

func (*TraitTextBuffer) GetDeserializeFormats

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) GetDeserializeFormats() (n_formats int, return__ *C.GdkAtom)

This function returns the rich text deserialize formats registered with @buffer using gtk_text_buffer_register_deserialize_format() or gtk_text_buffer_register_deserialize_tagset()

func (*TraitTextBuffer) GetEndIter

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) GetEndIter() (iter C.GtkTextIter)

Initializes @iter with the “end iterator,” one past the last valid character in the text buffer. If dereferenced with gtk_text_iter_get_char(), the end iterator has a character value of 0. The entire buffer lies in the range from the first position in the buffer (call gtk_text_buffer_get_start_iter() to get character position 0) to the end iterator.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) GetHasSelection

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) GetHasSelection() (return__ bool)

Indicates whether the buffer has some text currently selected.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) GetInsert

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) GetInsert() (return__ *TextMark)

Returns the mark that represents the cursor (insertion point). Equivalent to calling gtk_text_buffer_get_mark() to get the mark named “insert”, but very slightly more efficient, and involves less typing.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) GetIterAtChildAnchor

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) GetIterAtChildAnchor(anchor IsTextChildAnchor) (iter C.GtkTextIter)

Obtains the location of @anchor within @buffer.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) GetIterAtLine

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) GetIterAtLine(line_number int) (iter C.GtkTextIter)

Initializes @iter to the start of the given line. If @line_number is greater than the number of lines in the @buffer, the end iterator is returned.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) GetIterAtLineIndex

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) GetIterAtLineIndex(line_number int, byte_index int) (iter C.GtkTextIter)

Obtains an iterator pointing to @byte_index within the given line. @byte_index must be the start of a UTF-8 character, and must not be beyond the end of the line. Note bytes, not characters; UTF-8 may encode one character as multiple bytes.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) GetIterAtLineOffset

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) GetIterAtLineOffset(line_number int, char_offset int) (iter C.GtkTextIter)

Obtains an iterator pointing to @char_offset within the given line. The @char_offset must exist, offsets off the end of the line are not allowed. Note characters, not bytes; UTF-8 may encode one character as multiple bytes.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) GetIterAtMark

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) GetIterAtMark(mark IsTextMark) (iter C.GtkTextIter)

Initializes @iter with the current position of @mark.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) GetIterAtOffset

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) GetIterAtOffset(char_offset int) (iter C.GtkTextIter)

Initializes @iter to a position @char_offset chars from the start of the entire buffer. If @char_offset is -1 or greater than the number of characters in the buffer, @iter is initialized to the end iterator, the iterator one past the last valid character in the buffer.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) GetLineCount

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) GetLineCount() (return__ int)

Obtains the number of lines in the buffer. This value is cached, so the function is very fast.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) GetMark

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) GetMark(name string) (return__ *TextMark)

Returns the mark named @name in buffer @buffer, or %NULL if no such mark exists in the buffer.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) GetModified

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) GetModified() (return__ bool)

Indicates whether the buffer has been modified since the last call to gtk_text_buffer_set_modified() set the modification flag to %FALSE. Used for example to enable a “save” function in a text editor.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) GetPasteTargetList

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) GetPasteTargetList() (return__ *C.GtkTargetList)

This function returns the list of targets this text buffer supports for pasting and as DND destination. The targets in the list are added with @info values from the #GtkTextBufferTargetInfo enum, using gtk_target_list_add_rich_text_targets() and gtk_target_list_add_text_targets().

func (*TraitTextBuffer) GetSelectionBound

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) GetSelectionBound() (return__ *TextMark)

Returns the mark that represents the selection bound. Equivalent to calling gtk_text_buffer_get_mark() to get the mark named “selection_bound”, but very slightly more efficient, and involves less typing.

The currently-selected text in @buffer is the region between the “selection_bound” and “insert” marks. If “selection_bound” and “insert” are in the same place, then there is no current selection. gtk_text_buffer_get_selection_bounds() is another convenient function for handling the selection, if you just want to know whether there’s a selection and what its bounds are.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) GetSelectionBounds

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) GetSelectionBounds() (start C.GtkTextIter, end C.GtkTextIter, return__ bool)

Returns %TRUE if some text is selected; places the bounds of the selection in @start and @end (if the selection has length 0, then @start and @end are filled in with the same value). @start and @end will be in ascending order. If @start and @end are NULL, then they are not filled in, but the return value still indicates whether text is selected.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) GetSerializeFormats

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) GetSerializeFormats() (n_formats int, return__ *C.GdkAtom)

This function returns the rich text serialize formats registered with @buffer using gtk_text_buffer_register_serialize_format() or gtk_text_buffer_register_serialize_tagset()

func (*TraitTextBuffer) GetSlice

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) GetSlice(start *C.GtkTextIter, end *C.GtkTextIter, include_hidden_chars bool) (return__ string)

Returns the text in the range [@start,@end). Excludes undisplayed text (text marked with tags that set the invisibility attribute) if @include_hidden_chars is %FALSE. The returned string includes a 0xFFFC character whenever the buffer contains embedded images, so byte and character indexes into the returned string do correspond to byte and character indexes into the buffer. Contrast with gtk_text_buffer_get_text(). Note that 0xFFFC can occur in normal text as well, so it is not a reliable indicator that a pixbuf or widget is in the buffer.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) GetStartIter

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) GetStartIter() (iter C.GtkTextIter)

Initialized @iter with the first position in the text buffer. This is the same as using gtk_text_buffer_get_iter_at_offset() to get the iter at character offset 0.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) GetTagTable

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) GetTagTable() (return__ *TextTagTable)

Get the #GtkTextTagTable associated with this buffer.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) GetText

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) GetText(start *C.GtkTextIter, end *C.GtkTextIter, include_hidden_chars bool) (return__ string)

Returns the text in the range [@start,@end). Excludes undisplayed text (text marked with tags that set the invisibility attribute) if @include_hidden_chars is %FALSE. Does not include characters representing embedded images, so byte and character indexes into the returned string do not correspond to byte and character indexes into the buffer. Contrast with gtk_text_buffer_get_slice().

func (*TraitTextBuffer) GetTextBufferPointer

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) GetTextBufferPointer() *C.GtkTextBuffer

func (*TraitTextBuffer) Insert

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) Insert(iter *C.GtkTextIter, text string, len_ int)

Inserts @len bytes of @text at position @iter. If @len is -1, @text must be nul-terminated and will be inserted in its entirety. Emits the “insert-text” signal; insertion actually occurs in the default handler for the signal. @iter is invalidated when insertion occurs (because the buffer contents change), but the default signal handler revalidates it to point to the end of the inserted text.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) InsertAtCursor

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) InsertAtCursor(text string, len_ int)

Simply calls gtk_text_buffer_insert(), using the current cursor position as the insertion point.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) InsertChildAnchor

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) InsertChildAnchor(iter *C.GtkTextIter, anchor IsTextChildAnchor)

Inserts a child widget anchor into the text buffer at @iter. The anchor will be counted as one character in character counts, and when obtaining the buffer contents as a string, will be represented by the Unicode “object replacement character” 0xFFFC. Note that the “slice” variants for obtaining portions of the buffer as a string include this character for child anchors, but the “text” variants do not. E.g. see gtk_text_buffer_get_slice() and gtk_text_buffer_get_text(). Consider gtk_text_buffer_create_child_anchor() as a more convenient alternative to this function. The buffer will add a reference to the anchor, so you can unref it after insertion.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) InsertInteractive

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) InsertInteractive(iter *C.GtkTextIter, text string, len_ int, default_editable bool) (return__ bool)

Like gtk_text_buffer_insert(), but the insertion will not occur if @iter is at a non-editable location in the buffer. Usually you want to prevent insertions at ineditable locations if the insertion results from a user action (is interactive).

@default_editable indicates the editability of text that doesn't have a tag affecting editability applied to it. Typically the result of gtk_text_view_get_editable() is appropriate here.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) InsertInteractiveAtCursor

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) InsertInteractiveAtCursor(text string, len_ int, default_editable bool) (return__ bool)

Calls gtk_text_buffer_insert_interactive() at the cursor position.

@default_editable indicates the editability of text that doesn't have a tag affecting editability applied to it. Typically the result of gtk_text_view_get_editable() is appropriate here.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) InsertPixbuf

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) InsertPixbuf(iter *C.GtkTextIter, pixbuf *C.GdkPixbuf)

Inserts an image into the text buffer at @iter. The image will be counted as one character in character counts, and when obtaining the buffer contents as a string, will be represented by the Unicode “object replacement character” 0xFFFC. Note that the “slice” variants for obtaining portions of the buffer as a string include this character for pixbufs, but the “text” variants do not. e.g. see gtk_text_buffer_get_slice() and gtk_text_buffer_get_text().

func (*TraitTextBuffer) InsertRange

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) InsertRange(iter *C.GtkTextIter, start *C.GtkTextIter, end *C.GtkTextIter)

Copies text, tags, and pixbufs between @start and @end (the order of @start and @end doesn’t matter) and inserts the copy at @iter. Used instead of simply getting/inserting text because it preserves images and tags. If @start and @end are in a different buffer from @buffer, the two buffers must share the same tag table.

Implemented via emissions of the insert_text and apply_tag signals, so expect those.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) InsertRangeInteractive

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) InsertRangeInteractive(iter *C.GtkTextIter, start *C.GtkTextIter, end *C.GtkTextIter, default_editable bool) (return__ bool)

Same as gtk_text_buffer_insert_range(), but does nothing if the insertion point isn’t editable. The @default_editable parameter indicates whether the text is editable at @iter if no tags enclosing @iter affect editability. Typically the result of gtk_text_view_get_editable() is appropriate here.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) MoveMark

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) MoveMark(mark IsTextMark, where *C.GtkTextIter)

Moves @mark to the new location @where. Emits the #GtkTextBuffer::mark-set signal as notification of the move.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) MoveMarkByName

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) MoveMarkByName(name string, where *C.GtkTextIter)

Moves the mark named @name (which must exist) to location @where. See gtk_text_buffer_move_mark() for details.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) PasteClipboard

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) PasteClipboard(clipboard IsClipboard, override_location *C.GtkTextIter, default_editable bool)

Pastes the contents of a clipboard. If @override_location is %NULL, the pasted text will be inserted at the cursor position, or the buffer selection will be replaced if the selection is non-empty.

Note: pasting is asynchronous, that is, we’ll ask for the paste data and return, and at some point later after the main loop runs, the paste data will be inserted.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) PlaceCursor

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) PlaceCursor(where *C.GtkTextIter)

This function moves the “insert” and “selection_bound” marks simultaneously. If you move them to the same place in two steps with gtk_text_buffer_move_mark(), you will temporarily select a region in between their old and new locations, which can be pretty inefficient since the temporarily-selected region will force stuff to be recalculated. This function moves them as a unit, which can be optimized.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) RegisterDeserializeFormat

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) RegisterDeserializeFormat(mime_type string, function C.GtkTextBufferDeserializeFunc, user_data unsafe.Pointer, user_data_destroy C.GDestroyNotify) (return__ C.GdkAtom)

This function registers a rich text deserialization @function along with its @mime_type with the passed @buffer.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) RegisterDeserializeTagset

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) RegisterDeserializeTagset(tagset_name string) (return__ C.GdkAtom)

This function registers GTK+’s internal rich text serialization format with the passed @buffer. See gtk_text_buffer_register_serialize_tagset() for details.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) RegisterSerializeFormat

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) RegisterSerializeFormat(mime_type string, function C.GtkTextBufferSerializeFunc, user_data unsafe.Pointer, user_data_destroy C.GDestroyNotify) (return__ C.GdkAtom)

This function registers a rich text serialization @function along with its @mime_type with the passed @buffer.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) RegisterSerializeTagset

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) RegisterSerializeTagset(tagset_name string) (return__ C.GdkAtom)

This function registers GTK+’s internal rich text serialization format with the passed @buffer. The internal format does not comply to any standard rich text format and only works between #GtkTextBuffer instances. It is capable of serializing all of a text buffer’s tags and embedded pixbufs.

This function is just a wrapper around gtk_text_buffer_register_serialize_format(). The mime type used for registering is “application/x-gtk-text-buffer-rich-text”, or “application/x-gtk-text-buffer-rich-text;format=@tagset_name” if a @tagset_name was passed.

The @tagset_name can be used to restrict the transfer of rich text to buffers with compatible sets of tags, in order to avoid unknown tags from being pasted. It is probably the common case to pass an identifier != %NULL here, since the %NULL tagset requires the receiving buffer to deal with with pasting of arbitrary tags.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) RemoveAllTags

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) RemoveAllTags(start *C.GtkTextIter, end *C.GtkTextIter)

Removes all tags in the range between @start and @end. Be careful with this function; it could remove tags added in code unrelated to the code you’re currently writing. That is, using this function is probably a bad idea if you have two or more unrelated code sections that add tags.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) RemoveSelectionClipboard

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) RemoveSelectionClipboard(clipboard IsClipboard)

Removes a #GtkClipboard added with gtk_text_buffer_add_selection_clipboard().

func (*TraitTextBuffer) RemoveTag

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) RemoveTag(tag IsTextTag, start *C.GtkTextIter, end *C.GtkTextIter)

Emits the “remove-tag” signal. The default handler for the signal removes all occurrences of @tag from the given range. @start and @end don’t have to be in order.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) RemoveTagByName

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) RemoveTagByName(name string, start *C.GtkTextIter, end *C.GtkTextIter)

Calls gtk_text_tag_table_lookup() on the buffer’s tag table to get a #GtkTextTag, then calls gtk_text_buffer_remove_tag().

func (*TraitTextBuffer) SelectRange

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) SelectRange(ins *C.GtkTextIter, bound *C.GtkTextIter)

This function moves the “insert” and “selection_bound” marks simultaneously. If you move them in two steps with gtk_text_buffer_move_mark(), you will temporarily select a region in between their old and new locations, which can be pretty inefficient since the temporarily-selected region will force stuff to be recalculated. This function moves them as a unit, which can be optimized.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) Serialize

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) Serialize(content_buffer IsTextBuffer, format C.GdkAtom, start *C.GtkTextIter, end *C.GtkTextIter) (length int64, return__ []byte)

This function serializes the portion of text between @start and @end in the rich text format represented by @format.

@formats to be used must be registered using gtk_text_buffer_register_serialize_format() or gtk_text_buffer_register_serialize_tagset() beforehand.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) SetModified

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) SetModified(setting bool)

Used to keep track of whether the buffer has been modified since the last time it was saved. Whenever the buffer is saved to disk, call gtk_text_buffer_set_modified (@buffer, FALSE). When the buffer is modified, it will automatically toggled on the modified bit again. When the modified bit flips, the buffer emits the #GtkTextBuffer::modified-changed signal.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) SetText

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) SetText(text string, len_ int)

Deletes current contents of @buffer, and inserts @text instead. If @len is -1, @text must be nul-terminated. @text must be valid UTF-8.

func (*TraitTextBuffer) UnregisterDeserializeFormat

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) UnregisterDeserializeFormat(format C.GdkAtom)

This function unregisters a rich text format that was previously registered using gtk_text_buffer_register_deserialize_format() or gtk_text_buffer_register_deserialize_tagset().

func (*TraitTextBuffer) UnregisterSerializeFormat

func (self *TraitTextBuffer) UnregisterSerializeFormat(format C.GdkAtom)

This function unregisters a rich text format that was previously registered using gtk_text_buffer_register_serialize_format() or gtk_text_buffer_register_serialize_tagset()

type TraitTextCellAccessible

type TraitTextCellAccessible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkTextCellAccessible }

func NewTraitTextCellAccessible

func NewTraitTextCellAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitTextCellAccessible

func (*TraitTextCellAccessible) GetTextCellAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitTextCellAccessible) GetTextCellAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkTextCellAccessible

type TraitTextChildAnchor

type TraitTextChildAnchor struct{ CPointer *C.GtkTextChildAnchor }

func NewTraitTextChildAnchor

func NewTraitTextChildAnchor(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitTextChildAnchor

func (*TraitTextChildAnchor) GetDeleted

func (self *TraitTextChildAnchor) GetDeleted() (return__ bool)

Determines whether a child anchor has been deleted from the buffer. Keep in mind that the child anchor will be unreferenced when removed from the buffer, so you need to hold your own reference (with g_object_ref()) if you plan to use this function — otherwise all deleted child anchors will also be finalized.

func (*TraitTextChildAnchor) GetTextChildAnchorPointer

func (self *TraitTextChildAnchor) GetTextChildAnchorPointer() *C.GtkTextChildAnchor

func (*TraitTextChildAnchor) GetWidgets

func (self *TraitTextChildAnchor) GetWidgets() (return__ *C.GList)

Gets a list of all widgets anchored at this child anchor. The returned list should be freed with g_list_free().

type TraitTextMark

type TraitTextMark struct{ CPointer *C.GtkTextMark }

func NewTraitTextMark

func NewTraitTextMark(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitTextMark

func (*TraitTextMark) GetBuffer

func (self *TraitTextMark) GetBuffer() (return__ *TextBuffer)

Gets the buffer this mark is located inside, or %NULL if the mark is deleted.

func (*TraitTextMark) GetDeleted

func (self *TraitTextMark) GetDeleted() (return__ bool)

Returns %TRUE if the mark has been removed from its buffer with gtk_text_buffer_delete_mark(). See gtk_text_buffer_add_mark() for a way to add it to a buffer again.

func (*TraitTextMark) GetLeftGravity

func (self *TraitTextMark) GetLeftGravity() (return__ bool)

Determines whether the mark has left gravity.

func (*TraitTextMark) GetName

func (self *TraitTextMark) GetName() (return__ string)

Returns the mark name; returns NULL for anonymous marks.

func (*TraitTextMark) GetTextMarkPointer

func (self *TraitTextMark) GetTextMarkPointer() *C.GtkTextMark

func (*TraitTextMark) GetVisible

func (self *TraitTextMark) GetVisible() (return__ bool)

Returns %TRUE if the mark is visible (i.e. a cursor is displayed for it).

func (*TraitTextMark) SetVisible

func (self *TraitTextMark) SetVisible(setting bool)

Sets the visibility of @mark; the insertion point is normally visible, i.e. you can see it as a vertical bar. Also, the text widget uses a visible mark to indicate where a drop will occur when dragging-and-dropping text. Most other marks are not visible. Marks are not visible by default.

type TraitTextTag

type TraitTextTag struct{ CPointer *C.GtkTextTag }

func NewTraitTextTag

func NewTraitTextTag(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitTextTag

func (*TraitTextTag) Event

func (self *TraitTextTag) Event(event_object *C.GObject, event *C.GdkEvent, iter *C.GtkTextIter) (return__ bool)

Emits the “event” signal on the #GtkTextTag.

func (*TraitTextTag) GetPriority

func (self *TraitTextTag) GetPriority() (return__ int)

Get the tag priority.

func (*TraitTextTag) GetTextTagPointer

func (self *TraitTextTag) GetTextTagPointer() *C.GtkTextTag

func (*TraitTextTag) SetPriority

func (self *TraitTextTag) SetPriority(priority int)

Sets the priority of a #GtkTextTag. Valid priorities start at 0 and go to one less than gtk_text_tag_table_get_size(). Each tag in a table has a unique priority; setting the priority of one tag shifts the priorities of all the other tags in the table to maintain a unique priority for each tag. Higher priority tags “win” if two tags both set the same text attribute. When adding a tag to a tag table, it will be assigned the highest priority in the table by default; so normally the precedence of a set of tags is the order in which they were added to the table, or created with gtk_text_buffer_create_tag(), which adds the tag to the buffer’s table automatically.

type TraitTextTagTable

type TraitTextTagTable struct{ CPointer *C.GtkTextTagTable }

func NewTraitTextTagTable

func NewTraitTextTagTable(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitTextTagTable

func (*TraitTextTagTable) Add

func (self *TraitTextTagTable) Add(tag IsTextTag) (return__ bool)

Add a tag to the table. The tag is assigned the highest priority in the table.

@tag must not be in a tag table already, and may not have the same name as an already-added tag.

func (*TraitTextTagTable) Foreach

func (self *TraitTextTagTable) Foreach(func_ C.GtkTextTagTableForeach, data unsafe.Pointer)

Calls @func on each tag in @table, with user data @data. Note that the table may not be modified while iterating over it (you can’t add/remove tags).

func (*TraitTextTagTable) GetSize

func (self *TraitTextTagTable) GetSize() (return__ int)

Returns the size of the table (number of tags)

func (*TraitTextTagTable) GetTextTagTablePointer

func (self *TraitTextTagTable) GetTextTagTablePointer() *C.GtkTextTagTable

func (*TraitTextTagTable) Lookup

func (self *TraitTextTagTable) Lookup(name string) (return__ *TextTag)

Look up a named tag.

func (*TraitTextTagTable) Remove

func (self *TraitTextTagTable) Remove(tag IsTextTag)

Remove a tag from the table. If a #GtkTextBuffer has @table as its tag table, the tag is removed from the buffer. The table’s reference to the tag is removed, so the tag will end up destroyed if you don’t have a reference to it.

type TraitTextView

type TraitTextView struct{ CPointer *C.GtkTextView }

func NewTraitTextView

func NewTraitTextView(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitTextView

func (*TraitTextView) AddChildAtAnchor

func (self *TraitTextView) AddChildAtAnchor(child IsWidget, anchor IsTextChildAnchor)

Adds a child widget in the text buffer, at the given @anchor.

func (*TraitTextView) AddChildInWindow

func (self *TraitTextView) AddChildInWindow(child IsWidget, which_window C.GtkTextWindowType, xpos int, ypos int)

Adds a child at fixed coordinates in one of the text widget's windows.

The window must have nonzero size (see gtk_text_view_set_border_window_size()). Note that the child coordinates are given relative to scrolling. When placing a child in #GTK_TEXT_WINDOW_WIDGET, scrolling is irrelevant, the child floats above all scrollable areas. But when placing a child in one of the scrollable windows (border windows or text window) it will move with the scrolling as needed.

func (*TraitTextView) BackwardDisplayLine

func (self *TraitTextView) BackwardDisplayLine(iter *C.GtkTextIter) (return__ bool)

Moves the given @iter backward by one display (wrapped) line. A display line is different from a paragraph. Paragraphs are separated by newlines or other paragraph separator characters. Display lines are created by line-wrapping a paragraph. If wrapping is turned off, display lines and paragraphs will be the same. Display lines are divided differently for each view, since they depend on the view’s width; paragraphs are the same in all views, since they depend on the contents of the #GtkTextBuffer.

func (*TraitTextView) BackwardDisplayLineStart

func (self *TraitTextView) BackwardDisplayLineStart(iter *C.GtkTextIter) (return__ bool)

Moves the given @iter backward to the next display line start. A display line is different from a paragraph. Paragraphs are separated by newlines or other paragraph separator characters. Display lines are created by line-wrapping a paragraph. If wrapping is turned off, display lines and paragraphs will be the same. Display lines are divided differently for each view, since they depend on the view’s width; paragraphs are the same in all views, since they depend on the contents of the #GtkTextBuffer.

func (*TraitTextView) BufferToWindowCoords

func (self *TraitTextView) BufferToWindowCoords(win C.GtkTextWindowType, buffer_x int, buffer_y int) (window_x int, window_y int)

Converts coordinate (@buffer_x, @buffer_y) to coordinates for the window @win, and stores the result in (@window_x, @window_y).

Note that you can’t convert coordinates for a nonexisting window (see gtk_text_view_set_border_window_size()).

func (*TraitTextView) ForwardDisplayLine

func (self *TraitTextView) ForwardDisplayLine(iter *C.GtkTextIter) (return__ bool)

Moves the given @iter forward by one display (wrapped) line. A display line is different from a paragraph. Paragraphs are separated by newlines or other paragraph separator characters. Display lines are created by line-wrapping a paragraph. If wrapping is turned off, display lines and paragraphs will be the same. Display lines are divided differently for each view, since they depend on the view’s width; paragraphs are the same in all views, since they depend on the contents of the #GtkTextBuffer.

func (*TraitTextView) ForwardDisplayLineEnd

func (self *TraitTextView) ForwardDisplayLineEnd(iter *C.GtkTextIter) (return__ bool)

Moves the given @iter forward to the next display line end. A display line is different from a paragraph. Paragraphs are separated by newlines or other paragraph separator characters. Display lines are created by line-wrapping a paragraph. If wrapping is turned off, display lines and paragraphs will be the same. Display lines are divided differently for each view, since they depend on the view’s width; paragraphs are the same in all views, since they depend on the contents of the #GtkTextBuffer.

func (*TraitTextView) GetAcceptsTab

func (self *TraitTextView) GetAcceptsTab() (return__ bool)

Returns whether pressing the Tab key inserts a tab characters. gtk_text_view_set_accepts_tab().

func (*TraitTextView) GetBorderWindowSize

func (self *TraitTextView) GetBorderWindowSize(type_ C.GtkTextWindowType) (return__ int)

Gets the width of the specified border window. See gtk_text_view_set_border_window_size().

func (*TraitTextView) GetBuffer

func (self *TraitTextView) GetBuffer() (return__ *TextBuffer)

Returns the #GtkTextBuffer being displayed by this text view. The reference count on the buffer is not incremented; the caller of this function won’t own a new reference.

func (*TraitTextView) GetCursorLocations

func (self *TraitTextView) GetCursorLocations(iter *C.GtkTextIter) (strong C.GdkRectangle, weak C.GdkRectangle)

Given an @iter within a text layout, determine the positions of the strong and weak cursors if the insertion point is at that iterator. The position of each cursor is stored as a zero-width rectangle. The strong cursor location is the location where characters of the directionality equal to the base direction of the paragraph are inserted. The weak cursor location is the location where characters of the directionality opposite to the base direction of the paragraph are inserted.

If @iter is %NULL, the actual cursor position is used.

Note that if @iter happens to be the actual cursor position, and there is currently an IM preedit sequence being entered, the returned locations will be adjusted to account for the preedit cursor’s offset within the preedit sequence.

The rectangle position is in buffer coordinates; use gtk_text_view_buffer_to_window_coords() to convert these coordinates to coordinates for one of the windows in the text view.

func (*TraitTextView) GetCursorVisible

func (self *TraitTextView) GetCursorVisible() (return__ bool)

Find out whether the cursor is being displayed.

func (*TraitTextView) GetDefaultAttributes

func (self *TraitTextView) GetDefaultAttributes() (return__ *C.GtkTextAttributes)

Obtains a copy of the default text attributes. These are the attributes used for text unless a tag overrides them. You’d typically pass the default attributes in to gtk_text_iter_get_attributes() in order to get the attributes in effect at a given text position.

The return value is a copy owned by the caller of this function, and should be freed.

func (*TraitTextView) GetEditable

func (self *TraitTextView) GetEditable() (return__ bool)

Returns the default editability of the #GtkTextView. Tags in the buffer may override this setting for some ranges of text.

func (*TraitTextView) GetIndent

func (self *TraitTextView) GetIndent() (return__ int)

Gets the default indentation of paragraphs in @text_view. Tags in the view’s buffer may override the default. The indentation may be negative.

func (*TraitTextView) GetInputHints

func (self *TraitTextView) GetInputHints() (return__ C.GtkInputHints)

Gets the value of the #GtkTextView:input-hints property.

func (*TraitTextView) GetInputPurpose

func (self *TraitTextView) GetInputPurpose() (return__ C.GtkInputPurpose)

Gets the value of the #GtkTextView:input-purpose property.

func (*TraitTextView) GetIterAtLocation

func (self *TraitTextView) GetIterAtLocation(x int, y int) (iter C.GtkTextIter)

Retrieves the iterator at buffer coordinates @x and @y. Buffer coordinates are coordinates for the entire buffer, not just the currently-displayed portion. If you have coordinates from an event, you have to convert those to buffer coordinates with gtk_text_view_window_to_buffer_coords().

func (*TraitTextView) GetIterAtPosition

func (self *TraitTextView) GetIterAtPosition(x int, y int) (iter C.GtkTextIter, trailing int)

Retrieves the iterator pointing to the character at buffer coordinates @x and @y. Buffer coordinates are coordinates for the entire buffer, not just the currently-displayed portion. If you have coordinates from an event, you have to convert those to buffer coordinates with gtk_text_view_window_to_buffer_coords().

Note that this is different from gtk_text_view_get_iter_at_location(), which returns cursor locations, i.e. positions between characters.

func (*TraitTextView) GetIterLocation

func (self *TraitTextView) GetIterLocation(iter *C.GtkTextIter) (location C.GdkRectangle)

Gets a rectangle which roughly contains the character at @iter. The rectangle position is in buffer coordinates; use gtk_text_view_buffer_to_window_coords() to convert these coordinates to coordinates for one of the windows in the text view.

func (*TraitTextView) GetJustification

func (self *TraitTextView) GetJustification() (return__ C.GtkJustification)

Gets the default justification of paragraphs in @text_view. Tags in the buffer may override the default.

func (*TraitTextView) GetLeftMargin

func (self *TraitTextView) GetLeftMargin() (return__ int)

Gets the default left margin size of paragraphs in the @text_view. Tags in the buffer may override the default.

func (*TraitTextView) GetLineAtY

func (self *TraitTextView) GetLineAtY(y int) (target_iter C.GtkTextIter, line_top int)

Gets the #GtkTextIter at the start of the line containing the coordinate @y. @y is in buffer coordinates, convert from window coordinates with gtk_text_view_window_to_buffer_coords(). If non-%NULL, @line_top will be filled with the coordinate of the top edge of the line.

func (*TraitTextView) GetLineYrange

func (self *TraitTextView) GetLineYrange(iter *C.GtkTextIter) (y int, height int)

Gets the y coordinate of the top of the line containing @iter, and the height of the line. The coordinate is a buffer coordinate; convert to window coordinates with gtk_text_view_buffer_to_window_coords().

func (*TraitTextView) GetOverwrite

func (self *TraitTextView) GetOverwrite() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the #GtkTextView is in overwrite mode or not.

func (*TraitTextView) GetPixelsAboveLines

func (self *TraitTextView) GetPixelsAboveLines() (return__ int)

Gets the default number of pixels to put above paragraphs.

func (*TraitTextView) GetPixelsBelowLines

func (self *TraitTextView) GetPixelsBelowLines() (return__ int)

Gets the value set by gtk_text_view_set_pixels_below_lines().

func (*TraitTextView) GetPixelsInsideWrap

func (self *TraitTextView) GetPixelsInsideWrap() (return__ int)

Gets the value set by gtk_text_view_set_pixels_inside_wrap().

func (*TraitTextView) GetRightMargin

func (self *TraitTextView) GetRightMargin() (return__ int)

Gets the default right margin for text in @text_view. Tags in the buffer may override the default.

func (*TraitTextView) GetTabs

func (self *TraitTextView) GetTabs() (return__ *C.PangoTabArray)

Gets the default tabs for @text_view. Tags in the buffer may override the defaults. The returned array will be %NULL if “standard” (8-space) tabs are used. Free the return value with pango_tab_array_free().

func (*TraitTextView) GetTextViewPointer

func (self *TraitTextView) GetTextViewPointer() *C.GtkTextView

func (*TraitTextView) GetVisibleRect

func (self *TraitTextView) GetVisibleRect() (visible_rect C.GdkRectangle)

Fills @visible_rect with the currently-visible region of the buffer, in buffer coordinates. Convert to window coordinates with gtk_text_view_buffer_to_window_coords().

func (*TraitTextView) GetWindow

func (self *TraitTextView) GetWindow(win C.GtkTextWindowType) (return__ *C.GdkWindow)

Retrieves the #GdkWindow corresponding to an area of the text view; possible windows include the overall widget window, child windows on the left, right, top, bottom, and the window that displays the text buffer. Windows are %NULL and nonexistent if their width or height is 0, and are nonexistent before the widget has been realized.

func (*TraitTextView) GetWindowType

func (self *TraitTextView) GetWindowType(window *C.GdkWindow) (return__ C.GtkTextWindowType)

Usually used to find out which window an event corresponds to. If you connect to an event signal on @text_view, this function should be called on `event-&gt;window` to see which window it was.

func (*TraitTextView) GetWrapMode

func (self *TraitTextView) GetWrapMode() (return__ C.GtkWrapMode)

Gets the line wrapping for the view.

func (*TraitTextView) ImContextFilterKeypress

func (self *TraitTextView) ImContextFilterKeypress(event *C.GdkEventKey) (return__ bool)

Allow the #GtkTextView input method to internally handle key press and release events. If this function returns %TRUE, then no further processing should be done for this key event. See gtk_im_context_filter_keypress().

Note that you are expected to call this function from your handler when overriding key event handling. This is needed in the case when you need to insert your own key handling between the input method and the default key event handling of the #GtkTextView.

|[<!-- language="C" --> static gboolean gtk_foo_bar_key_press_event (GtkWidget *widget,

GdkEventKey *event)
{
  if ((key->keyval == GDK_KEY_Return || key->keyval == GDK_KEY_KP_Enter))
    {
      if (gtk_text_view_im_context_filter_keypress (GTK_TEXT_VIEW (view), event))
        return TRUE;
    }

    // Do some stuff

  return GTK_WIDGET_CLASS (gtk_foo_bar_parent_class)->key_press_event (widget, event);
}

]|

func (*TraitTextView) MoveChild

func (self *TraitTextView) MoveChild(child IsWidget, xpos int, ypos int)

Updates the position of a child, as for gtk_text_view_add_child_in_window().

func (*TraitTextView) MoveMarkOnscreen

func (self *TraitTextView) MoveMarkOnscreen(mark IsTextMark) (return__ bool)

Moves a mark within the buffer so that it's located within the currently-visible text area.

func (*TraitTextView) MoveVisually

func (self *TraitTextView) MoveVisually(iter *C.GtkTextIter, count int) (return__ bool)

Move the iterator a given number of characters visually, treating it as the strong cursor position. If @count is positive, then the new strong cursor position will be @count positions to the right of the old cursor position. If @count is negative then the new strong cursor position will be @count positions to the left of the old cursor position.

In the presence of bi-directional text, the correspondence between logical and visual order will depend on the direction of the current run, and there may be jumps when the cursor is moved off of the end of a run.

func (*TraitTextView) PlaceCursorOnscreen

func (self *TraitTextView) PlaceCursorOnscreen() (return__ bool)

Moves the cursor to the currently visible region of the buffer, it it isn’t there already.

func (*TraitTextView) ResetImContext

func (self *TraitTextView) ResetImContext()

Reset the input method context of the text view if needed.

This can be necessary in the case where modifying the buffer would confuse on-going input method behavior.

func (*TraitTextView) ScrollMarkOnscreen

func (self *TraitTextView) ScrollMarkOnscreen(mark IsTextMark)

Scrolls @text_view the minimum distance such that @mark is contained within the visible area of the widget.

func (*TraitTextView) ScrollToIter

func (self *TraitTextView) ScrollToIter(iter *C.GtkTextIter, within_margin float64, use_align bool, xalign float64, yalign float64) (return__ bool)

Scrolls @text_view so that @iter is on the screen in the position indicated by @xalign and @yalign. An alignment of 0.0 indicates left or top, 1.0 indicates right or bottom, 0.5 means center. If @use_align is %FALSE, the text scrolls the minimal distance to get the mark onscreen, possibly not scrolling at all. The effective screen for purposes of this function is reduced by a margin of size @within_margin.

Note that this function uses the currently-computed height of the lines in the text buffer. Line heights are computed in an idle handler; so this function may not have the desired effect if it’s called before the height computations. To avoid oddness, consider using gtk_text_view_scroll_to_mark() which saves a point to be scrolled to after line validation.

func (*TraitTextView) ScrollToMark

func (self *TraitTextView) ScrollToMark(mark IsTextMark, within_margin float64, use_align bool, xalign float64, yalign float64)

Scrolls @text_view so that @mark is on the screen in the position indicated by @xalign and @yalign. An alignment of 0.0 indicates left or top, 1.0 indicates right or bottom, 0.5 means center. If @use_align is %FALSE, the text scrolls the minimal distance to get the mark onscreen, possibly not scrolling at all. The effective screen for purposes of this function is reduced by a margin of size @within_margin.

func (*TraitTextView) SetAcceptsTab

func (self *TraitTextView) SetAcceptsTab(accepts_tab bool)

Sets the behavior of the text widget when the Tab key is pressed. If @accepts_tab is %TRUE, a tab character is inserted. If @accepts_tab is %FALSE the keyboard focus is moved to the next widget in the focus chain.

func (*TraitTextView) SetBorderWindowSize

func (self *TraitTextView) SetBorderWindowSize(type_ C.GtkTextWindowType, size int)

Sets the width of %GTK_TEXT_WINDOW_LEFT or %GTK_TEXT_WINDOW_RIGHT, or the height of %GTK_TEXT_WINDOW_TOP or %GTK_TEXT_WINDOW_BOTTOM. Automatically destroys the corresponding window if the size is set to 0, and creates the window if the size is set to non-zero. This function can only be used for the “border windows,” it doesn’t work with #GTK_TEXT_WINDOW_WIDGET, #GTK_TEXT_WINDOW_TEXT, or #GTK_TEXT_WINDOW_PRIVATE.

func (*TraitTextView) SetBuffer

func (self *TraitTextView) SetBuffer(buffer IsTextBuffer)

Sets @buffer as the buffer being displayed by @text_view. The previous buffer displayed by the text view is unreferenced, and a reference is added to @buffer. If you owned a reference to @buffer before passing it to this function, you must remove that reference yourself; #GtkTextView will not “adopt” it.

func (*TraitTextView) SetCursorVisible

func (self *TraitTextView) SetCursorVisible(setting bool)

Toggles whether the insertion point is displayed. A buffer with no editable text probably shouldn’t have a visible cursor, so you may want to turn the cursor off.

func (*TraitTextView) SetEditable

func (self *TraitTextView) SetEditable(setting bool)

Sets the default editability of the #GtkTextView. You can override this default setting with tags in the buffer, using the “editable” attribute of tags.

func (*TraitTextView) SetIndent

func (self *TraitTextView) SetIndent(indent int)

Sets the default indentation for paragraphs in @text_view. Tags in the buffer may override the default.

func (*TraitTextView) SetInputHints

func (self *TraitTextView) SetInputHints(hints C.GtkInputHints)

Sets the #GtkTextView:input-hints property, which allows input methods to fine-tune their behaviour.

func (*TraitTextView) SetInputPurpose

func (self *TraitTextView) SetInputPurpose(purpose C.GtkInputPurpose)

Sets the #GtkTextView:input-purpose property which can be used by on-screen keyboards and other input methods to adjust their behaviour.

func (*TraitTextView) SetJustification

func (self *TraitTextView) SetJustification(justification C.GtkJustification)

Sets the default justification of text in @text_view. Tags in the view’s buffer may override the default.

func (*TraitTextView) SetLeftMargin

func (self *TraitTextView) SetLeftMargin(left_margin int)

Sets the default left margin for text in @text_view. Tags in the buffer may override the default.

func (*TraitTextView) SetOverwrite

func (self *TraitTextView) SetOverwrite(overwrite bool)

Changes the #GtkTextView overwrite mode.

func (*TraitTextView) SetPixelsAboveLines

func (self *TraitTextView) SetPixelsAboveLines(pixels_above_lines int)

Sets the default number of blank pixels above paragraphs in @text_view. Tags in the buffer for @text_view may override the defaults.

func (*TraitTextView) SetPixelsBelowLines

func (self *TraitTextView) SetPixelsBelowLines(pixels_below_lines int)

Sets the default number of pixels of blank space to put below paragraphs in @text_view. May be overridden by tags applied to @text_view’s buffer.

func (*TraitTextView) SetPixelsInsideWrap

func (self *TraitTextView) SetPixelsInsideWrap(pixels_inside_wrap int)

Sets the default number of pixels of blank space to leave between display/wrapped lines within a paragraph. May be overridden by tags in @text_view’s buffer.

func (*TraitTextView) SetRightMargin

func (self *TraitTextView) SetRightMargin(right_margin int)

Sets the default right margin for text in the text view. Tags in the buffer may override the default.

func (*TraitTextView) SetTabs

func (self *TraitTextView) SetTabs(tabs *C.PangoTabArray)

Sets the default tab stops for paragraphs in @text_view. Tags in the buffer may override the default.

func (*TraitTextView) SetWrapMode

func (self *TraitTextView) SetWrapMode(wrap_mode C.GtkWrapMode)

Sets the line wrapping for the view.

func (*TraitTextView) StartsDisplayLine

func (self *TraitTextView) StartsDisplayLine(iter *C.GtkTextIter) (return__ bool)

Determines whether @iter is at the start of a display line. See gtk_text_view_forward_display_line() for an explanation of display lines vs. paragraphs.

func (*TraitTextView) WindowToBufferCoords

func (self *TraitTextView) WindowToBufferCoords(win C.GtkTextWindowType, window_x int, window_y int) (buffer_x int, buffer_y int)

Converts coordinates on the window identified by @win to buffer coordinates, storing the result in (@buffer_x,@buffer_y).

Note that you can’t convert coordinates for a nonexisting window (see gtk_text_view_set_border_window_size()).

type TraitTextViewAccessible

type TraitTextViewAccessible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkTextViewAccessible }

func NewTraitTextViewAccessible

func NewTraitTextViewAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitTextViewAccessible

func (*TraitTextViewAccessible) GetTextViewAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitTextViewAccessible) GetTextViewAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkTextViewAccessible

type TraitThemingEngine

type TraitThemingEngine struct{ CPointer *C.GtkThemingEngine }

func NewTraitThemingEngine

func NewTraitThemingEngine(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitThemingEngine

func (*TraitThemingEngine) GetThemingEnginePointer

func (self *TraitThemingEngine) GetThemingEnginePointer() *C.GtkThemingEngine

type TraitToggleAction

type TraitToggleAction struct{ CPointer *C.GtkToggleAction }

func NewTraitToggleAction

func NewTraitToggleAction(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitToggleAction

func (*TraitToggleAction) GetToggleActionPointer

func (self *TraitToggleAction) GetToggleActionPointer() *C.GtkToggleAction

type TraitToggleButton

type TraitToggleButton struct{ CPointer *C.GtkToggleButton }

func NewTraitToggleButton

func NewTraitToggleButton(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitToggleButton

func (*TraitToggleButton) GetActive

func (self *TraitToggleButton) GetActive() (return__ bool)

Queries a #GtkToggleButton and returns its current state. Returns %TRUE if the toggle button is pressed in and %FALSE if it is raised.

func (*TraitToggleButton) GetInconsistent

func (self *TraitToggleButton) GetInconsistent() (return__ bool)

Gets the value set by gtk_toggle_button_set_inconsistent().

func (*TraitToggleButton) GetMode

func (self *TraitToggleButton) GetMode() (return__ bool)

Retrieves whether the button is displayed as a separate indicator and label. See gtk_toggle_button_set_mode().

func (*TraitToggleButton) GetToggleButtonPointer

func (self *TraitToggleButton) GetToggleButtonPointer() *C.GtkToggleButton

func (*TraitToggleButton) SetActive

func (self *TraitToggleButton) SetActive(is_active bool)

Sets the status of the toggle button. Set to %TRUE if you want the GtkToggleButton to be “pressed in”, and %FALSE to raise it. This action causes the #GtkToggleButton::toggled signal and the #GtkButton::clicked signal to be emitted.

func (*TraitToggleButton) SetInconsistent

func (self *TraitToggleButton) SetInconsistent(setting bool)

If the user has selected a range of elements (such as some text or spreadsheet cells) that are affected by a toggle button, and the current values in that range are inconsistent, you may want to display the toggle in an “in between” state. This function turns on “in between” display. Normally you would turn off the inconsistent state again if the user toggles the toggle button. This has to be done manually, gtk_toggle_button_set_inconsistent() only affects visual appearance, it doesn’t affect the semantics of the button.

func (*TraitToggleButton) SetMode

func (self *TraitToggleButton) SetMode(draw_indicator bool)

Sets whether the button is displayed as a separate indicator and label. You can call this function on a checkbutton or a radiobutton with @draw_indicator = %FALSE to make the button look like a normal button

This function only affects instances of classes like #GtkCheckButton and #GtkRadioButton that derive from #GtkToggleButton, not instances of #GtkToggleButton itself.

func (*TraitToggleButton) Toggled

func (self *TraitToggleButton) Toggled()

Emits the #GtkToggleButton::toggled signal on the #GtkToggleButton. There is no good reason for an application ever to call this function.

type TraitToggleButtonAccessible

type TraitToggleButtonAccessible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkToggleButtonAccessible }

func NewTraitToggleButtonAccessible

func NewTraitToggleButtonAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitToggleButtonAccessible

func (*TraitToggleButtonAccessible) GetToggleButtonAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitToggleButtonAccessible) GetToggleButtonAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkToggleButtonAccessible

type TraitToggleToolButton

type TraitToggleToolButton struct{ CPointer *C.GtkToggleToolButton }

func NewTraitToggleToolButton

func NewTraitToggleToolButton(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitToggleToolButton

func (*TraitToggleToolButton) GetActive

func (self *TraitToggleToolButton) GetActive() (return__ bool)

Queries a #GtkToggleToolButton and returns its current state. Returns %TRUE if the toggle button is pressed in and %FALSE if it is raised.

func (*TraitToggleToolButton) GetToggleToolButtonPointer

func (self *TraitToggleToolButton) GetToggleToolButtonPointer() *C.GtkToggleToolButton

func (*TraitToggleToolButton) SetActive

func (self *TraitToggleToolButton) SetActive(is_active bool)

Sets the status of the toggle tool button. Set to %TRUE if you want the GtkToggleButton to be “pressed in”, and %FALSE to raise it. This action causes the toggled signal to be emitted.

type TraitToolButton

type TraitToolButton struct{ CPointer *C.GtkToolButton }

func NewTraitToolButton

func NewTraitToolButton(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitToolButton

func (*TraitToolButton) GetIconName

func (self *TraitToolButton) GetIconName() (return__ string)

Returns the name of the themed icon for the tool button, see gtk_tool_button_set_icon_name().

func (*TraitToolButton) GetIconWidget

func (self *TraitToolButton) GetIconWidget() (return__ *Widget)

Return the widget used as icon widget on @button. See gtk_tool_button_set_icon_widget().

func (*TraitToolButton) GetLabel

func (self *TraitToolButton) GetLabel() (return__ string)

Returns the label used by the tool button, or %NULL if the tool button doesn’t have a label. or uses a the label from a stock item. The returned string is owned by GTK+, and must not be modified or freed.

func (*TraitToolButton) GetLabelWidget

func (self *TraitToolButton) GetLabelWidget() (return__ *Widget)

Returns the widget used as label on @button. See gtk_tool_button_set_label_widget().

func (*TraitToolButton) GetToolButtonPointer

func (self *TraitToolButton) GetToolButtonPointer() *C.GtkToolButton

func (*TraitToolButton) GetUseUnderline

func (self *TraitToolButton) GetUseUnderline() (return__ bool)

Returns whether underscores in the label property are used as mnemonics on menu items on the overflow menu. See gtk_tool_button_set_use_underline().

func (*TraitToolButton) SetIconName

func (self *TraitToolButton) SetIconName(icon_name string)

Sets the icon for the tool button from a named themed icon. See the docs for #GtkIconTheme for more details. The “icon_name” property only has an effect if not overridden by non-%NULL “label”, “icon_widget” and “stock_id” properties.

func (*TraitToolButton) SetIconWidget

func (self *TraitToolButton) SetIconWidget(icon_widget IsWidget)

Sets @icon as the widget used as icon on @button. If @icon_widget is %NULL the icon is determined by the “stock_id” property. If the “stock_id” property is also %NULL, @button will not have an icon.

func (*TraitToolButton) SetLabel

func (self *TraitToolButton) SetLabel(label string)

Sets @label as the label used for the tool button. The “label” property only has an effect if not overridden by a non-%NULL “label_widget” property. If both the “label_widget” and “label” properties are %NULL, the label is determined by the “stock_id” property. If the “stock_id” property is also %NULL, @button will not have a label.

func (*TraitToolButton) SetLabelWidget

func (self *TraitToolButton) SetLabelWidget(label_widget IsWidget)

Sets @label_widget as the widget that will be used as the label for @button. If @label_widget is %NULL the “label” property is used as label. If “label” is also %NULL, the label in the stock item determined by the “stock_id” property is used as label. If “stock_id” is also %NULL, @button does not have a label.

func (*TraitToolButton) SetUseUnderline

func (self *TraitToolButton) SetUseUnderline(use_underline bool)

If set, an underline in the label property indicates that the next character should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key in the overflow menu. For example, if the label property is “_Open” and @use_underline is %TRUE, the label on the tool button will be “Open” and the item on the overflow menu will have an underlined “O”.

Labels shown on tool buttons never have mnemonics on them; this property only affects the menu item on the overflow menu.

type TraitToolItem

type TraitToolItem struct{ CPointer *C.GtkToolItem }

func NewTraitToolItem

func NewTraitToolItem(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitToolItem

func (*TraitToolItem) GetEllipsizeMode

func (self *TraitToolItem) GetEllipsizeMode() (return__ C.PangoEllipsizeMode)

Returns the ellipsize mode used for @tool_item. Custom subclasses of #GtkToolItem should call this function to find out how text should be ellipsized.

func (*TraitToolItem) GetExpand

func (self *TraitToolItem) GetExpand() (return__ bool)

Returns whether @tool_item is allocated extra space. See gtk_tool_item_set_expand().

func (*TraitToolItem) GetHomogeneous

func (self *TraitToolItem) GetHomogeneous() (return__ bool)

Returns whether @tool_item is the same size as other homogeneous items. See gtk_tool_item_set_homogeneous().

func (*TraitToolItem) GetIconSize

func (self *TraitToolItem) GetIconSize() (return__ C.GtkIconSize)

Returns the icon size used for @tool_item. Custom subclasses of #GtkToolItem should call this function to find out what size icons they should use.

func (*TraitToolItem) GetIsImportant

func (self *TraitToolItem) GetIsImportant() (return__ bool)

Returns whether @tool_item is considered important. See gtk_tool_item_set_is_important()

func (*TraitToolItem) GetOrientation

func (self *TraitToolItem) GetOrientation() (return__ C.GtkOrientation)

Returns the orientation used for @tool_item. Custom subclasses of #GtkToolItem should call this function to find out what size icons they should use.

func (*TraitToolItem) GetProxyMenuItem

func (self *TraitToolItem) GetProxyMenuItem(menu_item_id string) (return__ *Widget)

If @menu_item_id matches the string passed to gtk_tool_item_set_proxy_menu_item() return the corresponding #GtkMenuItem.

Custom subclasses of #GtkToolItem should use this function to update their menu item when the #GtkToolItem changes. That the @menu_item_ids must match ensures that a #GtkToolItem will not inadvertently change a menu item that they did not create.

func (*TraitToolItem) GetReliefStyle

func (self *TraitToolItem) GetReliefStyle() (return__ C.GtkReliefStyle)

Returns the relief style of @tool_item. See gtk_button_set_relief(). Custom subclasses of #GtkToolItem should call this function in the handler of the #GtkToolItem::toolbar_reconfigured signal to find out the relief style of buttons.

func (*TraitToolItem) GetTextAlignment

func (self *TraitToolItem) GetTextAlignment() (return__ float32)

Returns the text alignment used for @tool_item. Custom subclasses of #GtkToolItem should call this function to find out how text should be aligned.

func (*TraitToolItem) GetTextOrientation

func (self *TraitToolItem) GetTextOrientation() (return__ C.GtkOrientation)

Returns the text orientation used for @tool_item. Custom subclasses of #GtkToolItem should call this function to find out how text should be orientated.

func (*TraitToolItem) GetTextSizeGroup

func (self *TraitToolItem) GetTextSizeGroup() (return__ *SizeGroup)

Returns the size group used for labels in @tool_item. Custom subclasses of #GtkToolItem should call this function and use the size group for labels.

func (*TraitToolItem) GetToolItemPointer

func (self *TraitToolItem) GetToolItemPointer() *C.GtkToolItem

func (*TraitToolItem) GetToolbarStyle

func (self *TraitToolItem) GetToolbarStyle() (return__ C.GtkToolbarStyle)

Returns the toolbar style used for @tool_item. Custom subclasses of #GtkToolItem should call this function in the handler of the GtkToolItem::toolbar_reconfigured signal to find out in what style the toolbar is displayed and change themselves accordingly

Possibilities are:

  • %GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH, meaning the tool item should show both an icon and a label, stacked vertically
  • %GTK_TOOLBAR_ICONS, meaning the toolbar shows only icons
  • %GTK_TOOLBAR_TEXT, meaning the tool item should only show text
  • %GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ, meaning the tool item should show both an icon and a label, arranged horizontally

func (*TraitToolItem) GetUseDragWindow

func (self *TraitToolItem) GetUseDragWindow() (return__ bool)

Returns whether @tool_item has a drag window. See gtk_tool_item_set_use_drag_window().

func (*TraitToolItem) GetVisibleHorizontal

func (self *TraitToolItem) GetVisibleHorizontal() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the @tool_item is visible on toolbars that are docked horizontally.

func (*TraitToolItem) GetVisibleVertical

func (self *TraitToolItem) GetVisibleVertical() (return__ bool)

Returns whether @tool_item is visible when the toolbar is docked vertically. See gtk_tool_item_set_visible_vertical().

func (*TraitToolItem) RebuildMenu

func (self *TraitToolItem) RebuildMenu()

Calling this function signals to the toolbar that the overflow menu item for @tool_item has changed. If the overflow menu is visible when this function it called, the menu will be rebuilt.

The function must be called when the tool item changes what it will do in response to the #GtkToolItem::create-menu-proxy signal.

func (*TraitToolItem) RetrieveProxyMenuItem

func (self *TraitToolItem) RetrieveProxyMenuItem() (return__ *Widget)

Returns the #GtkMenuItem that was last set by gtk_tool_item_set_proxy_menu_item(), ie. the #GtkMenuItem that is going to appear in the overflow menu.

func (*TraitToolItem) SetExpand

func (self *TraitToolItem) SetExpand(expand bool)

Sets whether @tool_item is allocated extra space when there is more room on the toolbar then needed for the items. The effect is that the item gets bigger when the toolbar gets bigger and smaller when the toolbar gets smaller.

func (*TraitToolItem) SetHomogeneous

func (self *TraitToolItem) SetHomogeneous(homogeneous bool)

Sets whether @tool_item is to be allocated the same size as other homogeneous items. The effect is that all homogeneous items will have the same width as the widest of the items.

func (*TraitToolItem) SetIsImportant

func (self *TraitToolItem) SetIsImportant(is_important bool)

Sets whether @tool_item should be considered important. The #GtkToolButton class uses this property to determine whether to show or hide its label when the toolbar style is %GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ. The result is that only tool buttons with the “is_important” property set have labels, an effect known as “priority text”

func (*TraitToolItem) SetProxyMenuItem

func (self *TraitToolItem) SetProxyMenuItem(menu_item_id string, menu_item IsWidget)

Sets the #GtkMenuItem used in the toolbar overflow menu. The @menu_item_id is used to identify the caller of this function and should also be used with gtk_tool_item_get_proxy_menu_item().

func (*TraitToolItem) SetTooltipMarkup

func (self *TraitToolItem) SetTooltipMarkup(markup string)

Sets the markup text to be displayed as tooltip on the item. See gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup().

func (*TraitToolItem) SetTooltipText

func (self *TraitToolItem) SetTooltipText(text string)

Sets the text to be displayed as tooltip on the item. See gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text().

func (*TraitToolItem) SetUseDragWindow

func (self *TraitToolItem) SetUseDragWindow(use_drag_window bool)

Sets whether @tool_item has a drag window. When %TRUE the toolitem can be used as a drag source through gtk_drag_source_set(). When @tool_item has a drag window it will intercept all events, even those that would otherwise be sent to a child of @tool_item.

func (*TraitToolItem) SetVisibleHorizontal

func (self *TraitToolItem) SetVisibleHorizontal(visible_horizontal bool)

Sets whether @tool_item is visible when the toolbar is docked horizontally.

func (*TraitToolItem) SetVisibleVertical

func (self *TraitToolItem) SetVisibleVertical(visible_vertical bool)

Sets whether @tool_item is visible when the toolbar is docked vertically. Some tool items, such as text entries, are too wide to be useful on a vertically docked toolbar. If @visible_vertical is %FALSE @tool_item will not appear on toolbars that are docked vertically.

func (*TraitToolItem) ToolbarReconfigured

func (self *TraitToolItem) ToolbarReconfigured()

Emits the signal #GtkToolItem::toolbar_reconfigured on @tool_item. #GtkToolbar and other #GtkToolShell implementations use this function to notify children, when some aspect of their configuration changes.

type TraitToolItemGroup

type TraitToolItemGroup struct{ CPointer *C.GtkToolItemGroup }

func NewTraitToolItemGroup

func NewTraitToolItemGroup(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitToolItemGroup

func (*TraitToolItemGroup) GetCollapsed

func (self *TraitToolItemGroup) GetCollapsed() (return__ bool)

Gets whether @group is collapsed or expanded.

func (*TraitToolItemGroup) GetDropItem

func (self *TraitToolItemGroup) GetDropItem(x int, y int) (return__ *ToolItem)

Gets the tool item at position (x, y).

func (*TraitToolItemGroup) GetEllipsize

func (self *TraitToolItemGroup) GetEllipsize() (return__ C.PangoEllipsizeMode)

Gets the ellipsization mode of @group.

func (*TraitToolItemGroup) GetHeaderRelief

func (self *TraitToolItemGroup) GetHeaderRelief() (return__ C.GtkReliefStyle)

Gets the relief mode of the header button of @group.

func (*TraitToolItemGroup) GetItemPosition

func (self *TraitToolItemGroup) GetItemPosition(item IsToolItem) (return__ int)

Gets the position of @item in @group as index.

func (*TraitToolItemGroup) GetLabel

func (self *TraitToolItemGroup) GetLabel() (return__ string)

Gets the label of @group.

func (*TraitToolItemGroup) GetLabelWidget

func (self *TraitToolItemGroup) GetLabelWidget() (return__ *Widget)

Gets the label widget of @group. See gtk_tool_item_group_set_label_widget().

func (*TraitToolItemGroup) GetNItems

func (self *TraitToolItemGroup) GetNItems() (return__ uint)

Gets the number of tool items in @group.

func (*TraitToolItemGroup) GetNthItem

func (self *TraitToolItemGroup) GetNthItem(index uint) (return__ *ToolItem)

Gets the tool item at @index in group.

func (*TraitToolItemGroup) GetToolItemGroupPointer

func (self *TraitToolItemGroup) GetToolItemGroupPointer() *C.GtkToolItemGroup

func (*TraitToolItemGroup) Insert

func (self *TraitToolItemGroup) Insert(item IsToolItem, position int)

Inserts @item at @position in the list of children of @group.

func (*TraitToolItemGroup) SetCollapsed

func (self *TraitToolItemGroup) SetCollapsed(collapsed bool)

Sets whether the @group should be collapsed or expanded.

func (*TraitToolItemGroup) SetEllipsize

func (self *TraitToolItemGroup) SetEllipsize(ellipsize C.PangoEllipsizeMode)

Sets the ellipsization mode which should be used by labels in @group.

func (*TraitToolItemGroup) SetHeaderRelief

func (self *TraitToolItemGroup) SetHeaderRelief(style C.GtkReliefStyle)

Set the button relief of the group header. See gtk_button_set_relief() for details.

func (*TraitToolItemGroup) SetItemPosition

func (self *TraitToolItemGroup) SetItemPosition(item IsToolItem, position int)

Sets the position of @item in the list of children of @group.

func (*TraitToolItemGroup) SetLabel

func (self *TraitToolItemGroup) SetLabel(label string)

Sets the label of the tool item group. The label is displayed in the header of the group.

func (*TraitToolItemGroup) SetLabelWidget

func (self *TraitToolItemGroup) SetLabelWidget(label_widget IsWidget)

Sets the label of the tool item group. The label widget is displayed in the header of the group, in place of the usual label.

type TraitToolPalette

type TraitToolPalette struct{ CPointer *C.GtkToolPalette }

func NewTraitToolPalette

func NewTraitToolPalette(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitToolPalette

func (*TraitToolPalette) AddDragDest

func (self *TraitToolPalette) AddDragDest(widget IsWidget, flags C.GtkDestDefaults, targets C.GtkToolPaletteDragTargets, actions C.GdkDragAction)

Sets @palette as drag source (see gtk_tool_palette_set_drag_source()) and sets @widget as a drag destination for drags from @palette. See gtk_drag_dest_set().

func (*TraitToolPalette) GetDragItem

func (self *TraitToolPalette) GetDragItem(selection *C.GtkSelectionData) (return__ *Widget)

Get the dragged item from the selection. This could be a #GtkToolItem or a #GtkToolItemGroup.

func (*TraitToolPalette) GetDropGroup

func (self *TraitToolPalette) GetDropGroup(x int, y int) (return__ *ToolItemGroup)

Gets the group at position (x, y).

func (*TraitToolPalette) GetDropItem

func (self *TraitToolPalette) GetDropItem(x int, y int) (return__ *ToolItem)

Gets the item at position (x, y). See gtk_tool_palette_get_drop_group().

func (*TraitToolPalette) GetExclusive

func (self *TraitToolPalette) GetExclusive(group IsToolItemGroup) (return__ bool)

Gets whether @group is exclusive or not. See gtk_tool_palette_set_exclusive().

func (*TraitToolPalette) GetExpand

func (self *TraitToolPalette) GetExpand(group IsToolItemGroup) (return__ bool)

Gets whether group should be given extra space. See gtk_tool_palette_set_expand().

func (*TraitToolPalette) GetGroupPosition

func (self *TraitToolPalette) GetGroupPosition(group IsToolItemGroup) (return__ int)

Gets the position of @group in @palette as index. See gtk_tool_palette_set_group_position().

func (*TraitToolPalette) GetIconSize

func (self *TraitToolPalette) GetIconSize() (return__ C.GtkIconSize)

Gets the size of icons in the tool palette. See gtk_tool_palette_set_icon_size().

func (*TraitToolPalette) GetStyle

func (self *TraitToolPalette) GetStyle() (return__ C.GtkToolbarStyle)

Gets the style (icons, text or both) of items in the tool palette.

func (*TraitToolPalette) GetToolPalettePointer

func (self *TraitToolPalette) GetToolPalettePointer() *C.GtkToolPalette

func (*TraitToolPalette) SetDragSource

func (self *TraitToolPalette) SetDragSource(targets C.GtkToolPaletteDragTargets)

Sets the tool palette as a drag source. Enables all groups and items in the tool palette as drag sources on button 1 and button 3 press with copy and move actions. See gtk_drag_source_set().

func (*TraitToolPalette) SetExclusive

func (self *TraitToolPalette) SetExclusive(group IsToolItemGroup, exclusive bool)

Sets whether the group should be exclusive or not. If an exclusive group is expanded all other groups are collapsed.

func (*TraitToolPalette) SetExpand

func (self *TraitToolPalette) SetExpand(group IsToolItemGroup, expand bool)

Sets whether the group should be given extra space.

func (*TraitToolPalette) SetGroupPosition

func (self *TraitToolPalette) SetGroupPosition(group IsToolItemGroup, position int)

Sets the position of the group as an index of the tool palette. If position is 0 the group will become the first child, if position is -1 it will become the last child.

func (*TraitToolPalette) SetIconSize

func (self *TraitToolPalette) SetIconSize(icon_size C.GtkIconSize)

Sets the size of icons in the tool palette.

func (*TraitToolPalette) SetStyle

func (self *TraitToolPalette) SetStyle(style C.GtkToolbarStyle)

Sets the style (text, icons or both) of items in the tool palette.

func (*TraitToolPalette) UnsetIconSize

func (self *TraitToolPalette) UnsetIconSize()

Unsets the tool palette icon size set with gtk_tool_palette_set_icon_size(), so that user preferences will be used to determine the icon size.

func (*TraitToolPalette) UnsetStyle

func (self *TraitToolPalette) UnsetStyle()

Unsets a toolbar style set with gtk_tool_palette_set_style(), so that user preferences will be used to determine the toolbar style.

type TraitToolbar

type TraitToolbar struct{ CPointer *C.GtkToolbar }

func NewTraitToolbar

func NewTraitToolbar(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitToolbar

func (*TraitToolbar) GetDropIndex

func (self *TraitToolbar) GetDropIndex(x int, y int) (return__ int)

Returns the position corresponding to the indicated point on @toolbar. This is useful when dragging items to the toolbar: this function returns the position a new item should be inserted.

@x and @y are in @toolbar coordinates.

func (*TraitToolbar) GetIconSize

func (self *TraitToolbar) GetIconSize() (return__ C.GtkIconSize)

Retrieves the icon size for the toolbar. See gtk_toolbar_set_icon_size().

func (*TraitToolbar) GetItemIndex

func (self *TraitToolbar) GetItemIndex(item IsToolItem) (return__ int)

Returns the position of @item on the toolbar, starting from 0. It is an error if @item is not a child of the toolbar.

func (*TraitToolbar) GetNItems

func (self *TraitToolbar) GetNItems() (return__ int)

Returns the number of items on the toolbar.

func (*TraitToolbar) GetNthItem

func (self *TraitToolbar) GetNthItem(n int) (return__ *ToolItem)

Returns the @n'th item on @toolbar, or %NULL if the toolbar does not contain an @n'th item.

func (*TraitToolbar) GetReliefStyle

func (self *TraitToolbar) GetReliefStyle() (return__ C.GtkReliefStyle)

Returns the relief style of buttons on @toolbar. See gtk_button_set_relief().

func (*TraitToolbar) GetShowArrow

func (self *TraitToolbar) GetShowArrow() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the toolbar has an overflow menu. See gtk_toolbar_set_show_arrow().

func (*TraitToolbar) GetStyle

func (self *TraitToolbar) GetStyle() (return__ C.GtkToolbarStyle)

Retrieves whether the toolbar has text, icons, or both . See gtk_toolbar_set_style().

func (*TraitToolbar) GetToolbarPointer

func (self *TraitToolbar) GetToolbarPointer() *C.GtkToolbar

func (*TraitToolbar) Insert

func (self *TraitToolbar) Insert(item IsToolItem, pos int)

Insert a #GtkToolItem into the toolbar at position @pos. If @pos is 0 the item is prepended to the start of the toolbar. If @pos is negative, the item is appended to the end of the toolbar.

func (*TraitToolbar) SetDropHighlightItem

func (self *TraitToolbar) SetDropHighlightItem(tool_item IsToolItem, index_ int)

Highlights @toolbar to give an idea of what it would look like if @item was added to @toolbar at the position indicated by @index_. If @item is %NULL, highlighting is turned off. In that case @index_ is ignored.

The @tool_item passed to this function must not be part of any widget hierarchy. When an item is set as drop highlight item it can not added to any widget hierarchy or used as highlight item for another toolbar.

func (*TraitToolbar) SetIconSize

func (self *TraitToolbar) SetIconSize(icon_size C.GtkIconSize)

This function sets the size of stock icons in the toolbar. You can call it both before you add the icons and after they’ve been added. The size you set will override user preferences for the default icon size.

This should only be used for special-purpose toolbars, normal application toolbars should respect the user preferences for the size of icons.

func (*TraitToolbar) SetShowArrow

func (self *TraitToolbar) SetShowArrow(show_arrow bool)

Sets whether to show an overflow menu when @toolbar doesn’t have room for all items on it. If %TRUE, items that there are not room are available through an overflow menu.

func (*TraitToolbar) SetStyle

func (self *TraitToolbar) SetStyle(style C.GtkToolbarStyle)

Alters the view of @toolbar to display either icons only, text only, or both.

func (*TraitToolbar) UnsetIconSize

func (self *TraitToolbar) UnsetIconSize()

Unsets toolbar icon size set with gtk_toolbar_set_icon_size(), so that user preferences will be used to determine the icon size.

func (*TraitToolbar) UnsetStyle

func (self *TraitToolbar) UnsetStyle()

Unsets a toolbar style set with gtk_toolbar_set_style(), so that user preferences will be used to determine the toolbar style.

type TraitTooltip

type TraitTooltip struct{ CPointer *C.GtkTooltip }

func NewTraitTooltip

func NewTraitTooltip(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitTooltip

func (*TraitTooltip) GetTooltipPointer

func (self *TraitTooltip) GetTooltipPointer() *C.GtkTooltip

func (*TraitTooltip) SetCustom

func (self *TraitTooltip) SetCustom(custom_widget IsWidget)

Replaces the widget packed into the tooltip with @custom_widget. @custom_widget does not get destroyed when the tooltip goes away. By default a box with a #GtkImage and #GtkLabel is embedded in the tooltip, which can be configured using gtk_tooltip_set_markup() and gtk_tooltip_set_icon().

func (*TraitTooltip) SetIcon

func (self *TraitTooltip) SetIcon(pixbuf *C.GdkPixbuf)

Sets the icon of the tooltip (which is in front of the text) to be @pixbuf. If @pixbuf is %NULL, the image will be hidden.

func (*TraitTooltip) SetIconFromGicon

func (self *TraitTooltip) SetIconFromGicon(gicon *C.GIcon, size C.GtkIconSize)

Sets the icon of the tooltip (which is in front of the text) to be the icon indicated by @gicon with the size indicated by @size. If @gicon is %NULL, the image will be hidden.

func (*TraitTooltip) SetIconFromIconName

func (self *TraitTooltip) SetIconFromIconName(icon_name string, size C.GtkIconSize)

Sets the icon of the tooltip (which is in front of the text) to be the icon indicated by @icon_name with the size indicated by @size. If @icon_name is %NULL, the image will be hidden.

func (*TraitTooltip) SetMarkup

func (self *TraitTooltip) SetMarkup(markup string)

Sets the text of the tooltip to be @markup, which is marked up with the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat]. If @markup is %NULL, the label will be hidden.

func (*TraitTooltip) SetText

func (self *TraitTooltip) SetText(text string)

Sets the text of the tooltip to be @text. If @text is %NULL, the label will be hidden. See also gtk_tooltip_set_markup().

func (*TraitTooltip) SetTipArea

func (self *TraitTooltip) SetTipArea(rect *C.GdkRectangle)

Sets the area of the widget, where the contents of this tooltip apply, to be @rect (in widget coordinates). This is especially useful for properly setting tooltips on #GtkTreeView rows and cells, #GtkIconViews, etc.

For setting tooltips on #GtkTreeView, please refer to the convenience functions for this: gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_row() and gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_cell().

type TraitToplevelAccessible

type TraitToplevelAccessible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkToplevelAccessible }

func NewTraitToplevelAccessible

func NewTraitToplevelAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitToplevelAccessible

func (*TraitToplevelAccessible) GetChildren

func (self *TraitToplevelAccessible) GetChildren() (return__ *C.GList)

func (*TraitToplevelAccessible) GetToplevelAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitToplevelAccessible) GetToplevelAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkToplevelAccessible

type TraitTreeModelFilter

type TraitTreeModelFilter struct{ CPointer *C.GtkTreeModelFilter }

func NewTraitTreeModelFilter

func NewTraitTreeModelFilter(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitTreeModelFilter

func (*TraitTreeModelFilter) ClearCache

func (self *TraitTreeModelFilter) ClearCache()

This function should almost never be called. It clears the @filter of any cached iterators that haven’t been reffed with gtk_tree_model_ref_node(). This might be useful if the child model being filtered is static (and doesn’t change often) and there has been a lot of unreffed access to nodes. As a side effect of this function, all unreffed iters will be invalid.

func (*TraitTreeModelFilter) ConvertChildIterToIter

func (self *TraitTreeModelFilter) ConvertChildIterToIter(child_iter *C.GtkTreeIter) (filter_iter C.GtkTreeIter, return__ bool)

Sets @filter_iter to point to the row in @filter that corresponds to the row pointed at by @child_iter. If @filter_iter was not set, %FALSE is returned.

func (*TraitTreeModelFilter) ConvertChildPathToPath

func (self *TraitTreeModelFilter) ConvertChildPathToPath(child_path *C.GtkTreePath) (return__ *C.GtkTreePath)

Converts @child_path to a path relative to @filter. That is, @child_path points to a path in the child model. The rerturned path will point to the same row in the filtered model. If @child_path isn’t a valid path on the child model or points to a row which is not visible in @filter, then %NULL is returned.

func (*TraitTreeModelFilter) ConvertIterToChildIter

func (self *TraitTreeModelFilter) ConvertIterToChildIter(filter_iter *C.GtkTreeIter) (child_iter C.GtkTreeIter)

Sets @child_iter to point to the row pointed to by @filter_iter.

func (*TraitTreeModelFilter) ConvertPathToChildPath

func (self *TraitTreeModelFilter) ConvertPathToChildPath(filter_path *C.GtkTreePath) (return__ *C.GtkTreePath)

Converts @filter_path to a path on the child model of @filter. That is, @filter_path points to a location in @filter. The returned path will point to the same location in the model not being filtered. If @filter_path does not point to a location in the child model, %NULL is returned.

func (*TraitTreeModelFilter) GetModel

func (self *TraitTreeModelFilter) GetModel() (return__ *C.GtkTreeModel)

Returns a pointer to the child model of @filter.

func (*TraitTreeModelFilter) GetTreeModelFilterPointer

func (self *TraitTreeModelFilter) GetTreeModelFilterPointer() *C.GtkTreeModelFilter

func (*TraitTreeModelFilter) Refilter

func (self *TraitTreeModelFilter) Refilter()

Emits ::row_changed for each row in the child model, which causes the filter to re-evaluate whether a row is visible or not.

func (*TraitTreeModelFilter) SetModifyFunc

func (self *TraitTreeModelFilter) SetModifyFunc(n_columns int, types *C.GType, func_ C.GtkTreeModelFilterModifyFunc, data unsafe.Pointer, destroy C.GDestroyNotify)

With the @n_columns and @types parameters, you give an array of column types for this model (which will be exposed to the parent model/view). The @func, @data and @destroy parameters are for specifying the modify function. The modify function will get called for each data access, the goal of the modify function is to return the data which should be displayed at the location specified using the parameters of the modify function.

Note that gtk_tree_model_filter_set_modify_func() can only be called once for a given filter model.

func (*TraitTreeModelFilter) SetVisibleColumn

func (self *TraitTreeModelFilter) SetVisibleColumn(column int)

Sets @column of the child_model to be the column where @filter should look for visibility information. @columns should be a column of type %G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, where %TRUE means that a row is visible, and %FALSE if not.

Note that gtk_tree_model_filter_set_visible_func() or gtk_tree_model_filter_set_visible_column() can only be called once for a given filter model.

func (*TraitTreeModelFilter) SetVisibleFunc

func (self *TraitTreeModelFilter) SetVisibleFunc(func_ C.GtkTreeModelFilterVisibleFunc, data unsafe.Pointer, destroy C.GDestroyNotify)

Sets the visible function used when filtering the @filter to be @func. The function should return %TRUE if the given row should be visible and %FALSE otherwise.

If the condition calculated by the function changes over time (e.g. because it depends on some global parameters), you must call gtk_tree_model_filter_refilter() to keep the visibility information of the model up-to-date.

Note that @func is called whenever a row is inserted, when it may still be empty. The visible function should therefore take special care of empty rows, like in the example below.

|[<!-- language="C" --> static gboolean visible_func (GtkTreeModel *model,

GtkTreeIter  *iter,
gpointer      data)
{
  // Visible if row is non-empty and first column is “HI”
  gchar *str;
  gboolean visible = FALSE;

  gtk_tree_model_get (model, iter, 0, &str, -1);
  if (str && strcmp (str, "HI") == 0)
    visible = TRUE;
  g_free (str);

  return visible;
}

]|

Note that gtk_tree_model_filter_set_visible_func() or gtk_tree_model_filter_set_visible_column() can only be called once for a given filter model.

type TraitTreeModelSort

type TraitTreeModelSort struct{ CPointer *C.GtkTreeModelSort }

func NewTraitTreeModelSort

func NewTraitTreeModelSort(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitTreeModelSort

func (*TraitTreeModelSort) ClearCache

func (self *TraitTreeModelSort) ClearCache()

This function should almost never be called. It clears the @tree_model_sort of any cached iterators that haven’t been reffed with gtk_tree_model_ref_node(). This might be useful if the child model being sorted is static (and doesn’t change often) and there has been a lot of unreffed access to nodes. As a side effect of this function, all unreffed iters will be invalid.

func (*TraitTreeModelSort) ConvertChildIterToIter

func (self *TraitTreeModelSort) ConvertChildIterToIter(child_iter *C.GtkTreeIter) (sort_iter C.GtkTreeIter, return__ bool)

Sets @sort_iter to point to the row in @tree_model_sort that corresponds to the row pointed at by @child_iter. If @sort_iter was not set, %FALSE is returned. Note: a boolean is only returned since 2.14.

func (*TraitTreeModelSort) ConvertChildPathToPath

func (self *TraitTreeModelSort) ConvertChildPathToPath(child_path *C.GtkTreePath) (return__ *C.GtkTreePath)

Converts @child_path to a path relative to @tree_model_sort. That is, @child_path points to a path in the child model. The returned path will point to the same row in the sorted model. If @child_path isn’t a valid path on the child model, then %NULL is returned.

func (*TraitTreeModelSort) ConvertIterToChildIter

func (self *TraitTreeModelSort) ConvertIterToChildIter(sorted_iter *C.GtkTreeIter) (child_iter C.GtkTreeIter)

Sets @child_iter to point to the row pointed to by @sorted_iter.

func (*TraitTreeModelSort) ConvertPathToChildPath

func (self *TraitTreeModelSort) ConvertPathToChildPath(sorted_path *C.GtkTreePath) (return__ *C.GtkTreePath)

Converts @sorted_path to a path on the child model of @tree_model_sort. That is, @sorted_path points to a location in @tree_model_sort. The returned path will point to the same location in the model not being sorted. If @sorted_path does not point to a location in the child model, %NULL is returned.

func (*TraitTreeModelSort) GetModel

func (self *TraitTreeModelSort) GetModel() (return__ *C.GtkTreeModel)

Returns the model the #GtkTreeModelSort is sorting.

func (*TraitTreeModelSort) GetTreeModelSortPointer

func (self *TraitTreeModelSort) GetTreeModelSortPointer() *C.GtkTreeModelSort

func (*TraitTreeModelSort) IterIsValid

func (self *TraitTreeModelSort) IterIsValid(iter *C.GtkTreeIter) (return__ bool)

> This function is slow. Only use it for debugging and/or testing > purposes.

Checks if the given iter is a valid iter for this #GtkTreeModelSort.

func (*TraitTreeModelSort) ResetDefaultSortFunc

func (self *TraitTreeModelSort) ResetDefaultSortFunc()

This resets the default sort function to be in the “unsorted” state. That is, it is in the same order as the child model. It will re-sort the model to be in the same order as the child model only if the #GtkTreeModelSort is in “unsorted” state.

type TraitTreeSelection

type TraitTreeSelection struct{ CPointer *C.GtkTreeSelection }

func NewTraitTreeSelection

func NewTraitTreeSelection(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitTreeSelection

func (*TraitTreeSelection) CountSelectedRows

func (self *TraitTreeSelection) CountSelectedRows() (return__ int)

Returns the number of rows that have been selected in @tree.

func (*TraitTreeSelection) GetMode

func (self *TraitTreeSelection) GetMode() (return__ C.GtkSelectionMode)

Gets the selection mode for @selection. See gtk_tree_selection_set_mode().

func (*TraitTreeSelection) GetSelectFunction

func (self *TraitTreeSelection) GetSelectFunction() (return__ C.GtkTreeSelectionFunc)

Returns the current selection function.

func (*TraitTreeSelection) GetSelected

func (self *TraitTreeSelection) GetSelected() (model *C.GtkTreeModel, iter C.GtkTreeIter, return__ bool)

Sets @iter to the currently selected node if @selection is set to #GTK_SELECTION_SINGLE or #GTK_SELECTION_BROWSE. @iter may be NULL if you just want to test if @selection has any selected nodes. @model is filled with the current model as a convenience. This function will not work if you use @selection is #GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE.

func (*TraitTreeSelection) GetSelectedRows

func (self *TraitTreeSelection) GetSelectedRows() (model *C.GtkTreeModel, return__ *C.GList)

Creates a list of path of all selected rows. Additionally, if you are planning on modifying the model after calling this function, you may want to convert the returned list into a list of #GtkTreeRowReferences. To do this, you can use gtk_tree_row_reference_new().

To free the return value, use: |[<!-- language="C" --> g_list_free_full (list, (GDestroyNotify) gtk_tree_path_free); ]|

func (*TraitTreeSelection) GetTreeSelectionPointer

func (self *TraitTreeSelection) GetTreeSelectionPointer() *C.GtkTreeSelection

func (*TraitTreeSelection) GetTreeView

func (self *TraitTreeSelection) GetTreeView() (return__ *TreeView)

Returns the tree view associated with @selection.

func (*TraitTreeSelection) GetUserData

func (self *TraitTreeSelection) GetUserData() (return__ unsafe.Pointer)

Returns the user data for the selection function.

func (*TraitTreeSelection) IterIsSelected

func (self *TraitTreeSelection) IterIsSelected(iter *C.GtkTreeIter) (return__ bool)

Returns %TRUE if the row at @iter is currently selected.

func (*TraitTreeSelection) PathIsSelected

func (self *TraitTreeSelection) PathIsSelected(path *C.GtkTreePath) (return__ bool)

Returns %TRUE if the row pointed to by @path is currently selected. If @path does not point to a valid location, %FALSE is returned

func (*TraitTreeSelection) SelectAll

func (self *TraitTreeSelection) SelectAll()

Selects all the nodes. @selection must be set to #GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE mode.

func (*TraitTreeSelection) SelectIter

func (self *TraitTreeSelection) SelectIter(iter *C.GtkTreeIter)

Selects the specified iterator.

func (*TraitTreeSelection) SelectPath

func (self *TraitTreeSelection) SelectPath(path *C.GtkTreePath)

Select the row at @path.

func (*TraitTreeSelection) SelectRange

func (self *TraitTreeSelection) SelectRange(start_path *C.GtkTreePath, end_path *C.GtkTreePath)

Selects a range of nodes, determined by @start_path and @end_path inclusive. @selection must be set to #GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE mode.

func (*TraitTreeSelection) SelectedForeach

func (self *TraitTreeSelection) SelectedForeach(func_ C.GtkTreeSelectionForeachFunc, data unsafe.Pointer)

Calls a function for each selected node. Note that you cannot modify the tree or selection from within this function. As a result, gtk_tree_selection_get_selected_rows() might be more useful.

func (*TraitTreeSelection) SetMode

func (self *TraitTreeSelection) SetMode(type_ C.GtkSelectionMode)

Sets the selection mode of the @selection. If the previous type was #GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE, then the anchor is kept selected, if it was previously selected.

func (*TraitTreeSelection) SetSelectFunction

func (self *TraitTreeSelection) SetSelectFunction(func_ C.GtkTreeSelectionFunc, data unsafe.Pointer, destroy C.GDestroyNotify)

Sets the selection function.

If set, this function is called before any node is selected or unselected, giving some control over which nodes are selected. The select function should return %TRUE if the state of the node may be toggled, and %FALSE if the state of the node should be left unchanged.

func (*TraitTreeSelection) UnselectAll

func (self *TraitTreeSelection) UnselectAll()

Unselects all the nodes.

func (*TraitTreeSelection) UnselectIter

func (self *TraitTreeSelection) UnselectIter(iter *C.GtkTreeIter)

Unselects the specified iterator.

func (*TraitTreeSelection) UnselectPath

func (self *TraitTreeSelection) UnselectPath(path *C.GtkTreePath)

Unselects the row at @path.

func (*TraitTreeSelection) UnselectRange

func (self *TraitTreeSelection) UnselectRange(start_path *C.GtkTreePath, end_path *C.GtkTreePath)

Unselects a range of nodes, determined by @start_path and @end_path inclusive.

type TraitTreeStore

type TraitTreeStore struct{ CPointer *C.GtkTreeStore }

func NewTraitTreeStore

func NewTraitTreeStore(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitTreeStore

func (*TraitTreeStore) Append

func (self *TraitTreeStore) Append(parent *C.GtkTreeIter) (iter C.GtkTreeIter)

Appends a new row to @tree_store. If @parent is non-%NULL, then it will append the new row after the last child of @parent, otherwise it will append a row to the top level. @iter will be changed to point to this new row. The row will be empty after this function is called. To fill in values, you need to call gtk_tree_store_set() or gtk_tree_store_set_value().

func (*TraitTreeStore) Clear

func (self *TraitTreeStore) Clear()

Removes all rows from @tree_store

func (*TraitTreeStore) GetTreeStorePointer

func (self *TraitTreeStore) GetTreeStorePointer() *C.GtkTreeStore

func (*TraitTreeStore) Insert

func (self *TraitTreeStore) Insert(parent *C.GtkTreeIter, position int) (iter C.GtkTreeIter)

Creates a new row at @position. If parent is non-%NULL, then the row will be made a child of @parent. Otherwise, the row will be created at the toplevel. If @position is -1 or is larger than the number of rows at that level, then the new row will be inserted to the end of the list. @iter will be changed to point to this new row. The row will be empty after this function is called. To fill in values, you need to call gtk_tree_store_set() or gtk_tree_store_set_value().

func (*TraitTreeStore) InsertAfter

func (self *TraitTreeStore) InsertAfter(parent *C.GtkTreeIter, sibling *C.GtkTreeIter) (iter C.GtkTreeIter)

Inserts a new row after @sibling. If @sibling is %NULL, then the row will be prepended to @parent ’s children. If @parent and @sibling are %NULL, then the row will be prepended to the toplevel. If both @sibling and @parent are set, then @parent must be the parent of @sibling. When @sibling is set, @parent is optional.

@iter will be changed to point to this new row. The row will be empty after this function is called. To fill in values, you need to call gtk_tree_store_set() or gtk_tree_store_set_value().

func (*TraitTreeStore) InsertBefore

func (self *TraitTreeStore) InsertBefore(parent *C.GtkTreeIter, sibling *C.GtkTreeIter) (iter C.GtkTreeIter)

Inserts a new row before @sibling. If @sibling is %NULL, then the row will be appended to @parent ’s children. If @parent and @sibling are %NULL, then the row will be appended to the toplevel. If both @sibling and @parent are set, then @parent must be the parent of @sibling. When @sibling is set, @parent is optional.

@iter will be changed to point to this new row. The row will be empty after this function is called. To fill in values, you need to call gtk_tree_store_set() or gtk_tree_store_set_value().

func (*TraitTreeStore) InsertWithValuesv

func (self *TraitTreeStore) InsertWithValuesv(parent *C.GtkTreeIter, position int, columns []int, values *C.GValue, n_values int) (iter C.GtkTreeIter)

A variant of gtk_tree_store_insert_with_values() which takes the columns and values as two arrays, instead of varargs. This function is mainly intended for language bindings.

func (*TraitTreeStore) IsAncestor

func (self *TraitTreeStore) IsAncestor(iter *C.GtkTreeIter, descendant *C.GtkTreeIter) (return__ bool)

Returns %TRUE if @iter is an ancestor of @descendant. That is, @iter is the parent (or grandparent or great-grandparent) of @descendant.

func (*TraitTreeStore) IterDepth

func (self *TraitTreeStore) IterDepth(iter *C.GtkTreeIter) (return__ int)

Returns the depth of @iter. This will be 0 for anything on the root level, 1 for anything down a level, etc.

func (*TraitTreeStore) IterIsValid

func (self *TraitTreeStore) IterIsValid(iter *C.GtkTreeIter) (return__ bool)

WARNING: This function is slow. Only use it for debugging and/or testing purposes.

Checks if the given iter is a valid iter for this #GtkTreeStore.

func (*TraitTreeStore) MoveAfter

func (self *TraitTreeStore) MoveAfter(iter *C.GtkTreeIter, position *C.GtkTreeIter)

Moves @iter in @tree_store to the position after @position. @iter and @position should be in the same level. Note that this function only works with unsorted stores. If @position is %NULL, @iter will be moved to the start of the level.

func (*TraitTreeStore) MoveBefore

func (self *TraitTreeStore) MoveBefore(iter *C.GtkTreeIter, position *C.GtkTreeIter)

Moves @iter in @tree_store to the position before @position. @iter and @position should be in the same level. Note that this function only works with unsorted stores. If @position is %NULL, @iter will be moved to the end of the level.

func (*TraitTreeStore) Prepend

func (self *TraitTreeStore) Prepend(parent *C.GtkTreeIter) (iter C.GtkTreeIter)

Prepends a new row to @tree_store. If @parent is non-%NULL, then it will prepend the new row before the first child of @parent, otherwise it will prepend a row to the top level. @iter will be changed to point to this new row. The row will be empty after this function is called. To fill in values, you need to call gtk_tree_store_set() or gtk_tree_store_set_value().

func (*TraitTreeStore) Remove

func (self *TraitTreeStore) Remove(iter *C.GtkTreeIter) (return__ bool)

Removes @iter from @tree_store. After being removed, @iter is set to the next valid row at that level, or invalidated if it previously pointed to the last one.

func (*TraitTreeStore) Reorder

func (self *TraitTreeStore) Reorder(parent *C.GtkTreeIter, new_order []int)

Reorders the children of @parent in @tree_store to follow the order indicated by @new_order. Note that this function only works with unsorted stores.

func (*TraitTreeStore) SetColumnTypes

func (self *TraitTreeStore) SetColumnTypes(n_columns int, types *C.GType)

This function is meant primarily for #GObjects that inherit from #GtkTreeStore, and should only be used when constructing a new #GtkTreeStore. It will not function after a row has been added, or a method on the #GtkTreeModel interface is called.

func (*TraitTreeStore) SetValue

func (self *TraitTreeStore) SetValue(iter *C.GtkTreeIter, column int, value *C.GValue)

Sets the data in the cell specified by @iter and @column. The type of @value must be convertible to the type of the column.

func (*TraitTreeStore) SetValuesv

func (self *TraitTreeStore) SetValuesv(iter *C.GtkTreeIter, columns []int, values *C.GValue, n_values int)

A variant of gtk_tree_store_set_valist() which takes the columns and values as two arrays, instead of varargs. This function is mainly intended for language bindings or in case the number of columns to change is not known until run-time.

func (*TraitTreeStore) Swap

func (self *TraitTreeStore) Swap(a *C.GtkTreeIter, b *C.GtkTreeIter)

Swaps @a and @b in the same level of @tree_store. Note that this function only works with unsorted stores.

type TraitTreeView

type TraitTreeView struct{ CPointer *C.GtkTreeView }

func NewTraitTreeView

func NewTraitTreeView(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitTreeView

func (*TraitTreeView) AppendColumn

func (self *TraitTreeView) AppendColumn(column IsTreeViewColumn) (return__ int)

Appends @column to the list of columns. If @tree_view has “fixed_height” mode enabled, then @column must have its “sizing” property set to be GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED.

func (*TraitTreeView) CollapseAll

func (self *TraitTreeView) CollapseAll()

Recursively collapses all visible, expanded nodes in @tree_view.

func (*TraitTreeView) CollapseRow

func (self *TraitTreeView) CollapseRow(path *C.GtkTreePath) (return__ bool)

Collapses a row (hides its child rows, if they exist).

func (*TraitTreeView) ColumnsAutosize

func (self *TraitTreeView) ColumnsAutosize()

Resizes all columns to their optimal width. Only works after the treeview has been realized.

func (*TraitTreeView) ConvertBinWindowToTreeCoords

func (self *TraitTreeView) ConvertBinWindowToTreeCoords(bx int, by int) (tx int, ty int)

Converts bin_window coordinates to coordinates for the tree (the full scrollable area of the tree).

func (*TraitTreeView) ConvertBinWindowToWidgetCoords

func (self *TraitTreeView) ConvertBinWindowToWidgetCoords(bx int, by int) (wx int, wy int)

Converts bin_window coordinates (see gtk_tree_view_get_bin_window()) to widget relative coordinates.

func (*TraitTreeView) ConvertTreeToBinWindowCoords

func (self *TraitTreeView) ConvertTreeToBinWindowCoords(tx int, ty int) (bx int, by int)

Converts tree coordinates (coordinates in full scrollable area of the tree) to bin_window coordinates.

func (*TraitTreeView) ConvertTreeToWidgetCoords

func (self *TraitTreeView) ConvertTreeToWidgetCoords(tx int, ty int) (wx int, wy int)

Converts tree coordinates (coordinates in full scrollable area of the tree) to widget coordinates.

func (*TraitTreeView) ConvertWidgetToBinWindowCoords

func (self *TraitTreeView) ConvertWidgetToBinWindowCoords(wx int, wy int) (bx int, by int)

Converts widget coordinates to coordinates for the bin_window (see gtk_tree_view_get_bin_window()).

func (*TraitTreeView) ConvertWidgetToTreeCoords

func (self *TraitTreeView) ConvertWidgetToTreeCoords(wx int, wy int) (tx int, ty int)

Converts widget coordinates to coordinates for the tree (the full scrollable area of the tree).

func (*TraitTreeView) CreateRowDragIcon

func (self *TraitTreeView) CreateRowDragIcon(path *C.GtkTreePath) (return__ *C.cairo_surface_t)

Creates a #cairo_surface_t representation of the row at @path. This image is used for a drag icon.

func (*TraitTreeView) EnableModelDragDest

func (self *TraitTreeView) EnableModelDragDest(targets *C.GtkTargetEntry, n_targets int, actions C.GdkDragAction)

Turns @tree_view into a drop destination for automatic DND. Calling this method sets #GtkTreeView:reorderable to %FALSE.

func (*TraitTreeView) EnableModelDragSource

func (self *TraitTreeView) EnableModelDragSource(start_button_mask C.GdkModifierType, targets *C.GtkTargetEntry, n_targets int, actions C.GdkDragAction)

Turns @tree_view into a drag source for automatic DND. Calling this method sets #GtkTreeView:reorderable to %FALSE.

func (*TraitTreeView) ExpandAll

func (self *TraitTreeView) ExpandAll()

Recursively expands all nodes in the @tree_view.

func (*TraitTreeView) ExpandRow

func (self *TraitTreeView) ExpandRow(path *C.GtkTreePath, open_all bool) (return__ bool)

Opens the row so its children are visible.

func (*TraitTreeView) ExpandToPath

func (self *TraitTreeView) ExpandToPath(path *C.GtkTreePath)

Expands the row at @path. This will also expand all parent rows of @path as necessary.

func (*TraitTreeView) GetActivateOnSingleClick

func (self *TraitTreeView) GetActivateOnSingleClick() (return__ bool)

Gets the setting set by gtk_tree_view_set_activate_on_single_click().

func (*TraitTreeView) GetBackgroundArea

func (self *TraitTreeView) GetBackgroundArea(path *C.GtkTreePath, column IsTreeViewColumn) (rect C.GdkRectangle)

Fills the bounding rectangle in bin_window coordinates for the cell at the row specified by @path and the column specified by @column. If @path is %NULL, or points to a node not found in the tree, the @y and @height fields of the rectangle will be filled with 0. If @column is %NULL, the @x and @width fields will be filled with 0. The returned rectangle is equivalent to the @background_area passed to gtk_cell_renderer_render(). These background areas tile to cover the entire bin window. Contrast with the @cell_area, returned by gtk_tree_view_get_cell_area(), which returns only the cell itself, excluding surrounding borders and the tree expander area.

func (*TraitTreeView) GetBinWindow

func (self *TraitTreeView) GetBinWindow() (return__ *C.GdkWindow)

Returns the window that @tree_view renders to. This is used primarily to compare to `event->window` to confirm that the event on @tree_view is on the right window.

func (*TraitTreeView) GetCellArea

func (self *TraitTreeView) GetCellArea(path *C.GtkTreePath, column IsTreeViewColumn) (rect C.GdkRectangle)

Fills the bounding rectangle in bin_window coordinates for the cell at the row specified by @path and the column specified by @column. If @path is %NULL, or points to a path not currently displayed, the @y and @height fields of the rectangle will be filled with 0. If @column is %NULL, the @x and @width fields will be filled with 0. The sum of all cell rects does not cover the entire tree; there are extra pixels in between rows, for example. The returned rectangle is equivalent to the @cell_area passed to gtk_cell_renderer_render(). This function is only valid if @tree_view is realized.

func (*TraitTreeView) GetColumn

func (self *TraitTreeView) GetColumn(n int) (return__ *TreeViewColumn)

Gets the #GtkTreeViewColumn at the given position in the #tree_view.

func (*TraitTreeView) GetColumns

func (self *TraitTreeView) GetColumns() (return__ *C.GList)

Returns a #GList of all the #GtkTreeViewColumn s currently in @tree_view. The returned list must be freed with g_list_free ().

func (*TraitTreeView) GetCursor

func (self *TraitTreeView) GetCursor() (path *C.GtkTreePath, focus_column *TreeViewColumn)

Fills in @path and @focus_column with the current path and focus column. If the cursor isn’t currently set, then *@path will be %NULL. If no column currently has focus, then *@focus_column will be %NULL.

The returned #GtkTreePath must be freed with gtk_tree_path_free() when you are done with it.

func (*TraitTreeView) GetDestRowAtPos

func (self *TraitTreeView) GetDestRowAtPos(drag_x int, drag_y int) (path *C.GtkTreePath, pos C.GtkTreeViewDropPosition, return__ bool)

Determines the destination row for a given position. @drag_x and @drag_y are expected to be in widget coordinates. This function is only meaningful if @tree_view is realized. Therefore this function will always return %FALSE if @tree_view is not realized or does not have a model.

func (*TraitTreeView) GetDragDestRow

func (self *TraitTreeView) GetDragDestRow() (path *C.GtkTreePath, pos C.GtkTreeViewDropPosition)

Gets information about the row that is highlighted for feedback.

func (*TraitTreeView) GetEnableSearch

func (self *TraitTreeView) GetEnableSearch() (return__ bool)

Returns whether or not the tree allows to start interactive searching by typing in text.

func (*TraitTreeView) GetEnableTreeLines

func (self *TraitTreeView) GetEnableTreeLines() (return__ bool)

Returns whether or not tree lines are drawn in @tree_view.

func (*TraitTreeView) GetExpanderColumn

func (self *TraitTreeView) GetExpanderColumn() (return__ *TreeViewColumn)

Returns the column that is the current expander column. This column has the expander arrow drawn next to it.

func (*TraitTreeView) GetFixedHeightMode

func (self *TraitTreeView) GetFixedHeightMode() (return__ bool)

Returns whether fixed height mode is turned on for @tree_view.

func (*TraitTreeView) GetGridLines

func (self *TraitTreeView) GetGridLines() (return__ C.GtkTreeViewGridLines)

Returns which grid lines are enabled in @tree_view.

func (*TraitTreeView) GetHeadersClickable

func (self *TraitTreeView) GetHeadersClickable() (return__ bool)

Returns whether all header columns are clickable.

func (*TraitTreeView) GetHeadersVisible

func (self *TraitTreeView) GetHeadersVisible() (return__ bool)

Returns %TRUE if the headers on the @tree_view are visible.

func (*TraitTreeView) GetHoverExpand

func (self *TraitTreeView) GetHoverExpand() (return__ bool)

Returns whether hover expansion mode is turned on for @tree_view.

func (*TraitTreeView) GetHoverSelection

func (self *TraitTreeView) GetHoverSelection() (return__ bool)

Returns whether hover selection mode is turned on for @tree_view.

func (*TraitTreeView) GetLevelIndentation

func (self *TraitTreeView) GetLevelIndentation() (return__ int)

Returns the amount, in pixels, of extra indentation for child levels in @tree_view.

func (*TraitTreeView) GetModel

func (self *TraitTreeView) GetModel() (return__ *C.GtkTreeModel)

Returns the model the #GtkTreeView is based on. Returns %NULL if the model is unset.

func (*TraitTreeView) GetNColumns

func (self *TraitTreeView) GetNColumns() (return__ uint)

Queries the number of columns in the given @tree_view.

func (*TraitTreeView) GetPathAtPos

func (self *TraitTreeView) GetPathAtPos(x int, y int) (path *C.GtkTreePath, column *TreeViewColumn, cell_x int, cell_y int, return__ bool)

Finds the path at the point (@x, @y), relative to bin_window coordinates (please see gtk_tree_view_get_bin_window()). That is, @x and @y are relative to an events coordinates. @x and @y must come from an event on the @tree_view only where `event->window == gtk_tree_view_get_bin_window ()`. It is primarily for things like popup menus. If @path is non-%NULL, then it will be filled with the #GtkTreePath at that point. This path should be freed with gtk_tree_path_free(). If @column is non-%NULL, then it will be filled with the column at that point. @cell_x and @cell_y return the coordinates relative to the cell background (i.e. the @background_area passed to gtk_cell_renderer_render()). This function is only meaningful if @tree_view is realized. Therefore this function will always return %FALSE if @tree_view is not realized or does not have a model.

For converting widget coordinates (eg. the ones you get from GtkWidget::query-tooltip), please see gtk_tree_view_convert_widget_to_bin_window_coords().

func (*TraitTreeView) GetReorderable

func (self *TraitTreeView) GetReorderable() (return__ bool)

Retrieves whether the user can reorder the tree via drag-and-drop. See gtk_tree_view_set_reorderable().

func (*TraitTreeView) GetRowSeparatorFunc

func (self *TraitTreeView) GetRowSeparatorFunc() (return__ C.GtkTreeViewRowSeparatorFunc)

Returns the current row separator function.

func (*TraitTreeView) GetRubberBanding

func (self *TraitTreeView) GetRubberBanding() (return__ bool)

Returns whether rubber banding is turned on for @tree_view. If the selection mode is #GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE, rubber banding will allow the user to select multiple rows by dragging the mouse.

func (*TraitTreeView) GetSearchColumn

func (self *TraitTreeView) GetSearchColumn() (return__ int)

Gets the column searched on by the interactive search code.

func (*TraitTreeView) GetSearchEntry

func (self *TraitTreeView) GetSearchEntry() (return__ *Entry)

Returns the #GtkEntry which is currently in use as interactive search entry for @tree_view. In case the built-in entry is being used, %NULL will be returned.

func (*TraitTreeView) GetSearchEqualFunc

func (self *TraitTreeView) GetSearchEqualFunc() (return__ C.GtkTreeViewSearchEqualFunc)

Returns the compare function currently in use.

func (*TraitTreeView) GetSearchPositionFunc

func (self *TraitTreeView) GetSearchPositionFunc() (return__ C.GtkTreeViewSearchPositionFunc)

Returns the positioning function currently in use.

func (*TraitTreeView) GetSelection

func (self *TraitTreeView) GetSelection() (return__ *TreeSelection)

Gets the #GtkTreeSelection associated with @tree_view.

func (*TraitTreeView) GetShowExpanders

func (self *TraitTreeView) GetShowExpanders() (return__ bool)

Returns whether or not expanders are drawn in @tree_view.

func (*TraitTreeView) GetTooltipColumn

func (self *TraitTreeView) GetTooltipColumn() (return__ int)

Returns the column of @tree_view’s model which is being used for displaying tooltips on @tree_view’s rows.

func (*TraitTreeView) GetTreeViewPointer

func (self *TraitTreeView) GetTreeViewPointer() *C.GtkTreeView

func (*TraitTreeView) GetVisibleRange

func (self *TraitTreeView) GetVisibleRange() (start_path *C.GtkTreePath, end_path *C.GtkTreePath, return__ bool)

Sets @start_path and @end_path to be the first and last visible path. Note that there may be invisible paths in between.

The paths should be freed with gtk_tree_path_free() after use.

func (*TraitTreeView) GetVisibleRect

func (self *TraitTreeView) GetVisibleRect() (visible_rect C.GdkRectangle)

Fills @visible_rect with the currently-visible region of the buffer, in tree coordinates. Convert to bin_window coordinates with gtk_tree_view_convert_tree_to_bin_window_coords(). Tree coordinates start at 0,0 for row 0 of the tree, and cover the entire scrollable area of the tree.

func (*TraitTreeView) InsertColumn

func (self *TraitTreeView) InsertColumn(column IsTreeViewColumn, position int) (return__ int)

This inserts the @column into the @tree_view at @position. If @position is -1, then the column is inserted at the end. If @tree_view has “fixed_height” mode enabled, then @column must have its “sizing” property set to be GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED.

func (*TraitTreeView) InsertColumnWithDataFunc

func (self *TraitTreeView) InsertColumnWithDataFunc(position int, title string, cell IsCellRenderer, func_ C.GtkTreeCellDataFunc, data unsafe.Pointer, dnotify C.GDestroyNotify) (return__ int)

Convenience function that inserts a new column into the #GtkTreeView with the given cell renderer and a #GtkTreeCellDataFunc to set cell renderer attributes (normally using data from the model). See also gtk_tree_view_column_set_cell_data_func(), gtk_tree_view_column_pack_start(). If @tree_view has “fixed_height” mode enabled, then the new column will have its “sizing” property set to be GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED.

func (*TraitTreeView) IsBlankAtPos

func (self *TraitTreeView) IsBlankAtPos(x int, y int) (path *C.GtkTreePath, column *TreeViewColumn, cell_x int, cell_y int, return__ bool)

Determine whether the point (@x, @y) in @tree_view is blank, that is no cell content nor an expander arrow is drawn at the location. If so, the location can be considered as the background. You might wish to take special action on clicks on the background, such as clearing a current selection, having a custom context menu or starting rubber banding.

The @x and @y coordinate that are provided must be relative to bin_window coordinates. That is, @x and @y must come from an event on @tree_view where `event->window == gtk_tree_view_get_bin_window ()`.

For converting widget coordinates (eg. the ones you get from GtkWidget::query-tooltip), please see gtk_tree_view_convert_widget_to_bin_window_coords().

The @path, @column, @cell_x and @cell_y arguments will be filled in likewise as for gtk_tree_view_get_path_at_pos(). Please see gtk_tree_view_get_path_at_pos() for more information.

func (*TraitTreeView) IsRubberBandingActive

func (self *TraitTreeView) IsRubberBandingActive() (return__ bool)

Returns whether a rubber banding operation is currently being done in @tree_view.

func (*TraitTreeView) MapExpandedRows

func (self *TraitTreeView) MapExpandedRows(func_ C.GtkTreeViewMappingFunc, data unsafe.Pointer)

Calls @func on all expanded rows.

func (*TraitTreeView) MoveColumnAfter

func (self *TraitTreeView) MoveColumnAfter(column IsTreeViewColumn, base_column IsTreeViewColumn)

Moves @column to be after to @base_column. If @base_column is %NULL, then @column is placed in the first position.

func (*TraitTreeView) RemoveColumn

func (self *TraitTreeView) RemoveColumn(column IsTreeViewColumn) (return__ int)

Removes @column from @tree_view.

func (*TraitTreeView) RowActivated

func (self *TraitTreeView) RowActivated(path *C.GtkTreePath, column IsTreeViewColumn)

Activates the cell determined by @path and @column.

func (*TraitTreeView) RowExpanded

func (self *TraitTreeView) RowExpanded(path *C.GtkTreePath) (return__ bool)

Returns %TRUE if the node pointed to by @path is expanded in @tree_view.

func (*TraitTreeView) ScrollToCell

func (self *TraitTreeView) ScrollToCell(path *C.GtkTreePath, column IsTreeViewColumn, use_align bool, row_align float32, col_align float32)

Moves the alignments of @tree_view to the position specified by @column and @path. If @column is %NULL, then no horizontal scrolling occurs. Likewise, if @path is %NULL no vertical scrolling occurs. At a minimum, one of @column or @path need to be non-%NULL. @row_align determines where the row is placed, and @col_align determines where @column is placed. Both are expected to be between 0.0 and 1.0. 0.0 means left/top alignment, 1.0 means right/bottom alignment, 0.5 means center.

If @use_align is %FALSE, then the alignment arguments are ignored, and the tree does the minimum amount of work to scroll the cell onto the screen. This means that the cell will be scrolled to the edge closest to its current position. If the cell is currently visible on the screen, nothing is done.

This function only works if the model is set, and @path is a valid row on the model. If the model changes before the @tree_view is realized, the centered path will be modified to reflect this change.

func (*TraitTreeView) ScrollToPoint

func (self *TraitTreeView) ScrollToPoint(tree_x int, tree_y int)

Scrolls the tree view such that the top-left corner of the visible area is @tree_x, @tree_y, where @tree_x and @tree_y are specified in tree coordinates. The @tree_view must be realized before this function is called. If it isn't, you probably want to be using gtk_tree_view_scroll_to_cell().

If either @tree_x or @tree_y are -1, then that direction isn’t scrolled.

func (*TraitTreeView) SetActivateOnSingleClick

func (self *TraitTreeView) SetActivateOnSingleClick(single bool)

Cause the #GtkTreeView::row-activated signal to be emitted on a single click instead of a double click.

func (*TraitTreeView) SetColumnDragFunction

func (self *TraitTreeView) SetColumnDragFunction(func_ C.GtkTreeViewColumnDropFunc, user_data unsafe.Pointer, destroy C.GDestroyNotify)

Sets a user function for determining where a column may be dropped when dragged. This function is called on every column pair in turn at the beginning of a column drag to determine where a drop can take place. The arguments passed to @func are: the @tree_view, the #GtkTreeViewColumn being dragged, the two #GtkTreeViewColumn s determining the drop spot, and @user_data. If either of the #GtkTreeViewColumn arguments for the drop spot are %NULL, then they indicate an edge. If @func is set to be %NULL, then @tree_view reverts to the default behavior of allowing all columns to be dropped everywhere.

func (*TraitTreeView) SetCursor

func (self *TraitTreeView) SetCursor(path *C.GtkTreePath, focus_column IsTreeViewColumn, start_editing bool)

Sets the current keyboard focus to be at @path, and selects it. This is useful when you want to focus the user’s attention on a particular row. If @focus_column is not %NULL, then focus is given to the column specified by it. Additionally, if @focus_column is specified, and @start_editing is %TRUE, then editing should be started in the specified cell. This function is often followed by @gtk_widget_grab_focus (@tree_view) in order to give keyboard focus to the widget. Please note that editing can only happen when the widget is realized.

If @path is invalid for @model, the current cursor (if any) will be unset and the function will return without failing.

func (*TraitTreeView) SetCursorOnCell

func (self *TraitTreeView) SetCursorOnCell(path *C.GtkTreePath, focus_column IsTreeViewColumn, focus_cell IsCellRenderer, start_editing bool)

Sets the current keyboard focus to be at @path, and selects it. This is useful when you want to focus the user’s attention on a particular row. If @focus_column is not %NULL, then focus is given to the column specified by it. If @focus_column and @focus_cell are not %NULL, and @focus_column contains 2 or more editable or activatable cells, then focus is given to the cell specified by @focus_cell. Additionally, if @focus_column is specified, and @start_editing is %TRUE, then editing should be started in the specified cell. This function is often followed by @gtk_widget_grab_focus (@tree_view) in order to give keyboard focus to the widget. Please note that editing can only happen when the widget is realized.

If @path is invalid for @model, the current cursor (if any) will be unset and the function will return without failing.

func (*TraitTreeView) SetDragDestRow

func (self *TraitTreeView) SetDragDestRow(path *C.GtkTreePath, pos C.GtkTreeViewDropPosition)

Sets the row that is highlighted for feedback. If @path is %NULL, an existing highlight is removed.

func (*TraitTreeView) SetEnableSearch

func (self *TraitTreeView) SetEnableSearch(enable_search bool)

If @enable_search is set, then the user can type in text to search through the tree interactively (this is sometimes called "typeahead find").

Note that even if this is %FALSE, the user can still initiate a search using the “start-interactive-search” key binding.

func (*TraitTreeView) SetEnableTreeLines

func (self *TraitTreeView) SetEnableTreeLines(enabled bool)

Sets whether to draw lines interconnecting the expanders in @tree_view. This does not have any visible effects for lists.

func (*TraitTreeView) SetExpanderColumn

func (self *TraitTreeView) SetExpanderColumn(column IsTreeViewColumn)

Sets the column to draw the expander arrow at. It must be in @tree_view. If @column is %NULL, then the expander arrow is always at the first visible column.

If you do not want expander arrow to appear in your tree, set the expander column to a hidden column.

func (*TraitTreeView) SetFixedHeightMode

func (self *TraitTreeView) SetFixedHeightMode(enable bool)

Enables or disables the fixed height mode of @tree_view. Fixed height mode speeds up #GtkTreeView by assuming that all rows have the same height. Only enable this option if all rows are the same height and all columns are of type %GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED.

func (*TraitTreeView) SetGridLines

func (self *TraitTreeView) SetGridLines(grid_lines C.GtkTreeViewGridLines)

Sets which grid lines to draw in @tree_view.

func (*TraitTreeView) SetHeadersClickable

func (self *TraitTreeView) SetHeadersClickable(setting bool)

Allow the column title buttons to be clicked.

func (*TraitTreeView) SetHeadersVisible

func (self *TraitTreeView) SetHeadersVisible(headers_visible bool)

Sets the visibility state of the headers.

func (*TraitTreeView) SetHoverExpand

func (self *TraitTreeView) SetHoverExpand(expand bool)

Enables or disables the hover expansion mode of @tree_view. Hover expansion makes rows expand or collapse if the pointer moves over them.

func (*TraitTreeView) SetHoverSelection

func (self *TraitTreeView) SetHoverSelection(hover bool)

Enables or disables the hover selection mode of @tree_view. Hover selection makes the selected row follow the pointer. Currently, this works only for the selection modes %GTK_SELECTION_SINGLE and %GTK_SELECTION_BROWSE.

func (*TraitTreeView) SetLevelIndentation

func (self *TraitTreeView) SetLevelIndentation(indentation int)

Sets the amount of extra indentation for child levels to use in @tree_view in addition to the default indentation. The value should be specified in pixels, a value of 0 disables this feature and in this case only the default indentation will be used. This does not have any visible effects for lists.

func (*TraitTreeView) SetModel

func (self *TraitTreeView) SetModel(model *C.GtkTreeModel)

Sets the model for a #GtkTreeView. If the @tree_view already has a model set, it will remove it before setting the new model. If @model is %NULL, then it will unset the old model.

func (*TraitTreeView) SetReorderable

func (self *TraitTreeView) SetReorderable(reorderable bool)

This function is a convenience function to allow you to reorder models that support the #GtkTreeDragSourceIface and the #GtkTreeDragDestIface. Both #GtkTreeStore and #GtkListStore support these. If @reorderable is %TRUE, then the user can reorder the model by dragging and dropping rows. The developer can listen to these changes by connecting to the model’s #GtkTreeModel::row-inserted and #GtkTreeModel::row-deleted signals. The reordering is implemented by setting up the tree view as a drag source and destination. Therefore, drag and drop can not be used in a reorderable view for any other purpose.

This function does not give you any degree of control over the order -- any reordering is allowed. If more control is needed, you should probably handle drag and drop manually.

func (*TraitTreeView) SetRowSeparatorFunc

func (self *TraitTreeView) SetRowSeparatorFunc(func_ C.GtkTreeViewRowSeparatorFunc, data unsafe.Pointer, destroy C.GDestroyNotify)

Sets the row separator function, which is used to determine whether a row should be drawn as a separator. If the row separator function is %NULL, no separators are drawn. This is the default value.

func (*TraitTreeView) SetRubberBanding

func (self *TraitTreeView) SetRubberBanding(enable bool)

Enables or disables rubber banding in @tree_view. If the selection mode is #GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE, rubber banding will allow the user to select multiple rows by dragging the mouse.

func (*TraitTreeView) SetSearchColumn

func (self *TraitTreeView) SetSearchColumn(column int)

Sets @column as the column where the interactive search code should search in for the current model.

If the search column is set, users can use the “start-interactive-search” key binding to bring up search popup. The enable-search property controls whether simply typing text will also start an interactive search.

Note that @column refers to a column of the current model. The search column is reset to -1 when the model is changed.

func (*TraitTreeView) SetSearchEntry

func (self *TraitTreeView) SetSearchEntry(entry IsEntry)

Sets the entry which the interactive search code will use for this @tree_view. This is useful when you want to provide a search entry in our interface at all time at a fixed position. Passing %NULL for @entry will make the interactive search code use the built-in popup entry again.

func (*TraitTreeView) SetSearchEqualFunc

func (self *TraitTreeView) SetSearchEqualFunc(search_equal_func C.GtkTreeViewSearchEqualFunc, search_user_data unsafe.Pointer, search_destroy C.GDestroyNotify)

Sets the compare function for the interactive search capabilities; note that somewhat like strcmp() returning 0 for equality #GtkTreeViewSearchEqualFunc returns %FALSE on matches.

func (*TraitTreeView) SetSearchPositionFunc

func (self *TraitTreeView) SetSearchPositionFunc(func_ C.GtkTreeViewSearchPositionFunc, data unsafe.Pointer, destroy C.GDestroyNotify)

Sets the function to use when positioning the search dialog.

func (*TraitTreeView) SetShowExpanders

func (self *TraitTreeView) SetShowExpanders(enabled bool)

Sets whether to draw and enable expanders and indent child rows in @tree_view. When disabled there will be no expanders visible in trees and there will be no way to expand and collapse rows by default. Also note that hiding the expanders will disable the default indentation. You can set a custom indentation in this case using gtk_tree_view_set_level_indentation(). This does not have any visible effects for lists.

func (*TraitTreeView) SetTooltipCell

func (self *TraitTreeView) SetTooltipCell(tooltip IsTooltip, path *C.GtkTreePath, column IsTreeViewColumn, cell IsCellRenderer)

Sets the tip area of @tooltip to the area @path, @column and @cell have in common. For example if @path is %NULL and @column is set, the tip area will be set to the full area covered by @column. See also gtk_tooltip_set_tip_area().

Note that if @path is not specified and @cell is set and part of a column containing the expander, the tooltip might not show and hide at the correct position. In such cases @path must be set to the current node under the mouse cursor for this function to operate correctly.

See also gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_column() for a simpler alternative.

func (*TraitTreeView) SetTooltipColumn

func (self *TraitTreeView) SetTooltipColumn(column int)

If you only plan to have simple (text-only) tooltips on full rows, you can use this function to have #GtkTreeView handle these automatically for you. @column should be set to the column in @tree_view’s model containing the tooltip texts, or -1 to disable this feature.

When enabled, #GtkWidget:has-tooltip will be set to %TRUE and @tree_view will connect a #GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal handler.

Note that the signal handler sets the text with gtk_tooltip_set_markup(), so &, <, etc have to be escaped in the text.

func (*TraitTreeView) SetTooltipRow

func (self *TraitTreeView) SetTooltipRow(tooltip IsTooltip, path *C.GtkTreePath)

Sets the tip area of @tooltip to be the area covered by the row at @path. See also gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_column() for a simpler alternative. See also gtk_tooltip_set_tip_area().

func (*TraitTreeView) UnsetRowsDragDest

func (self *TraitTreeView) UnsetRowsDragDest()

Undoes the effect of gtk_tree_view_enable_model_drag_dest(). Calling this method sets #GtkTreeView:reorderable to %FALSE.

func (*TraitTreeView) UnsetRowsDragSource

func (self *TraitTreeView) UnsetRowsDragSource()

Undoes the effect of gtk_tree_view_enable_model_drag_source(). Calling this method sets #GtkTreeView:reorderable to %FALSE.

type TraitTreeViewAccessible

type TraitTreeViewAccessible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkTreeViewAccessible }

func NewTraitTreeViewAccessible

func NewTraitTreeViewAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitTreeViewAccessible

func (*TraitTreeViewAccessible) GetTreeViewAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitTreeViewAccessible) GetTreeViewAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkTreeViewAccessible

type TraitTreeViewColumn

type TraitTreeViewColumn struct{ CPointer *C.GtkTreeViewColumn }

func NewTraitTreeViewColumn

func NewTraitTreeViewColumn(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitTreeViewColumn

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) AddAttribute

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) AddAttribute(cell_renderer IsCellRenderer, attribute string, column int)

Adds an attribute mapping to the list in @tree_column. The @column is the column of the model to get a value from, and the @attribute is the parameter on @cell_renderer to be set from the value. So for example if column 2 of the model contains strings, you could have the “text” attribute of a #GtkCellRendererText get its values from column 2.

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) CellGetPosition

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) CellGetPosition(cell_renderer IsCellRenderer) (x_offset int, width int, return__ bool)

Obtains the horizontal position and size of a cell in a column. If the cell is not found in the column, @start_pos and @width are not changed and %FALSE is returned.

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) CellGetSize

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) CellGetSize(cell_area *C.GdkRectangle) (x_offset int, y_offset int, width int, height int)

Obtains the width and height needed to render the column. This is used primarily by the #GtkTreeView.

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) CellIsVisible

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) CellIsVisible() (return__ bool)

Returns %TRUE if any of the cells packed into the @tree_column are visible. For this to be meaningful, you must first initialize the cells with gtk_tree_view_column_cell_set_cell_data()

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) CellSetCellData

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) CellSetCellData(tree_model *C.GtkTreeModel, iter *C.GtkTreeIter, is_expander bool, is_expanded bool)

Sets the cell renderer based on the @tree_model and @iter. That is, for every attribute mapping in @tree_column, it will get a value from the set column on the @iter, and use that value to set the attribute on the cell renderer. This is used primarily by the #GtkTreeView.

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) Clear

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) Clear()

Unsets all the mappings on all renderers on the @tree_column.

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) ClearAttributes

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) ClearAttributes(cell_renderer IsCellRenderer)

Clears all existing attributes previously set with gtk_tree_view_column_set_attributes().

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) Clicked

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) Clicked()

Emits the “clicked” signal on the column. This function will only work if @tree_column is clickable.

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) FocusCell

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) FocusCell(cell IsCellRenderer)

Sets the current keyboard focus to be at @cell, if the column contains 2 or more editable and activatable cells.

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) GetAlignment

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) GetAlignment() (return__ float32)

Returns the current x alignment of @tree_column. This value can range between 0.0 and 1.0.

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) GetButton

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) GetButton() (return__ *Widget)

Returns the button used in the treeview column header

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) GetClickable

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) GetClickable() (return__ bool)

Returns %TRUE if the user can click on the header for the column.

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) GetExpand

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) GetExpand() (return__ bool)

Returns %TRUE if the column expands to fill available space.

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) GetFixedWidth

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) GetFixedWidth() (return__ int)

Gets the fixed width of the column. This may not be the actual displayed width of the column; for that, use gtk_tree_view_column_get_width().

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) GetMaxWidth

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) GetMaxWidth() (return__ int)

Returns the maximum width in pixels of the @tree_column, or -1 if no maximum width is set.

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) GetMinWidth

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) GetMinWidth() (return__ int)

Returns the minimum width in pixels of the @tree_column, or -1 if no minimum width is set.

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) GetReorderable

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) GetReorderable() (return__ bool)

Returns %TRUE if the @tree_column can be reordered by the user.

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) GetResizable

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) GetResizable() (return__ bool)

Returns %TRUE if the @tree_column can be resized by the end user.

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) GetSizing

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) GetSizing() (return__ C.GtkTreeViewColumnSizing)

Returns the current type of @tree_column.

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) GetSortColumnId

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) GetSortColumnId() (return__ int)

Gets the logical @sort_column_id that the model sorts on when this column is selected for sorting. See gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_column_id().

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) GetSortIndicator

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) GetSortIndicator() (return__ bool)

Gets the value set by gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_indicator().

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) GetSortOrder

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) GetSortOrder() (return__ C.GtkSortType)

Gets the value set by gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_order().

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) GetSpacing

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) GetSpacing() (return__ int)

Returns the spacing of @tree_column.

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) GetTitle

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) GetTitle() (return__ string)

Returns the title of the widget.

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) GetTreeView

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) GetTreeView() (return__ *Widget)

Returns the #GtkTreeView wherein @tree_column has been inserted. If @column is currently not inserted in any tree view, %NULL is returned.

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) GetTreeViewColumnPointer

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) GetTreeViewColumnPointer() *C.GtkTreeViewColumn

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) GetVisible

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) GetVisible() (return__ bool)

Returns %TRUE if @tree_column is visible.

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) GetWidget

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) GetWidget() (return__ *Widget)

Returns the #GtkWidget in the button on the column header. If a custom widget has not been set then %NULL is returned.

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) GetWidth

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) GetWidth() (return__ int)

Returns the current size of @tree_column in pixels.

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) GetXOffset

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) GetXOffset() (return__ int)

Returns the current X offset of @tree_column in pixels.

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) PackEnd

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) PackEnd(cell IsCellRenderer, expand bool)

Adds the @cell to end of the column. If @expand is %FALSE, then the @cell is allocated no more space than it needs. Any unused space is divided evenly between cells for which @expand is %TRUE.

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) PackStart

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) PackStart(cell IsCellRenderer, expand bool)

Packs the @cell into the beginning of the column. If @expand is %FALSE, then the @cell is allocated no more space than it needs. Any unused space is divided evenly between cells for which @expand is %TRUE.

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) QueueResize

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) QueueResize()

Flags the column, and the cell renderers added to this column, to have their sizes renegotiated.

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) SetAlignment

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) SetAlignment(xalign float32)

Sets the alignment of the title or custom widget inside the column header. The alignment determines its location inside the button -- 0.0 for left, 0.5 for center, 1.0 for right.

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) SetCellDataFunc

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) SetCellDataFunc(cell_renderer IsCellRenderer, func_ C.GtkTreeCellDataFunc, func_data unsafe.Pointer, destroy C.GDestroyNotify)

Sets the #GtkTreeCellDataFunc to use for the column. This function is used instead of the standard attributes mapping for setting the column value, and should set the value of @tree_column's cell renderer as appropriate. @func may be %NULL to remove an older one.

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) SetClickable

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) SetClickable(clickable bool)

Sets the header to be active if @clickable is %TRUE. When the header is active, then it can take keyboard focus, and can be clicked.

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) SetExpand

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) SetExpand(expand bool)

Sets the column to take available extra space. This space is shared equally amongst all columns that have the expand set to %TRUE. If no column has this option set, then the last column gets all extra space. By default, every column is created with this %FALSE.

Along with “fixed-width”, the “expand” property changes when the column is resized by the user.

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) SetFixedWidth

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) SetFixedWidth(fixed_width int)

If @fixed_width is not -1, sets the fixed width of @tree_column; otherwise unsets it. The effective value of @fixed_width is clamped between the minumum and maximum width of the column; however, the value stored in the “fixed-width” property is not clamped. If the column sizing is #GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_GROW_ONLY or #GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_AUTOSIZE, setting a fixed width overrides the automatically calculated width. Note that @fixed_width is only a hint to GTK+; the width actually allocated to the column may be greater or less than requested.

Along with “expand”, the “fixed-width” property changes when the column is resized by the user.

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) SetMaxWidth

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) SetMaxWidth(max_width int)

Sets the maximum width of the @tree_column. If @max_width is -1, then the maximum width is unset. Note, the column can actually be wider than max width if it’s the last column in a view. In this case, the column expands to fill any extra space.

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) SetMinWidth

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) SetMinWidth(min_width int)

Sets the minimum width of the @tree_column. If @min_width is -1, then the minimum width is unset.

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) SetReorderable

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) SetReorderable(reorderable bool)

If @reorderable is %TRUE, then the column can be reordered by the end user dragging the header.

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) SetResizable

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) SetResizable(resizable bool)

If @resizable is %TRUE, then the user can explicitly resize the column by grabbing the outer edge of the column button. If resizable is %TRUE and sizing mode of the column is #GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_AUTOSIZE, then the sizing mode is changed to #GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_GROW_ONLY.

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) SetSizing

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) SetSizing(type_ C.GtkTreeViewColumnSizing)

Sets the growth behavior of @tree_column to @type.

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) SetSortColumnId

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) SetSortColumnId(sort_column_id int)

Sets the logical @sort_column_id that this column sorts on when this column is selected for sorting. Doing so makes the column header clickable.

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) SetSortIndicator

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) SetSortIndicator(setting bool)

Call this function with a @setting of %TRUE to display an arrow in the header button indicating the column is sorted. Call gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_order() to change the direction of the arrow.

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) SetSortOrder

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) SetSortOrder(order C.GtkSortType)

Changes the appearance of the sort indicator.

This does not actually sort the model. Use gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_column_id() if you want automatic sorting support. This function is primarily for custom sorting behavior, and should be used in conjunction with gtk_tree_sortable_set_sort_column_id() to do that. For custom models, the mechanism will vary.

The sort indicator changes direction to indicate normal sort or reverse sort. Note that you must have the sort indicator enabled to see anything when calling this function; see gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_indicator().

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) SetSpacing

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) SetSpacing(spacing int)

Sets the spacing field of @tree_column, which is the number of pixels to place between cell renderers packed into it.

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) SetTitle

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) SetTitle(title string)

Sets the title of the @tree_column. If a custom widget has been set, then this value is ignored.

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) SetVisible

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) SetVisible(visible bool)

Sets the visibility of @tree_column.

func (*TraitTreeViewColumn) SetWidget

func (self *TraitTreeViewColumn) SetWidget(widget IsWidget)

Sets the widget in the header to be @widget. If widget is %NULL, then the header button is set with a #GtkLabel set to the title of @tree_column.

type TraitUIManager

type TraitUIManager struct{ CPointer *C.GtkUIManager }

func NewTraitUIManager

func NewTraitUIManager(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitUIManager

func (*TraitUIManager) GetUIManagerPointer

func (self *TraitUIManager) GetUIManagerPointer() *C.GtkUIManager

type TraitVBox

type TraitVBox struct{ CPointer *C.GtkVBox }

func NewTraitVBox

func NewTraitVBox(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitVBox

func (*TraitVBox) GetVBoxPointer

func (self *TraitVBox) GetVBoxPointer() *C.GtkVBox

type TraitVButtonBox

type TraitVButtonBox struct{ CPointer *C.GtkVButtonBox }

func NewTraitVButtonBox

func NewTraitVButtonBox(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitVButtonBox

func (*TraitVButtonBox) GetVButtonBoxPointer

func (self *TraitVButtonBox) GetVButtonBoxPointer() *C.GtkVButtonBox

type TraitVPaned

type TraitVPaned struct{ CPointer *C.GtkVPaned }

func NewTraitVPaned

func NewTraitVPaned(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitVPaned

func (*TraitVPaned) GetVPanedPointer

func (self *TraitVPaned) GetVPanedPointer() *C.GtkVPaned

type TraitVScale

type TraitVScale struct{ CPointer *C.GtkVScale }

func NewTraitVScale

func NewTraitVScale(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitVScale

func (*TraitVScale) GetVScalePointer

func (self *TraitVScale) GetVScalePointer() *C.GtkVScale

type TraitVScrollbar

type TraitVScrollbar struct{ CPointer *C.GtkVScrollbar }

func NewTraitVScrollbar

func NewTraitVScrollbar(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitVScrollbar

func (*TraitVScrollbar) GetVScrollbarPointer

func (self *TraitVScrollbar) GetVScrollbarPointer() *C.GtkVScrollbar

type TraitVSeparator

type TraitVSeparator struct{ CPointer *C.GtkVSeparator }

func NewTraitVSeparator

func NewTraitVSeparator(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitVSeparator

func (*TraitVSeparator) GetVSeparatorPointer

func (self *TraitVSeparator) GetVSeparatorPointer() *C.GtkVSeparator

type TraitViewport

type TraitViewport struct{ CPointer *C.GtkViewport }

func NewTraitViewport

func NewTraitViewport(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitViewport

func (*TraitViewport) GetBinWindow

func (self *TraitViewport) GetBinWindow() (return__ *C.GdkWindow)

Gets the bin window of the #GtkViewport.

func (*TraitViewport) GetShadowType

func (self *TraitViewport) GetShadowType() (return__ C.GtkShadowType)

Gets the shadow type of the #GtkViewport. See gtk_viewport_set_shadow_type().

func (*TraitViewport) GetViewWindow

func (self *TraitViewport) GetViewWindow() (return__ *C.GdkWindow)

Gets the view window of the #GtkViewport.

func (*TraitViewport) GetViewportPointer

func (self *TraitViewport) GetViewportPointer() *C.GtkViewport

func (*TraitViewport) SetShadowType

func (self *TraitViewport) SetShadowType(type_ C.GtkShadowType)

Sets the shadow type of the viewport.

type TraitVolumeButton

type TraitVolumeButton struct{ CPointer *C.GtkVolumeButton }

func NewTraitVolumeButton

func NewTraitVolumeButton(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitVolumeButton

func (*TraitVolumeButton) GetVolumeButtonPointer

func (self *TraitVolumeButton) GetVolumeButtonPointer() *C.GtkVolumeButton

type TraitWidget

type TraitWidget struct{ CPointer *C.GtkWidget }

func NewTraitWidget

func NewTraitWidget(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitWidget

func (*TraitWidget) Activate

func (self *TraitWidget) Activate() (return__ bool)

For widgets that can be “activated” (buttons, menu items, etc.) this function activates them. Activation is what happens when you press Enter on a widget during key navigation. If @widget isn't activatable, the function returns %FALSE.

func (*TraitWidget) AddAccelerator

func (self *TraitWidget) AddAccelerator(accel_signal string, accel_group IsAccelGroup, accel_key uint, accel_mods C.GdkModifierType, accel_flags C.GtkAccelFlags)

Installs an accelerator for this @widget in @accel_group that causes @accel_signal to be emitted if the accelerator is activated. The @accel_group needs to be added to the widget’s toplevel via gtk_window_add_accel_group(), and the signal must be of type %G_SIGNAL_ACTION. Accelerators added through this function are not user changeable during runtime. If you want to support accelerators that can be changed by the user, use gtk_accel_map_add_entry() and gtk_widget_set_accel_path() or gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path() instead.

func (*TraitWidget) AddDeviceEvents

func (self *TraitWidget) AddDeviceEvents(device *C.GdkDevice, events C.GdkEventMask)

Adds the device events in the bitfield @events to the event mask for @widget. See gtk_widget_set_device_events() for details.

func (*TraitWidget) AddEvents

func (self *TraitWidget) AddEvents(events int)

Adds the events in the bitfield @events to the event mask for @widget. See gtk_widget_set_events() for details.

func (*TraitWidget) AddMnemonicLabel

func (self *TraitWidget) AddMnemonicLabel(label IsWidget)

Adds a widget to the list of mnemonic labels for this widget. (See gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels()). Note the list of mnemonic labels for the widget is cleared when the widget is destroyed, so the caller must make sure to update its internal state at this point as well, by using a connection to the #GtkWidget::destroy signal or a weak notifier.

func (*TraitWidget) AddTickCallback

func (self *TraitWidget) AddTickCallback(callback C.GtkTickCallback, user_data unsafe.Pointer, notify C.GDestroyNotify) (return__ uint)

Queues an animation frame update and adds a callback to be called before each frame. Until the tick callback is removed, it will be called frequently (usually at the frame rate of the output device or as quickly as the application can be repainted, whichever is slower). For this reason, is most suitable for handling graphics that change every frame or every few frames. The tick callback does not automatically imply a relayout or repaint. If you want a repaint or relayout, and aren’t changing widget properties that would trigger that (for example, changing the text of a #GtkLabel), then you will have to call gtk_widget_queue_resize() or gtk_widget_queue_draw_area() yourself.

gdk_frame_clock_get_frame_time() should generally be used for timing continuous animations and gdk_frame_timings_get_predicted_presentation_time() if you are trying to display isolated frames at particular times.

This is a more convenient alternative to connecting directly to the #GdkFrameClock::update signal of #GdkFrameClock, since you don't have to worry about when a #GdkFrameClock is assigned to a widget.

func (*TraitWidget) CanActivateAccel

func (self *TraitWidget) CanActivateAccel(signal_id uint) (return__ bool)

Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal identified by @signal_id can currently be activated. This is done by emitting the #GtkWidget::can-activate-accel signal on @widget; if the signal isn’t overridden by a handler or in a derived widget, then the default check is that the widget must be sensitive, and the widget and all its ancestors mapped.

func (*TraitWidget) ChildFocus

func (self *TraitWidget) ChildFocus(direction C.GtkDirectionType) (return__ bool)

This function is used by custom widget implementations; if you're writing an app, you’d use gtk_widget_grab_focus() to move the focus to a particular widget, and gtk_container_set_focus_chain() to change the focus tab order. So you may want to investigate those functions instead.

gtk_widget_child_focus() is called by containers as the user moves around the window using keyboard shortcuts. @direction indicates what kind of motion is taking place (up, down, left, right, tab forward, tab backward). gtk_widget_child_focus() emits the #GtkWidget::focus signal; widgets override the default handler for this signal in order to implement appropriate focus behavior.

The default ::focus handler for a widget should return %TRUE if moving in @direction left the focus on a focusable location inside that widget, and %FALSE if moving in @direction moved the focus outside the widget. If returning %TRUE, widgets normally call gtk_widget_grab_focus() to place the focus accordingly; if returning %FALSE, they don’t modify the current focus location.

func (*TraitWidget) ChildNotify

func (self *TraitWidget) ChildNotify(child_property string)

Emits a #GtkWidget::child-notify signal for the [child property][child-properties] @child_property on @widget.

This is the analogue of g_object_notify() for child properties.

Also see gtk_container_child_notify().

func (*TraitWidget) ComputeExpand

func (self *TraitWidget) ComputeExpand(orientation C.GtkOrientation) (return__ bool)

Computes whether a container should give this widget extra space when possible. Containers should check this, rather than looking at gtk_widget_get_hexpand() or gtk_widget_get_vexpand().

This function already checks whether the widget is visible, so visibility does not need to be checked separately. Non-visible widgets are not expanded.

The computed expand value uses either the expand setting explicitly set on the widget itself, or, if none has been explicitly set, the widget may expand if some of its children do.

func (*TraitWidget) CreatePangoContext

func (self *TraitWidget) CreatePangoContext() (return__ *C.PangoContext)

Creates a new #PangoContext with the appropriate font map, font description, and base direction for drawing text for this widget. See also gtk_widget_get_pango_context().

func (*TraitWidget) CreatePangoLayout

func (self *TraitWidget) CreatePangoLayout(text string) (return__ *C.PangoLayout)

Creates a new #PangoLayout with the appropriate font map, font description, and base direction for drawing text for this widget.

If you keep a #PangoLayout created in this way around, you need to re-create it when the widget #PangoContext is replaced. This can be tracked by using the #GtkWidget::screen-changed signal on the widget.

func (*TraitWidget) Destroy

func (self *TraitWidget) Destroy()

Destroys a widget.

When a widget is destroyed, it will break any references it holds to other objects. If the widget is inside a container, the widget will be removed from the container. If the widget is a toplevel (derived from #GtkWindow), it will be removed from the list of toplevels, and the reference GTK+ holds to it will be removed. Removing a widget from its container or the list of toplevels results in the widget being finalized, unless you’ve added additional references to the widget with g_object_ref().

In most cases, only toplevel widgets (windows) require explicit destruction, because when you destroy a toplevel its children will be destroyed as well.

func (*TraitWidget) DeviceIsShadowed

func (self *TraitWidget) DeviceIsShadowed(device *C.GdkDevice) (return__ bool)

Returns %TRUE if @device has been shadowed by a GTK+ device grab on another widget, so it would stop sending events to @widget. This may be used in the #GtkWidget::grab-notify signal to check for specific devices. See gtk_device_grab_add().

func (*TraitWidget) DragBeginWithCoordinates

func (self *TraitWidget) DragBeginWithCoordinates(targets *C.GtkTargetList, actions C.GdkDragAction, button int, event *C.GdkEvent, x int, y int) (return__ *C.GdkDragContext)

Initiates a drag on the source side. The function only needs to be used when the application is starting drags itself, and is not needed when gtk_drag_source_set() is used.

The @event is used to retrieve the timestamp that will be used internally to grab the pointer. If @event is %NULL, then %GDK_CURRENT_TIME will be used. However, you should try to pass a real event in all cases, since that can be used to get information about the drag.

Generally there are three cases when you want to start a drag by hand by calling this function:

1. During a #GtkWidget::button-press-event handler, if you want to start a drag immediately when the user presses the mouse button. Pass the @event that you have in your #GtkWidget::button-press-event handler.

2. During a #GtkWidget::motion-notify-event handler, if you want to start a drag when the mouse moves past a certain threshold distance after a button-press. Pass the @event that you have in your #GtkWidget::motion-notify-event handler.

3. During a timeout handler, if you want to start a drag after the mouse button is held down for some time. Try to save the last event that you got from the mouse, using gdk_event_copy(), and pass it to this function (remember to free the event with gdk_event_free() when you are done). If you can really not pass a real event, pass #NULL instead.

func (*TraitWidget) DragCheckThreshold

func (self *TraitWidget) DragCheckThreshold(start_x int, start_y int, current_x int, current_y int) (return__ bool)

Checks to see if a mouse drag starting at (@start_x, @start_y) and ending at (@current_x, @current_y) has passed the GTK+ drag threshold, and thus should trigger the beginning of a drag-and-drop operation.

func (*TraitWidget) DragDestAddImageTargets

func (self *TraitWidget) DragDestAddImageTargets()

Add the image targets supported by #GtkSelectionData to the target list of the drag destination. The targets are added with @info = 0. If you need another value, use gtk_target_list_add_image_targets() and gtk_drag_dest_set_target_list().

func (*TraitWidget) DragDestAddTextTargets

func (self *TraitWidget) DragDestAddTextTargets()

Add the text targets supported by #GtkSelectionData to the target list of the drag destination. The targets are added with @info = 0. If you need another value, use gtk_target_list_add_text_targets() and gtk_drag_dest_set_target_list().

func (*TraitWidget) DragDestAddUriTargets

func (self *TraitWidget) DragDestAddUriTargets()

Add the URI targets supported by #GtkSelectionData to the target list of the drag destination. The targets are added with @info = 0. If you need another value, use gtk_target_list_add_uri_targets() and gtk_drag_dest_set_target_list().

func (*TraitWidget) DragDestFindTarget

func (self *TraitWidget) DragDestFindTarget(context *C.GdkDragContext, target_list *C.GtkTargetList) (return__ C.GdkAtom)

Looks for a match between the supported targets of @context and the @dest_target_list, returning the first matching target, otherwise returning %GDK_NONE. @dest_target_list should usually be the return value from gtk_drag_dest_get_target_list(), but some widgets may have different valid targets for different parts of the widget; in that case, they will have to implement a drag_motion handler that passes the correct target list to this function.

func (*TraitWidget) DragDestGetTargetList

func (self *TraitWidget) DragDestGetTargetList() (return__ *C.GtkTargetList)

Returns the list of targets this widget can accept from drag-and-drop.

func (*TraitWidget) DragDestGetTrackMotion

func (self *TraitWidget) DragDestGetTrackMotion() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the widget has been configured to always emit #GtkWidget::drag-motion signals.

func (*TraitWidget) DragDestSet

func (self *TraitWidget) DragDestSet(flags C.GtkDestDefaults, targets *C.GtkTargetEntry, n_targets int, actions C.GdkDragAction)

Sets a widget as a potential drop destination, and adds default behaviors.

The default behaviors listed in @flags have an effect similar to installing default handlers for the widget’s drag-and-drop signals (#GtkWidget::drag-motion, #GtkWidget::drag-drop, ...). They all exist for convenience. When passing #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_ALL for instance it is sufficient to connect to the widget’s #GtkWidget::drag-data-received signal to get primitive, but consistent drag-and-drop support.

Things become more complicated when you try to preview the dragged data, as described in the documentation for #GtkWidget::drag-motion. The default behaviors described by @flags make some assumptions, that can conflict with your own signal handlers. For instance #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_DROP causes invokations of gdk_drag_status() in the context of #GtkWidget::drag-motion, and invokations of gtk_drag_finish() in #GtkWidget::drag-data-received. Especially the later is dramatic, when your own #GtkWidget::drag-motion handler calls gtk_drag_get_data() to inspect the dragged data.

There’s no way to set a default action here, you can use the #GtkWidget::drag-motion callback for that. Here’s an example which selects the action to use depending on whether the control key is pressed or not: |[<!-- language="C" --> static void drag_motion (GtkWidget *widget,

GdkDragContext *context,
gint x,
gint y,
guint time)
{
  GdkModifierType mask;

  gdk_window_get_pointer (gtk_widget_get_window (widget),
                          NULL, NULL, &mask);
  if (mask & GDK_CONTROL_MASK)
    gdk_drag_status (context, GDK_ACTION_COPY, time);
  else
    gdk_drag_status (context, GDK_ACTION_MOVE, time);
}

]|

func (*TraitWidget) DragDestSetProxy

func (self *TraitWidget) DragDestSetProxy(proxy_window *C.GdkWindow, protocol C.GdkDragProtocol, use_coordinates bool)

Sets this widget as a proxy for drops to another window.

func (*TraitWidget) DragDestSetTargetList

func (self *TraitWidget) DragDestSetTargetList(target_list *C.GtkTargetList)

Sets the target types that this widget can accept from drag-and-drop. The widget must first be made into a drag destination with gtk_drag_dest_set().

func (*TraitWidget) DragDestSetTrackMotion

func (self *TraitWidget) DragDestSetTrackMotion(track_motion bool)

Tells the widget to emit #GtkWidget::drag-motion and #GtkWidget::drag-leave events regardless of the targets and the %GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_MOTION flag.

This may be used when a widget wants to do generic actions regardless of the targets that the source offers.

func (*TraitWidget) DragDestUnset

func (self *TraitWidget) DragDestUnset()

Clears information about a drop destination set with gtk_drag_dest_set(). The widget will no longer receive notification of drags.

func (*TraitWidget) DragGetData

func (self *TraitWidget) DragGetData(context *C.GdkDragContext, target C.GdkAtom, time_ uint32)

Gets the data associated with a drag. When the data is received or the retrieval fails, GTK+ will emit a #GtkWidget::drag-data-received signal. Failure of the retrieval is indicated by the length field of the @selection_data signal parameter being negative. However, when gtk_drag_get_data() is called implicitely because the %GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_DROP was set, then the widget will not receive notification of failed drops.

func (*TraitWidget) DragHighlight

func (self *TraitWidget) DragHighlight()

Draws a highlight around a widget. This will attach handlers to #GtkWidget::draw, so the highlight will continue to be displayed until gtk_drag_unhighlight() is called.

func (*TraitWidget) DragSourceAddImageTargets

func (self *TraitWidget) DragSourceAddImageTargets()

Add the writable image targets supported by #GtkSelectionData to the target list of the drag source. The targets are added with @info = 0. If you need another value, use gtk_target_list_add_image_targets() and gtk_drag_source_set_target_list().

func (*TraitWidget) DragSourceAddTextTargets

func (self *TraitWidget) DragSourceAddTextTargets()

Add the text targets supported by #GtkSelectionData to the target list of the drag source. The targets are added with @info = 0. If you need another value, use gtk_target_list_add_text_targets() and gtk_drag_source_set_target_list().

func (*TraitWidget) DragSourceAddUriTargets

func (self *TraitWidget) DragSourceAddUriTargets()

Add the URI targets supported by #GtkSelectionData to the target list of the drag source. The targets are added with @info = 0. If you need another value, use gtk_target_list_add_uri_targets() and gtk_drag_source_set_target_list().

func (*TraitWidget) DragSourceGetTargetList

func (self *TraitWidget) DragSourceGetTargetList() (return__ *C.GtkTargetList)

Gets the list of targets this widget can provide for drag-and-drop.

func (*TraitWidget) DragSourceSet

func (self *TraitWidget) DragSourceSet(start_button_mask C.GdkModifierType, targets *C.GtkTargetEntry, n_targets int, actions C.GdkDragAction)

Sets up a widget so that GTK+ will start a drag operation when the user clicks and drags on the widget. The widget must have a window.

func (*TraitWidget) DragSourceSetIconGicon

func (self *TraitWidget) DragSourceSetIconGicon(icon *C.GIcon)

Sets the icon that will be used for drags from a particular source to @icon. See the docs for #GtkIconTheme for more details.

func (*TraitWidget) DragSourceSetIconName

func (self *TraitWidget) DragSourceSetIconName(icon_name string)

Sets the icon that will be used for drags from a particular source to a themed icon. See the docs for #GtkIconTheme for more details.

func (*TraitWidget) DragSourceSetIconPixbuf

func (self *TraitWidget) DragSourceSetIconPixbuf(pixbuf *C.GdkPixbuf)

Sets the icon that will be used for drags from a particular widget from a #GdkPixbuf. GTK+ retains a reference for @pixbuf and will release it when it is no longer needed.

func (*TraitWidget) DragSourceSetTargetList

func (self *TraitWidget) DragSourceSetTargetList(target_list *C.GtkTargetList)

Changes the target types that this widget offers for drag-and-drop. The widget must first be made into a drag source with gtk_drag_source_set().

func (*TraitWidget) DragSourceUnset

func (self *TraitWidget) DragSourceUnset()

Undoes the effects of gtk_drag_source_set().

func (*TraitWidget) DragUnhighlight

func (self *TraitWidget) DragUnhighlight()

Removes a highlight set by gtk_drag_highlight() from a widget.

func (*TraitWidget) Draw

func (self *TraitWidget) Draw(cr *C.cairo_t)

Draws @widget to @cr. The top left corner of the widget will be drawn to the currently set origin point of @cr.

You should pass a cairo context as @cr argument that is in an original state. Otherwise the resulting drawing is undefined. For example changing the operator using cairo_set_operator() or the line width using cairo_set_line_width() might have unwanted side effects. You may however change the context’s transform matrix - like with cairo_scale(), cairo_translate() or cairo_set_matrix() and clip region with cairo_clip() prior to calling this function. Also, it is fine to modify the context with cairo_save() and cairo_push_group() prior to calling this function.

Note that special-purpose widgets may contain special code for rendering to the screen and might appear differently on screen and when rendered using gtk_widget_draw().

func (*TraitWidget) ErrorBell

func (self *TraitWidget) ErrorBell()

Notifies the user about an input-related error on this widget. If the #GtkSettings:gtk-error-bell setting is %TRUE, it calls gdk_window_beep(), otherwise it does nothing.

Note that the effect of gdk_window_beep() can be configured in many ways, depending on the windowing backend and the desktop environment or window manager that is used.

func (*TraitWidget) Event

func (self *TraitWidget) Event(event *C.GdkEvent) (return__ bool)

Rarely-used function. This function is used to emit the event signals on a widget (those signals should never be emitted without using this function to do so). If you want to synthesize an event though, don’t use this function; instead, use gtk_main_do_event() so the event will behave as if it were in the event queue. Don’t synthesize expose events; instead, use gdk_window_invalidate_rect() to invalidate a region of the window.

func (*TraitWidget) FreezeChildNotify

func (self *TraitWidget) FreezeChildNotify()

Stops emission of #GtkWidget::child-notify signals on @widget. The signals are queued until gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify() is called on @widget.

This is the analogue of g_object_freeze_notify() for child properties.

func (*TraitWidget) GetAccessible

func (self *TraitWidget) GetAccessible() (return__ *C.AtkObject)

Returns the accessible object that describes the widget to an assistive technology.

If accessibility support is not available, this #AtkObject instance may be a no-op. Likewise, if no class-specific #AtkObject implementation is available for the widget instance in question, it will inherit an #AtkObject implementation from the first ancestor class for which such an implementation is defined.

The documentation of the [ATK](http://developer.gnome.org/atk/stable/) library contains more information about accessible objects and their uses.

func (*TraitWidget) GetAllocatedBaseline

func (self *TraitWidget) GetAllocatedBaseline() (return__ int)

Returns the baseline that has currently been allocated to @widget. This function is intended to be used when implementing handlers for the #GtkWidget::draw function, and when allocating child widgets in #GtkWidget::size_allocate.

func (*TraitWidget) GetAllocatedHeight

func (self *TraitWidget) GetAllocatedHeight() (return__ int)

Returns the height that has currently been allocated to @widget. This function is intended to be used when implementing handlers for the #GtkWidget::draw function.

func (*TraitWidget) GetAllocatedWidth

func (self *TraitWidget) GetAllocatedWidth() (return__ int)

Returns the width that has currently been allocated to @widget. This function is intended to be used when implementing handlers for the #GtkWidget::draw function.

func (*TraitWidget) GetAllocation

func (self *TraitWidget) GetAllocation() (allocation C.GtkAllocation)

Retrieves the widget’s allocation.

Note, when implementing a #GtkContainer: a widget’s allocation will be its “adjusted” allocation, that is, the widget’s parent container typically calls gtk_widget_size_allocate() with an allocation, and that allocation is then adjusted (to handle margin and alignment for example) before assignment to the widget. gtk_widget_get_allocation() returns the adjusted allocation that was actually assigned to the widget. The adjusted allocation is guaranteed to be completely contained within the gtk_widget_size_allocate() allocation, however. So a #GtkContainer is guaranteed that its children stay inside the assigned bounds, but not that they have exactly the bounds the container assigned. There is no way to get the original allocation assigned by gtk_widget_size_allocate(), since it isn’t stored; if a container implementation needs that information it will have to track it itself.

func (*TraitWidget) GetAncestor

func (self *TraitWidget) GetAncestor(widget_type C.GType) (return__ *Widget)

Gets the first ancestor of @widget with type @widget_type. For example, `gtk_widget_get_ancestor (widget, GTK_TYPE_BOX)` gets the first #GtkBox that’s an ancestor of @widget. No reference will be added to the returned widget; it should not be unreferenced. See note about checking for a toplevel #GtkWindow in the docs for gtk_widget_get_toplevel().

Note that unlike gtk_widget_is_ancestor(), gtk_widget_get_ancestor() considers @widget to be an ancestor of itself.

func (*TraitWidget) GetAppPaintable

func (self *TraitWidget) GetAppPaintable() (return__ bool)

Determines whether the application intends to draw on the widget in an #GtkWidget::draw handler.

See gtk_widget_set_app_paintable()

func (*TraitWidget) GetCanDefault

func (self *TraitWidget) GetCanDefault() (return__ bool)

Determines whether @widget can be a default widget. See gtk_widget_set_can_default().

func (*TraitWidget) GetCanFocus

func (self *TraitWidget) GetCanFocus() (return__ bool)

Determines whether @widget can own the input focus. See gtk_widget_set_can_focus().

func (*TraitWidget) GetChildVisible

func (self *TraitWidget) GetChildVisible() (return__ bool)

Gets the value set with gtk_widget_set_child_visible(). If you feel a need to use this function, your code probably needs reorganization.

This function is only useful for container implementations and never should be called by an application.

func (*TraitWidget) GetClip

func (self *TraitWidget) GetClip() (clip C.GtkAllocation)

Retrieves the widget’s clip area.

The clip area is the area in which all of @widget's drawing will happen. Other toolkits call it the bounding box.

Historically, in GTK+ the clip area has been equal to the allocation retrieved via gtk_widget_get_allocation().

func (*TraitWidget) GetClipboard

func (self *TraitWidget) GetClipboard(selection C.GdkAtom) (return__ *Clipboard)

Returns the clipboard object for the given selection to be used with @widget. @widget must have a #GdkDisplay associated with it, so must be attached to a toplevel window.

func (*TraitWidget) GetDeviceEnabled

func (self *TraitWidget) GetDeviceEnabled(device *C.GdkDevice) (return__ bool)

Returns whether @device can interact with @widget and its children. See gtk_widget_set_device_enabled().

func (*TraitWidget) GetDeviceEvents

func (self *TraitWidget) GetDeviceEvents(device *C.GdkDevice) (return__ C.GdkEventMask)

Returns the events mask for the widget corresponding to an specific device. These are the events that the widget will receive when @device operates on it.

func (*TraitWidget) GetDirection

func (self *TraitWidget) GetDirection() (return__ C.GtkTextDirection)

Gets the reading direction for a particular widget. See gtk_widget_set_direction().

func (*TraitWidget) GetDisplay

func (self *TraitWidget) GetDisplay() (return__ *C.GdkDisplay)

Get the #GdkDisplay for the toplevel window associated with this widget. This function can only be called after the widget has been added to a widget hierarchy with a #GtkWindow at the top.

In general, you should only create display specific resources when a widget has been realized, and you should free those resources when the widget is unrealized.

func (*TraitWidget) GetDoubleBuffered

func (self *TraitWidget) GetDoubleBuffered() (return__ bool)

Determines whether the widget is double buffered.

See gtk_widget_set_double_buffered()

func (*TraitWidget) GetEvents

func (self *TraitWidget) GetEvents() (return__ int)

Returns the event mask for the widget (a bitfield containing flags from the #GdkEventMask enumeration). These are the events that the widget will receive.

Note: Internally, the widget event mask will be the logical OR of the event mask set through gtk_widget_set_events() or gtk_widget_add_events(), and the event mask necessary to cater for every #GtkEventController created for the widget.

func (*TraitWidget) GetFrameClock

func (self *TraitWidget) GetFrameClock() (return__ *C.GdkFrameClock)

Obtains the frame clock for a widget. The frame clock is a global “ticker” that can be used to drive animations and repaints. The most common reason to get the frame clock is to call gdk_frame_clock_get_frame_time(), in order to get a time to use for animating. For example you might record the start of the animation with an initial value from gdk_frame_clock_get_frame_time(), and then update the animation by calling gdk_frame_clock_get_frame_time() again during each repaint.

gdk_frame_clock_request_phase() will result in a new frame on the clock, but won’t necessarily repaint any widgets. To repaint a widget, you have to use gtk_widget_queue_draw() which invalidates the widget (thus scheduling it to receive a draw on the next frame). gtk_widget_queue_draw() will also end up requesting a frame on the appropriate frame clock.

A widget’s frame clock will not change while the widget is mapped. Reparenting a widget (which implies a temporary unmap) can change the widget’s frame clock.

Unrealized widgets do not have a frame clock.

func (*TraitWidget) GetHalign

func (self *TraitWidget) GetHalign() (return__ C.GtkAlign)

Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:halign property.

For backwards compatibility reasons this method will never return %GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE, but instead it will convert it to %GTK_ALIGN_FILL. Baselines are not supported for horizontal alignment.

func (*TraitWidget) GetHasTooltip

func (self *TraitWidget) GetHasTooltip() (return__ bool)

Returns the current value of the has-tooltip property. See #GtkWidget:has-tooltip for more information.

func (*TraitWidget) GetHasWindow

func (self *TraitWidget) GetHasWindow() (return__ bool)

Determines whether @widget has a #GdkWindow of its own. See gtk_widget_set_has_window().

func (*TraitWidget) GetHexpand

func (self *TraitWidget) GetHexpand() (return__ bool)

Gets whether the widget would like any available extra horizontal space. When a user resizes a #GtkWindow, widgets with expand=TRUE generally receive the extra space. For example, a list or scrollable area or document in your window would often be set to expand.

Containers should use gtk_widget_compute_expand() rather than this function, to see whether a widget, or any of its children, has the expand flag set. If any child of a widget wants to expand, the parent may ask to expand also.

This function only looks at the widget’s own hexpand flag, rather than computing whether the entire widget tree rooted at this widget wants to expand.

func (*TraitWidget) GetHexpandSet

func (self *TraitWidget) GetHexpandSet() (return__ bool)

Gets whether gtk_widget_set_hexpand() has been used to explicitly set the expand flag on this widget.

If hexpand is set, then it overrides any computed expand value based on child widgets. If hexpand is not set, then the expand value depends on whether any children of the widget would like to expand.

There are few reasons to use this function, but it’s here for completeness and consistency.

func (*TraitWidget) GetMapped

func (self *TraitWidget) GetMapped() (return__ bool)

Whether the widget is mapped.

func (*TraitWidget) GetMarginBottom

func (self *TraitWidget) GetMarginBottom() (return__ int)

Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-bottom property.

func (*TraitWidget) GetMarginEnd

func (self *TraitWidget) GetMarginEnd() (return__ int)

Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-end property.

func (*TraitWidget) GetMarginStart

func (self *TraitWidget) GetMarginStart() (return__ int)

Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-start property.

func (*TraitWidget) GetMarginTop

func (self *TraitWidget) GetMarginTop() (return__ int)

Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-top property.

func (*TraitWidget) GetModifierMask

func (self *TraitWidget) GetModifierMask(intent C.GdkModifierIntent) (return__ C.GdkModifierType)

Returns the modifier mask the @widget’s windowing system backend uses for a particular purpose.

See gdk_keymap_get_modifier_mask().

func (*TraitWidget) GetName

func (self *TraitWidget) GetName() (return__ string)

Retrieves the name of a widget. See gtk_widget_set_name() for the significance of widget names.

func (*TraitWidget) GetNoShowAll

func (self *TraitWidget) GetNoShowAll() (return__ bool)

Returns the current value of the #GtkWidget:no-show-all property, which determines whether calls to gtk_widget_show_all() will affect this widget.

func (*TraitWidget) GetOpacity

func (self *TraitWidget) GetOpacity() (return__ float64)

Fetches the requested opacity for this widget. See gtk_widget_set_opacity().

func (*TraitWidget) GetPangoContext

func (self *TraitWidget) GetPangoContext() (return__ *C.PangoContext)

Gets a #PangoContext with the appropriate font map, font description, and base direction for this widget. Unlike the context returned by gtk_widget_create_pango_context(), this context is owned by the widget (it can be used until the screen for the widget changes or the widget is removed from its toplevel), and will be updated to match any changes to the widget’s attributes. This can be tracked by using the #GtkWidget::screen-changed signal on the widget.

func (*TraitWidget) GetParent

func (self *TraitWidget) GetParent() (return__ *Widget)

Returns the parent container of @widget.

func (*TraitWidget) GetParentWindow

func (self *TraitWidget) GetParentWindow() (return__ *C.GdkWindow)

Gets @widget’s parent window.

func (*TraitWidget) GetPath

func (self *TraitWidget) GetPath() (return__ *C.GtkWidgetPath)

Returns the #GtkWidgetPath representing @widget, if the widget is not connected to a toplevel widget, a partial path will be created.

func (*TraitWidget) GetPreferredHeight

func (self *TraitWidget) GetPreferredHeight() (minimum_height int, natural_height int)

Retrieves a widget’s initial minimum and natural height.

This call is specific to width-for-height requests.

The returned request will be modified by the GtkWidgetClass::adjust_size_request virtual method and by any #GtkSizeGroups that have been applied. That is, the returned request is the one that should be used for layout, not necessarily the one returned by the widget itself.

func (*TraitWidget) GetPreferredHeightAndBaselineForWidth

func (self *TraitWidget) GetPreferredHeightAndBaselineForWidth(width int) (minimum_height int, natural_height int, minimum_baseline int, natural_baseline int)

Retrieves a widget’s minimum and natural height and the corresponding baselines if it would be given the specified @width, or the default height if @width is -1. The baselines may be -1 which means that no baseline is requested for this widget.

The returned request will be modified by the GtkWidgetClass::adjust_size_request and GtkWidgetClass::adjust_baseline_request virtual methods and by any #GtkSizeGroups that have been applied. That is, the returned request is the one that should be used for layout, not necessarily the one returned by the widget itself.

func (*TraitWidget) GetPreferredHeightForWidth

func (self *TraitWidget) GetPreferredHeightForWidth(width int) (minimum_height int, natural_height int)

Retrieves a widget’s minimum and natural height if it would be given the specified @width.

The returned request will be modified by the GtkWidgetClass::adjust_size_request virtual method and by any #GtkSizeGroups that have been applied. That is, the returned request is the one that should be used for layout, not necessarily the one returned by the widget itself.

func (*TraitWidget) GetPreferredSize

func (self *TraitWidget) GetPreferredSize() (minimum_size C.GtkRequisition, natural_size C.GtkRequisition)

Retrieves the minimum and natural size of a widget, taking into account the widget’s preference for height-for-width management.

This is used to retrieve a suitable size by container widgets which do not impose any restrictions on the child placement. It can be used to deduce toplevel window and menu sizes as well as child widgets in free-form containers such as GtkLayout.

Handle with care. Note that the natural height of a height-for-width widget will generally be a smaller size than the minimum height, since the required height for the natural width is generally smaller than the required height for the minimum width.

Use gtk_widget_get_preferred_height_and_baseline_for_width() if you want to support baseline alignment.

func (*TraitWidget) GetPreferredWidth

func (self *TraitWidget) GetPreferredWidth() (minimum_width int, natural_width int)

Retrieves a widget’s initial minimum and natural width.

This call is specific to height-for-width requests.

The returned request will be modified by the GtkWidgetClass::adjust_size_request virtual method and by any #GtkSizeGroups that have been applied. That is, the returned request is the one that should be used for layout, not necessarily the one returned by the widget itself.

func (*TraitWidget) GetPreferredWidthForHeight

func (self *TraitWidget) GetPreferredWidthForHeight(height int) (minimum_width int, natural_width int)

Retrieves a widget’s minimum and natural width if it would be given the specified @height.

The returned request will be modified by the GtkWidgetClass::adjust_size_request virtual method and by any #GtkSizeGroups that have been applied. That is, the returned request is the one that should be used for layout, not necessarily the one returned by the widget itself.

func (*TraitWidget) GetRealized

func (self *TraitWidget) GetRealized() (return__ bool)

Determines whether @widget is realized.

func (*TraitWidget) GetReceivesDefault

func (self *TraitWidget) GetReceivesDefault() (return__ bool)

Determines whether @widget is always treated as the default widget within its toplevel when it has the focus, even if another widget is the default.

See gtk_widget_set_receives_default().

func (*TraitWidget) GetRequestMode

func (self *TraitWidget) GetRequestMode() (return__ C.GtkSizeRequestMode)

Gets whether the widget prefers a height-for-width layout or a width-for-height layout.

#GtkBin widgets generally propagate the preference of their child, container widgets need to request something either in context of their children or in context of their allocation capabilities.

func (*TraitWidget) GetScaleFactor

func (self *TraitWidget) GetScaleFactor() (return__ int)

Retrieves the internal scale factor that maps from window coordinates to the actual device pixels. On traditional systems this is 1, on high density outputs, it can be a higher value (typically 2).

See gdk_window_get_scale_factor().

func (*TraitWidget) GetScreen

func (self *TraitWidget) GetScreen() (return__ *C.GdkScreen)

Get the #GdkScreen from the toplevel window associated with this widget. This function can only be called after the widget has been added to a widget hierarchy with a #GtkWindow at the top.

In general, you should only create screen specific resources when a widget has been realized, and you should free those resources when the widget is unrealized.

func (*TraitWidget) GetSensitive

func (self *TraitWidget) GetSensitive() (return__ bool)

Returns the widget’s sensitivity (in the sense of returning the value that has been set using gtk_widget_set_sensitive()).

The effective sensitivity of a widget is however determined by both its own and its parent widget’s sensitivity. See gtk_widget_is_sensitive().

func (*TraitWidget) GetSettings

func (self *TraitWidget) GetSettings() (return__ *Settings)

Gets the settings object holding the settings used for this widget.

Note that this function can only be called when the #GtkWidget is attached to a toplevel, since the settings object is specific to a particular #GdkScreen.

func (*TraitWidget) GetSizeRequest

func (self *TraitWidget) GetSizeRequest() (width int, height int)

Gets the size request that was explicitly set for the widget using gtk_widget_set_size_request(). A value of -1 stored in @width or @height indicates that that dimension has not been set explicitly and the natural requisition of the widget will be used intead. See gtk_widget_set_size_request(). To get the size a widget will actually request, call gtk_widget_get_preferred_size() instead of this function.

func (*TraitWidget) GetStateFlags

func (self *TraitWidget) GetStateFlags() (return__ C.GtkStateFlags)

Returns the widget state as a flag set. It is worth mentioning that the effective %GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE state will be returned, that is, also based on parent insensitivity, even if @widget itself is sensitive.

func (*TraitWidget) GetStyleContext

func (self *TraitWidget) GetStyleContext() (return__ *StyleContext)

Returns the style context associated to @widget.

func (*TraitWidget) GetSupportMultidevice

func (self *TraitWidget) GetSupportMultidevice() (return__ bool)

Returns %TRUE if @widget is multiple pointer aware. See gtk_widget_set_support_multidevice() for more information.

func (*TraitWidget) GetTemplateChild

func (self *TraitWidget) GetTemplateChild(widget_type C.GType, name string) (return__ *C.GObject)

Fetch an object build from the template XML for @widget_type in this @widget instance.

This will only report children which were previously declared with gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_full() or one of its variants.

This function is only meant to be called for code which is private to the @widget_type which declared the child and is meant for language bindings which cannot easily make use of the GObject structure offsets.

func (*TraitWidget) GetTooltipMarkup

func (self *TraitWidget) GetTooltipMarkup() (return__ string)

Gets the contents of the tooltip for @widget.

func (*TraitWidget) GetTooltipText

func (self *TraitWidget) GetTooltipText() (return__ string)

Gets the contents of the tooltip for @widget.

func (*TraitWidget) GetTooltipWindow

func (self *TraitWidget) GetTooltipWindow() (return__ *Window)

Returns the #GtkWindow of the current tooltip. This can be the GtkWindow created by default, or the custom tooltip window set using gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window().

func (*TraitWidget) GetToplevel

func (self *TraitWidget) GetToplevel() (return__ *Widget)

This function returns the topmost widget in the container hierarchy @widget is a part of. If @widget has no parent widgets, it will be returned as the topmost widget. No reference will be added to the returned widget; it should not be unreferenced.

Note the difference in behavior vs. gtk_widget_get_ancestor(); `gtk_widget_get_ancestor (widget, GTK_TYPE_WINDOW)` would return %NULL if @widget wasn’t inside a toplevel window, and if the window was inside a #GtkWindow-derived widget which was in turn inside the toplevel #GtkWindow. While the second case may seem unlikely, it actually happens when a #GtkPlug is embedded inside a #GtkSocket within the same application.

To reliably find the toplevel #GtkWindow, use gtk_widget_get_toplevel() and call gtk_widget_is_toplevel() on the result. |[<!-- language="C" -->

GtkWidget *toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
  {
    // Perform action on toplevel.
  }

]|

func (*TraitWidget) GetValign

func (self *TraitWidget) GetValign() (return__ C.GtkAlign)

Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:valign property.

For backwards compatibility reasons this method will never return %GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE, but instead it will convert it to %GTK_ALIGN_FILL. If your widget want to support baseline aligned children it must use gtk_widget_get_valign_with_baseline(), or `g_object_get (widget, "valign", &value, NULL)`, which will also report the true value.

func (*TraitWidget) GetValignWithBaseline

func (self *TraitWidget) GetValignWithBaseline() (return__ C.GtkAlign)

Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:valign property, including %GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE.

func (*TraitWidget) GetVexpand

func (self *TraitWidget) GetVexpand() (return__ bool)

Gets whether the widget would like any available extra vertical space.

See gtk_widget_get_hexpand() for more detail.

func (*TraitWidget) GetVexpandSet

func (self *TraitWidget) GetVexpandSet() (return__ bool)

Gets whether gtk_widget_set_vexpand() has been used to explicitly set the expand flag on this widget.

See gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set() for more detail.

func (*TraitWidget) GetVisible

func (self *TraitWidget) GetVisible() (return__ bool)

Determines whether the widget is visible. If you want to take into account whether the widget’s parent is also marked as visible, use gtk_widget_is_visible() instead.

This function does not check if the widget is obscured in any way.

See gtk_widget_set_visible().

func (*TraitWidget) GetVisual

func (self *TraitWidget) GetVisual() (return__ *C.GdkVisual)

Gets the visual that will be used to render @widget.

func (*TraitWidget) GetWidgetPointer

func (self *TraitWidget) GetWidgetPointer() *C.GtkWidget

func (*TraitWidget) GetWindow

func (self *TraitWidget) GetWindow() (return__ *C.GdkWindow)

Returns the widget’s window if it is realized, %NULL otherwise

func (*TraitWidget) GrabAdd

func (self *TraitWidget) GrabAdd()

Makes @widget the current grabbed widget.

This means that interaction with other widgets in the same application is blocked and mouse as well as keyboard events are delivered to this widget.

If @widget is not sensitive, it is not set as the current grabbed widget and this function does nothing.

func (*TraitWidget) GrabDefault

func (self *TraitWidget) GrabDefault()

Causes @widget to become the default widget. @widget must be able to be a default widget; typically you would ensure this yourself by calling gtk_widget_set_can_default() with a %TRUE value. The default widget is activated when the user presses Enter in a window. Default widgets must be activatable, that is, gtk_widget_activate() should affect them. Note that #GtkEntry widgets require the “activates-default” property set to %TRUE before they activate the default widget when Enter is pressed and the #GtkEntry is focused.

func (*TraitWidget) GrabFocus

func (self *TraitWidget) GrabFocus()

Causes @widget to have the keyboard focus for the #GtkWindow it's inside. @widget must be a focusable widget, such as a #GtkEntry; something like #GtkFrame won’t work.

More precisely, it must have the %GTK_CAN_FOCUS flag set. Use gtk_widget_set_can_focus() to modify that flag.

The widget also needs to be realized and mapped. This is indicated by the related signals. Grabbing the focus immediately after creating the widget will likely fail and cause critical warnings.

func (*TraitWidget) GrabRemove

func (self *TraitWidget) GrabRemove()

Removes the grab from the given widget.

You have to pair calls to gtk_grab_add() and gtk_grab_remove().

If @widget does not have the grab, this function does nothing.

func (*TraitWidget) HasDefault

func (self *TraitWidget) HasDefault() (return__ bool)

Determines whether @widget is the current default widget within its toplevel. See gtk_widget_set_can_default().

func (*TraitWidget) HasFocus

func (self *TraitWidget) HasFocus() (return__ bool)

Determines if the widget has the global input focus. See gtk_widget_is_focus() for the difference between having the global input focus, and only having the focus within a toplevel.

func (*TraitWidget) HasGrab

func (self *TraitWidget) HasGrab() (return__ bool)

Determines whether the widget is currently grabbing events, so it is the only widget receiving input events (keyboard and mouse).

See also gtk_grab_add().

func (*TraitWidget) HasScreen

func (self *TraitWidget) HasScreen() (return__ bool)

Checks whether there is a #GdkScreen is associated with this widget. All toplevel widgets have an associated screen, and all widgets added into a hierarchy with a toplevel window at the top.

func (*TraitWidget) HasVisibleFocus

func (self *TraitWidget) HasVisibleFocus() (return__ bool)

Determines if the widget should show a visible indication that it has the global input focus. This is a convenience function for use in ::draw handlers that takes into account whether focus indication should currently be shown in the toplevel window of @widget. See gtk_window_get_focus_visible() for more information about focus indication.

To find out if the widget has the global input focus, use gtk_widget_has_focus().

func (*TraitWidget) Hide

func (self *TraitWidget) Hide()

Reverses the effects of gtk_widget_show(), causing the widget to be hidden (invisible to the user).

func (*TraitWidget) HideOnDelete

func (self *TraitWidget) HideOnDelete() (return__ bool)

Utility function; intended to be connected to the #GtkWidget::delete-event signal on a #GtkWindow. The function calls gtk_widget_hide() on its argument, then returns %TRUE. If connected to ::delete-event, the result is that clicking the close button for a window (on the window frame, top right corner usually) will hide but not destroy the window. By default, GTK+ destroys windows when ::delete-event is received.

func (*TraitWidget) InDestruction

func (self *TraitWidget) InDestruction() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the widget is currently being destroyed. This information can sometimes be used to avoid doing unnecessary work.

func (*TraitWidget) InitTemplate

func (self *TraitWidget) InitTemplate()

Creates and initializes child widgets defined in templates. This function must be called in the instance initializer for any class which assigned itself a template using gtk_widget_class_set_template()

It is important to call this function in the instance initializer of a #GtkWidget subclass and not in #GObject.constructed() or #GObject.constructor() for two reasons.

One reason is that generally derived widgets will assume that parent class composite widgets have been created in their instance initializers.

Another reason is that when calling g_object_new() on a widget with composite templates, it’s important to build the composite widgets before the construct properties are set. Properties passed to g_object_new() should take precedence over properties set in the private template XML.

func (*TraitWidget) InputShapeCombineRegion

func (self *TraitWidget) InputShapeCombineRegion(region *C.cairo_region_t)

Sets an input shape for this widget’s GDK window. This allows for windows which react to mouse click in a nonrectangular region, see gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region() for more information.

func (*TraitWidget) InsertActionGroup

func (self *TraitWidget) InsertActionGroup(name string, group *C.GActionGroup)

Inserts @group into @widget. Children of @widget that implement #GtkActionable can then be associated with actions in @group by setting their “action-name” to @prefix.`action-name`.

If @group is %NULL, a previously inserted group for @name is removed from @widget.

func (*TraitWidget) Intersect

func (self *TraitWidget) Intersect(area *C.GdkRectangle, intersection *C.GdkRectangle) (return__ bool)

Computes the intersection of a @widget’s area and @area, storing the intersection in @intersection, and returns %TRUE if there was an intersection. @intersection may be %NULL if you’re only interested in whether there was an intersection.

func (*TraitWidget) IsAncestor

func (self *TraitWidget) IsAncestor(ancestor IsWidget) (return__ bool)

Determines whether @widget is somewhere inside @ancestor, possibly with intermediate containers.

func (*TraitWidget) IsComposited

func (self *TraitWidget) IsComposited() (return__ bool)

Whether @widget can rely on having its alpha channel drawn correctly. On X11 this function returns whether a compositing manager is running for @widget’s screen.

Please note that the semantics of this call will change in the future if used on a widget that has a composited window in its hierarchy (as set by gdk_window_set_composited()).

func (*TraitWidget) IsDrawable

func (self *TraitWidget) IsDrawable() (return__ bool)

Determines whether @widget can be drawn to. A widget can be drawn to if it is mapped and visible.

func (*TraitWidget) IsFocus

func (self *TraitWidget) IsFocus() (return__ bool)

Determines if the widget is the focus widget within its toplevel. (This does not mean that the #GtkWidget:has-focus property is necessarily set; #GtkWidget:has-focus will only be set if the toplevel widget additionally has the global input focus.)

func (*TraitWidget) IsSensitive

func (self *TraitWidget) IsSensitive() (return__ bool)

Returns the widget’s effective sensitivity, which means it is sensitive itself and also its parent widget is sensitive

func (*TraitWidget) IsToplevel

func (self *TraitWidget) IsToplevel() (return__ bool)

Determines whether @widget is a toplevel widget.

Currently only #GtkWindow and #GtkInvisible (and out-of-process #GtkPlugs) are toplevel widgets. Toplevel widgets have no parent widget.

func (*TraitWidget) IsVisible

func (self *TraitWidget) IsVisible() (return__ bool)

Determines whether the widget and all its parents are marked as visible.

This function does not check if the widget is obscured in any way.

See also gtk_widget_get_visible() and gtk_widget_set_visible()

func (*TraitWidget) KeynavFailed

func (self *TraitWidget) KeynavFailed(direction C.GtkDirectionType) (return__ bool)

This function should be called whenever keyboard navigation within a single widget hits a boundary. The function emits the #GtkWidget::keynav-failed signal on the widget and its return value should be interpreted in a way similar to the return value of gtk_widget_child_focus():

When %TRUE is returned, stay in the widget, the failed keyboard navigation is Ok and/or there is nowhere we can/should move the focus to.

When %FALSE is returned, the caller should continue with keyboard navigation outside the widget, e.g. by calling gtk_widget_child_focus() on the widget’s toplevel.

The default ::keynav-failed handler returns %TRUE for %GTK_DIR_TAB_FORWARD and %GTK_DIR_TAB_BACKWARD. For the other values of #GtkDirectionType it returns %FALSE.

Whenever the default handler returns %TRUE, it also calls gtk_widget_error_bell() to notify the user of the failed keyboard navigation.

A use case for providing an own implementation of ::keynav-failed (either by connecting to it or by overriding it) would be a row of #GtkEntry widgets where the user should be able to navigate the entire row with the cursor keys, as e.g. known from user interfaces that require entering license keys.

func (*TraitWidget) ListAccelClosures

func (self *TraitWidget) ListAccelClosures() (return__ *C.GList)

Lists the closures used by @widget for accelerator group connections with gtk_accel_group_connect_by_path() or gtk_accel_group_connect(). The closures can be used to monitor accelerator changes on @widget, by connecting to the @GtkAccelGroup::accel-changed signal of the #GtkAccelGroup of a closure which can be found out with gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure().

func (*TraitWidget) ListMnemonicLabels

func (self *TraitWidget) ListMnemonicLabels() (return__ *C.GList)

Returns a newly allocated list of the widgets, normally labels, for which this widget is the target of a mnemonic (see for example, gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget()).

The widgets in the list are not individually referenced. If you want to iterate through the list and perform actions involving callbacks that might destroy the widgets, you must call `g_list_foreach (result, (GFunc)g_object_ref, NULL)` first, and then unref all the widgets afterwards.

func (*TraitWidget) Map

func (self *TraitWidget) Map()

This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes a widget to be mapped if it isn’t already.

func (*TraitWidget) MnemonicActivate

func (self *TraitWidget) MnemonicActivate(group_cycling bool) (return__ bool)

Emits the #GtkWidget::mnemonic-activate signal.

The default handler for this signal activates the @widget if @group_cycling is %FALSE, and just grabs the focus if @group_cycling is %TRUE.

func (*TraitWidget) OverrideBackgroundColor

func (self *TraitWidget) OverrideBackgroundColor(state C.GtkStateFlags, color *C.GdkRGBA)

Sets the background color to use for a widget.

All other style values are left untouched. See gtk_widget_override_color().

func (*TraitWidget) OverrideColor

func (self *TraitWidget) OverrideColor(state C.GtkStateFlags, color *C.GdkRGBA)

Sets the color to use for a widget.

All other style values are left untouched.

This function does not act recursively. Setting the color of a container does not affect its children. Note that some widgets that you may not think of as containers, for instance #GtkButtons, are actually containers.

This API is mostly meant as a quick way for applications to change a widget appearance. If you are developing a widgets library and intend this change to be themeable, it is better done by setting meaningful CSS classes and regions in your widget/container implementation through gtk_style_context_add_class() and gtk_style_context_add_region().

This way, your widget library can install a #GtkCssProvider with the %GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_FALLBACK priority in order to provide a default styling for those widgets that need so, and this theming may fully overridden by the user’s theme.

Note that for complex widgets this may bring in undesired results (such as uniform background color everywhere), in these cases it is better to fully style such widgets through a #GtkCssProvider with the %GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_APPLICATION priority.

func (*TraitWidget) OverrideCursor

func (self *TraitWidget) OverrideCursor(cursor *C.GdkRGBA, secondary_cursor *C.GdkRGBA)

Sets the cursor color to use in a widget, overriding the cursor-color and secondary-cursor-color style properties. All other style values are left untouched. See also gtk_widget_modify_style().

Note that the underlying properties have the #GdkColor type, so the alpha value in @primary and @secondary will be ignored.

func (*TraitWidget) OverrideFont

func (self *TraitWidget) OverrideFont(font_desc *C.PangoFontDescription)

Sets the font to use for a widget. All other style values are left untouched. See gtk_widget_override_color().

func (*TraitWidget) OverrideSymbolicColor

func (self *TraitWidget) OverrideSymbolicColor(name string, color *C.GdkRGBA)

Sets a symbolic color for a widget.

All other style values are left untouched. See gtk_widget_override_color() for overriding the foreground or background color.

func (*TraitWidget) QueueComputeExpand

func (self *TraitWidget) QueueComputeExpand()

Mark @widget as needing to recompute its expand flags. Call this function when setting legacy expand child properties on the child of a container.

See gtk_widget_compute_expand().

func (*TraitWidget) QueueDraw

func (self *TraitWidget) QueueDraw()

Equivalent to calling gtk_widget_queue_draw_area() for the entire area of a widget.

func (*TraitWidget) QueueDrawArea

func (self *TraitWidget) QueueDrawArea(x int, y int, width int, height int)

Convenience function that calls gtk_widget_queue_draw_region() on the region created from the given coordinates.

The region here is specified in widget coordinates. Widget coordinates are a bit odd; for historical reasons, they are defined as @widget->window coordinates for widgets that are not #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets, and are relative to @widget->allocation.x, @widget->allocation.y for widgets that are #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets.

func (*TraitWidget) QueueDrawRegion

func (self *TraitWidget) QueueDrawRegion(region *C.cairo_region_t)

Invalidates the area of @widget defined by @region by calling gdk_window_invalidate_region() on the widget’s window and all its child windows. Once the main loop becomes idle (after the current batch of events has been processed, roughly), the window will receive expose events for the union of all regions that have been invalidated.

Normally you would only use this function in widget implementations. You might also use it to schedule a redraw of a #GtkDrawingArea or some portion thereof.

func (*TraitWidget) QueueResize

func (self *TraitWidget) QueueResize()

This function is only for use in widget implementations. Flags a widget to have its size renegotiated; should be called when a widget for some reason has a new size request. For example, when you change the text in a #GtkLabel, #GtkLabel queues a resize to ensure there’s enough space for the new text.

Note that you cannot call gtk_widget_queue_resize() on a widget from inside its implementation of the GtkWidgetClass::size_allocate virtual method. Calls to gtk_widget_queue_resize() from inside GtkWidgetClass::size_allocate will be silently ignored.

func (*TraitWidget) QueueResizeNoRedraw

func (self *TraitWidget) QueueResizeNoRedraw()

This function works like gtk_widget_queue_resize(), except that the widget is not invalidated.

func (*TraitWidget) Realize

func (self *TraitWidget) Realize()

Creates the GDK (windowing system) resources associated with a widget. For example, @widget->window will be created when a widget is realized. Normally realization happens implicitly; if you show a widget and all its parent containers, then the widget will be realized and mapped automatically.

Realizing a widget requires all the widget’s parent widgets to be realized; calling gtk_widget_realize() realizes the widget’s parents in addition to @widget itself. If a widget is not yet inside a toplevel window when you realize it, bad things will happen.

This function is primarily used in widget implementations, and isn’t very useful otherwise. Many times when you think you might need it, a better approach is to connect to a signal that will be called after the widget is realized automatically, such as #GtkWidget::draw. Or simply g_signal_connect () to the #GtkWidget::realize signal.

func (*TraitWidget) RegisterWindow

func (self *TraitWidget) RegisterWindow(window *C.GdkWindow)

Registers a #GdkWindow with the widget and sets it up so that the widget receives events for it. Call gtk_widget_unregister_window() when destroying the window.

Before 3.8 you needed to call gdk_window_set_user_data() directly to set this up. This is now deprecated and you should use gtk_widget_register_window() instead. Old code will keep working as is, although some new features like transparency might not work perfectly.

func (*TraitWidget) RemoveAccelerator

func (self *TraitWidget) RemoveAccelerator(accel_group IsAccelGroup, accel_key uint, accel_mods C.GdkModifierType) (return__ bool)

Removes an accelerator from @widget, previously installed with gtk_widget_add_accelerator().

func (*TraitWidget) RemoveMnemonicLabel

func (self *TraitWidget) RemoveMnemonicLabel(label IsWidget)

Removes a widget from the list of mnemonic labels for this widget. (See gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels()). The widget must have previously been added to the list with gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label().

func (*TraitWidget) RemoveTickCallback

func (self *TraitWidget) RemoveTickCallback(id uint)

Removes a tick callback previously registered with gtk_widget_add_tick_callback().

func (*TraitWidget) ResetStyle

func (self *TraitWidget) ResetStyle()

Updates the style context of @widget and all descendents by updating its widget path. #GtkContainers may want to use this on a child when reordering it in a way that a different style might apply to it. See also gtk_container_get_path_for_child().

func (*TraitWidget) SendExpose

func (self *TraitWidget) SendExpose(event *C.GdkEvent) (return__ int)

Very rarely-used function. This function is used to emit an expose event on a widget. This function is not normally used directly. The only time it is used is when propagating an expose event to a child %NO_WINDOW widget, and that is normally done using gtk_container_propagate_draw().

If you want to force an area of a window to be redrawn, use gdk_window_invalidate_rect() or gdk_window_invalidate_region(). To cause the redraw to be done immediately, follow that call with a call to gdk_window_process_updates().

func (*TraitWidget) SendFocusChange

func (self *TraitWidget) SendFocusChange(event *C.GdkEvent) (return__ bool)

Sends the focus change @event to @widget

This function is not meant to be used by applications. The only time it should be used is when it is necessary for a #GtkWidget to assign focus to a widget that is semantically owned by the first widget even though it’s not a direct child - for instance, a search entry in a floating window similar to the quick search in #GtkTreeView.

An example of its usage is:

|[<!-- language="C" -->

GdkEvent *fevent = gdk_event_new (GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE);

fevent->focus_change.type = GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE;
fevent->focus_change.in = TRUE;
fevent->focus_change.window = gtk_widget_get_window (widget);
if (fevent->focus_change.window != NULL)
  g_object_ref (fevent->focus_change.window);

gtk_widget_send_focus_change (widget, fevent);

gdk_event_free (event);

]|

func (*TraitWidget) SetAccelPath

func (self *TraitWidget) SetAccelPath(accel_path string, accel_group IsAccelGroup)

Given an accelerator group, @accel_group, and an accelerator path, @accel_path, sets up an accelerator in @accel_group so whenever the key binding that is defined for @accel_path is pressed, @widget will be activated. This removes any accelerators (for any accelerator group) installed by previous calls to gtk_widget_set_accel_path(). Associating accelerators with paths allows them to be modified by the user and the modifications to be saved for future use. (See gtk_accel_map_save().)

This function is a low level function that would most likely be used by a menu creation system like #GtkUIManager. If you use #GtkUIManager, setting up accelerator paths will be done automatically.

Even when you you aren’t using #GtkUIManager, if you only want to set up accelerators on menu items gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path() provides a somewhat more convenient interface.

Note that @accel_path string will be stored in a #GQuark. Therefore, if you pass a static string, you can save some memory by interning it first with g_intern_static_string().

func (*TraitWidget) SetAllocation

func (self *TraitWidget) SetAllocation(allocation *C.GtkAllocation)

Sets the widget’s allocation. This should not be used directly, but from within a widget’s size_allocate method.

The allocation set should be the “adjusted” or actual allocation. If you’re implementing a #GtkContainer, you want to use gtk_widget_size_allocate() instead of gtk_widget_set_allocation(). The GtkWidgetClass::adjust_size_allocation virtual method adjusts the allocation inside gtk_widget_size_allocate() to create an adjusted allocation.

func (*TraitWidget) SetAppPaintable

func (self *TraitWidget) SetAppPaintable(app_paintable bool)

Sets whether the application intends to draw on the widget in an #GtkWidget::draw handler.

This is a hint to the widget and does not affect the behavior of the GTK+ core; many widgets ignore this flag entirely. For widgets that do pay attention to the flag, such as #GtkEventBox and #GtkWindow, the effect is to suppress default themed drawing of the widget's background. (Children of the widget will still be drawn.) The application is then entirely responsible for drawing the widget background.

Note that the background is still drawn when the widget is mapped.

func (*TraitWidget) SetCanDefault

func (self *TraitWidget) SetCanDefault(can_default bool)

Specifies whether @widget can be a default widget. See gtk_widget_grab_default() for details about the meaning of “default”.

func (*TraitWidget) SetCanFocus

func (self *TraitWidget) SetCanFocus(can_focus bool)

Specifies whether @widget can own the input focus. See gtk_widget_grab_focus() for actually setting the input focus on a widget.

func (*TraitWidget) SetChildVisible

func (self *TraitWidget) SetChildVisible(is_visible bool)

Sets whether @widget should be mapped along with its when its parent is mapped and @widget has been shown with gtk_widget_show().

The child visibility can be set for widget before it is added to a container with gtk_widget_set_parent(), to avoid mapping children unnecessary before immediately unmapping them. However it will be reset to its default state of %TRUE when the widget is removed from a container.

Note that changing the child visibility of a widget does not queue a resize on the widget. Most of the time, the size of a widget is computed from all visible children, whether or not they are mapped. If this is not the case, the container can queue a resize itself.

This function is only useful for container implementations and never should be called by an application.

func (*TraitWidget) SetClip

func (self *TraitWidget) SetClip(clip *C.GtkAllocation)

Sets the widget’s clip. This must not be used directly, but from within a widget’s size_allocate method.

The clip set should be the area that @widget draws on. If @widget is a #GtkContainer, the area must contain all children's clips.

If this function is not called by @widget during a ::size-allocate handler, it is assumed to be equal to the allocation. However, if the function is not called, certain features that might extend a widget's allocation will not be available:

  • The #GtkWidget::draw signal will be clipped to the widget's allocation to avoid overdraw.
  • Calling gtk_render_background() will not draw outset shadows.

It is therefore suggested that you always call gtk_widget_set_clip() during a ::size-allocate handler.

func (*TraitWidget) SetDeviceEnabled

func (self *TraitWidget) SetDeviceEnabled(device *C.GdkDevice, enabled bool)

Enables or disables a #GdkDevice to interact with @widget and all its children.

It does so by descending through the #GdkWindow hierarchy and enabling the same mask that is has for core events (i.e. the one that gdk_window_get_events() returns).

func (*TraitWidget) SetDeviceEvents

func (self *TraitWidget) SetDeviceEvents(device *C.GdkDevice, events C.GdkEventMask)

Sets the device event mask (see #GdkEventMask) for a widget. The event mask determines which events a widget will receive from @device. Keep in mind that different widgets have different default event masks, and by changing the event mask you may disrupt a widget’s functionality, so be careful. This function must be called while a widget is unrealized. Consider gtk_widget_add_device_events() for widgets that are already realized, or if you want to preserve the existing event mask. This function can’t be used with #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets; to get events on those widgets, place them inside a #GtkEventBox and receive events on the event box.

func (*TraitWidget) SetDirection

func (self *TraitWidget) SetDirection(dir C.GtkTextDirection)

Sets the reading direction on a particular widget. This direction controls the primary direction for widgets containing text, and also the direction in which the children of a container are packed. The ability to set the direction is present in order so that correct localization into languages with right-to-left reading directions can be done. Generally, applications will let the default reading direction present, except for containers where the containers are arranged in an order that is explicitly visual rather than logical (such as buttons for text justification).

If the direction is set to %GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE, then the value set by gtk_widget_set_default_direction() will be used.

func (*TraitWidget) SetEvents

func (self *TraitWidget) SetEvents(events int)

Sets the event mask (see #GdkEventMask) for a widget. The event mask determines which events a widget will receive. Keep in mind that different widgets have different default event masks, and by changing the event mask you may disrupt a widget’s functionality, so be careful. This function must be called while a widget is unrealized. Consider gtk_widget_add_events() for widgets that are already realized, or if you want to preserve the existing event mask. This function can’t be used with widgets that have no window. (See gtk_widget_get_has_window()). To get events on those widgets, place them inside a #GtkEventBox and receive events on the event box.

func (*TraitWidget) SetHalign

func (self *TraitWidget) SetHalign(align C.GtkAlign)

Sets the horizontal alignment of @widget. See the #GtkWidget:halign property.

func (*TraitWidget) SetHasTooltip

func (self *TraitWidget) SetHasTooltip(has_tooltip bool)

Sets the has-tooltip property on @widget to @has_tooltip. See #GtkWidget:has-tooltip for more information.

func (*TraitWidget) SetHasWindow

func (self *TraitWidget) SetHasWindow(has_window bool)

Specifies whether @widget has a #GdkWindow of its own. Note that all realized widgets have a non-%NULL “window” pointer (gtk_widget_get_window() never returns a %NULL window when a widget is realized), but for many of them it’s actually the #GdkWindow of one of its parent widgets. Widgets that do not create a %window for themselves in #GtkWidget::realize must announce this by calling this function with @has_window = %FALSE.

This function should only be called by widget implementations, and they should call it in their init() function.

func (*TraitWidget) SetHexpand

func (self *TraitWidget) SetHexpand(expand bool)

Sets whether the widget would like any available extra horizontal space. When a user resizes a #GtkWindow, widgets with expand=TRUE generally receive the extra space. For example, a list or scrollable area or document in your window would often be set to expand.

Call this function to set the expand flag if you would like your widget to become larger horizontally when the window has extra room.

By default, widgets automatically expand if any of their children want to expand. (To see if a widget will automatically expand given its current children and state, call gtk_widget_compute_expand(). A container can decide how the expandability of children affects the expansion of the container by overriding the compute_expand virtual method on #GtkWidget.).

Setting hexpand explicitly with this function will override the automatic expand behavior.

This function forces the widget to expand or not to expand, regardless of children. The override occurs because gtk_widget_set_hexpand() sets the hexpand-set property (see gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set()) which causes the widget’s hexpand value to be used, rather than looking at children and widget state.

func (*TraitWidget) SetHexpandSet

func (self *TraitWidget) SetHexpandSet(set bool)

Sets whether the hexpand flag (see gtk_widget_get_hexpand()) will be used.

The hexpand-set property will be set automatically when you call gtk_widget_set_hexpand() to set hexpand, so the most likely reason to use this function would be to unset an explicit expand flag.

If hexpand is set, then it overrides any computed expand value based on child widgets. If hexpand is not set, then the expand value depends on whether any children of the widget would like to expand.

There are few reasons to use this function, but it’s here for completeness and consistency.

func (*TraitWidget) SetMapped

func (self *TraitWidget) SetMapped(mapped bool)

Marks the widget as being realized.

This function should only ever be called in a derived widget's “map” or “unmap” implementation.

func (*TraitWidget) SetMarginBottom

func (self *TraitWidget) SetMarginBottom(margin int)

Sets the bottom margin of @widget. See the #GtkWidget:margin-bottom property.

func (*TraitWidget) SetMarginEnd

func (self *TraitWidget) SetMarginEnd(margin int)

Sets the end margin of @widget. See the #GtkWidget:margin-end property.

func (*TraitWidget) SetMarginStart

func (self *TraitWidget) SetMarginStart(margin int)

Sets the start margin of @widget. See the #GtkWidget:margin-start property.

func (*TraitWidget) SetMarginTop

func (self *TraitWidget) SetMarginTop(margin int)

Sets the top margin of @widget. See the #GtkWidget:margin-top property.

func (*TraitWidget) SetName

func (self *TraitWidget) SetName(name string)

Widgets can be named, which allows you to refer to them from a CSS file. You can apply a style to widgets with a particular name in the CSS file. See the documentation for the CSS syntax (on the same page as the docs for #GtkStyleContext).

Note that the CSS syntax has certain special characters to delimit and represent elements in a selector (period, #, >, *...), so using these will make your widget impossible to match by name. Any combination of alphanumeric symbols, dashes and underscores will suffice.

func (*TraitWidget) SetNoShowAll

func (self *TraitWidget) SetNoShowAll(no_show_all bool)

Sets the #GtkWidget:no-show-all property, which determines whether calls to gtk_widget_show_all() will affect this widget.

This is mostly for use in constructing widget hierarchies with externally controlled visibility, see #GtkUIManager.

func (*TraitWidget) SetOpacity

func (self *TraitWidget) SetOpacity(opacity float64)

Request the @widget to be rendered partially transparent, with opacity 0 being fully transparent and 1 fully opaque. (Opacity values are clamped to the [0,1] range.). This works on both toplevel widget, and child widgets, although there are some limitations:

For toplevel widgets this depends on the capabilities of the windowing system. On X11 this has any effect only on X screens with a compositing manager running. See gtk_widget_is_composited(). On Windows it should work always, although setting a window’s opacity after the window has been shown causes it to flicker once on Windows.

For child widgets it doesn’t work if any affected widget has a native window, or disables double buffering.

func (*TraitWidget) SetParent

func (self *TraitWidget) SetParent(parent IsWidget)

This function is useful only when implementing subclasses of #GtkContainer. Sets the container as the parent of @widget, and takes care of some details such as updating the state and style of the child to reflect its new location. The opposite function is gtk_widget_unparent().

func (*TraitWidget) SetParentWindow

func (self *TraitWidget) SetParentWindow(parent_window *C.GdkWindow)

Sets a non default parent window for @widget.

For #GtkWindow classes, setting a @parent_window effects whether the window is a toplevel window or can be embedded into other widgets.

For #GtkWindow classes, this needs to be called before the window is realized.

func (*TraitWidget) SetRealized

func (self *TraitWidget) SetRealized(realized bool)

Marks the widget as being realized. This function must only be called after all #GdkWindows for the @widget have been created and registered.

This function should only ever be called in a derived widget's “realize” or “unrealize” implementation.

func (*TraitWidget) SetReceivesDefault

func (self *TraitWidget) SetReceivesDefault(receives_default bool)

Specifies whether @widget will be treated as the default widget within its toplevel when it has the focus, even if another widget is the default.

See gtk_widget_grab_default() for details about the meaning of “default”.

func (*TraitWidget) SetRedrawOnAllocate

func (self *TraitWidget) SetRedrawOnAllocate(redraw_on_allocate bool)

Sets whether the entire widget is queued for drawing when its size allocation changes. By default, this setting is %TRUE and the entire widget is redrawn on every size change. If your widget leaves the upper left unchanged when made bigger, turning this setting off will improve performance.

Note that for widgets where gtk_widget_get_has_window() is %FALSE setting this flag to %FALSE turns off all allocation on resizing: the widget will not even redraw if its position changes; this is to allow containers that don’t draw anything to avoid excess invalidations. If you set this flag on a widget with no window that does draw on @widget->window, you are responsible for invalidating both the old and new allocation of the widget when the widget is moved and responsible for invalidating regions newly when the widget increases size.

func (*TraitWidget) SetSensitive

func (self *TraitWidget) SetSensitive(sensitive bool)

Sets the sensitivity of a widget. A widget is sensitive if the user can interact with it. Insensitive widgets are “grayed out” and the user can’t interact with them. Insensitive widgets are known as “inactive”, “disabled”, or “ghosted” in some other toolkits.

func (*TraitWidget) SetSizeRequest

func (self *TraitWidget) SetSizeRequest(width int, height int)

Sets the minimum size of a widget; that is, the widget’s size request will be at least @width by @height. You can use this function to force a widget to be larger than it normally would be.

In most cases, gtk_window_set_default_size() is a better choice for toplevel windows than this function; setting the default size will still allow users to shrink the window. Setting the size request will force them to leave the window at least as large as the size request. When dealing with window sizes, gtk_window_set_geometry_hints() can be a useful function as well.

Note the inherent danger of setting any fixed size - themes, translations into other languages, different fonts, and user action can all change the appropriate size for a given widget. So, it's basically impossible to hardcode a size that will always be correct.

The size request of a widget is the smallest size a widget can accept while still functioning well and drawing itself correctly. However in some strange cases a widget may be allocated less than its requested size, and in many cases a widget may be allocated more space than it requested.

If the size request in a given direction is -1 (unset), then the “natural” size request of the widget will be used instead.

The size request set here does not include any margin from the #GtkWidget properties margin-left, margin-right, margin-top, and margin-bottom, but it does include pretty much all other padding or border properties set by any subclass of #GtkWidget.

func (*TraitWidget) SetStateFlags

func (self *TraitWidget) SetStateFlags(flags C.GtkStateFlags, clear bool)

This function is for use in widget implementations. Turns on flag values in the current widget state (insensitive, prelighted, etc.).

This function accepts the values %GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_LTR and %GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_RTL but ignores them. If you want to set the widget's direction, use gtk_widget_set_direction().

It is worth mentioning that any other state than %GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE, will be propagated down to all non-internal children if @widget is a #GtkContainer, while %GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE itself will be propagated down to all #GtkContainer children by different means than turning on the state flag down the hierarchy, both gtk_widget_get_state_flags() and gtk_widget_is_sensitive() will make use of these.

func (*TraitWidget) SetSupportMultidevice

func (self *TraitWidget) SetSupportMultidevice(support_multidevice bool)

Enables or disables multiple pointer awareness. If this setting is %TRUE, @widget will start receiving multiple, per device enter/leave events. Note that if custom #GdkWindows are created in #GtkWidget::realize, gdk_window_set_support_multidevice() will have to be called manually on them.

func (*TraitWidget) SetTooltipMarkup

func (self *TraitWidget) SetTooltipMarkup(markup string)

Sets @markup as the contents of the tooltip, which is marked up with

the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat].

This function will take care of setting #GtkWidget:has-tooltip to %TRUE and of the default handler for the #GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal.

See also the #GtkWidget:tooltip-markup property and gtk_tooltip_set_markup().

func (*TraitWidget) SetTooltipText

func (self *TraitWidget) SetTooltipText(text string)

Sets @text as the contents of the tooltip. This function will take care of setting #GtkWidget:has-tooltip to %TRUE and of the default handler for the #GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal.

See also the #GtkWidget:tooltip-text property and gtk_tooltip_set_text().

func (*TraitWidget) SetTooltipWindow

func (self *TraitWidget) SetTooltipWindow(custom_window IsWindow)

Replaces the default, usually yellow, window used for displaying tooltips with @custom_window. GTK+ will take care of showing and hiding @custom_window at the right moment, to behave likewise as the default tooltip window. If @custom_window is %NULL, the default tooltip window will be used.

If the custom window should have the default theming it needs to have the name “gtk-tooltip”, see gtk_widget_set_name().

func (*TraitWidget) SetValign

func (self *TraitWidget) SetValign(align C.GtkAlign)

Sets the vertical alignment of @widget. See the #GtkWidget:valign property.

func (*TraitWidget) SetVexpand

func (self *TraitWidget) SetVexpand(expand bool)

Sets whether the widget would like any available extra vertical space.

See gtk_widget_set_hexpand() for more detail.

func (*TraitWidget) SetVexpandSet

func (self *TraitWidget) SetVexpandSet(set bool)

Sets whether the vexpand flag (see gtk_widget_get_vexpand()) will be used.

See gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set() for more detail.

func (*TraitWidget) SetVisible

func (self *TraitWidget) SetVisible(visible bool)

Sets the visibility state of @widget. Note that setting this to %TRUE doesn’t mean the widget is actually viewable, see gtk_widget_get_visible().

This function simply calls gtk_widget_show() or gtk_widget_hide() but is nicer to use when the visibility of the widget depends on some condition.

func (*TraitWidget) SetVisual

func (self *TraitWidget) SetVisual(visual *C.GdkVisual)

Sets the visual that should be used for by widget and its children for creating #GdkWindows. The visual must be on the same #GdkScreen as returned by gtk_widget_get_screen(), so handling the #GtkWidget::screen-changed signal is necessary.

Setting a new @visual will not cause @widget to recreate its windows, so you should call this function before @widget is realized.

func (*TraitWidget) SetWindow

func (self *TraitWidget) SetWindow(window *C.GdkWindow)

Sets a widget’s window. This function should only be used in a widget’s #GtkWidget::realize implementation. The %window passed is usually either new window created with gdk_window_new(), or the window of its parent widget as returned by gtk_widget_get_parent_window().

Widgets must indicate whether they will create their own #GdkWindow by calling gtk_widget_set_has_window(). This is usually done in the widget’s init() function.

Note that this function does not add any reference to @window.

func (*TraitWidget) ShapeCombineRegion

func (self *TraitWidget) ShapeCombineRegion(region *C.cairo_region_t)

Sets a shape for this widget’s GDK window. This allows for transparent windows etc., see gdk_window_shape_combine_region() for more information.

func (*TraitWidget) Show

func (self *TraitWidget) Show()

Flags a widget to be displayed. Any widget that isn’t shown will not appear on the screen. If you want to show all the widgets in a container, it’s easier to call gtk_widget_show_all() on the container, instead of individually showing the widgets.

Remember that you have to show the containers containing a widget, in addition to the widget itself, before it will appear onscreen.

When a toplevel container is shown, it is immediately realized and mapped; other shown widgets are realized and mapped when their toplevel container is realized and mapped.

func (*TraitWidget) ShowAll

func (self *TraitWidget) ShowAll()

Recursively shows a widget, and any child widgets (if the widget is a container).

func (*TraitWidget) ShowNow

func (self *TraitWidget) ShowNow()

Shows a widget. If the widget is an unmapped toplevel widget (i.e. a #GtkWindow that has not yet been shown), enter the main loop and wait for the window to actually be mapped. Be careful; because the main loop is running, anything can happen during this function.

func (*TraitWidget) SizeAllocate

func (self *TraitWidget) SizeAllocate(allocation *C.GtkAllocation)

This function is only used by #GtkContainer subclasses, to assign a size and position to their child widgets.

In this function, the allocation may be adjusted. It will be forced to a 1x1 minimum size, and the adjust_size_allocation virtual method on the child will be used to adjust the allocation. Standard adjustments include removing the widget’s margins, and applying the widget’s #GtkWidget:halign and #GtkWidget:valign properties.

For baseline support in containers you need to use gtk_widget_size_allocate_with_baseline() instead.

func (*TraitWidget) SizeAllocateWithBaseline

func (self *TraitWidget) SizeAllocateWithBaseline(allocation *C.GtkAllocation, baseline int)

This function is only used by #GtkContainer subclasses, to assign a size, position and (optionally) baseline to their child widgets.

In this function, the allocation and baseline may be adjusted. It will be forced to a 1x1 minimum size, and the adjust_size_allocation virtual and adjust_baseline_allocation methods on the child will be used to adjust the allocation and baseline. Standard adjustments include removing the widget's margins, and applying the widget’s #GtkWidget:halign and #GtkWidget:valign properties.

If the child widget does not have a valign of %GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE the baseline argument is ignored and -1 is used instead.

func (*TraitWidget) StyleGetProperty

func (self *TraitWidget) StyleGetProperty(property_name string, value *C.GValue)

Gets the value of a style property of @widget.

func (*TraitWidget) ThawChildNotify

func (self *TraitWidget) ThawChildNotify()

Reverts the effect of a previous call to gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify(). This causes all queued #GtkWidget::child-notify signals on @widget to be emitted.

func (*TraitWidget) TranslateCoordinates

func (self *TraitWidget) TranslateCoordinates(dest_widget IsWidget, src_x int, src_y int) (dest_x int, dest_y int, return__ bool)

Translate coordinates relative to @src_widget’s allocation to coordinates relative to @dest_widget’s allocations. In order to perform this operation, both widgets must be realized, and must share a common toplevel.

func (*TraitWidget) TriggerTooltipQuery

func (self *TraitWidget) TriggerTooltipQuery()

Triggers a tooltip query on the display where the toplevel of @widget is located. See gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query() for more information.

func (*TraitWidget) Unmap

func (self *TraitWidget) Unmap()

This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes a widget to be unmapped if it’s currently mapped.

func (*TraitWidget) Unparent

func (self *TraitWidget) Unparent()

This function is only for use in widget implementations. Should be called by implementations of the remove method on #GtkContainer, to dissociate a child from the container.

func (*TraitWidget) Unrealize

func (self *TraitWidget) Unrealize()

This function is only useful in widget implementations. Causes a widget to be unrealized (frees all GDK resources associated with the widget, such as @widget->window).

func (*TraitWidget) UnregisterWindow

func (self *TraitWidget) UnregisterWindow(window *C.GdkWindow)

Unregisters a #GdkWindow from the widget that was previously set up with gtk_widget_register_window(). You need to call this when the window is no longer used by the widget, such as when you destroy it.

func (*TraitWidget) UnsetStateFlags

func (self *TraitWidget) UnsetStateFlags(flags C.GtkStateFlags)

This function is for use in widget implementations. Turns off flag values for the current widget state (insensitive, prelighted, etc.). See gtk_widget_set_state_flags().

type TraitWidgetAccessible

type TraitWidgetAccessible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkWidgetAccessible }

func NewTraitWidgetAccessible

func NewTraitWidgetAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitWidgetAccessible

func (*TraitWidgetAccessible) GetWidgetAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitWidgetAccessible) GetWidgetAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkWidgetAccessible

type TraitWindow

type TraitWindow struct{ CPointer *C.GtkWindow }

func NewTraitWindow

func NewTraitWindow(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitWindow

func (*TraitWindow) ActivateDefault

func (self *TraitWindow) ActivateDefault() (return__ bool)

Activates the default widget for the window, unless the current focused widget has been configured to receive the default action (see gtk_widget_set_receives_default()), in which case the focused widget is activated.

func (*TraitWindow) ActivateFocus

func (self *TraitWindow) ActivateFocus() (return__ bool)

Activates the current focused widget within the window.

func (*TraitWindow) ActivateKey

func (self *TraitWindow) ActivateKey(event *C.GdkEventKey) (return__ bool)

Activates mnemonics and accelerators for this #GtkWindow. This is normally called by the default ::key_press_event handler for toplevel windows, however in some cases it may be useful to call this directly when overriding the standard key handling for a toplevel window.

func (*TraitWindow) AddAccelGroup

func (self *TraitWindow) AddAccelGroup(accel_group IsAccelGroup)

Associate @accel_group with @window, such that calling gtk_accel_groups_activate() on @window will activate accelerators in @accel_group.

func (*TraitWindow) AddMnemonic

func (self *TraitWindow) AddMnemonic(keyval uint, target IsWidget)

Adds a mnemonic to this window.

func (*TraitWindow) BeginMoveDrag

func (self *TraitWindow) BeginMoveDrag(button int, root_x int, root_y int, timestamp uint32)

Starts moving a window. This function is used if an application has window movement grips. When GDK can support it, the window movement will be done using the standard mechanism for the [window manager][gtk-X11-arch] or windowing system. Otherwise, GDK will try to emulate window movement, potentially not all that well, depending on the windowing system.

func (*TraitWindow) BeginResizeDrag

func (self *TraitWindow) BeginResizeDrag(edge C.GdkWindowEdge, button int, root_x int, root_y int, timestamp uint32)

Starts resizing a window. This function is used if an application has window resizing controls. When GDK can support it, the resize will be done using the standard mechanism for the [window manager][gtk-X11-arch] or windowing system. Otherwise, GDK will try to emulate window resizing, potentially not all that well, depending on the windowing system.

func (*TraitWindow) Close

func (self *TraitWindow) Close()

Requests that the window is closed, similar to what happens when a window manager close button is clicked.

This function can be used with close buttons in custom titlebars.

func (*TraitWindow) Deiconify

func (self *TraitWindow) Deiconify()

Asks to deiconify (i.e. unminimize) the specified @window. Note that you shouldn’t assume the window is definitely deiconified afterward, because other entities (e.g. the user or [window manager][gtk-X11-arch])) could iconify it again before your code which assumes deiconification gets to run.

You can track iconification via the “window-state-event” signal on #GtkWidget.

func (*TraitWindow) Fullscreen

func (self *TraitWindow) Fullscreen()

Asks to place @window in the fullscreen state. Note that you shouldn’t assume the window is definitely full screen afterward, because other entities (e.g. the user or [window manager][gtk-X11-arch]) could unfullscreen it again, and not all window managers honor requests to fullscreen windows. But normally the window will end up fullscreen. Just don’t write code that crashes if not.

You can track the fullscreen state via the “window-state-event” signal on #GtkWidget.

func (*TraitWindow) GetAcceptFocus

func (self *TraitWindow) GetAcceptFocus() (return__ bool)

Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_accept_focus().

func (*TraitWindow) GetApplication

func (self *TraitWindow) GetApplication() (return__ *Application)

Gets the #GtkApplication associated with the window (if any).

func (*TraitWindow) GetAttachedTo

func (self *TraitWindow) GetAttachedTo() (return__ *Widget)

Fetches the attach widget for this window. See gtk_window_set_attached_to().

func (*TraitWindow) GetDecorated

func (self *TraitWindow) GetDecorated() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the window has been set to have decorations such as a title bar via gtk_window_set_decorated().

func (*TraitWindow) GetDefaultSize

func (self *TraitWindow) GetDefaultSize() (width int, height int)

Gets the default size of the window. A value of -1 for the width or height indicates that a default size has not been explicitly set for that dimension, so the “natural” size of the window will be used.

func (*TraitWindow) GetDefaultWidget

func (self *TraitWindow) GetDefaultWidget() (return__ *Widget)

Returns the default widget for @window. See gtk_window_set_default() for more details.

func (*TraitWindow) GetDeletable

func (self *TraitWindow) GetDeletable() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the window has been set to have a close button via gtk_window_set_deletable().

func (*TraitWindow) GetDestroyWithParent

func (self *TraitWindow) GetDestroyWithParent() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the window will be destroyed with its transient parent. See gtk_window_set_destroy_with_parent ().

func (*TraitWindow) GetFocus

func (self *TraitWindow) GetFocus() (return__ *Widget)

Retrieves the current focused widget within the window. Note that this is the widget that would have the focus if the toplevel window focused; if the toplevel window is not focused then `gtk_widget_has_focus (widget)` will not be %TRUE for the widget.

func (*TraitWindow) GetFocusOnMap

func (self *TraitWindow) GetFocusOnMap() (return__ bool)

Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_focus_on_map().

func (*TraitWindow) GetFocusVisible

func (self *TraitWindow) GetFocusVisible() (return__ bool)

Gets the value of the #GtkWindow:focus-visible property.

func (*TraitWindow) GetGravity

func (self *TraitWindow) GetGravity() (return__ C.GdkGravity)

Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_gravity().

func (*TraitWindow) GetGroup

func (self *TraitWindow) GetGroup() (return__ *WindowGroup)

Returns the group for @window or the default group, if @window is %NULL or if @window does not have an explicit window group.

func (*TraitWindow) GetHideTitlebarWhenMaximized

func (self *TraitWindow) GetHideTitlebarWhenMaximized() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the window has requested to have its titlebar hidden when maximized. See gtk_window_set_hide_titlebar_when_maximized ().

func (*TraitWindow) GetIcon

func (self *TraitWindow) GetIcon() (return__ *C.GdkPixbuf)

Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_icon() (or if you've called gtk_window_set_icon_list(), gets the first icon in the icon list).

func (*TraitWindow) GetIconList

func (self *TraitWindow) GetIconList() (return__ *C.GList)

Retrieves the list of icons set by gtk_window_set_icon_list(). The list is copied, but the reference count on each member won’t be incremented.

func (*TraitWindow) GetIconName

func (self *TraitWindow) GetIconName() (return__ string)

Returns the name of the themed icon for the window, see gtk_window_set_icon_name().

func (*TraitWindow) GetMnemonicModifier

func (self *TraitWindow) GetMnemonicModifier() (return__ C.GdkModifierType)

Returns the mnemonic modifier for this window. See gtk_window_set_mnemonic_modifier().

func (*TraitWindow) GetMnemonicsVisible

func (self *TraitWindow) GetMnemonicsVisible() (return__ bool)

Gets the value of the #GtkWindow:mnemonics-visible property.

func (*TraitWindow) GetModal

func (self *TraitWindow) GetModal() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the window is modal. See gtk_window_set_modal().

func (*TraitWindow) GetPosition

func (self *TraitWindow) GetPosition() (root_x int, root_y int)

This function returns the position you need to pass to gtk_window_move() to keep @window in its current position. This means that the meaning of the returned value varies with window gravity. See gtk_window_move() for more details.

If you haven’t changed the window gravity, its gravity will be #GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH_WEST. This means that gtk_window_get_position() gets the position of the top-left corner of the window manager frame for the window. gtk_window_move() sets the position of this same top-left corner.

gtk_window_get_position() is not 100% reliable because the X Window System does not specify a way to obtain the geometry of the decorations placed on a window by the window manager. Thus GTK+ is using a “best guess” that works with most window managers.

Moreover, nearly all window managers are historically broken with respect to their handling of window gravity. So moving a window to its current position as returned by gtk_window_get_position() tends to result in moving the window slightly. Window managers are slowly getting better over time.

If a window has gravity #GDK_GRAVITY_STATIC the window manager frame is not relevant, and thus gtk_window_get_position() will always produce accurate results. However you can’t use static gravity to do things like place a window in a corner of the screen, because static gravity ignores the window manager decorations.

If you are saving and restoring your application’s window positions, you should know that it’s impossible for applications to do this without getting it somewhat wrong because applications do not have sufficient knowledge of window manager state. The Correct Mechanism is to support the session management protocol (see the “GnomeClient” object in the GNOME libraries for example) and allow the window manager to save your window sizes and positions.

func (*TraitWindow) GetResizable

func (self *TraitWindow) GetResizable() (return__ bool)

Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_resizable().

func (*TraitWindow) GetRole

func (self *TraitWindow) GetRole() (return__ string)

Returns the role of the window. See gtk_window_set_role() for further explanation.

func (*TraitWindow) GetScreen

func (self *TraitWindow) GetScreen() (return__ *C.GdkScreen)

Returns the #GdkScreen associated with @window.

func (*TraitWindow) GetSize

func (self *TraitWindow) GetSize() (width int, height int)

Obtains the current size of @window. If @window is not onscreen, it returns the size GTK+ will suggest to the [window manager][gtk-X11-arch] for the initial window size (but this is not reliably the same as the size the window manager will actually select). The size obtained by gtk_window_get_size() is the last size received in a #GdkEventConfigure, that is, GTK+ uses its locally-stored size, rather than querying the X server for the size. As a result, if you call gtk_window_resize() then immediately call gtk_window_get_size(), the size won’t have taken effect yet. After the window manager processes the resize request, GTK+ receives notification that the size has changed via a configure event, and the size of the window gets updated.

Note 1: Nearly any use of this function creates a race condition, because the size of the window may change between the time that you get the size and the time that you perform some action assuming that size is the current size. To avoid race conditions, connect to “configure-event” on the window and adjust your size-dependent state to match the size delivered in the #GdkEventConfigure.

Note 2: The returned size does not include the size of the window manager decorations (aka the window frame or border). Those are not drawn by GTK+ and GTK+ has no reliable method of determining their size.

Note 3: If you are getting a window size in order to position the window onscreen, there may be a better way. The preferred way is to simply set the window’s semantic type with gtk_window_set_type_hint(), which allows the window manager to e.g. center dialogs. Also, if you set the transient parent of dialogs with gtk_window_set_transient_for() window managers will often center the dialog over its parent window. It's much preferred to let the window manager handle these things rather than doing it yourself, because all apps will behave consistently and according to user prefs if the window manager handles it. Also, the window manager can take the size of the window decorations/border into account, while your application cannot.

In any case, if you insist on application-specified window positioning, there’s still a better way than doing it yourself - gtk_window_set_position() will frequently handle the details for you.

func (*TraitWindow) GetSkipPagerHint

func (self *TraitWindow) GetSkipPagerHint() (return__ bool)

Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_skip_pager_hint().

func (*TraitWindow) GetSkipTaskbarHint

func (self *TraitWindow) GetSkipTaskbarHint() (return__ bool)

Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_skip_taskbar_hint()

func (*TraitWindow) GetTitle

func (self *TraitWindow) GetTitle() (return__ string)

Retrieves the title of the window. See gtk_window_set_title().

func (*TraitWindow) GetTransientFor

func (self *TraitWindow) GetTransientFor() (return__ *Window)

Fetches the transient parent for this window. See gtk_window_set_transient_for().

func (*TraitWindow) GetTypeHint

func (self *TraitWindow) GetTypeHint() (return__ C.GdkWindowTypeHint)

Gets the type hint for this window. See gtk_window_set_type_hint().

func (*TraitWindow) GetUrgencyHint

func (self *TraitWindow) GetUrgencyHint() (return__ bool)

Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_urgency_hint()

func (*TraitWindow) GetWindowPointer

func (self *TraitWindow) GetWindowPointer() *C.GtkWindow

func (*TraitWindow) GetWindowType

func (self *TraitWindow) GetWindowType() (return__ C.GtkWindowType)

Gets the type of the window. See #GtkWindowType.

func (*TraitWindow) HasGroup

func (self *TraitWindow) HasGroup() (return__ bool)

Returns whether @window has an explicit window group.

func (*TraitWindow) HasToplevelFocus

func (self *TraitWindow) HasToplevelFocus() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the input focus is within this GtkWindow. For real toplevel windows, this is identical to gtk_window_is_active(), but for embedded windows, like #GtkPlug, the results will differ.

func (*TraitWindow) Iconify

func (self *TraitWindow) Iconify()

Asks to iconify (i.e. minimize) the specified @window. Note that you shouldn’t assume the window is definitely iconified afterward, because other entities (e.g. the user or [window manager][gtk-X11-arch]) could deiconify it again, or there may not be a window manager in which case iconification isn’t possible, etc. But normally the window will end up iconified. Just don’t write code that crashes if not.

It’s permitted to call this function before showing a window, in which case the window will be iconified before it ever appears onscreen.

You can track iconification via the “window-state-event” signal on #GtkWidget.

func (*TraitWindow) IsActive

func (self *TraitWindow) IsActive() (return__ bool)

Returns whether the window is part of the current active toplevel. (That is, the toplevel window receiving keystrokes.) The return value is %TRUE if the window is active toplevel itself, but also if it is, say, a #GtkPlug embedded in the active toplevel. You might use this function if you wanted to draw a widget differently in an active window from a widget in an inactive window. See gtk_window_has_toplevel_focus()

func (*TraitWindow) IsMaximized

func (self *TraitWindow) IsMaximized() (return__ bool)

Retrieves the current maximized state of @window.

Note that since maximization is ultimately handled by the window manager and happens asynchronously to an application request, you shouldn’t assume the return value of this function changing immediately (or at all), as an effect of calling gtk_window_maximize() or gtk_window_unmaximize().

func (*TraitWindow) Maximize

func (self *TraitWindow) Maximize()

Asks to maximize @window, so that it becomes full-screen. Note that you shouldn’t assume the window is definitely maximized afterward, because other entities (e.g. the user or [window manager][gtk-X11-arch]) could unmaximize it again, and not all window managers support maximization. But normally the window will end up maximized. Just don’t write code that crashes if not.

It’s permitted to call this function before showing a window, in which case the window will be maximized when it appears onscreen initially.

You can track maximization via the “window-state-event” signal on #GtkWidget, or by listening to notifications on the #GtkWindow:is-maximized property.

func (*TraitWindow) MnemonicActivate

func (self *TraitWindow) MnemonicActivate(keyval uint, modifier C.GdkModifierType) (return__ bool)

Activates the targets associated with the mnemonic.

func (*TraitWindow) Move

func (self *TraitWindow) Move(x int, y int)

Asks the [window manager][gtk-X11-arch] to move @window to the given position. Window managers are free to ignore this; most window managers ignore requests for initial window positions (instead using a user-defined placement algorithm) and honor requests after the window has already been shown.

Note: the position is the position of the gravity-determined reference point for the window. The gravity determines two things: first, the location of the reference point in root window coordinates; and second, which point on the window is positioned at the reference point.

By default the gravity is #GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH_WEST, so the reference point is simply the @x, @y supplied to gtk_window_move(). The top-left corner of the window decorations (aka window frame or border) will be placed at @x, @y. Therefore, to position a window at the top left of the screen, you want to use the default gravity (which is #GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH_WEST) and move the window to 0,0.

To position a window at the bottom right corner of the screen, you would set #GDK_GRAVITY_SOUTH_EAST, which means that the reference point is at @x + the window width and @y + the window height, and the bottom-right corner of the window border will be placed at that reference point. So, to place a window in the bottom right corner you would first set gravity to south east, then write: `gtk_window_move (window, gdk_screen_width () - window_width, gdk_screen_height () - window_height)` (note that this example does not take multi-head scenarios into account).

The [Extended Window Manager Hints Specification](http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/wm-spec) has a nice table of gravities in the “implementation notes” section.

The gtk_window_get_position() documentation may also be relevant.

func (*TraitWindow) ParseGeometry

func (self *TraitWindow) ParseGeometry(geometry string) (return__ bool)

Parses a standard X Window System geometry string - see the manual page for X (type “man X”) for details on this. gtk_window_parse_geometry() does work on all GTK+ ports including Win32 but is primarily intended for an X environment.

If either a size or a position can be extracted from the geometry string, gtk_window_parse_geometry() returns %TRUE and calls gtk_window_set_default_size() and/or gtk_window_move() to resize/move the window.

If gtk_window_parse_geometry() returns %TRUE, it will also set the #GDK_HINT_USER_POS and/or #GDK_HINT_USER_SIZE hints indicating to the window manager that the size/position of the window was user-specified. This causes most window managers to honor the geometry.

Note that for gtk_window_parse_geometry() to work as expected, it has to be called when the window has its “final” size, i.e. after calling gtk_widget_show_all() on the contents and gtk_window_set_geometry_hints() on the window. |[<!-- language="C" --> #include <gtk/gtk.h>

static void fill_with_content (GtkWidget *vbox)

{
  // fill with content...
}

int main (int argc, char *argv[])

{
  GtkWidget *window, *vbox;
  GdkGeometry size_hints = {
    100, 50, 0, 0, 100, 50, 10,
    10, 0.0, 0.0, GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH_WEST
  };

  gtk_init (&argc, &argv);

  window = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
  vbox = gtk_box_new (GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL, 0);

  gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (window), vbox);
  fill_with_content (vbox);
  gtk_widget_show_all (vbox);

  gtk_window_set_geometry_hints (GTK_WINDOW (window),
	  			    window,
				    &size_hints,
				    GDK_HINT_MIN_SIZE |
				    GDK_HINT_BASE_SIZE |
				    GDK_HINT_RESIZE_INC);

  if (argc > 1)
    {
      gboolean res;
      res = gtk_window_parse_geometry (GTK_WINDOW (window),
                                       argv[1]);
      if (! res)
        fprintf (stderr,
                 "Failed to parse “%s”\n",
                 argv[1]);
    }

  gtk_widget_show_all (window);
  gtk_main ();

  return 0;
}

]|

func (*TraitWindow) Present

func (self *TraitWindow) Present()

Presents a window to the user. This may mean raising the window in the stacking order, deiconifying it, moving it to the current desktop, and/or giving it the keyboard focus, possibly dependent on the user’s platform, window manager, and preferences.

If @window is hidden, this function calls gtk_widget_show() as well.

This function should be used when the user tries to open a window that’s already open. Say for example the preferences dialog is currently open, and the user chooses Preferences from the menu a second time; use gtk_window_present() to move the already-open dialog where the user can see it.

If you are calling this function in response to a user interaction, it is preferable to use gtk_window_present_with_time().

func (*TraitWindow) PresentWithTime

func (self *TraitWindow) PresentWithTime(timestamp uint32)

Presents a window to the user in response to a user interaction. If you need to present a window without a timestamp, use gtk_window_present(). See gtk_window_present() for details.

func (*TraitWindow) PropagateKeyEvent

func (self *TraitWindow) PropagateKeyEvent(event *C.GdkEventKey) (return__ bool)

Propagate a key press or release event to the focus widget and up the focus container chain until a widget handles @event. This is normally called by the default ::key_press_event and ::key_release_event handlers for toplevel windows, however in some cases it may be useful to call this directly when overriding the standard key handling for a toplevel window.

func (*TraitWindow) RemoveAccelGroup

func (self *TraitWindow) RemoveAccelGroup(accel_group IsAccelGroup)

Reverses the effects of gtk_window_add_accel_group().

func (*TraitWindow) RemoveMnemonic

func (self *TraitWindow) RemoveMnemonic(keyval uint, target IsWidget)

Removes a mnemonic from this window.

func (*TraitWindow) Resize

func (self *TraitWindow) Resize(width int, height int)

Resizes the window as if the user had done so, obeying geometry constraints. The default geometry constraint is that windows may not be smaller than their size request; to override this constraint, call gtk_widget_set_size_request() to set the window's request to a smaller value.

If gtk_window_resize() is called before showing a window for the first time, it overrides any default size set with gtk_window_set_default_size().

Windows may not be resized smaller than 1 by 1 pixels.

func (*TraitWindow) ResizeToGeometry

func (self *TraitWindow) ResizeToGeometry(width int, height int)

Like gtk_window_resize(), but @width and @height are interpreted in terms of the base size and increment set with gtk_window_set_geometry_hints.

func (*TraitWindow) SetAcceptFocus

func (self *TraitWindow) SetAcceptFocus(setting bool)

Windows may set a hint asking the desktop environment not to receive the input focus. This function sets this hint.

func (*TraitWindow) SetApplication

func (self *TraitWindow) SetApplication(application IsApplication)

Sets or unsets the #GtkApplication associated with the window.

The application will be kept alive for at least as long as the window is open.

func (*TraitWindow) SetAttachedTo

func (self *TraitWindow) SetAttachedTo(attach_widget IsWidget)

Marks @window as attached to @attach_widget. This creates a logical binding between the window and the widget it belongs to, which is used by GTK+ to propagate information such as styling or accessibility to @window as if it was a children of @attach_widget.

Examples of places where specifying this relation is useful are for instance a #GtkMenu created by a #GtkComboBox, a completion popup window created by #GtkEntry or a typeahead search entry created by #GtkTreeView.

Note that this function should not be confused with gtk_window_set_transient_for(), which specifies a window manager relation between two toplevels instead.

Passing %NULL for @attach_widget detaches the window.

func (*TraitWindow) SetDecorated

func (self *TraitWindow) SetDecorated(setting bool)

By default, windows are decorated with a title bar, resize controls, etc. Some [window managers][gtk-X11-arch] allow GTK+ to disable these decorations, creating a borderless window. If you set the decorated property to %FALSE using this function, GTK+ will do its best to convince the window manager not to decorate the window. Depending on the system, this function may not have any effect when called on a window that is already visible, so you should call it before calling gtk_widget_show().

On Windows, this function always works, since there’s no window manager policy involved.

func (*TraitWindow) SetDefault

func (self *TraitWindow) SetDefault(default_widget IsWidget)

The default widget is the widget that’s activated when the user presses Enter in a dialog (for example). This function sets or unsets the default widget for a #GtkWindow. When setting (rather than unsetting) the default widget it’s generally easier to call gtk_widget_grab_default() on the widget. Before making a widget the default widget, you must call gtk_widget_set_can_default() on the widget you’d like to make the default.

func (*TraitWindow) SetDefaultGeometry

func (self *TraitWindow) SetDefaultGeometry(width int, height int)

Like gtk_window_set_default_size(), but @width and @height are interpreted in terms of the base size and increment set with gtk_window_set_geometry_hints.

func (*TraitWindow) SetDefaultSize

func (self *TraitWindow) SetDefaultSize(width int, height int)

Sets the default size of a window. If the window’s “natural” size (its size request) is larger than the default, the default will be ignored. More generally, if the default size does not obey the geometry hints for the window (gtk_window_set_geometry_hints() can be used to set these explicitly), the default size will be clamped to the nearest permitted size.

Unlike gtk_widget_set_size_request(), which sets a size request for a widget and thus would keep users from shrinking the window, this function only sets the initial size, just as if the user had resized the window themselves. Users can still shrink the window again as they normally would. Setting a default size of -1 means to use the “natural” default size (the size request of the window).

For more control over a window’s initial size and how resizing works, investigate gtk_window_set_geometry_hints().

For some uses, gtk_window_resize() is a more appropriate function. gtk_window_resize() changes the current size of the window, rather than the size to be used on initial display. gtk_window_resize() always affects the window itself, not the geometry widget.

The default size of a window only affects the first time a window is shown; if a window is hidden and re-shown, it will remember the size it had prior to hiding, rather than using the default size.

Windows can’t actually be 0x0 in size, they must be at least 1x1, but passing 0 for @width and @height is OK, resulting in a 1x1 default size.

func (*TraitWindow) SetDeletable

func (self *TraitWindow) SetDeletable(setting bool)

By default, windows have a close button in the window frame. Some [window managers][gtk-X11-arch] allow GTK+ to disable this button. If you set the deletable property to %FALSE using this function, GTK+ will do its best to convince the window manager not to show a close button. Depending on the system, this function may not have any effect when called on a window that is already visible, so you should call it before calling gtk_widget_show().

On Windows, this function always works, since there’s no window manager policy involved.

func (*TraitWindow) SetDestroyWithParent

func (self *TraitWindow) SetDestroyWithParent(setting bool)

If @setting is %TRUE, then destroying the transient parent of @window will also destroy @window itself. This is useful for dialogs that shouldn’t persist beyond the lifetime of the main window they're associated with, for example.

func (*TraitWindow) SetFocus

func (self *TraitWindow) SetFocus(focus IsWidget)

If @focus is not the current focus widget, and is focusable, sets it as the focus widget for the window. If @focus is %NULL, unsets the focus widget for this window. To set the focus to a particular widget in the toplevel, it is usually more convenient to use gtk_widget_grab_focus() instead of this function.

func (*TraitWindow) SetFocusOnMap

func (self *TraitWindow) SetFocusOnMap(setting bool)

Windows may set a hint asking the desktop environment not to receive the input focus when the window is mapped. This function sets this hint.

func (*TraitWindow) SetFocusVisible

func (self *TraitWindow) SetFocusVisible(setting bool)

Sets the #GtkWindow:focus-visible property.

func (*TraitWindow) SetGeometryHints

func (self *TraitWindow) SetGeometryHints(geometry_widget IsWidget, geometry *C.GdkGeometry, geom_mask C.GdkWindowHints)

This function sets up hints about how a window can be resized by the user. You can set a minimum and maximum size; allowed resize increments (e.g. for xterm, you can only resize by the size of a character); aspect ratios; and more. See the #GdkGeometry struct.

func (*TraitWindow) SetGravity

func (self *TraitWindow) SetGravity(gravity C.GdkGravity)

Window gravity defines the meaning of coordinates passed to gtk_window_move(). See gtk_window_move() and #GdkGravity for more details.

The default window gravity is #GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH_WEST which will typically “do what you mean.”

func (*TraitWindow) SetHasUserRefCount

func (self *TraitWindow) SetHasUserRefCount(setting bool)

Tells GTK+ whether to drop its extra reference to the window when gtk_widget_destroy() is called.

This function is only exported for the benefit of language bindings which may need to keep the window alive until their wrapper object is garbage collected. There is no justification for ever calling this function in an application.

func (*TraitWindow) SetHideTitlebarWhenMaximized

func (self *TraitWindow) SetHideTitlebarWhenMaximized(setting bool)

If @setting is %TRUE, then @window will request that it’s titlebar should be hidden when maximized. This is useful for windows that don’t convey any information other than the application name in the titlebar, to put the available screen space to better use. If the underlying window system does not support the request, the setting will not have any effect.

Note that custom titlebars set with gtk_window_set_titlebar() are not affected by this. The application is in full control of their content and visibility anyway.

func (*TraitWindow) SetIcon

func (self *TraitWindow) SetIcon(icon *C.GdkPixbuf)

Sets up the icon representing a #GtkWindow. This icon is used when the window is minimized (also known as iconified). Some window managers or desktop environments may also place it in the window frame, or display it in other contexts.

The icon should be provided in whatever size it was naturally drawn; that is, don’t scale the image before passing it to GTK+. Scaling is postponed until the last minute, when the desired final size is known, to allow best quality.

If you have your icon hand-drawn in multiple sizes, use gtk_window_set_icon_list(). Then the best size will be used.

This function is equivalent to calling gtk_window_set_icon_list() with a 1-element list.

See also gtk_window_set_default_icon_list() to set the icon for all windows in your application in one go.

func (*TraitWindow) SetIconFromFile

func (self *TraitWindow) SetIconFromFile(filename string) (return__ bool, __err__ error)

Sets the icon for @window. Warns on failure if @err is %NULL.

This function is equivalent to calling gtk_window_set_icon() with a pixbuf created by loading the image from @filename.

func (*TraitWindow) SetIconList

func (self *TraitWindow) SetIconList(list *C.GList)

Sets up the icon representing a #GtkWindow. The icon is used when the window is minimized (also known as iconified). Some window managers or desktop environments may also place it in the window frame, or display it in other contexts.

gtk_window_set_icon_list() allows you to pass in the same icon in several hand-drawn sizes. The list should contain the natural sizes your icon is available in; that is, don’t scale the image before passing it to GTK+. Scaling is postponed until the last minute, when the desired final size is known, to allow best quality.

By passing several sizes, you may improve the final image quality of the icon, by reducing or eliminating automatic image scaling.

Recommended sizes to provide: 16x16, 32x32, 48x48 at minimum, and larger images (64x64, 128x128) if you have them.

See also gtk_window_set_default_icon_list() to set the icon for all windows in your application in one go.

Note that transient windows (those who have been set transient for another window using gtk_window_set_transient_for()) will inherit their icon from their transient parent. So there’s no need to explicitly set the icon on transient windows.

func (*TraitWindow) SetIconName

func (self *TraitWindow) SetIconName(name string)

Sets the icon for the window from a named themed icon. See the docs for #GtkIconTheme for more details.

Note that this has nothing to do with the WM_ICON_NAME property which is mentioned in the ICCCM.

func (*TraitWindow) SetKeepAbove

func (self *TraitWindow) SetKeepAbove(setting bool)

Asks to keep @window above, so that it stays on top. Note that you shouldn’t assume the window is definitely above afterward, because other entities (e.g. the user or [window manager][gtk-X11-arch]) could not keep it above, and not all window managers support keeping windows above. But normally the window will end kept above. Just don’t write code that crashes if not.

It’s permitted to call this function before showing a window, in which case the window will be kept above when it appears onscreen initially.

You can track the above state via the “window-state-event” signal on #GtkWidget.

Note that, according to the [Extended Window Manager Hints Specification](http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/wm-spec), the above state is mainly meant for user preferences and should not be used by applications e.g. for drawing attention to their dialogs.

func (*TraitWindow) SetKeepBelow

func (self *TraitWindow) SetKeepBelow(setting bool)

Asks to keep @window below, so that it stays in bottom. Note that you shouldn’t assume the window is definitely below afterward, because other entities (e.g. the user or [window manager][gtk-X11-arch]) could not keep it below, and not all window managers support putting windows below. But normally the window will be kept below. Just don’t write code that crashes if not.

It’s permitted to call this function before showing a window, in which case the window will be kept below when it appears onscreen initially.

You can track the below state via the “window-state-event” signal on #GtkWidget.

Note that, according to the [Extended Window Manager Hints Specification](http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/wm-spec), the above state is mainly meant for user preferences and should not be used by applications e.g. for drawing attention to their dialogs.

func (*TraitWindow) SetMnemonicModifier

func (self *TraitWindow) SetMnemonicModifier(modifier C.GdkModifierType)

Sets the mnemonic modifier for this window.

func (*TraitWindow) SetMnemonicsVisible

func (self *TraitWindow) SetMnemonicsVisible(setting bool)

Sets the #GtkWindow:mnemonics-visible property.

func (*TraitWindow) SetModal

func (self *TraitWindow) SetModal(modal bool)

Sets a window modal or non-modal. Modal windows prevent interaction with other windows in the same application. To keep modal dialogs on top of main application windows, use gtk_window_set_transient_for() to make the dialog transient for the parent; most [window managers][gtk-X11-arch] will then disallow lowering the dialog below the parent.

func (*TraitWindow) SetPosition

func (self *TraitWindow) SetPosition(position C.GtkWindowPosition)

Sets a position constraint for this window. If the old or new constraint is %GTK_WIN_POS_CENTER_ALWAYS, this will also cause the window to be repositioned to satisfy the new constraint.

func (*TraitWindow) SetResizable

func (self *TraitWindow) SetResizable(resizable bool)

Sets whether the user can resize a window. Windows are user resizable by default.

func (*TraitWindow) SetRole

func (self *TraitWindow) SetRole(role string)

This function is only useful on X11, not with other GTK+ targets.

In combination with the window title, the window role allows a [window manager][gtk-X11-arch] to identify "the same" window when an application is restarted. So for example you might set the “toolbox” role on your app’s toolbox window, so that when the user restarts their session, the window manager can put the toolbox back in the same place.

If a window already has a unique title, you don’t need to set the role, since the WM can use the title to identify the window when restoring the session.

func (*TraitWindow) SetScreen

func (self *TraitWindow) SetScreen(screen *C.GdkScreen)

Sets the #GdkScreen where the @window is displayed; if the window is already mapped, it will be unmapped, and then remapped on the new screen.

func (*TraitWindow) SetSkipPagerHint

func (self *TraitWindow) SetSkipPagerHint(setting bool)

Windows may set a hint asking the desktop environment not to display the window in the pager. This function sets this hint. (A "pager" is any desktop navigation tool such as a workspace switcher that displays a thumbnail representation of the windows on the screen.)

func (*TraitWindow) SetSkipTaskbarHint

func (self *TraitWindow) SetSkipTaskbarHint(setting bool)

Windows may set a hint asking the desktop environment not to display the window in the task bar. This function sets this hint.

func (*TraitWindow) SetStartupId

func (self *TraitWindow) SetStartupId(startup_id string)

Startup notification identifiers are used by desktop environment to track application startup, to provide user feedback and other features. This function changes the corresponding property on the underlying GdkWindow. Normally, startup identifier is managed automatically and you should only use this function in special cases like transferring focus from other processes. You should use this function before calling gtk_window_present() or any equivalent function generating a window map event.

This function is only useful on X11, not with other GTK+ targets.

func (*TraitWindow) SetTitle

func (self *TraitWindow) SetTitle(title string)

Sets the title of the #GtkWindow. The title of a window will be displayed in its title bar; on the X Window System, the title bar is rendered by the [window manager][gtk-X11-arch], so exactly how the title appears to users may vary according to a user’s exact configuration. The title should help a user distinguish this window from other windows they may have open. A good title might include the application name and current document filename, for example.

func (*TraitWindow) SetTitlebar

func (self *TraitWindow) SetTitlebar(titlebar IsWidget)

Sets a custom titlebar for @window.

If you set a custom titlebar, GTK+ will do its best to convince the window manager not to put its own titlebar on the window. Depending on the system, this function may not work for a window that is already visible, so you set the titlebar before calling gtk_widget_show().

func (*TraitWindow) SetTransientFor

func (self *TraitWindow) SetTransientFor(parent IsWindow)

Dialog windows should be set transient for the main application window they were spawned from. This allows [window managers][gtk-X11-arch] to e.g. keep the dialog on top of the main window, or center the dialog over the main window. gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons() and other convenience functions in GTK+ will sometimes call gtk_window_set_transient_for() on your behalf.

Passing %NULL for @parent unsets the current transient window.

On Windows, this function puts the child window on top of the parent, much as the window manager would have done on X.

func (*TraitWindow) SetTypeHint

func (self *TraitWindow) SetTypeHint(hint C.GdkWindowTypeHint)

By setting the type hint for the window, you allow the window manager to decorate and handle the window in a way which is suitable to the function of the window in your application.

This function should be called before the window becomes visible.

gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons() and other convenience functions in GTK+ will sometimes call gtk_window_set_type_hint() on your behalf.

func (*TraitWindow) SetUrgencyHint

func (self *TraitWindow) SetUrgencyHint(setting bool)

Windows may set a hint asking the desktop environment to draw the users attention to the window. This function sets this hint.

func (*TraitWindow) SetWmclass

func (self *TraitWindow) SetWmclass(wmclass_name string, wmclass_class string)

Don’t use this function. It sets the X Window System “class” and “name” hints for a window. According to the ICCCM, you should always set these to the same value for all windows in an application, and GTK+ sets them to that value by default, so calling this function is sort of pointless. However, you may want to call gtk_window_set_role() on each window in your application, for the benefit of the session manager. Setting the role allows the window manager to restore window positions when loading a saved session.

func (*TraitWindow) Stick

func (self *TraitWindow) Stick()

Asks to stick @window, which means that it will appear on all user desktops. Note that you shouldn’t assume the window is definitely stuck afterward, because other entities (e.g. the user or [window manager][gtk-X11-arch] could unstick it again, and some window managers do not support sticking windows. But normally the window will end up stuck. Just don't write code that crashes if not.

It’s permitted to call this function before showing a window.

You can track stickiness via the “window-state-event” signal on #GtkWidget.

func (*TraitWindow) Unfullscreen

func (self *TraitWindow) Unfullscreen()

Asks to toggle off the fullscreen state for @window. Note that you shouldn’t assume the window is definitely not full screen afterward, because other entities (e.g. the user or [window manager][gtk-X11-arch]) could fullscreen it again, and not all window managers honor requests to unfullscreen windows. But normally the window will end up restored to its normal state. Just don’t write code that crashes if not.

You can track the fullscreen state via the “window-state-event” signal on #GtkWidget.

func (*TraitWindow) Unmaximize

func (self *TraitWindow) Unmaximize()

Asks to unmaximize @window. Note that you shouldn’t assume the window is definitely unmaximized afterward, because other entities (e.g. the user or [window manager][gtk-X11-arch]) could maximize it again, and not all window managers honor requests to unmaximize. But normally the window will end up unmaximized. Just don’t write code that crashes if not.

You can track maximization via the “window-state-event” signal on #GtkWidget.

func (*TraitWindow) Unstick

func (self *TraitWindow) Unstick()

Asks to unstick @window, which means that it will appear on only one of the user’s desktops. Note that you shouldn’t assume the window is definitely unstuck afterward, because other entities (e.g. the user or [window manager][gtk-X11-arch]) could stick it again. But normally the window will end up stuck. Just don’t write code that crashes if not.

You can track stickiness via the “window-state-event” signal on #GtkWidget.

type TraitWindowAccessible

type TraitWindowAccessible struct{ CPointer *C.GtkWindowAccessible }

func NewTraitWindowAccessible

func NewTraitWindowAccessible(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitWindowAccessible

func (*TraitWindowAccessible) GetWindowAccessiblePointer

func (self *TraitWindowAccessible) GetWindowAccessiblePointer() *C.GtkWindowAccessible

type TraitWindowGroup

type TraitWindowGroup struct{ CPointer *C.GtkWindowGroup }

func NewTraitWindowGroup

func NewTraitWindowGroup(p unsafe.Pointer) *TraitWindowGroup

func (*TraitWindowGroup) AddWindow

func (self *TraitWindowGroup) AddWindow(window IsWindow)

Adds a window to a #GtkWindowGroup.

func (*TraitWindowGroup) GetCurrentDeviceGrab

func (self *TraitWindowGroup) GetCurrentDeviceGrab(device *C.GdkDevice) (return__ *Widget)

Returns the current grab widget for @device, or %NULL if none.

func (*TraitWindowGroup) GetCurrentGrab

func (self *TraitWindowGroup) GetCurrentGrab() (return__ *Widget)

Gets the current grab widget of the given group, see gtk_grab_add().

func (*TraitWindowGroup) GetWindowGroupPointer

func (self *TraitWindowGroup) GetWindowGroupPointer() *C.GtkWindowGroup

func (*TraitWindowGroup) ListWindows

func (self *TraitWindowGroup) ListWindows() (return__ *C.GList)

Returns a list of the #GtkWindows that belong to @window_group.

func (*TraitWindowGroup) RemoveWindow

func (self *TraitWindowGroup) RemoveWindow(window IsWindow)

Removes a window from a #GtkWindowGroup.

type TreeIter

type TreeIter C.GtkTreeIter

type TreeModelFilter

type TreeModelFilter struct {
	*TraitTreeModelFilter
	*gobject.TraitObject
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewTreeModelFilterFromCPointer

func NewTreeModelFilterFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *TreeModelFilter

type TreeModelSort

type TreeModelSort struct {
	*TraitTreeModelSort
	*gobject.TraitObject
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewTreeModelSortFromCPointer

func NewTreeModelSortFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *TreeModelSort

type TreePath

type TreePath C.GtkTreePath

type TreeRowReference

type TreeRowReference C.GtkTreeRowReference

type TreeSelection

type TreeSelection struct {
	*TraitTreeSelection
	*gobject.TraitObject
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewTreeSelectionFromCPointer

func NewTreeSelectionFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *TreeSelection

type TreeStore

type TreeStore struct {
	*TraitTreeStore
	*gobject.TraitObject
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewTreeStoreFromCPointer

func NewTreeStoreFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *TreeStore

func TreeStoreNewv

func TreeStoreNewv(n_columns int, types *C.GType) (return__ *TreeStore)

Non vararg creation function. Used primarily by language bindings.

type TreeView

func NewTreeViewFromCPointer

func NewTreeViewFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *TreeView

func TreeViewNew

func TreeViewNew() (return__ *TreeView)

Creates a new #GtkTreeView widget.

func TreeViewNewWithModel

func TreeViewNewWithModel(model *C.GtkTreeModel) (return__ *TreeView)

Creates a new #GtkTreeView widget with the model initialized to @model.

type TreeViewColumn

func NewTreeViewColumnFromCPointer

func NewTreeViewColumnFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *TreeViewColumn

func TreeViewColumnNew

func TreeViewColumnNew() (return__ *TreeViewColumn)

Creates a new #GtkTreeViewColumn.

func TreeViewColumnNewWithArea

func TreeViewColumnNewWithArea(area IsCellArea) (return__ *TreeViewColumn)

Creates a new #GtkTreeViewColumn using @area to render its cells.

type UIManager

type UIManager struct {
	*TraitUIManager
	*gobject.TraitObject
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewUIManagerFromCPointer

func NewUIManagerFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *UIManager

type Viewport

func NewViewportFromCPointer

func NewViewportFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *Viewport

func ViewportNew

func ViewportNew(hadjustment IsAdjustment, vadjustment IsAdjustment) (return__ *Viewport)

Creates a new #GtkViewport with the given adjustments, or with default adjustments if none are given.

type VolumeButton

func NewVolumeButtonFromCPointer

func NewVolumeButtonFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *VolumeButton

func VolumeButtonNew

func VolumeButtonNew() (return__ *VolumeButton)

Creates a #GtkVolumeButton, with a range between 0.0 and 1.0, with a stepping of 0.02. Volume values can be obtained and modified using the functions from #GtkScaleButton.

type Widget

func DragGetSourceWidget

func DragGetSourceWidget(context *C.GdkDragContext) (return__ *Widget)

Determines the source widget for a drag.

func GetEventWidget

func GetEventWidget(event *C.GdkEvent) (return__ *Widget)

If @event is %NULL or the event was not associated with any widget, returns %NULL, otherwise returns the widget that received the event originally.

func GrabGetCurrent

func GrabGetCurrent() (return__ *Widget)

Queries the current grab of the default window group.

func NewWidgetFromCPointer

func NewWidgetFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *Widget

func TestCreateSimpleWindow

func TestCreateSimpleWindow(window_title string, dialog_text string) (return__ *Widget)

Create a simple window with window title @window_title and text contents @dialog_text. The window will quit any running gtk_main()-loop when destroyed, and it will automatically be destroyed upon test function teardown.

func TestFindLabel

func TestFindLabel(widget IsWidget, label_pattern string) (return__ *Widget)

This function will search @widget and all its descendants for a GtkLabel widget with a text string matching @label_pattern. The @label_pattern may contain asterisks “*” and question marks “?” as placeholders, g_pattern_match() is used for the matching. Note that locales other than "C“ tend to alter (translate” label strings, so this function is genrally only useful in test programs with predetermined locales, see gtk_test_init() for more details.

func TestFindSibling

func TestFindSibling(base_widget IsWidget, widget_type C.GType) (return__ *Widget)

This function will search siblings of @base_widget and siblings of its ancestors for all widgets matching @widget_type. Of the matching widgets, the one that is geometrically closest to @base_widget will be returned. The general purpose of this function is to find the most likely “action” widget, relative to another labeling widget. Such as finding a button or text entry widget, given its corresponding label widget.

func TestFindWidget

func TestFindWidget(widget IsWidget, label_pattern string, widget_type C.GType) (return__ *Widget)

This function will search the descendants of @widget for a widget of type @widget_type that has a label matching @label_pattern next to it. This is most useful for automated GUI testing, e.g. to find the “OK” button in a dialog and synthesize clicks on it. However see gtk_test_find_label(), gtk_test_find_sibling() and gtk_test_widget_click() for possible caveats involving the search of such widgets and synthesizing widget events.

type WidgetAccessible

type WidgetAccessible struct {
	*TraitWidgetAccessible
	*TraitAccessible
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewWidgetAccessibleFromCPointer

func NewWidgetAccessibleFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *WidgetAccessible

type WidgetAuxInfo

type WidgetAuxInfo C.GtkWidgetAuxInfo

type WidgetPath

type WidgetPath C.GtkWidgetPath

type Window

func NewWindowFromCPointer

func NewWindowFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *Window

func WindowNew

func WindowNew(type_ C.GtkWindowType) (return__ *Window)

Creates a new #GtkWindow, which is a toplevel window that can contain other widgets. Nearly always, the type of the window should be #GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL. If you’re implementing something like a popup menu from scratch (which is a bad idea, just use #GtkMenu), you might use #GTK_WINDOW_POPUP. #GTK_WINDOW_POPUP is not for dialogs, though in some other toolkits dialogs are called “popups”. In GTK+, #GTK_WINDOW_POPUP means a pop-up menu or pop-up tooltip. On X11, popup windows are not controlled by the [window manager][gtk-X11-arch].

If you simply want an undecorated window (no window borders), use gtk_window_set_decorated(), don’t use #GTK_WINDOW_POPUP.

All top-level windows created by gtk_window_new() are stored in an internal top-level window list. This list can be obtained from gtk_window_list_toplevels(). Due to Gtk+ keeping a reference to the window internally, gtk_window_new() does not return a reference to the caller.

To delete a #GtkWindow, call gtk_widget_destroy().

type WindowGeometryInfo

type WindowGeometryInfo C.GtkWindowGeometryInfo

type WindowGroup

type WindowGroup struct {
	*TraitWindowGroup
	*gobject.TraitObject
	CPointer unsafe.Pointer
}

func NewWindowGroupFromCPointer

func NewWindowGroupFromCPointer(p unsafe.Pointer) *WindowGroup

func WindowGroupNew

func WindowGroupNew() (return__ *WindowGroup)

Creates a new #GtkWindowGroup object. Grabs added with gtk_grab_add() only affect windows within the same #GtkWindowGroup.

Jump to

Keyboard shortcuts

? : This menu
/ : Search site
f or F : Jump to
y or Y : Canonical URL